47 14-

PROCEEDINaS

OF THE

iSoBton ©ocietg of Natural Cjistory^

VOL. VII.

1859 TO 1861.

BOSTON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCfETY,

1861.

PUBLISHING COMMITTEE.

Jeffries Wyman,
Charles K. Dillaway,

S. Kneeland, Jr.,
S. L. Abbot,

A. A. Gould.

/1/?ao

RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE:
P R I >' T E D 1*. Y H . O . TT O U O TI T < > N

^^

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

TAKEN FROM THE SOCIETY'S RECORDS.

January 5, 1859.

T. J. Whittemore, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. F. H. Storer read a paper on the power possessed
by the larvae of various common flies, of consuming, with-
out apparent injury to themselves, the flesh of animals
which have died from the effects of arsenic.

Last June he found several larvae upon the liver of a subject in
whose stomach he had previously detected the presence of arse-
nic ; this liver was found on analysis to be saturated with arsenic.
In order to determine if the larvge were actually nourished by
such poisonous flesh, the bodies of several rats killed by arsenious
acid were exposed to the flies ; in forty-eight hours they were
completely fly-blown, and in a week all the flesh had been consumed
by the larvae ; after this they changed into chrysaHds. These
chrysalids on analysis yielded metallic arsenic. It might be sup-
posed that the arsenic, thus obtained, had been attracted mechan-
ically to the external surface of the larvae, and had not been swal-
lowed, especially as the denuded bones were covered with a white

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 1 MARCH, 1859.

powder resembling arsenic — however this may be, the larvae must
either instinctively reject the poison, or it is excreted by them
after ingestion. A number of these chrysalids were kept, in order
to ascertain if they would undergo metamorphosis, and, if so,
whether the perfect insects would be healthy and vigorous ; some
were kept two months, at the end of which time they were acci-
dentally lost, undergoing no change, remaining however in a per-
fect state of preservation and full of pulp ; a number of small
flies, apparently not ichneumons, which gained access to them,
died almost immediately, as was supposed from having fed upon
them — the empty shells of other chrysalids found about the room
showed that some had been metamorphosed, as none but the arsen-
ically-fed larvae had been admitted to the apartment. Experi-
ments made to determine how large a quantity of arsenic might
be contained in flesh without rendering it unfit for the food of
these larvae, were not very satisfactory, from the hardening of the
tissue by solutions of this substance preventing the deposition of
the eggs ; eggs develoj)ed in such tissue bring forth living w^orms,
which in his experiments died in six or eight hours. The adult
flies perished in great numbers, while depositing the eggs upon
the poisoned flesh. Jaeger (quoted by Orfila, Toxicologic I.
379) alludes to the fact that larvae of flies live a little longer than
the perfect insects, when arsenious acid is introduced into the
digestive organs or applied to their external soft parts. Under
favorable moist conditions, the larvae lived three or four days, and
were evidently nearly ready to pass into the chrysalid state. Ex-
periments with arsenic acid, used however in too concentrated a
state, also showed that there is a limit to the amount of arsenic
which these larvae can support.

He was inclined to believe that they can eat with impunity any
flesh into which arsenic has been carried by vital processes, from
the fact of their being found upon the arsenicated liver, an organ
capable of absorbing a very large quantity of this poison ; ana-
tomical preparations, injected thoroughly with arsenic acid, have
been found completely riddled and alive with larvae.

This matter is important to chemists occupied in judicial inves-
tigations, who should not infer that a fly-blown organ can contain
no arsenic ; though if flies die almost immediately after alighting
on a suspected substance, arsenic is probably present, and should

be specially sought for. These facts are also interesting as show-
ing the great differences which exist in animals in their several
conditions of metamorphosis, and as indicating the caution with
which the results of experiments on one species should be received
as applying to other species. The popular belief that a body,
dead from the effects of arsenic, must of necessity be preserved
from decay for an indefinite length of time, is unquestionably an
error ; in many cases of murder or suicide, where a great amount
of the poison is administered, portions of or even the whole body
may be preserved for a long time ; but the few grains, which it is
admitted are enough to cause death, cannot preserve from decay
so large a mass as a human body. That a small, though fiital,
dose will not prevent decomposition, is well known to all who have
ever had poisoned rats die in the walls of their houses.

Mr. Putnam exhibited specimens of the young of Pomotis vul-
garis, P. appendix, and P. ruhricauda, and showed that the speci-
mens presented by Mr. Thoreau, at the last meeting, were not
the young of any of these species ; but by having teeth on the
palatines they were generically distinct, and belonged to the genus
Bryttus of Valenciennes. He thought that they might prove to
be the Pomotis obesus of Girard ; but owing to the very short
description given by Mr. Girard in the 5th volume of the Pro-
ceedings of the Society, it will be impossible to decide this ques-
tion until we have an opportunity of seeing his original specimens.
He mentioned that there were specimens of the same species from
Philadelphia, at the museum at Cambridge, and that he had also
received specimens from several localities near Salem, from Dr.
P. H. Wheatland, and that it was very nearly allied to the Bryt-
tus fasciatus of Dr. Holbrook. He also exhibited specimens of
the young and adult pickerel, to show that the " short-nosed pick-
erel " is specifically distinct from the " long-nosed " — the JEsox
reticidatus — and said that the " short-nosed " species is the
Esox fasciatus of Dekay, which is not the young of the Bsox reti-
cidatus, as Dr. Storer considers it, and that the Esox ornatus of
Girard, which is adopted by Dr. Stoi*er in his last number of the
" Fishes of Massachusetts," is synonymous with the Esox fasci-
atus of Dekay ; and therefore Girard's name would have to be
dropped, and the name of Esox fasciatus, Dekay, would have to

be retained for the " short-nosed species." He mentioned that at
the Cambridge Museum there are specimens of the " short-
nosed species " which are about two feet in length, thus showing
that it is not the young of the E. reticulatus, — which was also
proved by the series of specimens exhibited from the Essex In-
stitute, which showed the same marked differences in the very
young as well as in the older specimens. In conclusion he men-
tioned that our fresh-water fishes are as yet but little known, and
that there are in the waters of the United States at least forty-
five sj)ecies of the old genus Pomotis, and ten or fifteen of the
genus Esox, of which very few have been described.

Mr. Sprague exhibited specimens of large size, presented by
him several years ago, confirming the opinion of Mr. Putnam.

Capt. Atwood presented a specimen of Nducrates, or pilot fish,
well known to seamen as accompanying their vessels for long dis-
tances ; this was caught in a mackerel net in Provincetown har-
bor in October, 1858, and was the first that he had heard of in
our waters ; a northern whaler had come into the harbor a few
days before, and the fish perhaps followed the vessel in. He
presented a squid, differing from the Loligo illecehrosa ; appear-
ing on our coast in June, while the latter does not arrive until
August. He also gave some bivalve shells and a Margarita
from the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

Capt. Atwood stated that fish are often swallowed by the cod,
pass from their stomach into the abdominal cavity, and are there
found " mummified " and adherent to the inner walls ; he pre-
sented a specimen, apparently of the eel family, thus preserved
and hardened, which he had taken from the abdominal cavity of
a pollock. Cod are often so wounded by the hooks that the intes-
tines hang out in the water, and yet such fish are seen swimming
about with the rest without apparent suffering, and he had no
doubt that they bite at the hooks in a few days. He presented
two large cod hooks, with portions of the line attached, which he
had taken from the livers of apparently healthy cod ; the greater
part of the hooks was buried in the organ, and must have re-
mained there, he thought, at least twelve months ; they must have
been swallowed, broken off, and have worked their way through
the stomach into the liyer.

Mr. William P. Blake, of New Haven, was chosen a
Corresponding Member.

January 19, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. Cabot made a statement respecting the ravages of the lar-
vae of Dermestes and Antkreni in specimens of birds supposed to be
sufficiently protected ; the former, he said, attack the skin, the latter
the legs and bill. Specimens dipped in a very strong solution of
corrosive sublimate, and in a saturated solution of arsenious acid
in hot water, were attacked by these larvae ; but specimens dipped
into a tincture of strychnine were not touched by them. Of the
first two poisons, arsenic is the best ; in specimens preserved by
the latter the skin was not touched, the larvse boring in through
the legs.

Dr. C. T. Jackson made some observations on the preservation
of animal tissues by arsenic ; he mentioned a case in which the
stomach, carefully washed, had at first assumed a yellowish tint,
becoming soft, with an odor of ammonia, but none of sulphuretted
hydrogen, then changing into a pasty mass of a custard yellow,
and finally of the magnificent red of the sulphuret of arsenic, the
sulphur having been obtained from the decomposition of the tis-
sues. In another case, where the amount of the poison was
greater, the abdominal organs were perfectly preserved, and the
walls shrivelled.

The Secretary read a paper from Dr. Henry Bryant on
some of the birds observed by him in East Florida,
south of St. Augustine, as follows : —

Gathartes aura. The Turkey Buzzards were much more nu-
merous at Enterprise than the Black Vultures ; at Indian River
the vultures were the most common ; and among the keys both
species were rare. Audubon, in his description of this bird, states

6

that the naked skin about the head is frequently diseased in old
individuals. I have often observed this part of the bird, as well
as the tarsi, to be covered with warts and excrescences ; several
specimens that I dissected had the lymphatic glands of the neck
much enlarged ; one had an exostosis of the posterior extremity
of the crest of the sternum, and another a disease of the liver
resembling the commencement of cirrhosis.

Polyhorus vulgaris. I saw two pairs of Caracara Eagles, one
at Indian River on the 15th of March, and the other at Enter-
prise on the 20 til of April. The pair at Indian River were
attracted to the place by the offal of the animals slaughtered for
the troops stationed there ; they were frightened away by the dis-
charge of a gun, and did not to my knowledge return again. The
pair at Enterprise, when first seen, were perched on a tree not a
hundred yards from the house, in company with a number of
Turkey Buzzards. During an hour that I watched them they
remained in the same place, occasionally opening their wings, but
otherwise motionless, though the buzzards were continually flying
to and from an alligator dead on the edge of the lake. They did
not seem at all wild, and were apparently on perfectly good terms
with the buzzards, not assuming any superiority over them, and
allowino; them to alight on the same branch with themselves. On
shooting one of them, which proved to be a male, the other flew
off and did not return till the following day, when it was also
shot ; this was a female. The male appeared to be in perfectly
adult plumage ; the female had just commenced changing the
plumage of the young bird for that of the adult, showing merely
a few scattered feathers of the adult livery. The ovaries of the
female showed that she had laid eggs that season. The crops of
both birds were empty, and the stomachs filled with a pultaceous
mass of putrid animal matter. On comparing them with three
South American specimens, I find that the number of the trans-
verse scales of the tarsi and feet vary in a most remarkable man-
ner in the different specimens. One of the South American
specimens has the whole front of one tarsus covered with trans-
verse scales, fourteen in number, while there are only seven on
the other ; these are however separated in two places by hex-
agonal scales, so that some of the transverse scales are near the
head of the tarsus. In a second specimen there are six on one

tarsus and four on the other, and in the thh'd, five on each tarsus.
In the Florida specimens, one has ibur on each tarsus ; and the
second has four on one and five on the other. The transverse
scales on the hind toe present the same irregularity ; one bird
having four on each toe, a second four on one toe and five on the
other, a third four on one and three on the other, a fourth five on
one and six on the other, and the fifth five on each. Audubon,
in his description, states that the lateral toes are equal,-^ and that
the base of the inner toe is scaly, by which I suppose he means
that it is covered with small scales. In my specimen the outer
toe is considerably longer than the inner, and the distribution of
the scales the same on both outer and inner toes. The following
measurements in millimetres were carefully taken from the recent
specimens : —

Length

Extent

Wing from flexure

Length of tail .

Tarsus

Middle toe

Middle toe-nail

Hind toe .

Hind toe-nail

Outer toe

Outer toe-nail

Inner toe

Inner toe-nail

^ Bill along ridge

Gape to tip of L. mandible

3 Depth of bill .

3 Breadth of bill .

Length of nostril

Breadth of nostril

Difference in length of tail feathers

<?

9

600

600

230

1270

410

430

210

215

98

99

54

56

26

29

25

25

29

29

42

46

23

23

35

37

29

29

38

39

45^

49

22

24

15

14

6

6

2

2

30

20

1 Gray, in his genera, says the inner toe is longer than the outer.

2 From cere.

3 At edge of cere.

8

Buteo lineatus. The most common hawk except the Fish
Hawk at Enterprise ; abundant everywhere on the St. Johns
and Lakes ; none seen near the sea-coast ; smaller and brighter
colored than northern specimens.

Halia'etKS leucocephalus. Very abundant ; at Spring-Garden
Lake I saw several pairs nesting on the tops of palmetto trees,
though there were tall pines in the immediate vicinity.

Nauclerus furcatus. I found this beautiful hawk to be far
less abundant than I had expected. I saw none on the sea-coast,
and not more than a dozen on the St. Johns.

Ephialtes asio. Near the house I resided in at New Smyrna,
there was an old picket fence constructed of palmetto logs ; a
large number of these had been excavated by the Red-bellied
Woodpecker, and in their deserted holes I found three nests of
the little Red Owl. In every instance the female was sitting on
her eggs, and allowed me to take her in my hand without making
any resistance. They were all in full plumage, without any indi-
cation of the mottled plumage of the young. Although it would
certainly seem a fair inference that the little Red Owl was ex-
tremely abundant in that part of Florida, I saw but one other
individual during my stay there. ^

Buho Virginianus. Near New Smyrna there are three large
stone pillars that mark the site of a house burnt by the Indians.
They stand near the water, and are entirely exposed to the light
of the sun ; yet, on the top of one of them, a pair of great Horned
Owls had made their nest, and the female could be seen sitting
on her eggs in the full blaze of the sun. The top of the pillar
not being accessible, on account of its height and ruinous state,
I could not examine the nest. Much to my regret, before the
young were hatched the parent bird was shot.

Tyrannus Dominicensis. The distribution of this bird is ap-
parently quite irregular ; on one small key, not an acre in extent,
I have counted four pairs ; and on many others, and among them
some of the largest, I did not see a single individual. They
seemed to prefer what Audubon calls dove keys, which are cov-
ered with grass or bushes, and are either skirted round the mar-
gin with trees, or else have a few scattered trees here and there.
I saw none at the Marquis, none at the Miami, or in the neigh-
borhood of Indian River, but at New Smyrna they were quite

9

abundant, confining themselves, as far as my observation went,
entirely to the dead mangroves. These dead mangroves show a
great apparent change in the climate of this part of Florida.
They were all destroyed by the great frost as far south as Cape
Canaveral, and, from the size of the dead trunks that now cover
the marshes, must have been growing for a century. Since the
first destruction a second growth sprung up, and after attaining a
height of seven or eight feet, was in its turn killed by the cold,
and in 1854 a third growth was just making its appearance.

Peuccea Bachmani. This was the only sparrow I saw in the
pine barrens near Enterprise, and this only occasionally. It is
one of the most difficult birds to shoot without a dog, as it runs
round in the grass and dwarf palmettos more like a mouse than a
bird, and will not fly until almost trodden on, and then only a
few feet at a time. A nest found April 20, resembled in its con-
struction that of the Savannah sparrow ; it contained five pure
white eggs, nineteen millimetres in length and fifteen in breadth.

Quiscalus major. The boat-tailed Grakle was the most com-
mon bird in the neighborhood of Lake Munroe, and could be
seen at all times running along the edge of the water, almost in
the manner of a sandpiper. They were breeding by hundreds in
the reeds near the inlet to the lake. On the 6th of April some of
the birds had not yet commenced laying, though the majority had
hatched, and the young of others were almost fledged.

Cyanocitta Floridana. The Florida Jay is said by Audubon
to be rare on the east coast. Never having visited the west coast,
I do not know how much more abundant it may be there, but in
the course of a morning's ride in the vicinity of Enterprise, I
have seen a dozen individuals. This is one of our most interest-
ing birds, as regards the geographical distribution of species, that
I am acquainted with ; inhabiting as it does the main land, and
with no apparent obstacle to its movements, it is yet confined to a
small part of the peninsula of Florida. The exact limits of its
distribution north and south I could not ascertain in a short visit,
but do not think it can exceed three degrees of latitude, if so
much. I saw none north of St. Augustine, or south of Jupiter's
Inlet. I never saw an individual either in the pine barrens or in
a hummock ; it is confined, as far as my observation goes, entirely
to the scrub, as it is called. This is a growth of scrub oaks, in

10

many places so entangled with creeping plants that it is impossi-
ble to walk through it without cutting a path. The most favorite
haunts of the Jays seemed to be where there were no creeping
plants ; and in these localities there are generally small spots
interspersed among the oaks entirely bare of vegetation. The
scrubs are generally found on elevated ridges running parallel to
the sea-coast, where the soil is too poor for a growth of pine.
The most extensive of these that I recollect is at a short distance
from Enterprise, on the Smyrna trail ; it is about three miles in
width, and apparently elevated eighty feet above the lake.

In its flight and action the Florida Jay resembles the mocking-
bird much more than its relative the Blue Jay. It has none of
the restless, suspicious manners of the latter. I have never heard
it utter but one note, much softer (as Audubon states) than the
usual cry of the Blue Jay. The males were generally perched
upon the highest branch in the neighborhood of their nest, utter-
ing their rather monotonous song with apparent satisfaction, and
occasionally gliding or rather dropping down either to pick up some
insect or to visit their mates, or when there were two pairs in the
same vicinity, to chase away the rival bird if he happened to
approach too nearly their peculiar territory. They seldom fly
more than a short distance at a time, and seem to trust for pro-
tection to the difficult access to their abodes. They evince a
great partiality for particular localities ; and on the road from En-
terprise to New Smyrna I found them exactly in the same places,
sometimes two or three miles apart, for three successive years.
Generally only a single pair is seen at a time ; but in one place
in the scrub mentioned above, near a large pond with a few pines
scattered about it, I found three pairs. When they live in such
localities as I have found them to prefer, they cannot do much
mischief by destroying the eggs or young of other birds, as you
may travel for miles through the scrub without seeing any other
small bird. Wherever there is a house near the scrub, the mock-
ing-bird and cardinal bird, and probably other small birds, make
their nests frequently ; but the jay is not fond of civilization, and
is seldom seen in such a situation.

A nest found on the 15th of April in a scrub oak about three
feet from the ground, was built of small twigs, compactly and
carefully lined with fibres of the dwarf palmetto, that had appar-

11

ently been brought a distance of half a mile. The cavity meas-
ured 120 millimetres in breadth, by 40 in depth. It contained
three eggs of a light blue, sparingly sprinkled with rufous, the
spots larger and more numerous toward the larger end. An-
other nest, found a few days later, contained five eggs of a more
neutral tint, and with the spots darker and larger and more evenly
distributed.

Campephilus principalis. I found these magnificent wood-
peckers quite abundant in the neighborhood of Enterprise. They
are not often seen in the pine barrens, but there was scarcely a
swamp or hummock without at least one pair. From the qui-
escent state of the genital organs of the specimens procured by
me from March till May, they would seem, unless these were ex-
ceptions to the general rule, to breed either very early or very
late, probably the former.

Dryoiomus pileatus. The Pileated Woodpecker is still more
abundant. Near Fort Capron at Indian River there was an old
fence of palmetto logs, which was a favorite resort of these birds ;
while they were busily engaged in searching for insects on one
side of this fence, I have often approached them so near as to be
able to touch them with my hand, but never succeeded in fright-
ening them so as to produce convulsions by striking the log sud-
denly, as described by Audubon. If I remained quiet, and the
bird became aware of my presence by climbing round the log so
as to get sight of me, it never flew otiT at once, but retreated im-
mediately behind the log ; and either remained some time in the
same place before flying away, or else ran along the log to some
distance, occasionally peeping over the top at me. It would seem
as if the sense of hearing could not be so acute as in most birds,
for when they once get sight of any one who may be attempting
to approach them, it is impossible to get within gunshot of them.

Aramus scolopaceiis. The everglades, and the lagoons and
bayous leading out of them, are considered by Audubon as the
head-quarters of this bird. That this may be true of certain
parts of these singular regions I think may be correct ; but in
the visits which I have made at different times to that portion
of the everglades situated in the neighborhood of Fort Dal-
las, I never met with an individual. I have never met with it
either on the shallow ponds and wet savannahs, so numerous in

12

the neighborhood of Indian River, and which may be considered
as the commencement of the everglades, and are apparently most
favorable to the peculiar habits of the Courlan. The part of Flo-
rida in which it has been my good fortune to meet with it has
been on the St. Johns and waters connected with it, between
Lake Harney on the south and Lake George on the north.
Above the former lake I did not ascend the river, in consequence
of the troubles with the Seminoles ; and below Lake George the
country is so much more thickly settled that I did not think it
worth while to examine this portion, though I have no doubt that
it would be met with on Dunn's lake. From the banks of the
river between Lake George and Lake Harney being almost en-
tirely uninhabited, and never disturbed by steamboats, I expected
that this part of the country would afford me abundant opportu-
nities for studying the habits of this bird. My disappointment
was great at finding this to be by no means the case, principally
from the river being deep and narrow, and presenting but few of
those shallow enlargements which are its peculiar characteristic.
I saw only a single specimen of this bird here, and heard but a
few others. On descending the river, I first met with it at the
Wikiva, a narrow stream running into the St. Johns about twenty-
five miles from Enterprise. I shot a pair here, but could not get
them, as the river was entirely covered by the water-lettuce, as
it is called. From the Wikiva I found them more and more
numerous as I descended the river, wherever the locality was
suited to their habits, until I arrived at Spring Garden Lake,
where they were much more numerous than I have ever seen
them elsewhere. This lake is considered by Audubon as their
most northern locality, and may in a general way be so consid-
ered, though I killed a pair near the entrance of Lake George.
Lake Dexter, as it is also called, is a large sheet of water that might
be taken as the model of the shallow enlargements so frequent in
the upper part of the St. Johns. Its surface is covered for hun-
dreds of acres with tangled masses of floating aquatic herbs, pre-
senting in every direction narrow and crooked channels so intri-
cate as to be impassable for any animal less amphibious than an
alligator.

The Courlan is generally seen standing on the edge of the shore,
or else on the nympheae or other broad-leaved plants which are

13

able to support its weight. It is very tame and unsuspicious for
so large a bird, always, as far as my experience goes, allowing
itself to be approached within gunshot, not hiding or running like
a rail, but standing in the same place, and bobbing its head up
and down like a sandpiper. On taking wing it utters a loud
cluck, and if a tree is in the neighborhood generally alights on it,
sometimes even fifty feet from the ground ; but if not, it generally
alights in some thick part of the marsh, and is not easily started
again. On the 8t. Johns it feeds principally on a species of
Natica, which is extremely abundant, and also on the small Unios.
The large green snail, so common in the everglade, is not very
often met with on the St. Johns. Its manner of feeding is to hold
the shell in one of its feet, and then with a few blows of its pow-
erful bill to detach the animal, which it immediately swallows. All
the specimens I killed had the stomach filled with the more or
less digested remains of various mollusks — principally Unios. I
have never seen any of these birds swimming, like the Gallinules,
though they undoubtedly can do so. The common note of this bird
is the most disagreeable of any of our native birds, and resembles
more that of the peacock than that of any other bird I am acquainted
with ; it is if anything more powerful, and equally harsh and dis-
agreeable. It is very fond of uttering it. Besides this, which I
presume is the call-note, it makes a number of other sounds, all
of the most inharmonious description, but of which I can con-
vey no correct idea.

Incubation commences generally in February ; the few nests
which I saw were made on low willows. In Spring Garden Lake
I saw four, on one small island about fifty feet in diameter. The
number of eggs is unusually large — fifteen having been taken
from one nest by a boy I employed to collect eggs for me. The
Courlan is apparently very tenacious of life ; several of those I
shot presented extraordinary cases of fracture — one specimen had
both humeri united in such a way as to shorten them more than
half an inch, at the same time forming a decided angle. The
same specimen had also an old fracture of the tibia. It had prob-
ably been wounded from the steamboat, it being customary to
shoot at any animal large enough to make a fair mark. The
flesh is considered good eating by the inhabitants, and it is conse-
quently shot whenever an opportunity offers. From its unsus-

14

picious nature, and its betraying its whereabouts so conspicuously
by its loud cries, I have no doubt that as soon as this part of
Florida is settled, it will be exterminated.

Knowing that Audubon gives an apparently careful dissection,
made by McGillivray, I did not take any note of my dissection.
On referring to the book, however, I was surprised to find no
allusion to the curious arrangement of the trachea in the male.
In the Swan and Whooping Crane the trachea makes a single
turn in the crest of the sternum, and in the Guans between the
skin and the pectoral muscles, but in the Courlan it forms a sort
of knot before entering the thorax, about half-way down the neck.
This does not present precisely the same arrangement in every
specimen, the number of turns and the extent of these varying
slightly. One at present before me is about an inch in diameter,
and an incision made across the centre of it would divide the tra-
chea six times.

Grus Canadensis. In a former communication I stated that
the Sand-hill Crane begins to breed about the 1st of March. I
have since then ascertained that it sometimes breeds much ear-
lier. On the 11th of March a young bird was brought to me,
which already stood nearly two feet in height ; it was covered
with down of a ferruginous color above and cinereous below ; the
tarsi were of a reddish-brown color. The naked skin on the
head was of the same relative extent as in the adult, the bill much
shorter, and the eyes large and projecting, the whole bird looking
very much like a miniature ostrich. The feathers covering the
body were about an inch in length, hidden by the down ; the
quills were about two inches in length. The young remain with
their parents until fully grown, and are fed for a long time by
regurgitation. They do not fly until they are as large as their
parents, but run with great speed, and hide like a young par-
tridge. A nest found on the 11th of March contained two eggs
in which incubation had just commenced ; another found on the
15th contained two fresh eggs, and a third on the same date con-
tained two eggs nearly hatched. This is another of the birds whose
geographical distribution is especially interesting. It is found
breeding all through the lower part of the peninsula of Florida,
and again in Wisconsin and the Northwest, none being found in
the intermediate region except when migrating.

15

Gallinago Wilsonii. In a small, dry pond near Enterprise, I
saw some dozens. On the 20th of April they all seemed to be
paired, and from the lateness of the season seemed as if they
were going to remain in the vicinity.

Hiynantopiis 7iigricoUis. In a little creek about a mile from
Enterprise, I found every year a number of pairs of Stilts. Its
flight, which resembles generally that of the Greater Yellow
Shanks, is swifter and more irregular.

Ibis alba. I saw no Scarlet or Glossy Ibises while in Florida.
At Indian River the White Ibises were very numerous, flying up
and down the river every day. Specimens, shot as late as the
20th of April, were in the midst of the spring moult, and had not
commenced laying that year. On the St. Johns I saw one large
flock in the neighborhood of Volusia, but none at Enterprise.

Tantalus loculator. I visited two breeding-places of this
bird ; the first was in a large cypress swamp at the head waters
of the St. Sebastian, a small stream flowing into Indian River
about twenty miles north of Fort Capron. The trees here were
more than a hundred feet in height, and I could not by any
means at my disposal get access to the nests. The Ibises here
were breeding in company with the large white Egret. At the
other breeding-place I was more fortunate. I was informed of
this by Capt. Dummet of New Smyrna, who told me that he had
visited it some five or six years before, and that he presumed no
other white person had ever done so. It is in the cypress swamp
forming the southern border of Lake Ashby, a small sheet of
water about fourteen miles from Enterprise, near the New
Smyrna road. The moment the boat which I had had hauled
there was launched, the alligators assembled for the purpose of
examining the new visitor ; and before we had arrived at the
breeding-place there were more than fifty following the boat, the
nearest almost within reach of the oars. On shooting a bird, the
instant it touched the water it was seized by an alligator ; and I
was obliged to kill half a dozen of these creatures before I could
secure a specimen, and even after this I was generally obliged to
fire one barrel at the bird and the other at the nearest alligator.

There were probably a thousand pairs nesting here ; every
available spot on the tops of the cypresses had been taken pos-
session of by a pair of Ibises, and lower down were numerous

16

nests of the Anhino^as. No other birds were breeding here ex-
cept a single pair of Fish- Hawks, whose nest was surrounded by
those of the Ibis. The most favorite trees were those that were
growing in the water, so as to be inaccessible from the land ;
these were dwarfed, and gave a capital opportunity of examining
as many of the nests as was desirable. On first approaching the
shore, the birds all rose and flew round in circles, and, after a few
of them had been killed, flew off, but soon returned and alighted
>ut of shot, on the trees. The nests were made of small twigs,
and seemed to have been occupied for several years ; the cavity
was deep, and lined carefully with the long moss. The eggs
were three in number, nearly white, when not soiled by the
parent birds or stained by the moss. Three specimens selected
from some dozen gave the following measurement : the longest,
65 millimetres in length and 39 in breadth ; the broadest, 58 in
length and 45 in breadth ; and one that seemed to be of fair
average size, 59 in length and 41 in breadth. Incubation had
universally commenced by the 1st of April, and many of the
young were already hatched, the largest being about the size of a
pigeon, and entirely covered with white down.

Audubon, in his description of this bird, alludes to Bartram's
description of it in the following language : " But the habits of
this bird are entirely at variance with the above quotation to
which I direct your attention not without a feeling of pain." I
think if Audubon had remembered what he often states himself,
that the habits of birds vary at different times and places, he
would not have made these remarks. It so happens that I went
over precisely the same ground on the St. Johns as Bartram, and
in the same way ; and that strange as it may seem, when the long
period of time that has elapsed is taken into view, my journal, as
far as it goes, is almost an exact repetition of his. While I was
in Florida I never saw a flock of Ibises except at their breeding-
places, and even there, except when they were disturbed, they
flew off and returned either singly or in pairs. " I did not see
them feeding in more than a few instances, and then never more
than a pair at a time. The stomachs of all those killed by me
contained nothing but crawfish, which could not have been pro-
cured readily in the way mentioned by Audubon as their only
method of feeding.

17

Plntalea ojaja. Tlie Roseate Si)Oonbill breeds in such num-
bers at Indian River that 1 have known one person to kill sixty
in a day. The wing feathers are used for making fans, and sell
at St. Augustine at from $1.00 to $1.50 for those of a single bird.
They commence laying at Pelican Island by the middle of Feb-
ruary, and the young are nearly fledged by the 1st of April. On
the 10th of April I found one nest containing an egg ; all the rest
■were either empty or the young on the point of leaving them.
The egg differs from Audubon's description ; it measures 65 mil-
limetres in length, by 39 in breadth, is of an elongated oval form,
the difference between the two ends strongly marked. The
ground color is white, sprinkled all over with bright rufous spots
of different sizes, forming a ring near the large end.

Ardea occidentalis. I found all the herons that are to be met
with on the Atlantic coast, with the exception of the A. ccerulea^
breeding among the keys or along the shore of the mainland ; all
of them on the salt water with the exception of the great Egret,
and this species I found in only tw^o places, — on the head waters
of the St. Sebastian, breeding in company with the Wood Ibis,
and on a small island in Lake Jessup, without any other birds.
Their attachment to their breeding-places was strikingly shown
at this last-mentioned place. About a month before my visit to the
island, a dense tangled growth of coarse marsh-grasses and bushes,
with which it was covered, had been accidentally set fire to, and
many of the birds and the majority of the nests destroyed ; but at
the time of my visit these had been rebuilt, and the birds were
again sitting on their eggs. In the few nests which had not been
destroyed, and which in most instances were blackened by the
fire, the young were already hatched and nearly half grown.
The Great White Heron I found breeding on many of the keys.
Two nests were rarely seen near each other, and only in one
instance did I find two nests within twenty feet of one another.
They did not, however, seem to object to the company of other
species. I found one on the same bush with a nest of the
Great Blue Heron ; and at Sandy Key, near Cape Sable, I found
several pairs breeding on the prickly pears which Avere growing
amidst trees covered with the nests of the beautiful Louisiana
Heron. I never saw more than five or six individuals feeding
near each other, and I should think it was as much more solitary

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VIT. 2 APRIL 1859.

18

in its habits than the Great Bhie TTeron as the hntter is than the
majority of otlier species. Audubon says that they cannot be
killed with anything smaller than buckshot ; I found no ditficulty
in killing them with small shot, and should say, that like all other
herons, they are easily killed if within shot. They are by far
the wildest birds of the genus that I am acquainted with. I think
they must commence laying by the first of February, if not
sooner, as many of the young were nearly fledged by the 20th of
April, and at this time, which was the date of my arrival at the
keys, none were less than half grown, and all older than the
young of the Great Blue Heron. At Indian River I have seen
the young of the latter several days old by the 1st of March.
Though I cannot speak from j^ersonal observation, as I have
never been in Florida before the spring months, I am inclined to
think that, from its almost tropical climate, the period of repro-
duction of many birds is not so narrowly limited as in more tem-
perate climates. I have been told by many of the inhabitants
that the Cormorants and Pelicans breed all through the year.
I have certainly seen on the same day nests just built and birds
fully fledged. At a place called Stirrup Bight, in the keys, the
young Cormorants were of all sizes and ages on the 22d of April.
The Pelicans I do not think commence breeding quite as early,
though I have seen young by the 1st of March ; still this was an
uncommon circumstance, and few of the young had made their
appearance before the middle of April.

Pelecanus Americanns. On the sand bars at the mouth of the
St. Johns, White Pelicans can be seen during the winter and early
s])ring months by hundreds ; they do not associate at all with the
lirown Pelicans. I have never seen them north or south of the
St. Johns, though I have been told that there is a certain island
in the Musquito Lagoon where they could be found. Why they
should be found so very abundantly in a single locality, while
apparently there are many others quite as suitable to their habits,
and where they would certainly be much less liable to be disturbed,
is quite strange.

Pelecanus fiiscus. The Brown Pelican is seen during the
warm months in great numbers around every inlet and bay south
of St. Augustine. When flying in long lines, as they generally
do. they present a singular appearance, and seem to be playing

ID

the game called hy boys " follow the leader," as they alternately
sail and flap their wings, each one doing so on arriving at the
exact spot where the leader commenced ; they also, if the sea is
at all rough, follow the undulations of the waves, rising and fall-
ino- with them. One of the most sinjTjular circumstances connect-
ed with this bird is mentioned by Audubon, that of the Black-
headed Gulls alighting on the heads of the Pelicans after they
have made a i)lunge. I have seen as many as fifty pairs engaged
in this singular manoeuvre ; the Pelicans appearing to be wholly
inditferent to the attentions of their more agile comi)anions. It
would seem at first that the weight of the Gull would be rather
disagreeable to the Pelican, but I presume that it is not, as the
latter never attempts in any way to dislodge it. The plunge of
the Pelican is quite singular in its style, and I could not for a long
time divest myself of the expectation of seeing one of them break
its neck. They never give any indication of being about to
plunge, as all other birds do, either by hovering or sailing in cir-
cles, but when apparently flying with no other intention than that
of moving from place to place, they suddenly fall as if struck with
an apoplexy, striking the water with so much force, and making
such a splash, that I was unable to determine whether they im-
mersed the whole body or not. It is not uncommon to see one of
these birds with a hole through the membrane forming the pouch
caused by the spine of some fish, and I was at first quite puzzled
by occasionally seeing one with a bright red throat, until on
shooting one I found that it was caused by blood from a wound of
this description. I have visited a great number of the breeding-
places of this bird, from the Tortugas to New Smyrna. At the
Tortugas I found only a few pairs breeding, on the bushes at
East Key, the principal resort of the Noddies and Sooty Terns.
I found them breeding in larger and larger numbers as 1 went
north, until I arrived at Indian River, where I found the most
extensive breeding-place that I visited ; this was on a small island,
called Pelican Island, about twenty miles north of Fort Capron.
The nests here were placed on the tops of the mangrove-trees,
which were about of the size and shape of large apple-trees.
Breeding in company with the Pelican w^ere thousands of Herons,
Peale's Egret, the Rufous Egret and Little White Egret, with a
few pairs of the Great Blue Heron, and Roseate Spoonbills ; and

20

immense numbers of Man-of-War Birds and "White Ibises were
congregated upon the island, and probably bred there at a later
period than my visit. North of Cape Canaveral the mangroves
being destroyed, they place their nests upon the ground as in the
Gulf of Mexico. On one island that I visited, the nests were
arranged either accidentally or intentionally in rows. They do
not seem inclined to relinquish their habitation very readily.
Opposite Dunlawton, a plantation at New Smyrna, is an island
where they must have been disturbed for many years, but at the
period of my visit they were engaged in arranging their nests,
which covered the greater part of the island. The process of
laying must be attended with more difficulty in the Pelican than
in other birds, if we can judge from the fact that the eggs are
always more or less marked with blood. I have seen hundreds
of the fresh eggs, and have never found one free from this pecu-
liarity. Audubon, in his description, alludes to this as " a few
faint streaks of a rosy tint." The eggs are as undesirable an
article of food as the birds themselves. On one occasion, having
been on short allowance for a day, I endeavored, in company
with some of the officers then stationed at Fort Capron, to make
a meal of them, but, after a few mouthfuls, we decided unani-
mously that it was better to go hungry a little longer. Three eggs
selected from a large number gave the following measurements, —
one, 72 millimetres in length, by 43 in breadth ; another, 75X47,
and a third, 63X45, the second being about typical as to propor-
tions, but rather larjifer than the averasre.

Sula fusca. These birds were quite numerous at the Tortu-
gas, but I did not find any breeding there. I was told by the
keeper of the light, who had been familiar with the locality for
eighteen years, that he had occasionally found an egg on
Northeast Key, a mere sand-bank, which he presumed had been
dropped without the bird intending to hatch it, but that he had
never seen or heard of a nest on a tree. I inquired of all the fish-
ermen and wreckers, but could find no one who had ever seen any
breeding at the Tortugas. If Audubon's description were not so
detailed, I should think he had seen them perched on the Pelican
nests, where they seem to be quite at home, and taken them for
the real owners.

Sterna Cayana. On the 8th of Ma^ I yisited Northeast

21

Key, and found tins tern breeding there in great numbers, in
company with Cabot's Tern, S. acuflavida ; tlie nests of both
speeies were mere hollows in the sand, and phiced as near to-
gether as the birds could sit without disturbing each other. The
eggs of the Cayenne Tern were generally of nearly the same
size, and did not offer much variety in the markings compared
with those of most terns. Three of them measured as follows : one,
63 millimetres in length by 39 in breadth, a second, 57X42, and
the third, 58X41, the last two of the more usual form. The eggs
of the S. acuflavida varied very little in size or shape, but much
more so in the marking than those of the larger species. Beside
these two species, I found the Little Tern and Wilson's Tern
breeding at different localities among the keys, and along the
shore of the mainland. I saw no specimen of the Roseate Tern.
The Noddy and Sooty Tern were breeding at the Tortugas in as
great numbers as at the time of Audubon's visit.

Dr. Cabot remarked that he was glad to find his opinion con-
firmed that the young Red Owls are mottled, and the adults red ; "
an opinion which he had long ago maintained, but which even
now is not accepted by all ornithologists.

Dr. Brewer mentioned that he- had observed differences in the
egrss of Caracara Eagles from Cuba an 1 South America; this,
with the difference of the tarsal scales noticed by Dr. Bryant,
seems to indicate that the two varieties may be distinct species.
He also said that a specimen of Bachman's Finch had been shot
last year at Berlin, Mass.

Dr. Brewer read a paper on the distribution and habits
of the Summer Yellow-bird, as follows : —

This familiar warbler extends from 68° N. to the northern
parts of South America, and from ocean to ocean. It arrives in
New England in the first half of May ; it is familiar and social,
building its nest near houses, and even in crowded cities. The
nest is usually made in a low bush, not more than three or four
feet from the ground, and its construction displays a remark-
able power of adaptation to circumstances, approaching almost to
reason ; it is firmly and durably built, of a gieat variety of soft
materials ; cotton, when it can be found, is a favorite substance.

22

The female displays wonderful sagacity in the manner in which
she avoids the necessity either of abandoning her nest or of hatch-
ing the Qgg of the Cow Blackbird which has been dropped into it ;
the latter is too large to be removed by the Yellow-bird, and is
accordingly covered over, at the same time with her own eggs,
probably having been previously pierced ; and upon the floor
thus made at the bottom of her nest, she lays another set of eggs,
building up the sides of the nest lo the requisite height — this she
has been known to do for this cause even to the third nest-making.
From an observation of twenty-five years he believed that the
Yellow-bird never hatches the egg of the Cow Blackbird, but
always disposes of it in the above manner, sacrificing her own
eirss rather than hatch out a stranger which her instinct tells her
will destroy her offspring, and impose a heavy burden on herself.
That such two-storied nests are not more often found may be
owing to the fact that the warbler is a very close sitter, rarely
leaving her nest after the deposition of the first egg, so that the
blackbird does not find many opportunities of dropping an egg
into the nest.

Mr. Putnam mentioned having found three of these two-storied
nests in a single season, in this State.

Dr. L. M. Sargent mentioned the case of a woman
under his observation, in whom there exists a small
supplementary mammary gland, with the characteristic
secretion.

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited some specimens of Tetra-
dymite, or Telluret of Bismuth, associated with native
gold, from Dahlonega, Georgia ; the associated rocks
were very rich in gold, four times richer than in Califor-
nia. He also exhibited some Itacolumite containing gold,
from Hall Co., Georgia, a locality where diamonds of con-
siderable size have been found — and beautiful crystals of
Rutile, with Pyrophyllite,from Lincoln Co., Georgia, where
it occurs in large masses. In the gold region there are
great quantities of specular iron ore ; it is proved at every
eruption of Vesuvius that specular iron ore is formed

23

from the decomposed chloride of iron ; he believes that in
this gold region the gold is brought up with the iron,
both in the state of chloride, from which the precious
metal and the specular iron are afterward separated by
decomposition.

A memorial was presented by Mr. W. E. Baker, de-
scribing a plan for the accommodation of the principal
associations of science and art in the city, in a large
building, and asking its consideration by a committee of
the Society. The plan and the subject in general were
referred to a committee, consisting of the following gen-
tlemen, viz :— Dr. S. Cabot, Jr., Prof. W. B. Rogers, and
Messrs. Barnard, Bouve, and Whittemore.

Dr. H. R. Storer, having resigned the Curatorship of
Crustacea, it was voted that he be requested to serve
until tlie Annual Meeting.

Messrs. John Cummings and C. W. Tuttle were elect-
ed Resident Members.

February 2, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Prof. Asassiz made a communication on some new
Actinoid Polyps of the coast of the United States.

He remarked that Prof. J. D. Dana made the first step toward
a natural classification of polyps, when he divided the order oF
actinoids into the sub-orders actinaria and alcyonaria, the former
including those actinoids with many simple tentacles, the latter
those with eight compound tentacles.

The first specimen described was a new species, with twelve
thick and blunt tentacles ; the number of tentacles is few com-

24

pared with those of actinite generally ; it is of a brown color,
and exists as a parasite on the common large brown medusa,
Cyanea arctica ; he named it Bicidmm parasiticum.

Another was found at low-water mark in Nantucket harbor, a
foot or more deep in the sand, sometimes attached to small
stones ; the shape is elongated and cylindrical, never hemi-
spherical ; the tentacles are twenty in number, ending in knobs ;
the color milk-white, the ends of the tentacles brown ; he named
it Corynactis alhida — the Actinia clavata of Rathke, from the
coast of Norway, probably belongs to this genus. It builds a tube
of sand, which is readily disintegrated.

In Charleston, S. C, in 1852, Mr. H. J. Clark obtained sev-
eral specimens of a polyp, two feet long when expanded. Which
burrows in the mud-flats, and builds an elastic case of mud and
mucosities. It has two sets of tentacles, one around the mouth
and the other around the margin of the upper disk of the body ;
the form is elongated and tapering — in the vertical lamella3 the
upper part of each has female organs, and the lower j^art male
organs, instead of alternating on different lamellae as is usual ; it
belongs to the genus Cerianthus. It differs from other actiniae
in the form and arrangement of the tentacles, in the shape of the
body, and in having an anus at the lower extremity. Taking
form as determined by internal structure as the characteristic of
families, it must be considered as belonging to a distinct family ;
Corynactis, for similar reasons, belongs to a separate family.

We should have in this case three groups belonging to the
Actinoids, namely, Actinidce, Corynactidce, and Cerianthidce,
groups higher than families and lower than orders, and accord-
ingly properly called sub-orders.

Dr. C. T. Jackson presented specimens of the red bug
(Reduvius), a beetle which does much injury to the sea-
island cotton by causing a red stain ; he had not suc-
ceeded in obtaining any coloring matter from them by
chemical means.

He presented also some pyrophyllite, or radiated talc,
from Lincoln Co., Georgia ; this is a trisilicate of alum-
ina, containing a little water, and exfoliates in a very
remarkable manner under the action of heat. It is found

25

associated with rutile, and here, as in Russia, in rocks
bordering on the gold formation.

Mr. Sprague called the attention of the Society to a
collection of 344 bird skins, snake and monkey skins,
and several crania, and other specimens from Brazil.

These objects were sent to B. F. Stevens, Esq., of
Boston, by Dr. John C. Reinhardt, of Sorocaba, province
of San Paulo, about 300 miles west of Rio Janeiro.
This gentleman was engaged as naturalist on board the
U. S. frigate Constitution in 1844, and made the voyage
round the world under Capt. Percival. He had pre-
viously made a trip up the Amazon with Lieut. Strain.
His collections were sent to the Smithsonian Institution
in 1846. He settled at Sorocaba, and Mr. Stevens, at
Mr. Sprague's request, suggested to him that objects of
natural history from Brazil would be valuable here. The
result was the receipt of two large boxes of specimens
by Mr. Stevens, who presented them to the Society in
Dr. Reinhardt's name.

Though there are many duplicates, several species
will be new to the Cabinet. In general terms the collec-
tion contains 70 Humming-birds (6 species), 34 Parrots
(7 species), 28 Woodpeckers (7 species), 65 Shrikes and
Flycatchers, more than 20 Tanagers, 13 Cuckoos (2 spe-
cies), 5 Anis, 6 Hawks (4 species), 4 Owls (3 species), 5
Pigeons, 4 Goatsuckers, 6 Toucans, 2 Cassicans, 5 Trogons,
8 Finches, 15 Thrushes, 4 Blackbirds, 2 Swallows, 5 Jaca-
nas, 6 Gallinules, 3 Ducks, a Heron, and several miscel-
laneous specimens. It contained also the skulls of a Ja-
guar, Tapir, Brocket deer. Armadillo, Paca, two Howling
monkeys and a hyoid pouch, and a smaller monkey, the
skins of two Anacondas, and a small monkey of the genus
Midas ; a large fish of the genus Chalceus, probably the
species Amazonicus, a very valuable specimen ; the pen-
sile nest of an Oriole ; and a large shell of the genus
Bulimus,

26

It was voted that the thanks of the Society be pre-
sented to Dr. Reinhardt and to Mr. Stevens for this
valuable donation.

The Committee appointed at the last meeting to take
into consideration a plan submitted for procuring better
accommodation for the Society's cabinet and library,
reported to recommend the appointment of a committee
to confer with such Societies, scientific, literary, and in-
dustrial, as may be deemed advisable, with power to
arrange some plan for joint action for the procurement
of land, funds, &c., and that said committee be urged to
prompt action, with the view of petitioning the present
legislature for aid.

The Report was accepted ; and the same committee
was reappointed, with power to fill vacancies, and to
increase their number to seven.

Mr. J. M. Barnard, from the committee on the memo-
rial to the legislature concerning the republication of Dr.
Harris's work on Insects, with illustrations, reported that
the memorial had been presented and strongly advocated,
with a good prospect of success as far as could be ascer-
tained. It would take two years to make the necessary
collections, and the labor of making these had been
freely assumed by many competent persons. The Re-
port was accepted, and the committee discharged.

Mr. Charles Stodder exhibited 60 species of Diatoma-
cece^ of 12 genera, found in a small stream in West Rox-
bury by himself in July, 1858 ; of these, two were new
species of Stauroneis, which he called >S. Baconiana^ and
S. pellucida.

The list is as follows : —

Eunotia monodon, diodon, triodon, tetraodon, pentodon, dia-
dema, hexaglyphis, octodon, eneaodon, decaodoi), hendecaodon,
serrulata, prionotus ? t|uiiideuaria, bideiis, 15.

27

Ilimantidiiim arcus.
Surirelhi biscriata, W. S. variety.
Tabellaria trinodis.
Synedra ulna.

Gomplioiiema geminatuin, acuiiiiiiatiiin, coroiiatuni, turgidiiin,
gracile, o.

Cocconenia lanceolatura.
Cocconeis placentula.

FAMILY NAVICULACE^.

Navicula dilatata, araphigomphus, fusidium, dicephala, legu-
men, biceps, platalea, 7.

Piiinularia legumen, dactylus, digitus, macilenta, decurrens, iii-
equalis, termes, major, W. Sm., leptogongyla, viridis, 10.

Stauroiieis platalea, Elir., pteroidea? lanceolata, Kutz., gracilis,
ainphicephala, Baconiana, C. S., nov. spe., pellucida, C. 8., nov.
spe., Baileyii, phoenicenteroii ? anceps, isostauron, cardinalis, as-
pera, birostris, Ehr., 14.

Aniphiprora navicularis.

And several undetermined species of Synedra, Navicula, Pin-
nularia, Himantidium, Cymbella, Fragillaria, Diatoma ? Cocco-
neis, Tabellaria, Homoeocladia, Melosira.

The description of the two new species is as follows :

Stauroneis Baconiana. Stauroneis medium size ; side
view beaked ; beaks produced ; apices rounded ; stauros extends
to the margins ; very fine transverse lines radiating from centre.

Front view (of Wm. Smith, lateral of Ehrenberg) not quite so
wide as side view, and the beaks have a very slight sigmoid
curve.

Lon. .12 to .14 millimetre ; side view Ion. 6^ times the breadth ;
front view 6 times the breadth. Abundant.

Outline of side view resembles S. Sieboldii, Ehr., but is much
more slender, the longitude of Sieboldii being 4 times the breadth.
Front view of Sieboldii unknown.

Stauroneis pellucida. Very small. Side view: outline
of sides a regular curve, apices truncated and broadly rounded,
stauros broad, nearly square, and does not extend to the margins.

28

median line and terminal apertures (so called) very distinct, no
stride detected with Ross's ^ in. objective. Front view : form the
same as side view, except the sides are nearly parallel, instead
of beins; as much curved as in side view.

Lon. ^ mm. lat. _iLmm. Very rare.
100 100 "^

Mr. William E. Baker, of Brookline, was chosen a
Resident Member.

February 16, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. T. J. Whittemore read the following description
of a new species of Helix, from Maine.

Helix milium Morse.

Shell minute, transparent, shining ; epidermis white, with a
greenish tinge ; distinctly and regularly striated above ; whorls
rounded, rapidly enlarging ; suture very deeply impressed; spire
slightly elevated ; microscopic lines running parallel with the
whorls, more conspicuous beneath ; umbilicus quite large, deep,
and showing all the volutions ; outer lip sharp.

Diam. 0.05, height 0.02.

Distribution — Portland, Me. ; Augusta, Me. ; Bethel, Me ;
Saco, Me. ; Westbrook, Me.

Observations. The rapidly enlarging w^horls remind one at
first sight of the young of H. indentata, Say. The under side
resembles slightly the young of H. minuscula, Binney. It is
about the size of H. minutissima, Lea.

The peculiarities of the shell are its diminutive size, its rapidly
enlarging and well-rounded whorls, its deep and regular stria-
tions, which become obscure at apex, and the microscopic lines
running parallel with the whorls.

This little shell I first found at Mt. Independence, Westbrook)

29

Me., Aug. IG, 1857, in company with Pupa exigua, Say, and tlie
smaller Helices.

Found generally on low lands, where they seemed to be sur-
rounded by water, though it has been found on higli lands where
the ground was comparatively dry. Mr. Charles B. Fuller, of
Portland, found them quite numerous in a grove of pines, — an
unusual place for Helices to be found in.

Dr. C. T. Jackson observed that, having searched in vain for a
red dye in the red-bug {^Reduvius), he had found the whole insect
rapidly soluble, with effervescence, in nitric acid, forming a dark
brown solution. On dipping a piece of flannel prepared by an
alum mordant into this solution, and then into an ammoniated
solution, he obtained a deep rich orange and permanent dye ; it
does not take well on cotton fabrics. A permanent yellow dye,
and one which could be used as a basis for greens and browns,
would be a very desirable thing, as much of the yellow flannel is
dyed with chromate of lead, as well as with the yellow berry, and
might prove dangerous if worn next the skin. It does not make
a good pigment, as its lake is ochreous, and not a desirable color.
These insects are very abundant and destructive, and the possi-
bility of their being made available in the arts would add another
and a powerful motive for their collection and destruction.

Dr. Jackson also made some remarks on the corrosive
properties of Mexican guano.

This substance in twenty-four hours will destroy the bags which
contain it, in a few days will render a cask rotten, and in the
course of a short voyage will so dissolve out the oakum used in
caulking vessels as to render them leaky, as has been proved in
several instances, to the knowledge of Mr. P. A. Stone, of Bos-
ton. This guano has been so altered by the action of rain and
sea-water, that it presents an excess of phosphoric acid, in the
form of soluble acid phosphate of lime. Whether the solvent
action is due to free phosphoric acid, or to the presence of the
animal matter with it, is not satisfactorily determined. The am-
moniacal guano, such as that from the Chincha Islands, has no
such effect on cloth or wood.

o

0

Prof. Parsons referred to a statement of some chemist in Cin-
cinnati, that all our native grape juice has a relative excess of
malic acid, and a great deficiency of tartaric, differing in these
respects from that of European grapes.

Dr. Jackson stated that American wines contain considerable
tartaric acid, and that it is abundant in our wild grapes.

Prof Parsons thought that, at the present prices of American
wines, no other so profitable use could be made of land as to
plant it with vines.

Edwin Harrison, of St. Louis, was chosen a Corre-
sponding Member, and Messrs. Benj. Perkins, Jr., of
Roxbury, C. L. Amory and M. D. Ross, of Boston, Resi-
dent Members.

March 2, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. C. T. Jackson gave a sketch of the theory of metamor-
phism in geology as now generally adopted. He also spoke in
detail of the experiments of Daubree in France, which have
proved that water at moderate temperatures will transform and
produce minerals, and even ores ; and that glass, under the action
of water at 400° C, becomes an opaque spongy mass filled with
quartz crystals and AYollastonite, the water becoming a saturated
solution of silicates of potash and soda. Pine wood in his tubes
became anthracite so hard that steel would hardly scratch it ; a
result which affords a satisfactory explanation of some of the phe-
nomena of the coal-fields which have long been subjects of dis-
pute. Some authors maintain that bituminous coal has been
formed from resinous plants only ; others have said that all coal
was originally bituminous, anthracite being caused by the driving
off of the bitumen, and being nothing but a compressed coke — both
these explanations are unsatisfactory. If we regard the anthra-
cite coal-fields of Pennsylvania as having been acted upon by hot
water under ocean pressure, the explanation seems satisfactory ;

*>1

oJ

on the contrary, the Wcs^torn conl-fickl?^, liiglily bituminous and
inidislurbed, have probably been formed witliout such agency.
From this it would apjjcar that anthracite or bituminous coal
may be formed from the same plants, according to the presence
or absence of heat, water, and pressure.

Mr. Stodder observed that a similar theory had been offered, he
believed, by Mr. T. S. Hunt ; and also by Prof. Rogers, who
ascribed the change to the presence of heated steam.

Dr. Jackson alluded to the manner in which the native copper
and silver of Lake Superior are formed ; in his opinion from the
chlorides of these metals in contact with iron, as he had exjjlained
at a previous meeting in regard to gold. It is well known that at
the junction of the trap with the metalliferous vein, the rock be-
comes brown from the oxidation of the iron. When once depos-
ited, it continues to be formed by the operation of the same
causes ; and when the copjDcr is deposited, pure metallic silver,
formed from the chloride, is plated upon it ; the two metals,
chemically pure, are in contact, yet unalloyed. The old theory
of the formation of these deposits from acid solutions is unsatis-
factory, and unable to account for the absence of the ordinary
lime salts.

The resignation of Mr. A. E. Agassiz as Curator of
Entomology was announced and accepted ; and Dr. Dur-
kee and the Secretary were appointed a committee to
nominate his successor.

Dr. John C. Reinhardt, of Sorocaba, Brazil, was chosen
a Corresponding Member of the Society ; and Messrs.
William Putnam, of Boston, and Emanuel Samuels, of
Mattapan, Resident Members.

o

2

March 16, 1859.

T. T. Bouve, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. T. J. Whittemore presented some living speci-
mens of Helix aspersa from Rochelle, France, and said
he hoped that some of the members would attempt to
preserve them. They can be kept alive until vege-
tation springs up by keeping them warm and feeding
them with damp bread. They are used as food by the
peasantry of France.

A fine specimen of cannel coal from the Western Min-
ing and Manufacturing Company's mines on Big Coal
River, a tributary of the great Kanawha, Boone Co.,
Virginia, was presented by Mr. Joshua W. Richardson,
of Boston.

The principal deposits are contained in two veins of an average
thickness of 40 inches ; they lie in the mountain 140 to 160 feet
above the level of the valley, and about 20 feet apart ; the incli-
nation of the deposits being only 1 foot in 70 affords sufficient facil-
ities for drainage. The deposit is columnar in its structure, with a
horizontal lamination admitting of cleavage both ways, so that it
is easily mined by means of the pick and wedge. For purity it
is probably unsurpassed ; it is in demand chiefly for the manufac-
ture of coal oil, though it is excellent as fuel. The thanks of the
Society were presented for the donation.

Dr. C. F. Winslow presented the animal of a gigantic
clam from Puget Sound, said to be able to project its
tube from eighteen to twenty-four inches. It is eaten by
the Indians. He stated that he had specimens of the
shells measuring about 5x4 inches. Dr. Gould thought
the species was probably Panopcea generosa, Gd.

Dr. Kneeland exhibited specimens of copper from Lake
Superior, illustrating the remarks of Dr. Jackson at the

r

33

previous meeting in reference to the deposit of metallic
silver and copper in contact, yet unalloyed, and to the
forms impressed in the copper by crystals of other min-
eral substances.

Dr. Cabot remarked that Mr. Baird, in Vol. 9 of the Pacific
Railroad Keport, makes Scolopax Drwnmondii a synonyme of S.
Wilsonu, though with a qucErt. Dr. Cabot had obtained speci-
mens of the latter in Massachusetts at all seasons of the year,
and he never saw one approaching the former in plumage ; the
proportions of the two species are also unmistakably different.
In his opinion it would be hard to find two allied birds more dif-
ferent in almost all respects than the two considered the same
species by Mr. Baird.

Mr. James Lewis, of Mohawk, N. Y., a corresponding
member, writes, in a letter addressed to the Secretary :

That within a few years, the Mohawk River has afforded speci-
mens of Menohranchus maculatus. The first that he had any
information of was caught about five years ago in a net, by per-
sons fishing in the Mohawk. It was then considered a very rare
thing. More recently, they have been taken on hooks by an-
glers ; and are beginning now to be of less interest as novelties.
Early last spring, while the foundations of one of the old locks in
the Erie Canal at this place were being taken up, to be replaced
by a new structure, several specimens of this reptile were seen,
one of wdiich, about sixteen inches long, was taken alive and
brought to him. In the summer following, two about a foot long
were taken by a fisherman in the Mohawk. They undoubtedly
have come out of the great lakes, probably through the canal from
Oswego, and very likely w^ill, ere long, be common in the canal
and river, from near Oneida Lake to Albany. ,

Prof. Parsons alluded to the method of preserving food in air-
tight vessels. According to Liebig's theory of eremacausis, if the
can be not completely exhausted of air, the decay caused by the
chemical action of the oxygen of a single bubble, propagates itself
until the whole mass is infected.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 3 JUNE, 1859

34

From experiments made by Rose, some doubts have arisen as
to whether the decay is produced by the chemical action of oxy-
o-en ; this chemist was incHned to attribute this effect to the action
of Hving organisms contained in the air, and he found that by
passing the air through red-hot tubes, so as to destroy all organic
life, no effect of decay was produced in the meat exposed to it ;
he ascertained that these minute organisms could be arrested,
though not destroyed, by sifting the air through sponge or tubes
filled with asbestos — the tubes he employed were of various sub-
stances, and about the size of a pigeon's quill. His theory is
strono-ly in favor of the propagation of epidemic diseases by
minute living organisms floating in the air. There may be a dif-
ference of opinion in the case of decayed food, whether the
chanf^e-producing cause be minute organisms, or particles of mat-
ter in a state of incipient decay which readily is communicated
to the whole mass.

He thought this a matter of considerable practical importance,
as the lives of many, and especially of Arctic voyagers, depended
in a great degree on the perfection of this preserving process.
It has been forcibly suggested and maintained by the London
Times, that the fate of Sir John Franklin and his party may have
been decided by the imperfect preservation of such articles of

food.

Mr. F. H. Storer remarked that the articles to be preserved
are boiled, not only to expel air, but to coagulate the ferment in
the meat ; in fact, the air cannot be fully expelled. He did not
think that Rose proves that the cause of decay resides in minute
livino- oro-anisms, rather than matters in a state of incipient decay.

Mr. F. W. Putnam said, that at a previous meeting he had
stated that possibly the young specimens of Pomotis presented by
Mr. Thoreau were the P. ohesus of Girard. He had since then
examined Girard's original specimens, and found them to be
the same. The P. guttatus recently described in the Proceedings
of the 'Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia is identical
with P. obesics. Having teeth on the palatines, and consequently
belonging to the genus Bryttus, the proper name for the species
is B. ohesus (Putnam). He had also satisfied himself that the
Esox ornatus of Girard is the same as the B. fasciatus of Dekay.

35

The Corresponding Secretary read the following letters,
viz : —

From the Academie E-oyale, &c., de Belgique, June 28 and
December 18, 1857 ; Royal Geographical Society, December 30,
1857 ; Naturhistorischer Verein, Bonn, January 11, 1858 ;
Zoologiscli-Botanischer Verein, Wien, March 15, 1858 ; Verein
fiir vaterliindische Naturkunde in Wurttemberg, May 31, 1858;
Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege, June 15, 1858, in acknowl-
edgment of the receipt of the Society's publications ; Societe Im-
periale d' Agriculture, d'Histoire Naturelle, &c., de Lyon, Lyon,
April 2, 1858 ; Oberhessische Gesellschaft flir Natur-und-IIeil-
kunde, April 6, 1858 ; Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege,
June 15, 1858 ; Societe Linneene de Lyon, July 2, 1858, pre-
senting their various publications ; H. Davis, M'Gregor, Iowa,
concerning certain specimens intended for the Society ; J. L. La-
porte, Bordeaux, November 14, 1858, proposing an exchange of
shells ; Royal Dublin Society, September 25, 1858, presenting
its Journal, and requesting an interchange of publications ; and
Edward S. Morse, Taunton, January 17, acknowledging his elec-
tion as Corresponding Member.

The committee appointed to nominate a candidate for
the office of Curator of Entomology, rendered vacant by
the resignation of Mr. A. E. Agassiz, reported the name
of Mr. Samuel H. Scudder of Boston, and he was
elected.

Messrs. James A. Cutting of Chelsea, Samuel H.
Gookin of Boston, John C. Comstock of Cambridge, and
Dennis Murray of Roxbury, were chosen Resident Mem-
bers.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

January 5, 1859. A specimen of pilot fish, Nnucrates, from Provincetown,
Mass.; a squid, diftering from the common one, from Provincetovvn; some bi-
valve shells from the Gulf of St. Lawrence; a mummified fish of the eel family
from the abdominal cavity of a cod; and two large hooks taken from the livers.

36

of apparently healthy cod ; by Capt. N. E. Atwood, of Provincetown. A nest
of ZonotricUa pusilla, Wils., contahiing three of this bh'd's eggs, and one of the
Molothrus pecoris, Gmel.; and the nest of a Vireo ; by James G. Shute.

January 19. A gopher from Illinois; by Mr. John F. Edwards, of Boston.
A pipe fish, Syng7iaihus Feckianus, from Boston harbor; by Dr. S. Kneeland, Jr.

Febrvaary 2. Specimens of the red bug, Eeduvius; by Dr. C. T. Jackson.
344 bii'd skins, snake, and monkey skins, and several crania, from Brazil; by
Dr. Jose C. Reinhardt, of Sorocaba, Brazil. A ring-necked snake, and an
orthopterous insect {Mantis) from the Lake Superior copper region; by Mr. A.
C. Davis, of the Norwich mine.

February 16. Fibres of the inner bark of a Californian tree, resembling Ma-
nila hemp; by T. J. Whittemore.

March 16. Living specimens of Helix aspersa, from Eochelle, France ; by T.
J. Whittemore. A piece of cannel coal, from Boone Co., Va. ; by Joshua W.
Richardson, of Boston. The animal of a gigantic clam, Paiwpiea ffenerosa, Gd.,
from Puget Sound; by Dr. C. F. Winslow, of West Xewton. Larvse and per-
fect insects of a large borer from the Cape de Verd Islands; death's head moths
from St. Helena; and peat marl, containing minute shells, froja the neighbor-
hood of Milwaukie ; by Dr. A. A. Gould. Fragments of cedar channelled by
boring larvse; by Dennis Murray, of Roxbury.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING MARCH 31, 1859.

Synopsis of Report on Zoophytes of the IT. S. Exploring Expedition. By J.
D. Dana. 8vo. New Haven. Froin the Author.

Ichnology of Massachusetts. By Ed. Hitchcock. 4to. Boston, 1858. From
(lie Author.

Report of the Geological Survey of Connecticut. 8vo. Pamph. By C. U.
Shepard, M. D. Ncav Haven, 1837.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. X. 4to, Washington. From
ike Smithsonian Institution.

Prodromus descriptionis Animalium evertebratorum. Auc. W. Stimpson.
Pars VU. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. By Dr. D. H. Storer. 4to. No. 4.
pp. 131-194. From the Author.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series. Nos. 14, 16, 16. 8vo.
Edinburgh. From Prof. Henry D. Rogers.

Notes on American Land Shells. By W. G. Binney. No. 4. 8vo. Pamph.
From the Author.

Fourth Report on the Geological Survey of Missouri. By G. C. Swallow.
8vo. Pamph. 1859. From the Author.

Catalogue of Shell-bearing species of Mollusca. By Frank Higgins. 8vo.
Pamph. From the Author.

Explanations of a second edition of a Geological I\Iap of Nebraska and Kan-
zas. By F. V. Hayden, M. D. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1858. From the
Author.

Field Notes of Geology. By A. Osbdrn. 12mo. Pamph. New York, 1858.
From the Author.

37

Notices of Insects known to form the basis of Fungoid Parasites. 4to.
Pampli.

Journal of Proceedings of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society. INIarch,
1859. From the liorikultural Society.

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science.
Vol. XII. 8vo. Cambridge, 1859. From the Association.

Geolog)' of N. America. By J. Marcou. 4to. Pnmph. Zurich, 1858.
American Geology. By J. Marcou. 8vo. Pamph. Zurich, 1858. From
the Author.

U. S. Naval Astronomical Expedition. Vol. VIII. By Lieut. J. M. Gilliss
L.L.D. 4to. Washington.

Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. Vols. VIII. and IX. 4to. Washington, 1858. From
Eon. Charles Sumner.

Observations ..on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea. Vol. VI. Part 1. 4to.
Philadelphia.

Account of the Remains of a Fossil extinct Reptile. 8vo. Pamph. Philadel-
phia, 1859.

Descriptions of the Embryonic Forms of thiriy-eight species of Uniouidai.
By Isaac Lea, L.L.D., &c. 4to. Pamph. 1858.

Couchological Pamphlet. By Isaac Lea. 12mo. Philadelphia, 1858. Fi-om
Isaac Lea.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. VI. No. 60. July-
December, 1858. Philadelphia.

Genera of Recent MoUusca. By H. and A. Adams. Nos. 35, 36. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1858. "

Verhandlungen des Zoologisch-botanischen Vereins. Band VII. Wien, 1857.

Personen-Orts-Und Sach-Register. 1851-5. 8vo. Pamph. Wien, 1857.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 27. Nos. 79 and 80,
for January and March, 1859.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia. January,
1859. pp. 45-84.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist for December, 1858. Vol. lU. No. 6.
Vol. IV. No. 1. February, 1859. Montreal.

New York Journal of Medicine. Vol. V. No. 1. January, 1859.

Canadian Jom-nal of Industry, Sciences, &c. No. 19, for January, 1859.
Toronto.

Archiv flir Naturgeschichte. Nos. 5, 6. 1857. No. 1. 1858.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New Series.
Vol. IV. Part 1. 4to. 1858.

Annals of the Lyceixm of Natural History of New York. Vol. VI. Nos. 1,
8-13. 8vo. New York.

New York Journal of Medicine. Vol. VI. No. 2. For March, 1859.

Malakozoologische Blatter. Band V. Bog. 3-10. 8vo. Pamph. Received
in Exchange.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 13 and 14. Vol. 3. 1859.

38

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. XV. No. 57, for February,
1859. Svo. London.

Todd's Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiologj\ Parts 51 and 52. From the
Courtis Fund.

Life of James Sullivan. By T. C. Amory. 2 vols. Svo. Boston, 1859.

Biography of Dr. E. K. Kane. By William Elder. Svo. Philadelphia, 1869.

History of New England. By J. G. Palfrey. Vol.1. Svo. Boston, 1858.

Modem English Essayists, Carlyle, Talfourd, Stephens, Alison, Wilson, Jef-
frey, Macaulay, Mackintosh, Smith. 8 vols. Svo. Boston, 1858.

Life and Times of Hugh Miller. By T. N. Brown. 12mo. New York, 1858.

History of the Anglo-Saxons. By T. Miller. 12mo. London, 1852.

History of the Reign of Philip IL, King of Spain. Vol. 3. Svo. Boston, 1859.

Jewish Wars of Flavius Josephus. Translated by Rev. R. Trail. Svo. Bos-
ton, 1858.

Memoirs of the Court of England under the Stuarts. 3 vols. 12mo. (Bohn's.)
1857. Dejposited by the Rejiublican Institution.

April 6, 1859.
Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. C. F. Winslow read a communication from Mr.
Henry M. Lyman, on the recent eruption of the volcano
of Mauna Loa, in the Sandwich Islands.

The eruption occurred on the 23d of January, 1859. On the
evemng of Saturday, Jan. 22, the snow on the mountain was seen
white and unobscured by clouds or vapors ; there were no signs
of smoke, and none of eruption. On Sunday, thick clouds of
smoke were seen gathering about the mountain, and at evening
the whole sky was lighted with a terrific glare, and the lava could
be seen spouting from a crater near the summit of Mauna Loa.
As in all the other eruptions from that mountain, the lava was thrown
up in a jet, apparently nearly one thousand feet high ; it flowed
down the northern slope of the mountain, and in one or two days
" formed for itself a covered channel from the summit crater to
the plain between the mountains." So rapidly was it poured out,
that before the morning of the 24th the lava appeared to have
spread across the plain to the base of Mauna Kea. As seen from
Hilo, the original source seemed to be very near the crafer from
which issued the flow of 1855-56 ; but so dense was the smoke,

39

that on the 25th (the latest date from Hilo) nothing was known
about the eruption except that it was the most brilliant and ex-
tensive on record.

A letter from Waimea of Feb. 3, states that on Monday, Jan.
24, two fiery sources were visible, — one appeared to be very
near the top of the mountain, but its stream and smoke soon after
disappeared ; this was undoubtedly the eruj)tion visible at Hilo
on Sunday evening — the other was on the north side, further
from the top, and sent out its fires in a northwesterly direction ;
after the third night the smoke cleared away, and showed the
burning crater constantly enlarging and throwing up its volumes
of liquid fire. The lava poured on in a torrent between Mauna
Kea and Mauna Hualalai, until it reached the sea at a little vil-
lage named Wainanalii, near the boundary between Kohala and
Kona, about thirteen miles south of Kawaihae. It reached the
sea during the night of January 31, and was still flowing when
last heard from, about Feb. 10. The width of the stream was
said to be about a mile, and the distance passed over nearly forty
miles.

This is acknowledged to be the greatest eruption within the
memory of any one now living at the Islands ; even as far distant
as Oahu the sky was obscured by the dense smoke, and at Lahaina
the " reflection on the water was at times like that of the full
moon."

It is said that ships sailing along the windward shores of Ha-
waii, Maui, and Molokai, during the week in which the eruption
commenced, and before the lava reached the ocean, encountered
immense shoals of dead fish ; leading to the supposition that there
might have been a suboceanic eruption before the outpouring
from the mountain, and that possibly the whole island might have
been overwhelmed, had not this side passage given issue to a
portion of the lava.

Dr. C. T. Jackson remarked that instances of fish being killed
by volcanic eruptions were not uncommon, and he attributed this
fact not to the heat communicated to the water, but to the action
of gases, especially the sulphurous, sulphuretted hydrogen, and
chlorohydric acid.

Dr. Winslow was of opinion that the lava accumulates in large
cavities before it is cast up, and is thrown up by a geyser process.

40

Dr. A. A. Gould read the following descriptions of
new species of shells : —

Sue CINE A LYRATA. T. ovata, soliclula, luteo-virens, unda-
tellis flexuosis lyrata ; anfr. tribus veiitricosis, apice obtuso.
Apertura ovata, columella vix flexuosa callo perexiguo induta.
Axis ^ ; diam. I poll.

Near the sea-shore, Loo Choo. W. S.

A small ovate species, quite remarkable for its lyrate surface.

Auricula (Leuconia, Gray) opportuna. T. parva, ellip-
soidea, solida, livido-albida, lasvis ; anfr. 6 ad suturam imbricato-
appressis. Apertura falcata, postice acutissima, antice rotundata ;
labio lamella compressa elevata mediana et lamella duplici anti-
cali obliqua instruct© ; labro simplici. Long. 8 millim. ; diam.
4 millim.

Inhabits Loo Choo Is. W. S.

Omphalotropis strictus. T. elongata, ovato-conica, solid-
ula, la3vis, arete umbilicata ; anfr. 6 rotundatis ad suturam tabu-
latis. Apertura ovata, peritremate simplici coutinuo, sed postice
ad ventrem retracto; umbilico carina inconspicua approximata
cincto. Axis ^ ; diam. ^ poll.

On old stone walls, Loo Choo. W. S.

One of the smallest species yet described, with a very small
perforation, and a faint keel around it at a very short distance.

LiMN^A OLLULA. T. parva, tenuis, ovata, viridi-cornea, im-
polita ; anfr. 4-j-, ultimo ventricoso. Apertura rotundato-ovata
columella simplici, postice callo lato induta. Axis ^ ; diam. -i
poll.

Streams and marshes on Hong Kong Island. (Wright.)

Very much like a small L. modicella.

Ancylus gaulus. T. oblique pyramidata, apice ad quad-
rantem posteriorem longitudinis, dextrorsum inclinato, obtuso ;
epidermide luteo-cornea, superne fusca. Apertura rotundato-
ovata, intus plumbea. Long. -^ ; lat. ^ ; alt. ^^ poll.

Inhabits Cape of Good Hope. W. S.

A solid, well rounded species, without any salient characters.

Planorbis spirillus. T. parva, discoidea, utrinque concava,
teimis viridi-cornea, plerumque liris ad quatuor prope aperturaui

41

instructa ; anfr. 3-|- utrinqne apparcntibus, sutura impressfi.
Apertura ampla, perobliqua, lata, lunata. Diam. ^ ; alt. jV P^ll.

Inhabits Ousiina. W. S.

Very like to P. albiis and deflectus ; perhaps the same that
MiddendortF refers to under the former name, as from Kamts-
chatka.

Segmentina lucida. T. parva, tenuis, orbicularis, dilute
cornea, radiatim viridi-lineata, supra fornicata, infra poculiformis,
vix perforata ; anfr. 4, ultimo lato, declivi ; sutura impressa.
Apertura ampla, postice acuta, antice rotundata ; fauce denticulis
armata. Alt. -^^ ; lat. ^ poll.

Inhabits Loo Choo. W. S.

Smaller and more elevated than the following, with quite a
different surface and color.

Segmentina usta. T. depressa, orbicularis, concavo-convexa,
nitida, umbrina, late umbilicata ; anfr. 6, apicalibus arctissimis,
excavatis, ultimo amplo, declivi ; sutura canaliculata. Apertura
perobliqua, anguste lunata ; fauce in fundo quadridentata. Alt.
y^j ; diam. ^-^ poll.

Inhabits Loo Choo Islands. W. S.

Resembles in color S. Largillierti^ which is larger, less pol-
ished, more largely umbilicated.

Paludina histrica. T. ovato-conica, variabilis, tenuis, stri-
atula, rufo-cornea ; anfr. 6 ventricosis, postice tabulatis, ultimo ad
peripheriam subangulato, albido ; sutura profunda. Apertura
rotundato-ovata, subeffusa ; peristomate simplici, nigrescente, um-
bilicum parvum subtegente. Dimens. 1X| poll.; l^^Xy^^ poll,
etc.

Ditches in paddy-fields, Ousima and Loo Choo. W. S.

BiTHYNiA DiVALis. T. miuuta, imperforata, ovato-conica,
solidula, Icevis, olivacea ; anfr. 3-[- ventricosis, ultimo permao-no.
Apertura parva, ovata, verticalis ; peritremate continue ad colu-
mellam flexuoso. Axis y-g- ; diam. ^^ poll.

Inhabits China, vicinity of Canton. Mr. Bow ring.

The genus is somewhat equivocal. It has an operculum more
like that of a true Paludina than of any other genus.

AssiMiNEA DEBiLis. T. globoso-couica, solidula, luteo-cornea,
arete umbilicata ; anfr. 5 tabulatis, ultimo ad peripheriam sub-

42

angulato. Apertura rotundato-ovata, peritremate continuo, vix
incrassato. Alt. -^-^ ; diam. ^^^^j poll.

Loo Choo Is. W. S.

Paler and less solid than any other described species ; more
elongated than the following, and diflfering in color.

AssiMiNEA RUBiDA. T. ovato-conica, solida, impolita, stra-
minea aurantiaco tincta, perforata ; anfr. 6 rotundatis, sutura
profunda. Apertura parvula, pjriformis, peritremate continuo.
Alt. £-^ ; diam. ^-^ poll.

Inhabits Loo Choo, on beaches. W. S.

Rather smaller than the preceding, and distinguished by its
color and solidity.

Melania libertina. T. elongata, turrita, truncata, luteo-
cornea, hie illic fuscata, lineis volventibus antice insculpta ; anfr.
5-|- convexiusculis. Apertura elongata tortuosa, labro albo pos-
tice sinuato, antice in canalem obtusam producto ; fauce livida.
Long. 1|- ; lat. J- poll.

Simoda and Ousima, in sluggish streams and ditches. W. S.

Generally resembles M. Virgi7iica and indefinitely Lea, which
has a more lax and elongated spire. The grooving varies, and
in some specimens is nearly wanting.

Melania gracilina. T. subulata, truncata, imperforata,
tenuis, Ijevis, olivacea, sulcis acutis remotis cincta; anfr. 7-(-
convexiusculis, posticis attenuatis, ad suturam maculis fuscis saepe
ornatis. Apertura anguste ovalis, vix effusa ; fauce livida.
Long. 1 ; lat. \ poll.

Inhabits Taheiti, common in streams.

Belongs to the peculiar subulate group of Polynesia ; peculiar
by its grooves and the dots near the suture.

Melania dolorosa. T. elongata, solida, Irevis vel striis
raris cincta, picea ; anfr. G-f- rotundatis, ultimo bulboso. Aper-
tura ovato-rotundata, vix producta ; columella arcuata, lactea ;
fauce cserulea. Long, f ; lat. \ poll.

In streams near Hakodadi. (Wright.)

Principally noticeable for its sombre appearance, usually in-
crusted by a rusty, felt-like coating, so as to obscure its true
surface.

43

Nerttella puella. T. parva, oblique ovata ad ventrem
plaiiulata, lawis, viridescens, lineis angulatis fuscis et interdum
fasciis articulatis ornata ; anfr. 3, ultimo amplo. Apertura parva,
labro producto, columella callo copioso induta, minutissime dentic-
ulata. Lat. max. 7, min. 5 millira.

Inhabits Loo Choo. W. S.

Nearly of the shape and size of iV^. viridis, the spire, being less
prominent, and the aperture smaller.

Neritella (Clithon) penicillata. T. ovato-globosa, obli-
qua, laevis, vh-idis lineolis luteis undulatis obliquis ubique ornata ;
anfr. 3-j- ad trientem posteriorem angulo mstructis spinas tenues
tubulosas ad sex armato. Apertura arapla, labro producto acuto,
labio simplici, lutescente ; fauce coerulescente. Axis y^ ; diam.
2- poll.

Inhabits New Ireland. Lieut. Van Wycke.

Distinguished from most spinous species by its smooth surface,
and from all by its delicate lineations.

Nerita pica. T. parva, tenuis, oblique ovato-globosa, rudis
anthracina maculis parvis raultiformibus albis ornata. Spira baud
elevata. Apertura semicircularis, labro simplici nigro marginata ;
columella excavata, nitida, flavescente, edentata. Operculum
virescens, granulatum. Axis -^^ ; diam. J- poll.

Inhabits Simoda, very common on rocks.

A small, prettily marked species, remarkable for its destitution
of grooves, granules, folds, and denticles.

Natica severa. T. ovato-globosa, solida, impolita, rufo-
cinerea ; anfr. 4 ventricosis postice quadratis, apice fusco. Aper-
tura ovata, labro postice tenui, antice sensim incrassato, ad colu-
mellam rotundato ; umbilico magno, clavo fere impleto. Axis
ly^fy ; diam 1-^^ poll.

Inhabits Hakodadi Bay. W. S.

From its form and exterior it might be taken for N. h'eros, but
it has a very different umbilicus, resembling N. unifasciata.

Natica russa. T. imperforata, ovato-globosa, tenuis, lasvis,
epidermide tenui cerina induta ; anfr. 4 ventricosis postice quad-
ratis. Apertura ovata, subeffusa, labro tenui, umbilico callo com-
presso albo obstructo. Operculum osseum. Axis 18 millim. ;
diam. 16 millim.

44

Arctic Ocean. W". S.

Like JV. clausa, but larger, the whorls more broadly shoul-
dered, the umbilical region more concave and more perfectly
closed by callus than in any shell of that species I have seen.

Natica pueeilis. T. parva, ovata, solida, polita, epider-
mide tenuissima straminea induta ; anfr. 4 tribus apicalibus par-
vis eburnatis ; sutura obscura ; facie ventrali planulata umbilico
semicirculari perforata plerumque callo impleto. Apertura semi-
ovalis, postice rotundata ; labro acuto. Operculum corneum ru-
bidum. Axis ^ ; diam. f poll.

Inhabits Porto Praya. W. S.

Resembles N. glabella and N. nitida. It is, however, more
elongated, and less flattened on the face.

Gena dilecta. T. parva, tenuis, elongato-ovalis, nitida,
luteo-virens maculis albis trigonis nigro apicatis interdum serial-
ibus ornata, striis incrementi et striis spirahbus profundioribus
decussata ; anfr. 3, apice fere terminali. Apertura angusta, ova-
lis faciem ventralem fere adequans ; intus nitide virescens.
Long. 8 millim. ; lat. 4 millim.

Inhabits Hakodadi Bay, on shells, &c. W. S.

Very delicate and slender, allied to G. planulata, a much
larger species, and G. strigosa, of which it may possibly be the
young.

Vanicoro scalarina. T. ovato-globosa, tenuis, alba, costis
remotis elevatis imbricantibus lyrata et fills volventibus decus-
sata ; anfr. 4 ventricosis bene discretis. Apertura ampla rotun-
dato-ovata anfractum penultimum vix attigens, labro effuso, labio
recto retracto ; umbilico amplo infundibuliformi costa marginato.
Long. 10 millim. ; lat. 8 millim.

Found at Loo Choo. W. S.

Like V. Gueriniana, but differs in its sharper compressed
ribs, which stop short at the umbilical ridge.

FossAR TORNATiLis. T. solida, ovato-globosa, cinerea ; anfr.
3, ultimo magno ventricoso costis elevatis recumbentibus alter-
natim sa3pe minoribus ad 12 cincto (alteris tricinctis) et lineis
conspicuis incrementi clathrato ; sutunt canaliculata. Apertura
semicircularis fere sejuncta ; umbilico elongato, plicato. Axis
5 millim. ; diam. 4 millim.

45

HoiiK Kon? ITarbor, 10 faths. ^Y. S.

Much like F. costatus. Without the animal or operculum it is
impossible to say that this shell does not belong to the genus
Vanicoro.

Dr. Gould read a letter from the President, dated at
sea, 84 '^ S., Jan. 9, 1859, in which the principal incidents
of his voyage were alluded to. He was surprised at
finding large numbers of hydrometridce in mid ocean,
where they sport on the surface as the so-called water-
spiders do on fresh water. The phosphorescence of the
sea was remarkable, the bodies of porpoises and fish
passing through it seeming to be covered with a sheet of
flame. He thought the phosphorescence due both to the
presence of living organisms iii the water, and to that of
diffused particles of matter. Dr. Gould referred to its
being seen wherever there is agitation of the water,
serving as natural light-houses to warn the mariner of
rocks and shallows. In a postscript dated Jan. 13, his
vessel had come to anchor off" Monte Video.

Dr. C. T. Jackson spoke of the peculiarities of thermal springs,
and remarked that they are generally found along the line of dis-
ruption of strata of rocks, and near the junction of eruptive rocks
with those of aqueous deposition. In the Vosges it is at the line
of contact of granite and the new red sandstone that the hot.
springs of Plombieres are found. The waters of these springs
have a temperature of 73° Cent., or 163° Fahrenheit.

These waters contain 0.03 grammes of silicate of potash per
litre. Ancient Roman baths were found at these springs, and
the river had been turned out of its natural channel into an arti-
ficial one, in order to accommodate the construction of the baths.
In these ancient works were found bronze stopcocks, in which
the bronze was changed into gray sulphuret of copper. In the
bricks of the Roman works, numerous crystals of zeolite minerals
were found, which had been formed in the cavities by the action
of the mineral waters ; also small crystals of fluor spar. Among
the minerals thus formed are Apophyllite, Chabasie, Gismondine,
Scolecite, Harmotome, Chalcedony, Malachite, Haematite, Okenite,

46

Opal, Hyalite, Arragonite, Calcareous Spar, and a variety of Stil-
bite. The alkaline mineral waters acting on the components of the
bricks and cement formed double silicates most readily. The
Apophyllite was found in the cement and not in the bricks, while
Chabasie was found in the bricks.

The conditions required for the formation of zeolite minerals
are fulfilled most perfectly, when trap rocks are thrown in a
molten state into beds of new red sandstone strata. The humid
sandstones and slates of that series are in the very condition
required for the chemical combinations to take place, under
the heat of the trap rocks, and the influence of heated saline
waters.

k

Trap breccia is a mixture of scoriaceous trap rock and sand-
stone. Amygdaloid is the scoria produced by the interfusion of
trap rocks and sandstone. Now in Nova Scotia, all along the
shores of the Bay of Fundy, we find in the utmost profusion the
Zeolites, Quartz and Amethyst geodes, Apophyllite, Stilbite, Mes-
otype, Analcime, Agates, &c., in the Amygdaloid, but not in the
compact trap rocks.

So on the south shore of Lake Superior, where the trap rocks
have been erupted through and between the strata of new red
sandstone, we find the Amygdaloid at the point of contact of the
trap and the sandstone, and the Amygdaloid is filled with an
abundance of Zeolite minerals. Agates, Chalcedony, &c., while
the compact trap rocks are not charged with these minerals.
Dr. J. therefore inferred that these minerals were produced in
the Amygdaloid by agencies such as are cited by M. Daubree.

Sea-water undoubtedly played a conspicuous part in effecting
changes in the composition of rocks, and in the formation of min-
erals contained in the metamorphosed rocks ; and it is probable,
in accordance with the views of Forchammer, Mitscherlich, Ma-
rignac, Senarmont, Favre, and Hunt, that the magnesia of the
Dolomites came from the decomposition of the chloride of mag-
nesium of sea-water, and that gypsum was also produced by the
reaction of the sulphate of soda on carbonate of lime.

Forchammer found that when sea-water was heated with bicar-
bonate of lime, that magnesia was precipitated, and the proportion
augments at higher temperatures under pressure. He found also
that gypsum was decomposed in fourteen days when in contact

47

with carbonate of magnesia, and sulphate of magnesia and car-
bonate of hme resuUed.

Mariiinac found at 200° Cent., that cliloride of mao-nesium and

o

carbonate of lime reacted on each other, and that double carbo-
nate of maicnesia and lime resulted. Senarmont made a similar
experiment. Favre estimates that an ocean pressure of from
500 to 600 feet is adequate to effect these changes when the
water is heated.

Referring to the increase of temperature at great depths as a
means of determining the thickness of the solid crust or shell of
the globe, Prof. W. B. Rogers remarked, that much uncertainty
must attend such calculations until all the necessary data have
been ascertained. It is not merely requisite, to know the law
according to which the temperature augments as we descend,
and the ordinary melting point of the different rocky materials
forming the crust, but we must ascertain how and in what degree
the melting point in each case is influenced by the pressure to
which the heated mass is subjected.

According to the experiments of Bunsen, Hopkins, and others,
spermaceti, wax, and paraffine, when heated under powerful press-
ure, require a higher temperature for their liquefaction than is suffi-
cient to melt them under ordinary circumstances, where the press-
ing force is only that of a single atmosphere. If, with Hopkins,
we assume that the melting point of rocks is in like manner
raised by the pressure under which they are placed beneath the
surface, we must agree with him in the conclusion that the mate-
rials of the earth's crust may retain their solid condition to a
much greater depth than has been usually supposed.

We have, however, no warrant for assuming that all, or even
the great mass of rocky materials, obey the same law in regard to
their liquefaction as wax and the other similar substances above
named. It should be remembered that these latter belong to the
class of substances which contract as they pass from the liquid to
the solid form, while there is another class typified by ice, in
which the act of congelation is accompanied by more or less ex-
pansion. Now it has been proved experimentally by Thompson,
that pressure, instead of raising, actually lowers the melting point
of ice ; and there is reason for regarding it as a general law, that

48 -

all those bodies which expand in becoming solid are similarly
affected by pressure, while the other bodies which like wax con-
tract in congealing, have their melting point raised under the
same circumstances.

As yet we are too little acquainted with the habitudes of the
various rocks in these respects, to decide as to the extent to which
the one or other of these opposite agencies of pressure upon the
melting point may operate in the interior of the globe, or to form
any valid conclusion as to their aggregate effect upon the com-
puted thickness of the crust.

Dr. C. T. Jackson presented a box of the silky growth
from the base of the fronds of tree-ferns growing at the
Sandwich Islands ; this substance is used by the natives
for stuffing beds. Something of the kind is found in
our own ferns.

Dr. Jackson also presented, in the name of Mr. C. K.
Landis of Philadelphia, a specimen of a fungous growth
called " Indian Bread," or " Tuckahoe," in the Southern
States. He found it to contain no starch, but cellulose
and considerable mucilage. It is sometimes eaten.

Mr. Sprague said that it was an underground growth,
being a fungus called Pachyma coeos. It is supposed
to be an arrested stage of some unknown plant, produc-
ing only a large sclerotioid mass, and never reaching a
perfect state. Such is frequently the case among fungi,
the whole genus Sclerotium being a heterogenous as-
semblage of inform growths, which are the non-devel-
oped stages of dissimilar plants.

Mr. J. M. Barnard announced that the desired appro-
priation for a new and illustrated edition of Dr. Harris's
work on insects injurious to vegetation, had been made

by the legislature.

«
Messrs. C. Allen Browne, and George H. Hepworth,

of Boston, and Mr. Charles H. Morse, of Cambridge,

were elected Resident Members.

V

49

April 20, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. T. T. Bouve read a communication as follows :

By the kindness of a friend, the vahiahle work on the Fossil
Footmarks of the Connecticut Valley — The Ichnology of Massa-
chusetts, by President Hitchcock,: — has been loaned me for perusal.
A few days since my-surprise was great upon opening the vohirae
to find a number of pages devoted to the question of who first
scientifically described the Footmarks, introduced by the following
remarks : —

" Some readers of this Report may be aware that about four-
teen yeafs ago ^ discussion took place between me and Dr. James
Deane, of Greenfield, in the American Journal of Science, re-
specting the first discovery of the fossil footmarks. Having each
of us had the opportunity to say what we pleased, it has ever
since -been my determination to trouble the public no more on the
subject. But since the death of Dr. Deane, which occurred dur-
ing the printing of tliis Report, some of his friends have thought
it proper to revive this discussion, and, if correctly reported in the
newspapers, to take such ground as does me great injustice, and
casts such imputations upon my character, that I cannot suffer
this last opportunity to pass, without a brief attempt to vindicate
myself to the citizens of Massachusetts, and especially to its legis-
lators, who have so liberally published this Report.. I refer par-
ticularly to the Eulogy upon Dr. Deane by Dr. H* I. Bowditch,
and to the statements of T. T. Bouve, Esq. before the'^Boston
Society of Natural History. Were it not for the high respecta-
bility of these gentlemen, I should not feel called on to enter
up6n this defence."

Before proceeding further, I wish to say a word upon the
remark, that " since the death of Dr. Deane some of his friends
have thought it proper to revive this discussion," inasmuch as in
citing the instances, he refers particularly to statements made by
me before this Society. I wish to deny for myself, as distinctly
as it is possible for me to do it, not only having had any thought
of reviving a discussion, but even having had, at the time my

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N- H. VOL. VII. 4 JUNE, 1859.

. 50

Statements so called were made, any clear thought in relation to
the discussion referred to. Indeed, so uncomfortable to me are
questions generally upon priority of claims in discovery, that my
mind naturally is repulsed from their consideration. I am very
doubtful whether I ever read ' until the present occasion moved
me to it, the discussion which it is now implied I have a wish to
revive. Certainly I had but a vague recollection of it. But I
pass to a consideration of the statements themselves. What were
they that such notice should have been taken of them ? In the
remarks made by me upon the death of Dr. Deane, and prepara-
tory to the introduction of resolutions expressive of the loss which
the Society had sustained, I used the following language : —

" But it is in his character as a Naturalist, that we, members of
the Society, feel the most interest. None of us I am sure can be
unmindful of his labors in working out and faithfully portraying
the remarkable impressions of the rocks of the Connecticut Val-
ley, or of his yet more valuable and instructive observations upon
these interesting mementos of past life. Whatever may be said
of others who have honorably worked in the same field, this I
think may be truly stated of Dr. Deane, that the first scientific
observations upon the footprints were made by him. Years have
since passed, — yes, nearly a quarter of a century has gone by since
he first called attention to these impressions ; but yet though
absorbed much in the duties of his profession, he never lost his
interest in them. To his mind, nurtured as it had become by
their study, questions of important moment depended upon their
full elucidation, and certainly he exhibited an untiring devotion
in his labors towards the accomplishment of this end."

Now I will take it for granted, that the only passage in this
extract to which exception could possibly be made is this, —
" Whatever may be said of others, who have honorably worked
in the same field, this I think may be truly stated of Dr. Deane,
that the first scientific observations upon the footprints were
made by him."

Now I wish to state that here, as well as elsewhere, I recog-
nize that there may be scientific observations upon Geological
phenomena of most important character made by such as have no
knowledge of the science of Geology itself. If a comparative
anatomist, having no knowledge whatever of Geology, should be

51 .

present at the exliumalioii of some bones that appeared to be
human from some ancient deposit, midit not his observations
upon tliem be scientific even though he failed entirely to recog-
nize the bearing that tlic discovery of such rehcs would have
upon the theories of Geologists ? And so of Dr. Deane. If he,
a physician acquainted with anatomy, having a recognized scien-
tific taste, after subjecting the so-called tracks of birds to careful
attention, comparing them with such as are made by living birds,
taking casts that comparisons might be the better made, finally
decides that the markings are those of birds, should not his obser-
vations be designated as of a scientific character ? It was my
impression that thus much at least would be admitted of Dr.
Deane and his labors, and I therefore used the language I did,
not judging that any party would object to it. If, however, it
conveys the idea of more than this, if it expresses to any mind
ausrht that w^ould have the effect to detract from the well merited
fame of one I have been happy to think of as a distinguished
personal friend, I am indeed sorry I did not express my thoughts
more clearly. Fortunately for my present object, which is to
show that in desiring to honor the dead I intended no injustice
to the living, there is a record of ray views upon the discovery
and investigation of the footprints which was read by me before
a full meeting of the Society when giving some account of the
specimens in our collection, and which I now regret was not
published in our Proceedings. I will read, with your permission,
so much of it as relates to both the labors of President Hitchcock
and Dr. Deane, that all may see that it has been anything but
my wish to deprive the former, in the estimation of a single soul,
of the credit of the original scientific investigations made by him
with so much advantage to science. I quote from this record.

* " In the early part of the year 1835, Mr. Dexter Marsh, of
Greenfield, discovered among some flagging stones, with whicli
he was laying the walk in front of his house, a slab having upon it
some impressions, which excited strongly his interest and to
which he called the attention of Dr. James Deane. * * * *
" As soon as Dr. Deane's attention had been called to the sub-
ject, by seeing the slab that Mr. Marsh had discovered^ and-
which was the first slab brought into public notice, he expressed
the opinion that the impressions were those of birds, and he wrote

• 52

to Prof. Hitchcock communicating to him the discovery and his
own convictions. The latter, aware how unexampled was the
occurrence of anything denoting the existence of birds at such an
early period as their tracks on the Red Sandstone would indicate,
of course could not but hesitate in admitting the force of Dr.
Deane's views, until he himself saw the specimens ; but observa-
tion of these dispelled all doubt. He immediately set himself
about investigating the subject, bringing to this work a mind
largely stored with geological knowledge, and fully appreciating
the bearing that his results would have upon the preconceived
opinions of scientific men, if he should be able to substantiate to
them the truth of his own opinions. Aware of the incredulity
with which the announcement of the discovery would be received,
especially abroad, he labored hard . in collecting specimens and
studying them, that he might not fail to carry conviction — then
boldly expressed his conclusions to the w^orld. His first article
was published in 1836. He has since given many years of his
life to the elucidation of the subject, and this he has done so
eiFectively that all doubt has been long removed as to the animal
origin of these impressions, and almost all as to their having been
made by birds.

" To Dr. Deane also the scientific world is indebted largely
for information on the subject of the footprints, given by him in
various publications, often accompanied by drawings and engrav-
ings by himself of the tracks so accurate as to carry conviction
even if the text should fail to do so."

Now this was all that was said by me when giving a full
account of the discovery of either party ; and does this seem like
any desire on my part to do less than full justice to* President
Hitchcock ? The remarks in the two papers should be consid-
ered together, for I made those at the time of Dr. Deane's death,
in full view of all I had before said to the same body. If a
scientific character is ascribed to the early observations of Dr.
Deane upon the footmarks, is it not also clearly seen that there is
no intention of detracting an iota from the merit of Dr. Hitch-
cock as the one to whom more than to anybody else, the world is
indebted for a full investigation of the whole subject ?

Before concluding I will add, that of all persons I should prob-
ably be one of the last to do, intentionally, less than full justice to

63

the claims of President Hitchcock, for no one can be found per-
haps Avho feels more indebted to him for scientific information
through his publications than myself. No one probably out of
the sphere of his personal influence has given more attention to
what has come from his pen. Moreover, I have sat at his table,
have been the recipient of personal attention and otherwise expe-
rienced his kindness.

All this I say to show how for from me is the wish to dim the
lustre of his great achievements. Far more pleasure would it
give me to labor in defence of his well-earned reputation, if there
were need of this. But there never will be, for it rests on too
enduriuir a basis. ■

Prof. Rogers observed, that the conflicting claims of Dr. Deane
and Pres. Hitchcock were those which we find accompanying all
great discoveries at the present day ; one man makes an original
suggestion, and points out the line of investigation, which another
follows to some grand and unexpected result. In the present
instance, the ornithic character of these tracks had been alluded
to by several, even before Dr. Deane ; but he appears to have
been the first who convinced himself from comparisons and exam-
inations that these tracks were really made by birds. He thought
that while to Dr. Deane is due the credit of having made the
first scientific examination of these footprints, to Prof. Hitchcock
we owe the thorough and comprehensive investigation of all these
remains in the light of ample zoological and geological compari-
sons, and the creation from these materials of a new and impor-
tant branch of American Paleontology.

Dr. J. M, Warren exhibited a series of skulls and
stuffed skins of the anthropoid apes, consisting of skulls
and casts of the Gorilla, Chimpanzee, and Orang, of both
sexes and of different ages, and two skins of the Chim-
panzee. He pointed out the principal characteristics of
the three genera, and exhibited several plates from
St. Hilaire of the Gorilla. He also exhibited the external
and internal genital organs of the large female Chimpan-
zee belonging to him.

Dr. Kneeland expressed the opinion, from the exami-

54

nation of the Chimpanzee skulls, in which the size and
proportions of the head and face, and the characters of
the teeth were very different, that Chimpanzee, like
Orang, is a generic term, and includes several species.
It does not seem possible to refer all these to a single
species of Chimpanzee, and that one the Troglodytes niger.

Dr. Warren alluded to the fact, which at the present
time is worthy of mention, that the Gorilla was first
introduced to the scientific world by Drs. Savage and
Wyman, in the pages of the Journal of the Boston Soci-
ety of Natural History ; and that even the specimen in
the Jardin des Plantes of Paris was obtained by the
instrumentality of those who were making collections
for this Society.

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited a trilobite from the calca-
reous slate at St. Mary's Bay, the Southern extremity of
Newfoundland ; it seemed identical with the Paradox-
ides Harlani, from Braintree, Mass. He said that this
formation could be followed, though in an interrupted
line, from Braintree to Newfoundland. As the people
of Newfoundland are now directing their attention to
mining, it is probable that the consequent exploration of
the country will throw more light upon this interesting
question.

He gave an account of the original specimen of P.
Harlani, which was said to have been stolen from Cam-
bridge, sold to the old Columbian Museum in Boston,
and thence purchased by Mi*. Alger, in whose possession
it now is.

Dr. Jackson also presented some of the berries of the
plant (Rhus succedaneum) which produces the so-called
Japanese Wax, and a specimen of the wax thence ob-
tained.

On boiling the berries in water, the wax rises to the surface ;
it is a concrete volatile oil rather than a wax ; it exists under the

55

skin of the berry, in abundant granules containing 14.6 per cent,
of the wax. It is not hkely that it would prove remunerative to
bring so light and bulky a material to this countiy from Japan,
for the purjiose of extracting the Avax here.

Prof. W. 1>. IvOG-ers airreed with Dr. Jackson, that this substance
is not a wax ; its fusing point is 20° lower ; it is less plastic and
ductile, but equally indamraable ; it consists of substances re-
sembling stearine, as does palm oil, with palmitic acid. The wax
of bees is more complicated, being an animal secretion and not a
vegetable product. According to the last authority, the Japanese
wax is almost pure palmitine. The Japanese make ornamental
candles of this substance, using paper for the wicks.

Drs. Charles M. Tuttle, of New Bedford, George
Suckley, of New York, and F. V. Hayden, of Washing-
ton ; and Messrs. William Stimpson and Robert Kenni-
cott, of Washington, were elected Corresponding Mem-
bers.

Messrs. E. S. Tobey, Walter H. Cowing, and Joseph
H. Allen, of Boston, were elected Resident Members.

Annual Meetings May 4, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Annual Reports of the Treasurer, Librarian, and
Curators, with the exception of those of Ornithology and
Crustacea, were read and accepted.

The Librarian reported the addition of 75 volumes,
and 126 pamphlets and parts of volumes since the last
annual meeting. He called attention to the propriety of
republishing deficient numbers of the Journal and Pro-
ceedings.

The principal addition to the Geological department

1

56

is the valuable collection of Zeuglodon vertebrse, de-
posited by C. S. Hale, Esq. of Burlington, N. Jersey.

The principal addition to the Ornithological depart-
ment is the collection sent by Dr. Reinhardt, of Brazil,
nunibering over 340 specimens.

An alphabetical catalogue of the genera and species
has been made in the collection of Radiata.

The department of Comparative Anatomy contains
693 specimens, viz : 257 crania, 88 skeletons, 172 parts of
skeletons, 123 wet preparations, 43 skins, and 10 dried
preparations. Many of these are packed away for want
of room for their proper exhibition ; and most of the
valuable specimens are more or less covered with fun-
goid growths which penetrate and destroy the organic
parts of the bones ; these growths are caused by damp-
ness and want of light and ventilation, unavoidable in
the present state of the building. It is hoped that the
future growth of these fungi may be arrested by an acid
and alcoholic solution of corrosive sublimate, strychnia
and camphor, and that the dampness may be absorbed
by chloride of calcium.

In the department of Entomology, the Harris collection
makes a most valuable addition.

The Microscopic cabinets, containing the Bailey col-
lection, and that of the late Dr. Burnett, (between 200
and 300 animal parasites,) are in good condition and
well arranged. The numerous drafts upon the crude
material have so diminished the original amount, that
their further consumption must be limited to special and
important purposes connected with microscopic re-
searches.

Dr. A. A. Gould presented the report of the nominating
cnmioittee for oilicers for the ensuing year, which was

57

accepted. Drs. Bacon and White were appointed Scru-
tineers, and the following officers were elected : —

President,
Jeffries Wyman, M. D.

Vice-Presidents,
Charles T. Jackson, M. D. D. 11. Storer, M. D.

Corresponding Secretary,
Samuel L. Abbot, M. D.

Recording Secretary,
Samuel Kneeland, Jr., M.^D.

Treasurer,
Amos Binney.

Librarian,
Charles K. Dillavvay.

Curators,

Thomas T. Bouve, Of Geologi/.

John Bacon, M. D., Mineralogy.

Charles J. Sprague, Botany,

Thomas M. Brewer, M. D., Oology,

Henry Bryant, M. D., Ornithology.

Thomas J. Whittemore, Gonchology,

J. N. Borland, M. D., Herpetology.

F. AV. Putnam, Ichtluyology.

Theodore Lyman, Eadiata.

J. C. White, M. D., Comparative Anatomy.

Samuel II. Scudder, Entomology.

Albert Ordway, Crustacea.

Silas Durkee, M. D., Microscopy.

Cabinet Keeper.
Charles Stodder.

58

Prof. William B. Rogers stated the results of bis examination
of the Japanese Vegetable Wax lately presented to him by Henry
A. Peirce, Esq. of Boston, and to which reference was made at
the last meeting. This substance has the whiteness and apparent
purity of bleached beeswax, from which, however, it differs in
various particulars both as to mechanical and chemical relations.

At ordinary temperatures this vegetable wax is more brittle
and less ductile than beeswax and breaks with a smoother and
more conchoidal fracture. Its specific gravity is slightly less,
and its melting point, about 127°, is more than 20^ lower than
the temperature at which beeswax becomes liquid.

Like the latter substance this vegetable wax is separable, by
alcohol, into three fatty bodies, of which one is soluble in the
liquid at ordinary temperatures, another only in hot alcohol, and
a third is insoluble in it at any temperature. An experiment
made to determine the proportion of these ingredients in the
vegetable wax gave the following result, in round numbers, in
100 parts : —

Soluble in cold alcohol (Temp. 60°) 12 parts.

Soluble only in hot alcohol, 55 "

Insoluble in alcohol, 33 "

According to Brodie, beeswax similarly treated with alcohol
yields only four or five per cent, of matter which is soluble in the
liquid when cold, and twenty-two per cent, which dissolves in it
when boiling, while the remainder amounting to nearly three-
fourths of the whole weight is entirely insoluble in this liquid.
Of these three ingredients called respectively Cerolein, Cerotic
Acid and Myricine, Brodie found the two former, viz : those solu-
ble in cold and hot alcohol, to have the character of fatty acids,
while the third or Myricine proved to be a neutral fat, com-
pounded of Palmitic Acid and a fatty base. The three corre-
sponding substances isolated by alcohol from the vegetable wax,
difier from these in some of their physical properties, and may, on
closer examination, be found to consist wholly or in part of dis-
tinct and perhaps new fatty bodies.

The substance separated by alcohol at the common tempera-
ture is a soft, scarcely solid fat, which becomes entirely fluid at
about 100°. With solution of litmus it exhibits quite a strong

59

acid reaction. The corresponding extract from beeswax, tlie
Cerolein of Brodie, fuses at about 85°, and shows a much feebler
aciditv.

The ingredient dissolved from the vegetable wax by hot alco-
hol and separating from the solution as it becomes cool, wlien
collected by filtration and thoroughly washed in alcohol at G0°,
was found to have its fusing point at 134°, and to become as
liquid as oil at 136°. This substance dissolves readily in alcohol
many degrees below boiling. The solution affords with litmus
no trace of acid reaction. The corresponding educt of beeswax,
the Cerotic Acid, has a much higher melting point, is less soluble,
and is distinctly acid.

The solid residuum from which the hot alcohol had ceased to
extract anything more, being dried and strongly compressed
between folds of blotting paper was found to adhere together very
imperfectly, and to be much more brittle than the original wax.
Its melting point is about 130°, and at 132° it becomes entirely
liquid. The corresponding ingredient of beeswax, consisting
chiefly of Myricine, melts, according to Brodie, at 147°.

It thus appears that the vegetable wax under consideration
differs from beeswax not only in the proportions of its ingredients
as separable by alcohol, but in the physical characters of these
corresponding substances, the composition and chemical proper-
ties of which can only be determined by a thorough investigation.

In regard to the economical applications of this vegetable wax
it may be added that the great readiness with which it is saponi-
fied, and the clear and strong light which it yields when burned
in the form of candles, give promise that it may ere long become
an article of considerable commercial importance.

Dr. C. T. Jackson confirmed the above experiments of Prof.
Rogers, and stated that ether extracts a hard dry wax, after
alcohol has extracted all that it can ; the fat extracted by boiling
alcohol is deposited on cooling, so that the alcohol can be used
economically over and over again in the process. AVhen dry
distilled, a fatty matter passes over, and a tarry matter is left
behind. The Japanese make this wax by boiling water ; he ex-
perimented on wax made by himself from the berries.

Prof. William B. Rogers presented to the Society some masses

60

of Infusorial earth from the Tertiary strata of Virginia and Mary-
land, and gave a description of the geological and other conditions
in which this and the associated deposits exhibit themselves in
and near Richmond in the former of these States.

The Tertiary formations which underlie the wide plain extend-
ing from the seaboard to the eastern margin of the granitic and
gneissoid rocks, approach their termination along this meridian in
a series of strata which are separated by only a short interval
from the irregular granitic floor. A little further toward the
west they reach their boundary, partly by a rapid thinning away
and in part by abutting along the hill-sides against the indented
shore of these ancient rocks, here rising to the level of the gen-
eral upland surface.

In the deep ravines leading into the valley of Shockoe Creek,
especially on its w^estern side, we meet with several extensive
exposures of the Tertiary strata, one of which embraces nearly
the whole thickness of both the Eocene and Meiocene formations
as locally developed in this neighborhood. In all these localities
the infusorial deposit is found occupying a position immediately
above the upper limit of the Eocene strata or separated from it
by a thin layer of whitish or of more or less ferruginous clay.
Like the associated beds, it fluctuates in thickness as traced from
one neighboring exposure to another, varying from twenty to
upwards of thirty feet at the diflferent localities on the north side
of the valley, and presenting, where measured some years ago,
on the opposite or Church-Hill side, a thickness of nearly fifty
feet. In addition to the microscopic fossils, which in a more or
less perfect condition make up so large a portion of the mass, this
deposit presents a few casts of shells of well known Meiocene
forms, of wdiich the Astarte undulata may be mentioned as of
most frequent occurrence. It also contains imperfectly preserved
remains of a slender creeping plant, as well as fragments of woody
stems and branches flattened and converted into lignite and in
some cases filled in all directions with the perforations of a
Teredo.

The material of the Infusorial stratum is generally of a very '
fine texture, admittinsi; of beins; bruised between the fins^ers into
an almost impalpable powder, singularly free from gritty par-
ticles. Although usually of a light gray, almost white color,

61

it includes in some localities layers of an ashy tinge, which are,
however, not inferior to the rest of the deposit in the abundance
of their minute organic forms. It has throughout a tendency to
lamination in a horizontal direction, and toward its upper limit
this structure is so distinct as to cause it readily to separate in
thin crumbly plates. But of all its mechanical peculiarities its
great lightness is the most characteristic. From experiments
made many years ago, Prof. Rogers found that when pure and
quite free from moisture this material in its ordinary state of
compactness has a weight only one third as great as an equal
bulk of water. The minute siliceous fossils for which this deposit
has long been noted, belong, as is well kno^vn, almost entirely
to the family of Diatomacea3, and include a very large proportion
of Coscinodiscus and allied forms, whose exquisitely thin plates
lying in parallel positions in the mass have probably contributed
to the laminated structure before referred to. The number of
such frustules and other siliceous skeletons in each cubic inch of
the pure material can only be reckoned in millions, and a cubic
foot would contain a multitude far exceeding in number the en-
tire human population of the globe.

The following description of the series of strata as exposed in
the principal ravine before referred to, will serve to illustrate the
relation of the Infusorial deposit to the others with w^hich it is
associated, and will at the same time illustrate the nature and fossil
contents of these Eocene and Meiocene strata.

1. The lowest bed, which is seen resting directly on a soft
sandstone and conglomerate, consists of a mixture of sand and clay
having a yellowish gray color occasionally mottled with brown,
and including little irregular patches of green sand. This stra-
tum is crowded with the impressions of Turritella Mortoni, Car-
dita planicosta, and other well-known Eocene forms, which are,
however, so fragile as scarcely to admit of being preserved.
The thickness of this bed varies from six to ten feet.

2. Next above we iind a stratum of dark olive or greenish
clay mixed with siliceous sand and containing diffused granules
and smaller particles of green sand. This bed abounds in the
teeth of squaloid fishes, especially of the genus Otodus and Odon-
taspis, and with Coprolites, mostly small and apparently derived

62

from fish. Along with these are innumerable casts of Eocene
shells, Carditas, Turritellas, Crassitellas, Cythereas, &c. Where
it adjoins the subjacent mottled stratum the transition is marked
by a thin ferruginous band crowded with impressions of Turri-
tella, &c., which are deeply stained with oxide of iron. This sub-
division, where thickest, has a depth of about twelve feet.

3. Resting upon the dark stratum just described is a second
arenaceous bed of a light yellowish tint mottled with brown and
varied by thin ferruginous layers. This also contains numerous
impressions of shells. Some distance up the ravine it exhibits a
thickness of about eight feet, but is seen irregularly thinning out
toward the lower end of the hollow, where its upper surface
bears marks of irregular denudation prior to the deposition of the
overlying Meiocene deposits.

4. At the base of the Meiocene strata we find a thin bed of
whitish and sometimes ochreous clay mingling towards the top
with the lighter material of the Infusorial stratum, which here
attains a thickness of from twenty to thirty feet. It is this local-
ity that twenty years ago furnished Prof. Rogers the first speci-
mens of Tertiary Infusorial earth discovered in the United States,
and led him to the recognition of a similar deposit in the Tertiary
of other localities in Virginia and Maryland, which, like that of
Richmond, have since become so familiarly known to microscopic
observers in all parts of the world.

5. Above the Infusorial stratum, here forming a bench often
denuded and in such cases conspicuous from its whiteness, we
find a series of strata consisting of various intermixtures of clay
and sand, of which the lowest is usually a compact, light colored
clay, the next a bluish or grayish, more arenaceous mass, and
the uppermost an argillaceous stratum of a light brown and
mottled appearance. The highest of these Meiocene strata is
overlaid by a deposit of coarse gravel such as forms the usual
superficial material of this region in the vicinity of the large
rivers. The thickness of that part of the Meiocene which lies
between the Infusorial stratum and this surface deposit, amounts,
in the neighborhood of the present section, to about twenty-five
feet, but at other points where less reduced by denudation it dis-
plays a considerably greater mass. Throughout most of these
beds the casts of well-known Meiocene fossils are of very frequent

G3

occurrence. Indeed, in some of the layers tliey are so numerous
as to be exposed to view in every mass of the sandy clay which
is broken or falls to pieces by its natural partings. Among
the most common of these fossils are Fusus quadricostatus, Pano-
pa\a refiexa, and many Mciocene species of Pecten, Area, Crassi-
tella, Cytherea, Venus, Astarte, Turritella, &c. In the lower
dark-colored stratum there occur stems of woody plants, which,
from microscopic indications, seem to have been coniferous, while
in the argillaceous layers both beneath and above, Prof. Rogers
has from time to time discovered prints of the leaves of Dicoty-
ledonous plants.

In none of these deposits, whether of Eocene or Meiocene
age, do we meet with any remains of the shelly matter which at
one time must have formed so large a portion of the mass. In
various j^arts of the Tertiary region where the strata, as in the
present case, disclose only the casts, or as it were spectres of
shells, the sands and clays are more or less impregnated with
sulphuric acid, and present in some of their lower layers diffused
particles and even large and well-formed crystals of sulphate of
lime. We can therefore have little hesitation in referring the
disappearance of the shelly matter throughout this district to the
infiltration through these fossiliferous strata of water charged
with sulphuric acid, which, gradually transforming the carbonate
of lime into sulphate, carried this product downward to be ac-
cumulated and crystallized in the lower layers, at the same time
leaving the moulds and casts of the shells in so perfect a state as
to enable us to trace even their more delicate processes and
markings.

The position of these beds along the western margin of the
Tertiary plain must be regarded as marking the general direction
of an ancient shore line ; and the frequent presence of fragments
of terrestrial plants in these Tertiary sediments is confirmatory
of this view.

It has already been stated, in describing the section on Shockoe
Creek, that the lowest layer of the Tertiary is seen in that locality
resting upon a soft sandstone and conglomerate. This subjacent
deposit shows itself in a like position at several neighboring points,
and is evidently the thinning away of a formation, which, farther
toward the east, separates the Tertiary from the granite by a

64 • ;

much wider interval. As seen in the extensive exposures on the
James River for many miles below Richmond, this formation
presents a very close agreement with the soft sandstone found on
the Rappahannock and Potomac rivers |h corresponding posi-
tions, and like this has been long since referred by Prof. Rogers
to the upper part of the group of Mesozoic strata to which the
coal measures of eastern Virginia appertain.

Prof. W. B. Rogers presented, in the name of his
brother, Prof. Henry D. Rogers, his extensive and com-
pleted work on the Geology of Pennsylvania, and the
general Geology of the United States, with maps and
illustrations executed in the highest style of art.

The thanks of the Society were voted for the dona-
tion.

Mr. Joseph B. Stearns, of Boston, was elected a Resi-
dent Member.

The Annual Meeting was adjourned to the next regu-
lar meeting.

May 18, 1859. Adjourned Annual Meeting.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communication from Mr. William P.
Blake, of Dahlonega, Ga., was read by the Secretary : —

" Observatioxs on the Mineral Resources of the
Rocky Mountain Chain, near Santa Fe, and the
probable extent southwards of the rockt moun-
TAIN Gold Field."

As the discovery of gold in quantity in the western part of
Kansas renders any information which may be given upon the
mineral resources of the Rocky Mountain region particularly
interesting at this time, I am induced to send to the Society a ,
brief notice of some of the results of a tour of exploration made

1

65

in 1857, in the mountains of the northern part of New Mexico,
near Santa Fe.

The vast extent of country in New Mexico, which remains
unexplored, precludes the possibility of presenting even a fair
outline view of its mineral resources as a territory. The few
facts which I offer must therefore be regarded only as an addi-
tion to what has already been discovered, and an indication of
what yet remains to reward the labors of the diligent explorer.

First in interest at this time, as bearing upon the extent of the
Rocky Mountain gold field, is the gold field of New Mexico,
which has been known and worked since 1828. It is confined to
the Placer or Gold Mountains, about twenty miles from Santa
Fe, towards Albuquerque, and although worked continuously
since its discovery, its limits have not been extended by explora-
tion far from the place where the gold was first found. The
yield of gold has been chiefly from the placers or washings, and
not from veins, and was estimated by Wislizenus, in 1847, to
vary from 30,000 to 250,000 dollars a year ; but it soon after
greatly diminished, until counted by hundreds rather than thou-
sands.

T found these placers to be on the slopes of subordinate or
outlying ridges of the eastern ranges of the Rocky Mountain
chain, and to be true hill-deposits, affording coarse gold like that
from the high placers of California. The " pay gravel " lies deep
below the surface, from twenty to sixty, and even one hundred
feet, and is generally very rich. Owing to the almost total
absence of water, mining and washing have been but imperfectly
conducted, and a larger amount of gravel remains untouched.
The Mexicans sink circular shafts, like wells, through the soil
and alluvions to the gravel, then tunnel upon the bed-rock and
take the good gravel to the surface in sacks, cart it two miles to
water, and then pan out the gold in wooden bowls or hateas. In
the winter, water is sometimes obtained by melting snow with
heated stones. There are two principal placers, the " Old " and
the " New," and at the former there is a small stream or rivulet
for a part of the year. These placers are about five miles apart,
but there has been very little prospecting to determine their real
extent. New Placer is known to be about ten miles long, for
the workings or pits have ^tended over that distance. The gold

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. ' 5 JULY, 1859.

66

appears to have washed out of two canons in the mountain which
are near together, and appear to drain but a very small part of
the surface. Veins or beds, in the rocks, containing gold, out-
crop higher up in the ravines of the mountain. It is remarkable
that in one place, at least, gold occurs in strata of quartzose sand-
stone, probably of the age of the carboniferous, and in great fer-
ruginous beds, rather than in veins. The sandstone appears to
have been charged with auriferous pyrites by the decomposition
of which gold has been liberated. At other points regular quartz
veins bearing gold and pyrites are found, and some of them have
been worked at different times for over twenty years. The
Ortiz Mine has been worked to a depth of one hundred and
thirty-five feet, and levels driven for nearly two hundred yards
on the course of the vein which is represented to be about six
feet thick. The Biggs' Mine, which adjoins it, has been worked
to nearly the same depth. In the mountains known as Los Ceril-
los, about eight miles from New Placer, there is a deserted mine,
known among the old Mexicans as La Mina del Oro, the true
character of which could not be well determined. It certainly is
very ancient, and there is no record or tradition concerning it,
except that the work was done before the Insurrection, which
took place in 1680. The principal shaft is over two hundred
feet deep, and is cut vertically, with great precision, through solid
rock. The sides are very smooth, and it is evidently the work
of experienced miners. A stone, allowed to drop vertically, does
not reach the bottom for several seconds, and then gives a dull
sound as if striking earth, showing that there is no water in the
mine even at that depth. There are two other shafts, and they
all communicate by galleries in miners' style. In 1834, there
was an attempt made to clean out the mine and work it, by a party
of Mexican residents of Santa Fe, but without any success, there
being no water at the mine or machinery for raising and reduc-
ing the ore.

At the placers, large lumps, pepites or nuggets, of gold have
been frequently found ; the largest, of which I could get reliable
information, was worth about $2000, another was valued at
$1800, and there have been many worth from fifty to eighty.
At Old Placer, none larger than about eighty pennyweights had
been found. The gold from New Placer is remarkably black

67

and ill looking on the surface, but is very fine, being worth twenty-
dollars an ounce. Only sixteen dollars an ounce is paid for it to
the Mexicans at the mines by the traders. When these miners
are employed by the day they receive from sixty to seventy-five
cents.

The Gold Mountains and Placers' are about three hundred miles
south of Pike's Peak, and there is little reason to doubt that gold
will be found at intervals, if not in an almost continuous belt,
over this entire distance. The New Mexican gold field is prob-
ably much more extensive than is generally supposed, and when
it is thoroughly prospected many more rich placers will doubtless
be found. The geological indications in the mountains north of
Santa Fe, judging from specimens brought to me, are favorable
to the presence of gold, and are more like the auriferous rocks
of other gold regions than the formations at the Placer Moun-
tains.

The observation of the occurrence of gold in beds of sandstone
is not only interesting to science but of considerable practical im-
portance. The erosion, or breaking down of such a bed, would
supply gold to a stream or deposit without its being accompanied
at the same time by the usual beds of quartzose gravel, the soft
friable sandstone being completely broken up into sand by attri-
tion. Thus, rich deposits may exist on the hill-sides without any
indication of their presence by beds of rolled gravel or broken
fragments of veins on the surface. Mr. Green Russell, an expe-
rienced placer miner and mountaineer, who made an extended
tour through the new gold region of western Kansas last year,
informs me that he has observed such conditions ; having found
rich deposits of gold without much gravel, and scarcely any
quartz. From the same authority, I learn that gold occurs in
considerable quantity upon the Arkansas River, in extremely thin
scales, as low down as the crossing of the old Santa Fe road, near
old Fort Atkinson. This is far out upon the broad plains, and be-
low any coarse alluvions. The quantity of gold increases as the
river is ascended, and the best prospects were obtained at the Pue-
blo above Bent's Fort. The Arkansas, near this point, has several
forks or branches heading in the mountains to the southward, in
the vicinity of the Spanish peaks, and there is much reason to
believe that gold will be found there. A connecting link between

68

the New Mexican gold field and that of Pike's Peak would thus
be formed. A sample of the Arkansas River gold, brought in by
Mr. Russell, yielded .971 by assay at the Dahlonega Branch
Mint, being worth about twenty dollars an ounce, or nearly the
same as the New Mexican gold. It would thus appear that the
Rocky Mountain gold is of superior quality, the average of the
California gold being from .875 to .885, and the Australian .960
to .966.

Next to the gold, but probably of greater importance to the
country, is the existence in the Rocky Mountain chain of beds of
coal of the carboniferous period, corresponding in kind to those
of the great Appalachian coal-field. Beds or layers of coal or
lignite have at various times been reported to exist in the moun-
tains, but their age or character was unknown, but supposed to
be of a period more modern than that of the true coal. I was
able to determine by an abundance of fossils, that the true coal
measures are developed there, having found not only shells but
fossil ferns identical with species found in the coal measures of
Missouri and Ohio. Seams of bituminous coal and thick beds of
black shales occur only one mile from Santa Fe, and at other
places in the vicinity, and I have no doubt that explorations
would detect valuable beds at various points north and south
along the whole Rocky Mountain chain through New Mexico
and Kansas into Nebraska and beyond.

Twenty miles from Santa Fe, and not far from the gold mines,
there is a bed of hard coal, specimens of which I examined and
found to be true anthracite or debituminized coal, apparently
equal in quality to the anthracites of Pennsylvania. The pre-
sence of beds of anthracite coal in the Rocky Mountains is of
great national importance in many points of view. One of the
great questions in connection with the proposed construction of a
railroad to the Pacific has been, — Where shall appropriate fuel
be obtained ? In these beds of anthracite coal we have a store of
the most compact fuel known, at a point nearly midway between
the Mississippi and the Pacific. Here, then, is one great reason
for the construction of a central road to the Rocky Mountains
near Santa Fe, coal not having been found, and probably not
existing, in workable beds in the lower and porphyritic ranges of
western Texas and southern New Mexico. Even if wood were

69

abundant in the mountains (which it is not, except at great eleva-
tions,) the coal is much more accessible and desirable. It is valu-
able not only for railway purposes, but to the inhabitants of the
region, and is specially important for mining and metallurgical
operations.

There is great reason to believe that the Rocky Mountain
chain is rich in silver ores in the form of arjirentiferous galena.
Stevenson's mines, near Franklin, (El Paso,) have long been
known and are very rich. Although worked very irregularly,
and the ores smelted in the rudest manner, large amounts of silver
have been extracted, while the lead and copper which occur with
the silver have been totally disregarded and throw^n away. Sim-
ilar ore is said to occur in the Sandia mountains, near Albu-
querque, where there are very ancient but now deserted mines.
In the group of mountains known as Los Cerillos^ fifteen miles
from Santa Fe, I examined two or three argentiferous veins, the
principal minerals being galena and blende with copper and iron
pyrites. These veins occur in a porphyritic rock and are very
promising in their appearance. They have been worked upon
slightly, and some of the excavations appear ancient. The Mexi-
cans say they were made before the Conquest.

Of copper ores, there are several localities. Sulphuret of cop-
per, with blue and green carbonates, occurs in the Placer moun-
tains. Native copper and red oxide of copper are found near
Jemez, in the valley of the Rio Grande. The specimens from
this locality are peculiarly rich and promising, and much resemble
the red oxide and native copper of Arizona, which occurs in such
abundance. %

Magnetic iron-ore, exhibiting polarity very strongly, is abun-
dant in the mountains near the gold mines, and at some future
day may be profitably worked for iron and steel, as coal and
limestone are abundant in the vicinity. Specular iron is reported
to exist in veins or beds, but whether it is abundant or not was
not ascertained.

In addition to the useful metals and ores, there are many val-
uable minerals and gems. The much prized Chalchihuitl (chal-
chee-wee-tee) of the ancient Mexicans, held in the highest esteem
by the Montezumas at the time of the Conquest by Cortez, was
obtained in the mountains about ten miles from the gold placers.

70

This stone is a variety of turquoise, and the locality is the only
one known in America. At Fort Defiance the Navajo Indians
bring in rolled fragments of garnets, perfectly clear and trans-
parent and of a most beautiful color, fully equal if not superior
to those from Bohemia. Some of them are very large, and of
considerable value. Beautiful chrysolites have also been ob-
tained there ; several specimens were shown to me in Santa Fe.
Diamonds have been reported, but as yet there is no good reason
to credit the statement.

It will thus be seen that the mineral resources of the Rocky
Mountain region are extensive and of a character to render it in
a great measure independent of distant sections of the country.
Its rapid settlement and the explorations which must result from
the great emigration to the newly discovered placers, will not fail
to bring to light many new localities of valuable minerals, and
thus hasten the organization of a new and powerful State.

Dr. Jackson observed, that the most natural geological
route for a railroad to the Pacific, seemed to him from
New Orleans by Texas and New Spain to Mazatlan ;
a great part of the Atlantic portion from Portland to
New Orleans is already built ; in Mexico and New
Spain there is a great extent of level table-land, — such a
route, along the coast of the Atlantic and the Gulf of
Mexico, would be the shortest and most direct, not only
from New England but from the region of the great
lakes. . •

Dr. Jackson announced the decease of the celebrated
and venerable Alexander Von Humboldt, at Berlin, in
his ninetieth year. He alluded to the principal events of
his life and of his scientific career ; to his exact and ex-
tensive knowledge in every department of natural sci-
ence ; to his travels, in which he collected a vast amount
of specimens and accumulated a mass of facts, which he
arranged in the best possible manner from his compre-
hensive knowledge of natural science. His industry was
untiring, and his information on general subjects of

71

natural science probably greater than that of any other
man ; he was the originator of the present system of
magnetic observations, and first drew attention to iso-
thermal lines, classifying countries by their climates ; he
collected an astonishing amount of facts in natural
science, which have served as inexhaustible supplies for
subsequent observers.

Mr. J. Hale Abbot alluded to the general literary cul-
ture, and to the remarkably well-balanced mind of
Humboldt. Most men, eminent in science, he said, are
one-sided in their mental constitution, but Humboldt
cultivated his faculties in all directions, and the marks
of a refined taste in literature, as well as of scientific cul-
ture, appear in all his writings. Hence the accuracy of
his judgment, the trustworthiness of his conclusions on
scientific questions, and the general unhesitating ac-
ceptance of his well-matured opinions.

Mr. Abbot presented the following resolutions, which
were unanimously adopted : —

Resolved: That the members of the Boston Society of Natural
History have learned with profound grief the death of the illus-
trious Naturalist and Philosopher — Alexander Von Humboldt*

Resolved: That we cherish a high sense of the preeminent
amount and value of the services rendered by him to the cause of
science, during a long life actively devoted to the extension and
diffusion of knowledge of the phenomena and laws of nature.

Resolved: That, in token of our condolence, these resolutions
be transmitted to the family of the deceased.

The Secretary made a communication from U. A,
Boyden, Esq. of Boston, requesting the Society to con*
sider the expediency of examining the so-called "ice
stratum " in Brandon, Vermont, which has recently been
referred to in the newspapers. In excavating a well, on
a tolerably level plain, at a depth of fifteen feet through
sand and gravel, the workmen came to a layer of frozen

72

coarse gravel interspersed with lumps of clear ice ; since
the digging of the well, the surface of the water, at the
depth of thirty-five feet, freezes over every night.

Mr. Boyden offered to pay a considerable portion of
the expense of a commission to examine the locality.
The following gentlemen were appointed a committee
to take charge of the subject, and make all necessary
investigations : Messrs. Bouve, W. B. Rogers, and C.
T. Jackson.

The Curator of Entomology made a revised report of
the collection of Insects belonging to the Society, and
especially on the addition made by the purchase of the
cabinet of the late Dr. T. W. Harris, and his valuable
manuscripts.

The department of native insects in Dr. Harris's cabinet has a
peculiar value as containing many typical specimens of species
described by himself, Say, and other naturalists, and also from its
completeness in all its parts. It contains —

4838 specimens of 2241 species of Coleoptera.

181 '

" 76

Orthoptera.

620

' of about 300

Hemiptera.

267

of 146 .

Neuroptera.

1125

' " 602

Hymenoptera.

1931

" 900

Lepidoptera.

796

" 395

Diptera.

In all, 9758 specimens of 4660 species. This does not include a
considerable number of unclassified specimens. The cabinet is
in good condition. The Curator suggested the purchase of his
scientific library, rich in entomological works not elsewhere to be
met with in this vicinity, and forming a most desirable accompa-
niment to his collections.

Mr. Stodder exhibited a specimen of polished encrinal
limestone, from the vicinity of Davenport, Iowa.

Mr. F. B. Meek, of Washington, D. C, was elected a
Corresponding Member.

73

The meeting, being an adjournment of the Annual
Meeting, was again adjourned to the next regular meet-
ing.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following let-
ters, which he had recently received, viz : —

From Dr. C. W. Tiittle, April 19 ; W. P. Blake, Dahlon-
ega, Ga., April 23; Dr. George Suckley, New York, May 11 ;
and William Stimpson, Washington, May 11, in acknowledg-
ment of their election as Corresponding Members ; New York
Lyceum, March 12 and 23 ; Zoologisch-Botanischer Verein,
Wien, March 15, 1858 ; Societe de Geographic, Paris, Nov. 20,
1858 ; Bibliothekariat der K. Bayerisclien Akademie, Miinchen,
Dec. 29, 1858 ; Natiirforschende Gesellschaft, Emden, Dec. 16,
1858 ; Verein fiir Naturkunde in Nassau, Wiesbaden, Dec. 1,
1858 ; Academic Royale des Sciences de Stockholm, Nov. 15,
1858, and William Sharswood, Esq., Philadelphia, March 15 and
May 5, acknowledging the receipt of the Society's publications ;
the American Association for the Advancement of Science, March
26 ; Cambridge Philosophical Society, Nov. 1858 ; Verein fiir
Naturkunde, Wiesbaden, Dec. 1, 1858, and the Academic Royale
des Sciences de Stockholm, Nov. 15, 1858, presenting their vari-
ous publications ; Librarian of Bowdoin College, April 5, asking
that deficiencies in their set of the Society's publications may be
made good to them ; H. Davis, McGregor, Iowa, concerning col-
lections for the Society ; and the K. Preussische Akademie, Aug.
12, 1858, acknowledging the receipt of the Society's publications,
and presenting its own.

The following Standing Committees were announced
as having been chosen by the Council : —

On the Library. Messrs. Dillaway, Sprague, and
Bacon.

On Publications. Messrs. D. H. Storer, Dillaway,
S. L. Abbot, Wyman, and Kneeland.

On Finance. Messrs. Bouve, Barnard, and Binney.

74

June 1, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Charles Stodder read portions of a letter, dated
May 23, from Brandon, Vt., in reference to the frozen
well recently opened there : —

The well is near the foot of a hill, about half a mile from Otter
Creek, on its eastern side, and on the eastern slope of the hill. The
hill appears to be composed mainly of coarse gravel, and from its
summit about half way down has a steep pitch, below the middle,
sloping very gradually to the sand plain on which the village of
Brandon is located. The well was dug in November last, from
30 to 35 feet deep, all the way through clear gravel varying in
size from a nut to an egg. At the depth of 15 feet a mixture
of gravel and ice was reached, which extended 15 feet more in
depth, and below this the water was found, the clear ice above
the water being about two inches thick ; the water freezes over if
it is left undisturbed 12 hours, and the sides of the well, for a con-
siderable distance above the water, sparkle with frost.

Dr. Jackson observed, that a frozen well at Owego, N. Y., is
described in Vol. 36 of Silliman's Journal ; and also another near
Hartford, Ct., in the Proceedings of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, at the meeting in Providence, R. I.,
in 1855.

Mr. John H. Blake was added to the Committee on
the investigation of the Brandon Well.

Dr. Brewer remarked, that at a previous meeting (see
p. 21 of the Proceedings, Vol. 7,) he said, on what he
believed good authority, that a specimen of Bachman's
finch [Peuccea cestivalis^ Cab.) had been shot in Berlin,
Mass ; subsequent examination of the bird proves it to
be Henslow's bunting, ( Coturniculus Henslowi-, Aud.,) a

75

species whose northern limit has been generally supposed
to be the latitude of Washington, while Bachman's finch
is not known to come so far north even as that.

Dr. C. T. Jackson presented specimens of casts of Para-
doxides, from Braintree, Mass., and from St. Mary's Bay,
Newfoundland ; both of which seem to be the P. Harlani.

The rock which contained the latter specimen is water-worn
and boulder-like, weighing between 2 and 3 cwt. ; it is a dark
blue calciferous slate, consisting of about ^ carbonate of lime.
The specimen lies across the line of stratification, instead of in it,
and consequently the head appears crushed, somewhat injuring its
symmetry. The dimensions are, —

TARADOXIDES HARLANI ?

St. Mary's Bay. Braintkee.

Length 10 inches 8^ inches

Width 5 " 4 «

Articulations 20 20

Width of body 1^- " 1^ «

Width of ribs 1 inch 1^ «

Number " 24 24

Lateral appendages 1 inch 1 inch
Head compressed by shrinkage of strata.

Dr. Jackson observed, that he long ago expressed the belief
that the borings, which have been extensively made in Maine, in
the vicinity of Pembroke, in search of coal, would prove fruitless.
A Portland company are, however, actively engaged in the search,
and he had recently received specimens of the rock containing
apparently stems of fucoides, fern-like impressions, and others
resembling the markings of lepidodendra, which had somewhat
shaken his former opinion.

Mr. Theodore Lyman gave an account of the habits
of some animals recently observed by him at West Yar-
mouth, Mass.

Syngnathus PecManus. — Pipe-fish. Taken in shallow water
among dead eel-grass and sea-weed. Has a most extraordinary
power of moving its eyes, the balls of which may be turned until,

76

instead of lying parallel to the length of the body, they stand at an
angle of at least 50° to it. Moreover, the balls are usually moved
independently of each other ; and the two seldom have the same
position. Tliey move continually and in short jerks, and, as they
stand well out from the head, their range of vision must be great.
The movement of the body proper is somewhat like that of an eel,
but rather stiffer and less rapid. It moves by vibratory undula-
tions of the dorsal fin, running from the front backwards, while at
the same time, the small pectorals vibrate with great rapidity.
When at rest, the dorsal fin is laid down on the back. When
alarmed, it vibrates its fins and wriggles the body forcibly.

Atherina notata. — Sand-eel. A beautiful silvery sardine. Run-
ning in small schools, on a clean sandy bottom, and in only a few
inches of water.

Fiindulus pisculentus. The commonest fry hereabout. Plenty
in all the marsh ditches and runs.

Hydrargira Jlavula. Basse fry. A striped little fish ; not seen
in great numbers.

Cyprinodon ovinus. Small thick minnow. Not common.

Alosa vulgaris. Taken in seines ; crammed with spawn.

Spinax acanthias. Taken in great numbers on the bar, filled
with young. Also said to be breeding in the autumn.

Platyonychus ocellatus. Sand crab. Very abundant in shoal
water with sandy bottom. They are very quick and ferocious.
When pursued they retreat sideways ; but, if hard pressed, they
suddenly back under the sand. When taken they bite and strug-
gle fiercely. The females were charged with eggs, already seg-
mented.

Libinia canalicidata. Common among the weeds in shallow
water. Often of great size. Very sluggish and stupid. It moves
forward slowly, and, if taken, makes little attempt to defend itself.
Always seen in the neighborhood of any dead animal, on which it
feeds, in company with Buccinum ohsoletum. No eggs seen.

Palemon vulgaris [?]. Gliding about in ditches in large num-
bers. Sometimes they threw themselves forward with a sudden
jerk.

Eupagurus pollicaris. Abundant in shallow water, on the
beach. Lives generally in shells of Pyrida or of Natica. In re-
spect to the organs of the mouth, which continually vibrate when

77

the animal is active, tliey are, 1st. The tip joints of the palpi of the
5th and 6th pairs of jaws. 2d. The whole of the 3d pair of jaws ;
each of which is in the form of a lobed, flattened, and almost mem-
branous plate, and, of this the true jaw moves rapidly in a lateral
direction, while the palpus, lying horizontally just at the mouth of
the branchial chamber, flaps briskly up and down to renew the
water for respiration. 4th. The interior pair of antenna? alter-
nately nod up and down. By all these motions a series of cur-
rents is kept up. The interior antenna? and eyes are occasionally
brushed with the larger pairs of jaws, somewhat in the manner of
a fly. The fifth pair of legs on the body are used to clean out the
branchial chambers. They are, from time to time, thrust into
the branchial chamber from behind, and are there moved about
and then withdrawn. The females had segmented eggs, carried
in a bunch on the left side of the tail.

Gelasimus vocans. In immense numbers, both in ditches and
on flats of damp sand, where they make holes. Some were dig-
ging these holes, and the work seemed chiefly done by the males,
who, indeed, appeared more active than the females. In begin-
ning the hole, they simply thrust their legs into the sand and then
crowd themselves in sideways ; but, when the hole gets deep, they
bring out armfuls of sand, which they leave near the mouth, and
then return for more. Some seemed to collect bits of sea-weed,
&c., to line their burrows with. The legs used in digging and in
carrying the sand were the four on the side of the body opposite
the big claw. They always went into the burrow with the big
claw last. In walking, two alternate legs on a side are moved
simultaneously. There were generally a male and a female in
each burrow. The males had a singular habit of rearing up for
a moment on their hind legs, and holding up their claws and other
legs as high as possible, as if to enjoy the breeze. Saw none
fight, except one male, who tried for a long while to get another
out of his burrow, by seizing him with his big claw and dragging
him with all his might. No females with eggs noticed.

Filumims Harrisii [?]. Among sea-weed, &c., in shallow
water ; pretty abundant. No females with eggs seen.

Ewpagurus longicarpus. In little shells.

Idotea cceca [?]. Little isopod, brown-olive or bright green.
Among sea-weed in plenty.

78

31elampes (Conovulus) hidentatus [?]. In great plenty on sea-
weeds and marsh grass along the ditches.

Orepidida, fornicata. In great numbers on old shells, gener-
ally those occupied by Eupagurus ; the smaller are often stick-
ing to the larger. The expanded animal has two snail-like
horns with eye-specks at their bases, and, between them, a pair of
lobes (tentacles ?) The front part of the body and head have the
form of a rather thin plate of tissue, which is very movable ; while
the sucking-disk rests on the " step " in the shell, and is very thick
and muscular ; the front edge of the disk is prolonged, in the shape
of a movable flap. Round the edge of the shell runs the mantle,
which may be considerably contracted. The gills lie, in a sheet,
on the inside of the roof of the shell. The crepidulge were laying
eggs, which adhered in clusters to the surface on which the animals
lay. These clusters contained a bunch of transparent sacs, each of
which was full of embryos. These embryos, before leaving the
sac, have an active motion. They take on the form of little bags
tied, as it were, near the top ; the bag itself is filled with yolk-
cells, while the loose flaps above the constriction, are bordered by
rows of vibratile cilia, which create brisk currents and serve to
move the embryo. When the crepidida is at rest the front edge
of the shell is a little raised and the tentacles thrust a little forth.
They move slowly from time to time.

Pecten concentricus. — Scallop. In shallow water on a sand bot-
tom. Lies usually with its valves but little open ; but, from time
to time, it slowly opens its valves quite wide, as if gaping, and
then shuts them with a sudden clap, squirting the water in all
directions. The eye-specks, in a good light, shine with a green
metallic lustre. The gills, which are very delicate, may be con-
tracted, by transverse muscles, like a ruff, or they may lie flat
and extended. The mantle, at the edge, is turned up, so as to
hang down from each valve, like a little veil. On the edge of the
mantle are numerous fringes, while next the margin of the shell
are eye-specks and a double row of very short, bead-like fringes.
The liver is very dark green. A single very stout adductor. No
eggs noticed. The color of the shells varies from bright orange
through brown orange to brown, white with brown markings, and
lemon colored.

Buccinum ohsoletum. In myriads on the flats, &c. Very plenty
on dead fish, &c.

79

Natica heros. Apparently not so plenty as iV! dupUcata, which
is the more soutliern species.

Pyrula canalicidata. — Wrinkle. This is about the northern
bountlary of this species. It goes to Charleston, S. C, to Florida,

&c.

Mya arenaria, is sometimes cast alive, by the tide, into ditches.

Polynoe. Found among sea-weed. The scales on the back
come off very easily.

Hydractinia, in great beauty and plenty. Incrusting such
dead shells as move ; i. e., those of hermit-crabs. There were
observed medusae buds on them.

Dr. Kneeland presented a specimen of Cordiceps Caro-
linensis^ from West Roxbury, Mass., in which the fungus,
two inches long, grew from the under surface of the cater-
pillar between the head and the first segment of the body.
Also specimens of the apple and peach borer, from Little-
ton, Mass.

Mr. Stodder read a paper from Mr. Arthur M. Edwards,
of New York,

ON THE DIATOMACEOUS FORMS CONTAINED IN A PEAT MARL
FROM MILAVAUKEE, PRESENTED TO THE SOCIETY ON MARCH

16, 1859,

Having been requested by Charles Stodder, Esq., to make a
microscopical examination of a specimen of " Peat marl," from
Milwaukee, I herein present the results : —

The marl is of a gray color, and much charged with calcareous
matter, resulting from the freshwater shells deposited with it,
many of the smaller species of which still remain entire. On act-
ing on it with strong boihng nitric acid, everything is dissolved,
except the silica present either as sand or the shells of Diatoma-
ceae, leaving an almost colorless residue. When this is examined
by means of the microscope it is found to consist, for the most
part, of the remains of freshwater Diatoms, associated with sand
and spicules of freshwater sponges in small quantity. This marl
is apparently of recent formation, and belongs to the class of de-
posits in the course of deposition at the bottom of all our ponds
and lakes.

80

An extensive layer of similar material was lately brought to
light at Baisley's pond, about two and one half miles from the
town of Jamaica, on Long Island. About two millions of square
yards of this peat were thrown out at this place, and it consists, for
the most part, of one species, Himantidium arcus.

A similar deposit was discovered by the late Professor J. W.
Bailey, at West Point, New York, and specimens have been re-
ceived from Bemis' Lake, N. H. The discovery of these deposits
confirms the opinion of Professor Bailey, expressed at the time of
the finding of the West Point layer, that similar ones are to be
found under all our ponds and marshes. The species found in
the Milwaukee marl are all common freshwater ones, and are as
follows : —

Amphora ovalis,

Himantidium hidens,

Cocconeis placentula,

Navicula affinis,

Cocconema cymhiforme,

" cuspidata,

" cystula^

" Jirma,

" lanceolatum,

" inflata,

Cyclotella Kiitzingiana,

Nitzschia linearis,

Oymatopleura elUptica,

Odontidium mutabile,

Cymhella cuspidata,

" tahellaria,

Epithemia gihha,

Pinmdaria acuta,

" granidata,

" ohlonga.

" turgida^

" viridis,

Fragilaria capucina,

Stauroneis ph oenicenteron.

Gomphonem^ acuminatum,

Surrirella nohilis,

" constrictum^

Synedra capitata,

" dichotomum,

" longissiryia.

" vibrio.

Making in all 31 species, of which the following are common in
this deposit : —

Oocco7ieis placentula, Ejnthemia turgida,

Cocconema cymhiforme, Gomphonema coiistrictum,

" cystula, Pinnularia ohlonga.
Epithemia granulata,

The two species, Gymatopleura elliptica and Surrirella nohilis,
were only found in fragments.

81

Mr. Stodder alluded to Diatoms found by him at the
Cambridge brickyards, in which distorted specimens
seemed to be the rule instead of the exception.

M. A. Daubr^e, of Strasburg, and M. A. Delesse, of
Paris, France, were elected Honorary Members.

June 15, 1859.
Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, for the Committee on the frozen
well at Brandon, Vt., read a report by Mr. Blake and
himself, as follows : —

Your committee, appointed to examine the frozen well in Bran-
don, Vermont, have attended to their duty, and beg leave to re-
port progress. On the 10th of this month, two members of the
committee visited Brandon, and made their researches on that
day, and on the 11th inst. They examined the persons who saw
the well dug, and the owner of the property, and learned all the
facts known to those parties. They also made as thorough a
geological examination of the locality and its vicinity as was
in their power, during this short visit, surveyed the premises,
experimented on the temperature of the water of the well in
question, and on that of the neighboring springs and wells, and
made an^angements for further researches. In this examination
of the locality, the committee were aided by Messrs. Palmer,
Wiggins, and Strong, of Brandon ; the people of the village
manifested much interest in our researches, and offered to aid us
in future operations.

The frozen well is situated about half a mile west of the Bran-
don House, on the side of a moderate elevation which is called
the Hogback by some people, and Prospect Hill by others. It
is on the estate of Abraham Trombley, and was dug in Novem-
ber, 1858.

From persons who were present when the well was sunk, we

PROCEEDINGS B, S. N. H. VOL. VII. 6 AUGUST, 1859

82

learned that after sinking through the soil, about twenty feet,
they came to frozen earth, consisting of coarse gravel, rounded
pebbles, and lumps of clear ice, from the size of an egg to that of
a twelve pound cannon-ball, and that this frozen stratum was be-
tween twelve and fifteen feet in thickness. Mr. Strong, one of
the nearest neighbors, who saw the well every day, brought
lumps of the frozen gravel to the village, and showed them to his
friends.

During the past winter and spring, this well has given Mr.
Trombley much trouble, owing to its freezing over every night,
so that he was obliged to send his boy down in the bucket to cut
through the crust of ice, in order to be able to draw water for
family uses. This boy has become so expert in this service, as to
be quite useful to the committee ; and he readily went down into
the well for us, and cut off the ice from its sides, while we were
making our examinations. %

We sent down a candle and illuminated the well, so as to see
the crust of ice on its sides, where he had bi'oken it off with the
hammer, and drew up the pieces of ice in the bucket. We found
that this crust extends from the surface of the water, which is
2^ feet deep, to the height of five feet, and is of considerable
thickness.

The water which su2:)plies the well comes in from three differ-
ent directions, under the frozen stratum, and the sand at the bot-
tom of the well is not frozen, and water was free in it when the
well was first sunk.

The water which spatters up against the sides of the well, and
that which runs down from above, freezes on its sides near the
bottom, showing that the temperature there must be considerably
below the freezing point of water, for thawing ice could not freeze
water of a more elevated temperature.

On drawing buckets of water from the well, and immediately
taking its temperature with well proved Centigrade thermometers,
of which we had three, we found that the temperature of the
water from the well was ^° Centigrade, while the air in the bot-
tom of the well stood at 2°, and the outside air at the surface
stood at 9^° C. These experiments were several times repeated,
with the same results. We next made an examination of the
nearest wells and springs in every direction around this w€ll. A

83

spring, which comes to the surface a few rods northwest from the
well, has a temperature of 11° Cent. Mr. Strong's well, a few
hundred yards to the north of it, is 15 feet deep, and the water
drawn from it had a temperature of 8° Cent. Mr. Clarke's well,
in a field a few hundred yards from the gravel bed, had a temper-
ature of 6° on the 11th of June, that of the atmosphere at the
time being 7°. This well is 19 feet deep, and was sunk in sandy
soil. A spring, a few hundred yards southwest from Trombley's,
had, on the 11th, a temperature of 9° Cent., that of the air being
9^° Cent. These springs and wells are on opposite sides of the
frozen well, and show that they are not influenced by the cold
stratum, which, so far as we can learn, is quite limited. Its pre-
cise extent we do not yet know, and it will be subjected to further
researches, by digging or boring into the soil in the vicinity.

Mr. Trombley's well is 34 ft. 4 in. deep, and has 2 ft. 4 in. of
water in it. The diameter of the well is about three feet ; it is
stoned up properly with rounded bowlders of limestone, and has
a curb around the top ; a marble slab, with a circular hole
eighteen inches in diameter through it, covers the well, while the
windlass is covered with a roof made of a couple of boards nailed
together to keep the rope from exposure to the weather. These
coverings, of course, stand in the way of radiation of heat from the
bottom of the well into space, hence the cold cannot arise from
radiation of heat. This we have directed to be proved, by cover-
ing the well closely with blankets. Mr. Wiggins has promised
to take charge of this experiment.

After making these researches, we examined the geological
structure of the soil and rocks around and near the well, levelled
up to the top of the hill, and measured the distance and ascer-
tained the slope of the strata of sand and gravel, which dip
toward the well, and undoubtedly form the soil through which
the well was sunk. To the top of the hill, where the gravel bed
exists, is 45 feet from the top of the well, and 80 feet from its
bottom. The slope of the hill is 6° and toward the well, while
the strata of sand and gravel, at the outcrop, appear to have a
rather steeper dip in the same direction. The distance from the
well to the gi-avel bed is 450 feet, and its direction is N. 50° west
from the well.

On examining the section of the soil exposed at the gravel bed

84

on the road side, we observed that the lowest stratum exposed is
made up of rounded and water-worn stones, consisting chiefly of
the blue and gray limestone of the country, but mixed with those
of a dark granite or sienite and quartz, which are certainly drift
bowlders and from a distance. There is a stratum of sand over
the pebbles, but it is quite disturbed, and varies in thickness from
two feet to eight inches in different parts of the exposed section.
Over this is a layer of fine clayey sand, having more distinctly
the appearance of an aqueous deposit, and upon this is the usual
soil of the country, consisting of brown loam, somewhat sandy in
its character. On traversing the country to the northwest of this
gravel bed, we found extensive ledges of naked blue and gray
limestone rocks, the surface of which bore strong marks of aque-
ous abrasion, and in many places deep holes have been made in
the rocks, by the action of water, and perhaps of drift bowlders.
Loose rounded rocks of granite, sienite, and quartz, strangers to
this region, occur scattered over the surface of the ledges, and
are a portion of the northern drift deposit.

Your committee reserve their opinion as to the cause of these
phenomena until they can gain more light on this very interesting
subject, and hope to have occasion to report further progress
some time during the summer, when they shall have made more
extended researches, and visited other localities, where frozen
wells are stated to exist.

For the committee,

Charles T. Jackson.

John H. Blake.

Prof. W. B. Rogers described in this connection the so-called
natural icehouses in Virginia ; in these cases the ice penetrates
the large interstices of the rocks during winter, and the natural
covering of the soil, a poor conductor of heat, protects from the
heat of the sun in summer. He observed that it was important
to consider the mean temperature of the place in explaining the
phenomena of frozen wells ; the mean annual temperature of
Brandon is only 45° F. ; of the winter 20°, of the spring 40° ;
giving for the winter and spring a temperature of 30°, or 2° less
than the freezing point of water — in fact, at about the depth of 30
or 40 feet, a reversal of the seasons takes place, so slow is the

85

progression of temperature downward. The access of external
air is also important ; the temperature of the air in winter at the
bottom of this well must be very low ; the lateral perforation of
this low temperature ought to be traced ; the law of progress of
temperature from the surface downward in this special locality
should be ascertained. So that the question of explanation be-
comes very complicated.

Dr. Bryant presented a number of valuable specimens of natu-
ral history which he had collected in the Bahama Islands during
the last spring. He remarked that all the islands seem to be
composed of the same limestone, which the sea is gradually un-
dermining and washing away. He found no fossil shells except
of such species as now exist on the islands. The soil in many
places contains great quantities of oxide of iron ; also incrusting
the rocks in various places, the presence of which substance he
was at a loss to account for. It is generally believed and stated
that the gulf weed is seen always floating, and that the place of
its growth is not known ; he had found it growing all over the
Bahamas, attached to rocks like any other sea-weed. He pre-
sented many fine specimens of Gorgonia, and of sponges, of the
latter of which many varieties were shown growing together.
He found no fringing coral reef in the part of the Bahamas vis-
ited by him, though he had sailed many hundred miles among
them in various directions. He presented a large collection of
plants and fungi, and of land and marine shells and Crustacea —
also a large and valuable collection of fishes, containing many
rare and some new genera and species.

Mr. Putnam observed, in regard to the fishes, that they pre-
sented a remarkable resemblance to the fauna of the Sandwich
Islands.

Prof. Rogers offered an explanation of the occurrence of the
ferruginous matter with carbonate of lime, by reference to the
ferruginous sand over marl beds, so common in the Southern
States ; in this there are many fossil specimens in which the
petrifying agent is oxide of iron. This would suppose a state of
things in the Bahamas, when the iron was there, very different
from what is seen now ; a very slight proportion of iron, how-

86

ever, would sift out the carbonate of lime, and the iron remaining
behind would in course of time produce a large percentage where
it originally existed only as 1 or ^ per cent.

Prof. Rogers exhibited specimens of the supposed coal-bearing
rocks of Maine, in which was an impression closely resembling
Cyclopteris Hihernicus, so common in Great Britain. He was of
opinion that these rocks of Perry, Me., belong to the sub-car-
boniferous series, so extensive in Ireland — they are abundant not
only in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, at the depth of several
thousand feet (and containing the famous asphaltic coal) ; but
throughout all the Appalachian chain. They are below the pro-
ductive coal series, yet in some cases they do contain workable
coal seams two, three, or five feet in thickness.

Prof. Rogers also exhibited a geological survey of Newfound-
land, made by Mr. Jukes in 1824, interesting in connection with
the specimens of Paradoxides recently found there. Specimens
sent to England had been named P. noviapertus, but this must be
given up for that of P. Harlani, bestowed upon the same fossil,
described many years ago by Dr. Harlan of Philadelphia.

Dr. Jackson observed that he had traced the rocks of Perry,
Me., to rest directly upon Silurian rocks.

The Treasurer's Report, in regard to discharging the
debt of the Society, was read and accepted.

Dr. Marcus B. Leonard, of East Boston, was elected
a Resident Member.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

April 6, 1859. Specimens of lava, from Mauna Loa, Sandwich Islands, erup-
tion of 1856 ; by Dr. C. F. Winslow. Three species of 3felania, and two of i/e-
Zix, from the Sandwich Islands ; by James Lewis. Echinojjor a, from Singapore;
by Theodore Lyman. Coitus Groenlandicus, C. Mrginianus, Sebastes Norvegictis,
Gasterosteus quadracus, G. biaculeatus, G. occidentalism Perca Jlavescens, Fundulus
pisculentus, and Hydrargyra Jiavula, from Salem, Mass.; by Dr. R. H. Wheat-
land.

87

April 20. Berries of Rhus succedaneum, from Japan; by Dr. C. T. Jackson.
Horned lizard, from Texas ; by Dr. L. M. Sargent. Clay stones, from Rensselaer-
ville, N. Y. ; by Edward Renouf.

May 4. Sandstone, from Pepperell, Mass. ; by T. J. Wbittemore. Tertiary
infusorial eartli, from vicinity of Richmond, Va., and ScoUthus linearis, from Rich-
mond; by Prof. W. B. Rogers. Chameleon, from Madagascar; by Benj. F.
Stevens.

I^Iay 16. Thirty-seven species of shells, from Bay of Cumana and Hayti; by
Dr. A. A. Gould.

June 1. Casts of Paradoxides Harlani, from Braintree, Mass., and from St.
Mary's Bay, Newfoundland; by Dr. C. T. Jackson. Eupagurus Bernhardus,
from Nahant; Clibanarius viitatus, from Florida, and Branchipus, from Salem; in
exchange with Essex Institute. Cordiceps Carolinensis, from W. Roxbury, and
specimens of the apple and peach borer, from Littleton, Mass.; by Dr. S. Knee-
land, Jr.

June 15. An extensive collection of fishes, crustaceans, reptiles, shells, and
marine growths, from the Bahama Islands ; by Dr. Henry Bryant. Clibanarius
viitatus, from Charleston, S. C. ; Eupagurus longicarpus and E. pollicaris, from
Nahant ; Cenobita Diogenes, from Hayti ; Palemon vulgaris, from Salem ; and P.
, from Africa ; in exchange with Essex Institute. Velvet-spotted spring-
beetle, Elater oculatus; by C. L. Andrews. Large spider, from Dorchester, Mass. ;
by George H. Barry.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING JUNE 30, 1859.

Memoires et Documents relatifs a I'Histoire du Canada. 8vo. Pamph. Mon-
treal, 1859. From Capt. Latour.

Phycologia Australica. By Wm. H. Harvey. Nos. 4-8. 8vo. London.
From Dr. B. D. Greene.

Report of the Geological Survey of the State of Iowa. By James Hall and
J. D. Whitney. 2 vols. 8vo. From the Authors.

Reply to the Criticisms of J. D. Dana. By J. Marcou. 8vo. Pamph. Zu-
rich. 1859. From the Author.

List of known species of Pisidium, with their Synonymes. By Temple Prime.
8vo. Pamph. 1859. From the Author.

Lemons Elementaires de Botanique. Par Emm. Le Maout. 8vo. Paris. From
Dr. S. Durkee.

Catalogue of Canadian Plants. By Prof. J. Barnston, M. D. 8vo. Pamph.
Montreal. From the Author.

Report of the Superintendent of the Coal Survey, for 1857. 4to. Washing-
ton. From Prof. A. D. Bache.

Contributions to the Paleontology of New York. By James Hall. 8vo.
Pamph. Albany, 1858. From the Author,

Patent Office Report. Arts and Manufactures. 3 vols. 8vo. Washington,
1858. From the Patent Office.

Iron Manufacturer's Guide. By J. P. Lesley. 8vo. New York, 1859. Frmn
the Author.

88

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Vol. IX. No. 1.
Geology of Pennsylvania. By Prof. Henry D. Rogers. 3 vols. 4to. With
vol. of maps, &c. Edinburgh, 1858. From Prof. Henry D. Rogers.

On the Lower Coal Mines, as developed in British America. By J. W. Daw-
son, L.L.D., &c. 8vo. Pamph. Montreal, 1858.

Additional Notes on the Post-Pliocene Deposits of St. Lawrence Valley. By
J. W. Dawson, L.L.D., &c. 8vo. Pamph. Montreal. From the Author.

Proceedings of the Elliott Society of Natural History of Charleston, S. C.
Vol. 1. 8vo. 1859.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Sigs. 9
and 11. 1859.

Bulletin de la Soci^t6 de Geographic. ^^^^ serie. Tome XVI. 8vo. Paris,
1858.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. IV. No. 2. April. Montreal,,

1859.
Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. No. 20. March. Toronto,

1859.
Monatsbericht der K. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 8vo.

8 Nos. Sept. 1857, to June 1858.

Mathematische Abhandlungen der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Ber-
lin. 4to. Jahr. 1857. Berlin, 1858.

Physikalische Abhandlungen der K. Akademie zu Berlin. Jahr. 1857. 4to.
1858.

Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. Vol. X. Part VI.
Cambridge, (England). 4to. 1858.

Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar. 8vo. 1857.

Stockholm.
Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien Handlingar. Bd. I. 2. 1856.

4to. 1.

Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenics Eesa Omkring Jorden under befal af
C. A. Virgin. 4to. 1. Botanik. 1, 2, 4. Stockholm.

Zeitschrift fur die Gesammten Naturwissenscliaften. Jahrgang, 1858. Elfter
Band. 8vo. Berlin.

Notices of Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Part VHI.
8vo. Pamph. London, 1858.

List of Members, Officers, &c. 8vo. Pamph. London, 1858.

Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. Nos. 9-11. 8vo. 1858.

Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. VIII. Part 1. 8vo. 1858.

New York Journal of Medicine. Vol. VI. No. 3. May, 1859.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Wiegmann and Erichson. 8vo. No. 2. 1858.
Berlin.

Recueil des Actes de I'Acad^mie Imperiale. 2me Trimestre. 1858. Svo.
Pamph. Bordeaux.

Natural History Review. Vol. V. No. 4. Oct. 1858. London.

Proceedings of the Royal Geogi-aphical Society of London. Vol. II. No. 6.
Oct. 1858.

Actes de la Soci^t^ Linn^enne de Bordeaux, 8vo. 1858. S^e S^rie. Tome 1.

Jahrbiicher des Vereins fiir Naturkunde. 8vo. Wiesbaden, 1857.

89

Verhandlungen der Russ. Kais. Mineralogischen Gesellschaft zu St. Peters-
burg. Jahrgang, 1857-8.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Art. No. 81, for May, 1859..
Received in Exchange.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 15, 16, and 17. London.
1859. From the Courtis Fund.

Encyclopsedia Britannica. Vol. 17.

Life of Fred. Wm. Steuben. By F. Kapp. With introduction by Geo. Ban-
croft. 8vo. New York. 1859.

^Memoir of Theophilus Parsons, Chief Justice of Supreme Judicial Court of
Massachusetts. By his Son, Theophilus Parsons. 8vo. 1. 1859. Dejjosiled by
the RepMican Institution.

July 6, 1859.
Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. Stodder read the following paper : —

ON COLLECTING, PREPARING, AND MOUNTING DIATOMACE^

FOR THE MICROSCOPE.

BY ARTHUR M. EDWARDS, NEW YORK.

Although most of the published treatises on the microscope
profess to give thorough directions for mounting objects in such a
manner as to preserve them for almost any length of time and
exhibit their characteristics, very few of them present any concise
descriptions of the best methods of collecting or mounting Diato-
macete. In general they treat solely of the fossil, or semi-fossil,
species, and even such directions as relate to these are meagre
and unsatisfactory for the most part, and, where they amount to
specific and special directions, are copied from other books, so
that any faults that may have been in the original are repeated.
To mount Diatomaceee for the purpose of sale is one thing, and to
prepare and mount them so as to exhibit the natural characters
for the purpose of study is another. The latter can only be
attained after considerable practice ; and to do it properly a cer-
tain knowledge of their natural history is necessary.

The Diatomaceae should always be mounted for a special pur-

90

pose ; that of exhibiting characters peculiar to genera and spe-
cies. Of course we must leave entirely out of the question all
such objects as muds, guanos, dredgings, &c., which can very
rarely, if ever, be used for the purpose of exhibiting species.
Gatherings containing many species in a mixed condition should
invariably be rejected, unless they contain something of special
importance, such as rare species, or some large and fine speci-
mens of common species. In this paper it is my intention to give
such plain and concise directions as will, I hope, materially aid
students in mounting these interesting organisms in such a way
as to exhibit their characteristics in a proper manner. For many
of the hints I am about to give I am indebted to Professor Walker-
Arnott of Glasgow, Scotland ; the rest are the results of the ex-
perience of about six years spent in this pursuit. For the method
of cleaning guanos, infusorial earths, muds, &c., the reader is
referred to a paper, by the present writer, published in the sev-
enth volume of the London Journal of Microscopical Science.

All gatherings should be made in as clean a state as possible in
the first place, as it will be found difficult to clean them after-
ward. The Diatomaceae are to be found growing in both fresh
and salt water, either attached to submerged aquatic plants of
laro-er growth, or floating freely on the surface. It is a mistake,
that most writers on this subject have fallen into, to term any of
the Diatomaceae parasitic, as they do not subsist on nutriment
derived from the plant, or other substance, to which they are
attached. The attached species might more properly be termed
epiphytaceous, and the free ones eleutheraceous ; many species,
however, there is little doubt, ar^ at one period of their existence
fixed, and at another free. That there are any true free spe-
cies is unestablished ; that is to say, I very strongly suspect
that all of our so-called free species are fixed during the earlier
period of their growth. Some species are to be looked for on the
surface of the muddy bottom, or in the stomachs of certain marine
creatures, as the Salpce, the Noctiluca miliaris, &c. A peculiar
method of procuring these last is used, and wall be described.

Diatomaceae are to be looked for in almost every stationary
piece of water, and, in some cases, in transient pools, the result of
flooding or rain. Freshwater species will be found attached to,
or entangled among, the leaves and stalks of larger submerged

91

aquatic plants. The common Hornwort, Ceratophylum demen-
sum^ is often thickly incrusted with Synedrce, Melosirce, &c., so
that it is of a brownish color. Marine plants are also covered in
the same manner ; thus, I have had Bryopis completely covered
with Melosira Borreri and Cocconeis SG^tellum ; the first species
being again the support for Podosphenia and Synedra. Ectocar-
pus is often so covered with Synedra^ and the freshwater Con-
fervcB have in general so many Diatoms growing attached to
them, that I have in this way collected several ounces of Synedra
radians. On rocks and sticks, more especially in running water,
are to be found the filamentous and frondose species. In the
month of April last, I found in the fountain in Washington
Square, New York, in which the water had been kept running all
through the winter, a large quantity of Fragilaria capucina asso-
ciated with a few other species, and incrusting the iron tube of
the fountain. The Fragilaria, from growing in rather violently
running water, was extremely tenacious in the adherence of its
frustules one to the other. Some freshwater species are to be
found floating on the surface, but this is not as often the case as
with the brackish. The plants bearing the Diatoms may be agi-
tated in clear water and the species allowed to settle. The water
used should be from the same locality as the Diatoms, or, if from
any other, be carefully filtered through chemists' filtering paper.
This precaution will prevent the introductioo of any extraneous
species which it would be impossible afterward to remove, and
prove extremely puzzling, as I had experienced until I found out
this method of obviating it. Writers in general recommend the
use of distilled water, but the filtered article answers every pur-
pose, and is procured by a much easier and expeditious process.
The general appearance of Diatoms when floating, is of a reddish-
fawn colored mass of a seeming porous nature, but when they are
in small quantity they appear only as a stain on the water, and
when attached to floating confervae the brown of the Diatoms is
masked by the green of the confervse. A pond or stream may be
known as likely to yield Diatoms, from its having growing in it
much vegetation of a larger size. In general, quiet ponds, or
such as have but slow streams running into and emptying out of
them, will be more likely to reward the searcher than briskly
running streams, in which the Diatoms are loosened from their

92

hold and carried down to the valleys, or mouth of the stream.
This is the reason why we often find mountain species associated
with those growing in valleys, or, in some cases, even with brack-
ish and marine species. Many of these freshwater species will
undoubtedly exist for a sliprt time in brackish or marine localities,
often becoming much changed in their characters. It is ex-
tremely likely that this fact has sometimes led to mistakes by
inexperienced observers, and the consequence has been the erec-
tion of these varieties into species. Again, brackish or marine
species may be carried by tidal or other influences into fresh local-
ities, and a total change of characters result. At the present
time I am engaged in experimenting on this subject, and shall, I
hope, be able before long to lay the results before microscopists.
Professor Walker- Arnott has stated some curious facts, relating
to this subject, in the April number of the London Microscopical
Journal for this year (1859). It would, however, be out of
place for me to enter any farther into the discussion of this sub-
ject in the present paper, but I recommend the student to bear
these facts in mind when examining doubtful forms.

Brackish species are to be looked for in swamps and marshes
along the coast. Whether there exist such things as true brack-
ish species is, to me, a matter of doubt ; such as are called so
being, in my opinion, either marine forms which have been car-
ried by the tide into their new locality, (which is the most likely,)
or freshwater species brought down by streams from higher
ground. Thus, I have found in a salt marsh in New Jersey a
form which looks to me like a variety of Pinnularia viridis, a
true freshwater species. In the same marsh, even in the least
salt portions, I have found many fine species, as Amphiprora
vitrea, Pinnularia per^egrina, Navicula. elegans, and many others,
in large quantities, forming masses of considerable extent, and
floating on the surface, buoyed up by the numerous bubbles of
oxygen set free from the water by the action of the sun on the
Diatoms. All of these are generally considered as marine spe-
cies. Submerged species are to be found in brackish water in
the same positions as in fresh.

In the ocean, very few species are to be found floating on the
surface, except in rock pools, but are found in the stomachs of
certain microphagists. The filamentous forms, on the contrary?

93

are to be found in immense quantities along with the attached
forms, as Cocconeis, &c., and this most commonly on rocky coasts,
where often the algoe, rocks and coralline zoo[)hytes are covered
with them. Dr. Wallich found Coscinodisci, Rhizosolenice, and
Chcetoceras, floating on the surface of the ocean in the tropics,
but I have never heard of such an. occurrence in our seas. The
species attached to alga? may be preserved, until they are wanted
to be permanently mounted, in alcohol ; they are thus kept in
their natural state. Species may be removed from the alga) by
immersion and boiling in a weak mixture of nitric acid and water,
(containing four to five per cent, of acid,) which corrodes the cuti-
cle of the alga without breaking up the chains of Diatoms. The
alg£e may then be taken out with a glass rod, or strained off
through a piece of wire gauze or fine muslin ; if the latter be
used, the filamentous Diatoms will often be retained along with
the algas, and such attached species as Cocconeis pass through.
All marine, or brackish, species should be washed in filtered
freshwater, so as to remove all soluble salts, which would other-
wise obscure the specimens, previous to immersion in alcohol, or
mounting. I should mention here, that often freshwater, unless
it be distilled, will contain certain salts, as lime, which will, on
evaporation, crystallize on the glass and mar the beauty of the
specimen, therefore it is advisable to use distilled water, or alco-
hol, for the last washing. As a rule, it is always preferable to
make the collection as clean as possible in the first place, as it
will be found difiicult in many cases to render the Diatoms per-
fectly free from sand and mud afterward. Where they float on
the surface of the water, or are attached to larger alg^e, this is not
difficult, but where they are on the mud at the bottom it is not so
easy. It can, however, be done by carefully removing them with
a camel's-hair pencil, or, if we do not happen to have one with us,
the mud can be removed in a wide-mouthed bottle (selecting as
much of the surface as possible) and, at home, transferred to a
saucer and placed in the sunlight. The living specimens will
then congregate toward the lightest side, and may be taken up
with a camel's-hair pencil and transferred to a test tube or speci-
men vial. The latter are the vials used to hold homoeopathic
medicines, and those of about a drachm capacity will be found the
most convenient, though, for scarce gatherings, much smaller ones

94

may be used with advantage. Dr. Donkin has given * a process
by means of which Diatoms left by the receding tide on the sea-
shore may be separated from the heavier particles, and which
seems to have yielded him a rich harvest. The attached and fil-
amentous species should always be kept separate from the free ones,
in alcohol, as they have to be. treated in a different manner. We
must also suit the amount of boiUng, and the strength of the acid,
to the species ; some being destroyed by the smallest quantity,
and others being ruined by strong acid. Many species, however,
(as most of the genus Fhmidaria) require often a minute and a
half to two minutes' boiling in strong acid to separate the valves
from the connecting membrane.

Some of the finer marine species are to be looked for in the
stomachs of Salpae, Noctiluca, and other minute marine creatures,
while the stomachs of most of the mollusks, and those of many
crustaceans and fish, will repay examination. The Salpae and
Noctiluca are to be procured by skimming the surface of the
ocean (more especially in quiet bays and harbors) with a fine
muslin net, which may be floated by means of cork or wood, and
dragged at the stern of a boat rowed slowly along. When the
Noctilucoe are in any quantity, the surface of the ocean will ex-
hibit a Uvid light playing upon its surface, especially where it is
broken, as on the margin and where the prow of the boat parts it,
or the oars disturb it. They are most plentiful in summer, but
Diatoms are to be found in them all the year round. Col. Bad-
dely found in them, during the winter, such genera as Tricera-
tium and Actinocyclus, and during the summer months the fila-
mentous forms, as Rhizosolenia ; the same facts, or similar ones,
will undoubtedly be observed on our own coast when more atten-
tion is paid to this branch of science. I would recommend all
who have opportunities of doing so to collect the Noctiluca of any
part of our coast and preserve them in alcohol for the Diatoms
they contain. The Ascidia^ and Holothurice also yield rich har-
vests of Diatoms, and when they come from a distance, as from
the Pacific Ocean, where they are plentiful, are extremely inter-
esting. The contents of the stomachs of the Noctilucae may be
simply washed in distilled water and preserved in alcohol ; those
of Salpai and Ascidia? should be cleaned with nitric acid, but the

* Mic. Soc. Trans. Vol. VI. p. 12.

95

contents of the stomachs of Holothuriee, mollusks, and fish, will
have to undergo a peculiar process similar to that recommended
for guano, though, in some cases, boiling in nitric acid alone will
be found sufficient. I would here mention, that the process used
in England for cleaning guano, of boiling in chlorohydric acid,
carbonate of soda, and nitric acid successively, I have not found
to succeed, and that described by me in the London Microscopical
Journal is the only one that I have found to approach perfection.

For the purpose of collecting Diatoms, it will be found conven-
ient to be supplied with appropriate apparatus. A tin sandwich-
box is an excellent reservoir for the bottles. These may be of
about the capacity of two ounces, which is the size I have
found the most convenient, and the box should hold ten or a
dozen of them. Sometimes it will be found convenient to be
provided with a few small vials, of about a drachm capacity, for
the purpose of holding portions of scarce gatherings. A walking-
stick with a ferule attached, made to receive some contrivance for
holding bottles, will often be found necessary. Such a one is
described by the present writer in Vol. V. of the London Micro-
scopical Journal. I have used a similar one for nearly five years,
and it is in as good order as when first made. Smith * and Don-
kin t have given some hints on collecting Diatomacete which the
reader will find useful. Certain species affect certain seasons, so
that in the same locality, at different seasons, totally different spe-
cies will be found. A complete knowledge of the seasons in
which the different species flourish is much wanted, and the stu-
dent will do well to pay attention to this branch of the science.

When the gatherings are taken home, they may be turned out
into saucers and placed in the sun ; in this way the living Dia-
toms will be separated from the dead ones, the former floating on
the surface and approaching the light. Many of the gatherings,
no doubt, will be found useless, either from being mixed with
mud and sand, or from the mixed quality of the species con-
tained, and had better at once be rejected, as, unless they be
wanted to illustrate locality, (an almost endless task,) it will be
found extremely difficult to clean them in a proper w^ay, so as to
show satisfactorily the species they contain. Some collectors
examine the gatherings on the ground by means of some such
* Synopsis. t Mic. Soc. Trans. Vol. VI. p. 12.

96

contrivance as the Gairdner microscope, described by Dr. Car-
penter, or improved by Mr. J. N. Tomkins.* Dr. Arnott in-
forms me that he uses two Coddington lenses, one of 66 diame-
ters, and one of 180, generally using the former only. In this
way we may at once tell what is worth retaining, and what should
be rejected. Gatherings are, however, always examined with
the compound microscope soon after we get them home ; the
movements of the Diatoms in their living state may then be
observed, and the presence and position of the endochrome noted.
To study the reproduction of these plants they must also be ob-
served in the recent living state, as no method of mounting known
will preserve, in their natural condition, the characteristics of this
interesting and important part of their natural history.

If we wish to mount the Diatoms simply to show that they are
Diatoms, and to surprise the uninitiated, nothing is easier ; we
have but to boil them for some time in nitric acid, wash them
with water, and place a small quantity of the sediment on a glass
slide, and dry it over a spirit lamp. When it is dry, and still hot,
we drop upon it a small quantity of Canada balsam, and place
over it the previously prepared thin glass cover and press it
down. When the balsam is sufficiently hard, the superfluous
portion which has exuded around the cover is removed with a
penknife, and the slide is cleaned with alcohol ; this latter being
far superior to turpentine, which the European (and more espe-
cially English) microscopists use, on account of the high price of
alcohol. The above process is extremely easy to manipulate, but
it will never satisfy a student of the Diatoms.; for, though it is
sufficient for fossil and sub-peat deposits, it would never do for
the purpose of illustrating genera and species, for which Diatoms
should be prepared and mounted. We therefore proceed to show
how they may be mounted so as to satisfy a student, and render
permanent their characteristics, so that they may, at any future
time, be exhibited and studied.

We shall require, in the first place, a quantity of glass slides,
of the dimensions of on,e inch wide by three inches in length.
These should be of as white glass as possible, and ground on the
edges so as to give them a neat and finished appearance. Only
such as are free from scratches, or other blemishes, in the central

* Mic. Jour. Vol. VII. p. 57.

97

square incli, should be chosen ; though such as have bubbles or
scratches near the ends will not look ornamental in a cabinet, we
should remember that microscopic objects are not generally
mounted to look well in a cabinet, but to be useful out of it, so
that if the central and useful portion of the slide be perfect it
need not be rejected. Thin glass, such as is made on purpose
for microscopic use, will be next required, and it will be found
more convenient to buy it ready cut into squares and circles than
to attempt to cut it ourselves. If, however, we do have to cut it
ourselves, we may follow the direction given in the books, which
I will not repeat here, only adding one fact that I have not seen
generally noted, which is to place the thin glass on a piece of wet
thick glass, or marble, the water preventing its breaking, as it will
be apt to do if this precaution be not taken. The thin glass may
be of different thicknesses, but for the more dehcate species it
must be as thin as possible. It should be perfectly clean, which
may be insured by removing the grease with potassa lye, and the
resinous substances with turpentine, or alcohol, or both. The
thinner kinds of glass are rather difficult to clean, but with a little
extra caution this may be accomplished, the last polish being
given to it by a piece of old and well worn cambric. It should
then be separated into thicknesses and kept in starch powder,
which prevents its being scratched, but all the starch must be
carefully removed with a dry piece of cambric before the glass
be used, otherwise granules of starch will be introduced which
will prove puzzling when we come to examine the slide under the
microscope.

We shall also require a pair of forceps for holding the slides
over the spirit lamp, and such as are sold under the name of
American clothes-pegs are extremely useful, and answer all the
purposes of more complicated and expensive arrangements. A
small pair of brass forceps which close with a spring will be
needed for holding the thin glass, and an ordinary pair which
spring open, and may be closed by means of the finger and
thumb, will be wanted for removing the thin glass from the box
in which it is kept. A spirit lamp holding about four fluid
ounces and a few test tubes for boiling the deposits, together with
a small quantity of nitric acid, alcohol, and turpentine, will be
found necessary. For the purpose of making cells will be needed

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 7 SEPTEMBER, 1859.

98

a Shadbolt's turn-table and some cements. Brunswick black and
asphaltum, or gold size, are recommended by the European writ-
ers, and I have sometimes used a preparation of fine red sealing-
wax dissolved in alcohol, or a mixture of asphaltum, pitch, and
gutta percha, made by dissolving asphaltum in turpentine until it
will take up no more ; this is strained through fine muslin, and
pitch added to the liquid, so as to make, when it is dissolved, a
composition about as thick as Canada balsam. To this a few
pieces of gutta percha are added, and it is allowed to stand in a
covered vessel until it becomes thick enough for use, which may
be known by its dropping only with some difficulty from the
camel's-hair pencil used to place it on the slide. For mounting
Diatoms in their recent state, so as to exhibit the stipes in the
stipitate species and the endoehrome in all of them, a mixture of
equal parts of proof spirit and distilled water will be found use-
ful. For some species I have found an excellent medium to be
Mr. Farrant's compound of glycerine and gum Arabic,* it pre-
serves the endoehrome of the Diatoms and the plant on which
they are found growing intact and of its natural appearance.
For some species, however, it will not do, as it renders them so
transparent that they are with difficulty visible.

I will now proceed to specify the different methods of mount-
ing Diatoms separately ; lettering them so that they may be
referred to.

A. We wash the gathering in fresh water, which has been
either distilled, or, at least, filtered, and separate the heavier from
the lighter species. We shake the gathering violently in a large
quantity of water, and almost immediately pour it off; this
removes all sand and gravel. The Diatoms are allowed to set-
tle, and the water is poured off after about an hour's standing.
Enough fresh water is now poured over them to make a height
of two inches in the glass, and it is allowed to stand for twenty,
or at most thirty minutes. The water being carefully removed,
it carries with it the mud and portions of broken valves. Even
the smaller species will subside through two inches of water in
thirty minutes, but, as Dr. Arnott remarks in a letter to the pres-
ent writer, " such as Odontidium parasiticum and a few other
minute things may require an hour, as they lurk among the mud,

* Lond. Mic. Jour. Vol. VI. p. 118.

99

being as light." We can now arrange according to densities, and
in this way often separate most of the species contained in the
gathering. Several processes of elutriation are mentioned in the
London Microscopical Journal, but I have found that using
always two inches of water, and separating the thirty minutes
into five or six periods, answer all purposes. In this we shall
get all the larger Triceratia, Pinnularice, &c., in the heavier den-
sities, and the small Achnanthidia and Naviculce in the lighter.
Often one application will not separate the densities sufficiently,
when it may be tried three or four times. If the gathering be
not divided into densities before " acidizing," it will have to be
done after ; that is to say, if it be not a comparatively clean one,
consisting of a majority of one species. The different densities
are now each placed, in small quantities, in a test tube, and about
three quarters of an inch of nitric acid added, and boiled. This
will remove all but silica, and separate the valves and connecting
membranes ; but if we wish the valves to remain united, we must
use weaker acid, as I have mentioned before. When the sedi-
ment has been well washed, so as to remove all the acid, we may
proceed to mount it, which is done as follows. A small portion
is taken up with a dipping tube, or a glass rod, (the first being
the best,) and spread with a little water on the centre of a clean
slide. Only a small quantity should be used, otherwise the Dia-
toms will be crowded and overlap each other. It is always bet-
ter to have too few than too many specimens on a slide. We
now heat the slide cautiously over the flame of the spirit lamp
until it is perfectly dry, and while it is warm a small quantity of
Canada balsam is dropped on it, and the heat is continued (but
not so violently as to boil the balsam) until we consider it ready
to receive the cover, and this point can only be ascertained after
some experience. The cover, previously cleaned, is now placed
on the balsam, one side being placed down first, so that a wave of
semi-fluid balsam is driven before it ; we thus prevent the intro-
duction of bubbles, which would be extremely difficult to get rid
of afterward. Balsam mounting is always to be preferred when
it can be done so as to show the species, and when we have gone
through the above steps we have finished the mounting part.
The slide only requires to be put aside until the balsam is per-
fectly hard, which will sometimes not be for a week, The ex-

100

traneous balsam around the cover is now removed with a pen-
knife, or a brad-awl, and the slide cleaned with alcohol, and wiped
dry.

B. Filamentous and stipitate species must be mounted by the
above process to show the valves, and by another special one to
show the genus. They are placed in alcohol, which removes the
endochrome without breaking up the chains, and then a small
portion is dried on a cover, and when it is cool a drop of turpen-
tine added. This permeates the frustules, and prevents the en-
trance of air when the balsam is added. A small quantity of
balsam, in a fluid state, is now dropped on it and heated very
cautiously over the spirit lamp, whose wick has been pushed
down until only a small blue cone of flame is visible. A drop of
balsam is placed in the centre of a clean and warm slide, and,
after that on the cover has been sufiiciently thickened, they are
united, pressed together, and allowed to cool, when they may be
cleaned as above. This process preserves the filaments, and
brings the specimen nearer to the object-glass than if it were
dried on the slide.

C. Sometimes the treatment with alcohol does not remove all
the endochrome, when it will have to be burned out over the
lamp as follows : The Diatoms are spread on the cover and dried.
The cover is still kept over the small blue flame, and we see the
specimen turn of a light brown, then darker, until it is black, and
finally white, when it is brought down smartly once or twice to
the flame. This must not be done too suddenly, nor must the
glass be removed too soon, or it will crack from the sudden
change of temperature, and if the thin glass be kept too long over
or against the flame, it will bend and be useless.

D. Diatoms which have been dried or burnt on the cover may
be mounted dry by means of cells. These are best made of
Brunswick black, or some other varnish, and they should be
made in quantity and kept on hand. The method of making
them is given in most of the handbooks. "When the Diatoms
have been dried on the cover, and the glass is still somewhat
warm, it is placed upon the ring of varnish, with the Diatoms
toward the slide, and pressed down. If it does not at once ad-
here, it is not advisable to heat it from below, but a warm knife
may be laid on it, or a warm wire passed around on the thin

101

glass until it adheres completely, and this it must do all around
before we attempt to add the outer coat of varnish. I have often
dispensed entirely with this extra coat, though, if the varnish be
at all brittle, it will be necessary.

E. The process of mounting in fluid is very similar to the last
described, except that the Diatoms are placed in the cell, and the
fluid dropped on them until it rises slightly above the edge of the
cell, to which it will adhere by capillary attraction. The cover
has then a line of fluid drawn across it with a glass rod, and one
side, on which the line terminates, placed down first. It is then
allowed to fall slowly, driving a wave of fluid before it, as in the
case of balsam mounting. The line of fluid attracts the mass of
it, and no bubbles are allowed to enter. If any air should get
into the cell, either from evaporation or carelessness, the cover
will have to be removed, and the operation commenced over
again. After the cover is placed on the ring, the exuded fluid is
wiped off, and a ring of varnish placed over the edge of the glass.
This part of the operation is explained in the handbooks, so I
will not repeat it here. Mr. Farrant's medium, which I have
mentioned above, does not require any cell, and in many cases no
exterior ring of varnish, as it becomes almost solid, and retains
the cover in its place. Many species will require all of these
modes of mounting to show all of their characters, but some will
require to be mounted only in balsam and in the dry way. Some
species are ruined by balsam, while others are improved, there-
fore difierent modes should be tried, and that which seems to give
the best results adopted.

Diatoms may be kept in quantity in alcohol, dried on mica
(which is the best), or dried on mica after boiling in acid. These
last are sometimes difficult to remove from the mica. Carbonate
of soda and water, or even acid, will often have to be used. Dia-
toms kept on mica have the advantage of being always ready to
be mounted by any of the above methods, and they may also be
sent through the post, as they are not bulky, nor do they weigh
anything considerable.

When the gatherings are small, they may be kept, after they
are cleaned, in small bottles similar to those mentioned above, but
when in any quantity, they will require to be kept in two or four
ounce vials ; and, so that we may remove any quantity for mount-

102

ing, we use what are called " dip tubes," which are glass tubes
drawn out at one end so as to form a small orifice. When the
thumb is placed on the larger end, and the smaller brought down
under the water until it is almost in contact with the deposit, and
the thumb removed, the water will rush in, carrying with it some
of the Diatoms. The thumb is then replaced and the tube with-
drawn. In this way we can extract any quantity of the deposit
we wish. A tube should be used for only one deposit, otherwise
we shall be apt to have species from one gathering mixed with
another totally different one. I generally have the cork to each
of my specimen bottles with a hole in it, and a glass " dip tube "
passed through it. Thus each bottle is provided with a tube, and
if it pass tight enough through the cork, little or no evaporation
of the contained liquid will result.

When removing water that has been used for washing a de-
posit, if we pour it off, and even if we use the guide rod, we shall
be almost certain to disturb the deposit, and lose some of the
lighter species, w^hich will be decanted with the liquid. To obvi-
ate this difficulty, I tip the glass so that the deposit runs down on
one side, and then I remove the supernatant w-ater with a large
pipette, using it very carefully as the water becomes lower.
With a little practice nearly all the water may be removed, and
the Diatoms left undisturbed.

Dr. Henry Bryant read the following paper: —

A LIST OF BIRDS SEEN AT THE BAHAMAS, FROM JAN. 20th TO
MAY 14th, 1859, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR LITTLE
KNOWN SPECIES : BY HENRY BRYANT, M. D.

The Bahama Islands are scattered over a space comprised be-
tween 20° 55' and 27° 15' North latitude, and 71° and 78° 18'
West longitude. They are of every shape and size, from Andros
which contains more than a thousand square miles to the merest
point of rock, and are numbered by hundreds if not by thousands.
Of course in the short space of time occupied by my visit a
thorough examination was impossible. The following observa-
tions were made principally at New Providence, in the neigh-
borhood of Nassau, the seat of government ; I also made excur-

103

sioiis to the Berry Islands lying on the northwest side of the N.
E. Providence channel, to the Biminis, the most westerly of the
Bahamas, to the east side of Andros and neighboring keys, and
to the Exuma and Ragged Island chain of keys, extending as far
as 21*^ 17' North and 75° 27' West.

All the islands visited by me presented the same geological for-
mation, a cellular limestone varvinsj in its texture from a rock of
extreme hardness to a soft and friable sandstone, and composed
of materials thrown up by the action of the waves and winds, of
every shape and size, from madrepores of six feet in diameter to
the finest sand. In the larger keys the rocky surface is covered
with a thin layer of vegetable soil capable of supporting in some
places a thrifty vegetation. The majority of the smaller keys
are entirely witliout soil, though when not exposed to the action
of the waves they are covered with a thick growth of shrubs,
which, in many cases, belong principally to the Cactus family, and
are so thorny and tangled that they are almost impenetrable. I
saw nowhere the luxuriant vegetation and profuse animal life that
is naturally associated with the West Indies. Of native mammals
I procured but a single specimen, a species of bat. I was told
that at Andros there was a wild rabbit, but could not procure a
specimen. The number of sea birds in certain localities is pro-
digious, but at Nassau I saw but one gull and one pelican.
The species of land birds that breed upon the islands are few,
though the individuals of some of them are quite numerous. In
the class of reptiles, I found six species of lizards, four of ser-
pents, no land or freshwater turtles, and four batrachians. The
number and variety of fish are very great. Crustacea and radiata
abound. Land mollusks are very numerous, but only fourteen
species were seen. Insects, with the exception of lepidoptera and
a few species of diptera, were by no means common.

Before visiting the Bahamas, I had supposed that those birds
of the United States, which in their annual migration follow the
Atlantic coast, crossed over to the Gulf of Mexico on arriving at
the Peninsula of Florida, and then followed that shore to Mexico,
Central America, &c. This opinion was formed from the fact
that while all of these birds are extremely abundant in Southern
Georgia, they are rarely seen in the neighborhood of Enterprise
and Indian River. From the number of these birds seen at the

104

Bahamas, I am satisfied that with better opportunities nearly if
not quite all of them would be found there, and that, instead of
crossing to the Gulf of Mexico as I formerly supposed, by far
the greater number on arriving at the River St. John or its neigh-
borhood fly across in a direct line to Central America, stopping
on their way to procure food and to rest at any of the islands
which lie in their way.

Cathartes aura. Turkey buzzards were very abundant at
Andros, and I was told by the fishermen and wreckers that they
were equally so at Abaco and Grand Bahama. I saw none on
any of the smaller islands. I was for a long while unable to ex-
plain satisfactorily to myself the cause of their absence from Nas-
sau, as in the United States they are generally very abundant in
the neighborhood of the large southern cities, as Charleston and
Savannah for instance. This fact, I now think, is owing to their
inability to procure food at New Providence. All the animals
slaughtered there are literally devoured by the blacks ; not a mor-
sel, even of the entrails, is thrown away as offal, so that the
slaughter-houses, which at Savannah are their principal feeding
places, do not at Nassau offer them a mouthful of food. The
number of domestic animals also running at large on the island is
so small, that the carcasses of those dying by disease or accident
would only afford them an occasional supply ; and the native
fauna is so meagre that it is unnecessary to take it into considera-
tion.

I passed several days at Grassy Creek near the southern ex-
tremity of Andros Island. This is one of the places where the
Black-mouthed Helmet (Cassis Madagascariensis) , of which cam-
eos are made, is procured. The shells after being brought on
shore are placed on scaffolds with the mouth downward, in order
that after the death of the animal it may fall out by its own weight.
These scaffolds are constantly attended by the buzzards, and they
can frequently be seen tugging at the protruding animal much to
the displeasure of the fishermen, as the birds frequently knock
down the shells and sometimes drag them into the bushes out of
sight. The name given to this bird by the inhabitants is John
Crow, the same as in Jamaica according to Gosse. I examined
several specimens but could detect no difference between them
and bii'ds obtained in the United States. This is not to be won-

105

dered at, as the Gulf Stream is so narrow that I think when soar-
ing at the greatest height to which they attain they must be able
to see the main land, and if so, doubtlessly pass to and fro. No
specimen of the Cjota was seen.

Falco anatum. One dead bird seen at Norman's Pond Key.
This was an adult male in fine plumage.

Tinnunculus sparverius. Two specimens seen at Nassau, and
one at Great Stirrup Key.

Accipiter fuscus. This appeared to be the most common hawk.
A number were seen at different places. I was told by many of
the inhabitants that a large red hawk was not uncommon in the
South Keys, but I saw no other species than those mentioned
above and the fish hawk.

Pandion Carolinensis. Fish hawks were found throusrhout the
Bahamas, but nowhere so abundantly as in parts of the United
States. The nests which I saw were placed in entirely different
situations from those chosen by this bird with us ; resembling
more nearly in this respect the European species. They were
all built on the ground ; two that I examined at Water Key,
Ragged Islands, were placed on the edge of a cliff at an elevation
of about forty feet from the water, very bulky, at least five feet
in height and six in diameter, composed entirely of materials taken
from the neighboring beaches, principally the horny skeletons of
Gorgonias, sponges, bits of drift wood, and sea-weeds. They
had been recently repaired and the cavities lined with fresh gulf
weed. On the 20tli of April, the date of my last visit to them,
they contained neither eggs nor young. The eggs in the ovary
of a female, shot at this time, were of the size of small peas. The
plumage of this specimen differed from any I ever saw in the
United States ; the whole upper part of the head, nape, and hind
neck was white without any admixture of brown ; no difference
was observed in the comparative measurements. I intended to
have preserved it, but unfortunately before I was ready to skin it
the cook plucked it for his private table.

Crotophaga Icevirostris ? A species of Crotophaga was quite

abundant in the environs of Nassau. The description of the

habits of the G. ani by Gosse, is applicable in every particular to

the present bird. I procured a number of specimens ; in all of

hem the bills were quite smooth. The present bird is certainly

106

not the G. ani, and as it may be an undescribed species I append
a description of it : — Sexes similar, — general appearance like the
other species of the genus. Plumage above, wings and tail dark
black with purplish reflection, and in some lights greenish. The
tail very obscurely banded, as if watered. Below, dull brownish
black ; the borders of the feathers of all the upper parts, wing
coverts, throat, and upper part of head iridescent. Bill blackish
horn color, the edge and tip of culmen light horn color. Tarsi
and feet black. Length,* .315; wing from flexure, .143; tail,
.184; tarsus, .032; middle toe, .034, its claw, .012; hind toe,
.013, its claw, .0105 ; bill along ridge, .034; gape, .028 ; height
of bill, .020 ; breadth of bill, .008 ; nostrils, diagonal, .004 in
length by .002 in breadth ; the superior edge nearly straight,
and the inferior concave; situated .01 from the culmen and .004
from the lower edge of mandible ; 4th quill longest ; 3d equal to
the 5th ; 2d, .012 shorter than 4th ; 1st, .035 shorter than 4th,
and shorter than any other of the primaries.

Saurothera vetula. Quite abundant, called Rain- Crow. Its
food during the winter consisted principally of a species of Phasma,
found in great abundance in the leaves of the air-plants. This
bird is one of the tamest, considering its size, that I am acquainted
with. I have frequently watched them searching for insects
within two or three feet of my head.

Picus villosus. Two specimens seen at Nassau in the month
of February.

Picus varius. Two specimens seen during February, and a
number during the spring months. They seemed to prefer the
cocoa-nut trees. I did not see them on any other tree. The first
pair seen visited the same clump of cocoa-nut trees every day for
a fortnight.

Trochilus Bahamensis. This species of humming-bird, which I
believe to be undescribed, is the only one found at Nassau and
neighboring islands. It is quite abundant there and a constant
resident. All the specimens I procured, seven in number, were
killed in February and the early part of March ; at that time its

* All the measurements given are in parts of a metre, and the height and
breadth of bill, when not otherwise mentioned, are always taken opposite the
centre of the nostrils.

107

food consisted almost entirely of a small green aphis, found abun-
dantly on the West Indian vervain, ( V. stachytarpheta,) a small
blue flower that grows in all the dry pastures. Gosse calls the
least humming-bird of Jamaica the Vervain Humming-Bird, from
its hovering round this plant, but the name would apply equally
as w^ell to the present species. I saw nothing in its habits differ-
ing from those of the common ruby-throated species, with the
exception that it was more quarrelsome in its disposition, chasing
the "fighter," as the Tyrannus caudifasciatus is called, whenever
it came near him, and that its note is louder and shriller than that
of our species and much more frequently uttered. Incubation
commences by the 1st of March. I saw three nests of this bird ;
one, found on the 3d of March, contained two eggs partly hatched ;
a second, April 10th, one egg, and another, in May, two eggs.
The nests were all composed of the same materials, principally
the cotton from the silk cotton tree, with a few downy masses that
looked as if derived from some species of asclepias ; this was felted
and matted together, and the outside stuck over with bits of lichen
and little dry stalks, or fibres of vegetable matter. One now before
me measures .030 in diameter, and .033 in height externally, and
the inside .018 in depth and .025 in diameter. The eggs, like
those of all others of the family, are two in number, snow-white
when blown and sligiitly rosy before, and measure .012 in length
by .008 in breadth.

Description. Adult male — above, green with metallic reflec-
tions, slightly golden on the back, and with the tips of some of the
feathers in some specimens bluish. The head darker and more
sombre. Wings brownish purple, with dull greenish reflections
in some lights. Tail dark purple, almost black, also with greenish
reflections ; the outer feather on each side with an almost obsolete
terminal spot of rufous, the next with the whole of the inner web
bright cinnamon, the next with the whole of the inner and the
basal half of the outer web of the same color, this color then run-
ning nearly to the tip in a diagonal manner, leaving the part next
the shaft purple. The basal half of all the shafts, except the two
outer, cinnamon. Throat magnificent purple violet, immediately
below this a broad gorget of white ; abdomen green mixed wnth
rufous ; thighs white ; crissum pale rufous white ; bill and tarsi
black ; length, .084 ; to end of claws, .060 ; to end of wings, .086 ;

108

extent, .123 ; wing from flexure, .045 ; tail beyond wings, .005 ;
tail, .028 ; difference in length of tail feathers, .005 ; tarsus, .0035 ;
middle toe, .0033, its nail, .003 ; bill along ridge, .016 ; gape, .019 ;
heio-ht of bill at commencement of feathers, .0013 ; breadth, .0023.
Adult female — Upper parts less lustrous than in the male, the
feathers margined more or less with rufous gray ; wings as in male ;
tail with the middle feather brilliant green, the rest cmnamon with
a purplish black band running from the outer feather obliquely
downward and inward to the tips of the fourth on each side, form-
ing a broadly shaped mark ; between the black band and the cinna-
mon there is a spot of bright green, most conspicuous in the feather
next the central ones and growing gradually indistinct toward the
outer ones ; throat pale rufous white, the centre of the feathers
darkest, and on the sides and posteriorly a little green ; abdomen
entirely rufous ; legs and crissum, pale rufous. The dimensions
do not differ from those of the male. Young male in winter —
Upper parts intermediate in brightness between the male and
female ; throat white, with a few feathers beginning to show the
violet ; tail as in male.

I have not been able to find descriptions of all the modern
genera of this family, but I think it would form a new genus.
All the males procured by me, four in number, had but eight tail
feathers, while all the females, three in number, had ten. It can
hardly be supposed that in four specimens, the same two feathers,
and but two, should have been lost from every specimen. In form,
the tail feathers are rather narrow, and the inner webs of the two
outer slightly falciform or emarginated. The two outer feathers
are slightly shorter than the next which are the longest ; the next
two again rather shorter, and the central ones considerably (.005)
shorter. The feathers composing the tail in the female are broader
than those of the male ; the third from the outside is the longest ;
the 1st, 2d, and central one as in the male; and the 4th shghtly
shorter than the 3d.

Ghordeiles popetue. Very abundant during the summer months,
but migrate farther south in autumn. They began to arrive about
the first of May, and were numerous by the 10th.

Ceryle alcyon. Abundant during the winter. I saw none
after the 1st of April.

Tyrannus caudifasciatus. Called " fighter " by the inhabitants,

109

from its pugnacious disposition. It is a constant resident and did
not seem more abundant in spring than in winter. In its habits
and appearance when flying, or perched on some twig, it resem-
bles very much the T. dominicensis, for which I mistook it until
I had procured a specimen. Both these birds are much more
powerful and active than the 2\ intrepidus, and in the present
minute subdivision of genera, should be separated from the genus
Tyrannus. Its flight is both powerful and rapid, and it frequently
swoops from its perch like a hawk on some object on the ground.
I took from the stomach of one an Anolis six inches in length.

Einpidonax Bahamensis. This bird I believe to be new, at
least I have been unable to identify it by any description, and it is
not contained in any of the collections that I have had access to. It
comes nearer, perhaps, to E. Carrihcea than to any other species
I have seen. It is, however, possible that it may have been de-
scribed ; the descriptions of this genus are generally so meagre,
while the mutual resemblance of many of them is so great, that it
is almost impossible to identify the species positively. I saw only
three specimens, all in the month of March. There was nothing
pecuHar in its habits, which resembled those of others of the
genus that I had seen in the United States.

Description. Adult male — Plumage above, dark cinereous
brownish olive, the olive tint most marked on the rump, and the
head darkest, with each feather showing a darker stripe in the
centre ; lores ashy white ; an incomplete white circle round the
eye, broadest behind and deficient above ; wings brownish, with
the edges of the coverts hoary, forming two transverse bands, the
posterior the most marked ; edges and tips of the secondaries and
tertiaries whitish, most conspicuously so toward the body. Tail
brown, with the edges of the feathers slightly olivaceous, and of the
outer feather toward the base hoary ; throat and abdomen pale
yellowish white ; sides of the head and flanks cinereous, gradually
shaded into the lighter color of the throat and abdomen ; breast
pale yellowish white washed with cinereous, except perhaps in the
centre. Tarsi black ; bill with the upper mandible, black ; lower,
light horn color, with the tip darker; length, .145; to end of
claws, .129; to end of wings, .190; extent, .253 ; wing from
flexure, .085 ; tail beyond wings, .035 ; tail, .060; tarsus, .014;
middle toe, .009, its claw, .0053 ; hind toe, .006, its claw, .0065 ;

110

outer toe, .006, its claw, .0037 ; inner toe, .005, its claw, .004 ;
bill along ridge, .014; gape, .02 ; depth of bill, .0035 ; breadth,
.007; length of nostril, .0015 ; breadth, .0012 ; 3d quill longest ;
4th very little shorter; 2d, .0015 shorter; 5th, .004 shorter, and
1st, .01 shorter than the 3d. The first is nearly equal to the 6th.

Mniotilta varia. Common from April 20th, to May lOth.

Trichas Marylandica. While lying at anchor, on the 20th of
April, in the harbor of Grassy Creek, a flock of these birds com-
menced flying by the vessel, and continued without intermission
for two hours ; they did not fly in a compact body, but were con-
stantly passing during this time, more or less being in sight the
whole period. Many of them alighted on the vessel ; all of them
that I saw were males. On the 10th of May, they were still
abundant in the neighborhood of Nassau.

Sylvicola ooronata. A few individuals of this species were to
be seen in the neighborhood of Nassau during the months of Jan-
uary and February ; by the middle of March they had entirely
disappeared. I saw none on any of the smaller islands.

Sylvicola Blachhurnice. One pair seen on April 30th.

Sylvicola striata. Very abundant from the 1st to the 10th of
May. In its habits this bird approximates very nearly to the
M. varia, climbing round the trunks of trees in search of insects,
apparently with the same facility as the latter bird.

Sylvicola maculosa. As abundant as in the United States. A
few were seen as early as the 15th of March.

Sylvicola icterocephala. Only a few seen in the early part of May.

Sylvicola Canadensis. The males of this pretty and conspicu-
ous species were very abundant near Nassau, from the 20th of
April to the 13th of May. I think that in this short period I
saw more than I had ever seen before.

Sylvicola maritima. One female shot May 6th.

Sylvicola discolor. More abundant than I have ever met with
it in the United States. In January all the males were in winter
plumage, and they had not changed entirely to the summer plu-
mage before the 1st of April. I have no doubt that this bird is a
constant resident of the Bahamas, and breeds there ; it had paired
by the middle of April, and after that date I saw none that were
not mated.

Sylvicola palmarum. During the winter and early spring this

Ill

bird was extremely abundant, but confined almost entirely to the
neighborhood of the sea-shore. Its habits are decidedly terres-
trial, and it approaches in this respect very nearly to the titlarks.
They were constantly running along the edge of the road, or else
hopping among the low shrubs in the pastures. I did not see a
single individual seeking for food amidst the large trees. My
room at Nassau was opposite the market, where these birds could
be constantly seen running up and down the pavement in search
of the small flies so numerous there. These they caught either
on the ground or else by hopping up a few inches, scarcely open-
ing the wings, and alighting directly. Why this bird has been so
fortunate as to escape being made a new genus of, I do not
know.

Setophaga ruticilla. Very common from the 18th of April to
the loth of May. First seen at Andros Island.

Tanagra zena. Abundant at New Providence. Resident and
breeds there. Its food consists almost entirely of small berries ;
the stomachs of nine individuals examined at different times from
Jan. 20th to March 13th, contained no other food. Incubation
had not commenced by May loth, at least not generally.

Hirmido cyaneoviridis. This swallow, which I have been una-
ble to find described, is one of the most beautiful species inhabit-
ing North America. In the style of its coloring it resembles
more nearly H. thalassina than any other species. I have no
doubt that it has been confounded by European naturalists with
the H. hicolor, though its resemblance to this species is very slight.
I saw them during the whole of my stay at Nassau, but only on
the first mile of the road leading to the west end of the island.
They were so abundant there that thirty or forty could be seen at
almost all times. Its flight was more like that of the H. horreorum
than the H. bicolor. They generally followed the road up and
down, seldom flying high but skimming along near the ground. I
did not succeed in flnding their nests, and could not ascertain
whether it bred on the island or not. I killed no specimen after
the 28th of April ; up to this date the genital organs exhibited no
appearance of excitement. The stomachs of those dissected con-
tained almost entirely small dipterous insects, some of them ex-
tremely minute.

Description. Adult male — Bill rather long ; tail deeply forked,

112

but with the outer feather not attenuated ; tarsi and feet rather
robust. Head, neck, and back, of a beautiful velvety green with
a slight shade of olive, almost precisely the same as the green
of the H, thalasdna ; a black band from nostril to the eye.
Upper tail coverts, wing coverts, and secondaries, bright steel
blue, the primaries and tail feathers more or less greenish, and the
feathers of the latter very narrowly margined externally and more
widely internally, except toward the tips, with whitish. Below
snowy white. Bill black ; tarsi and feet dark horn color. Length,
.155 ; to end of claws, .122 ; to end of wings, .189 ; extent, .292;
wing from flexure, .112 ; tail beyond wings, .012 ; length of tail,
.069 ; difference in tail feathers, .028 ; tarsus, .009 ; middle toe,
.01, its claw, .0052 ; hind toe, .005, its claw, .005 ; outer toe, .008,
its claw, .0037 ; inner toe, .007, its claw, .0037 ; bill along ridge,
.0062; gape, .015; depth of bill, .0022; breadth, .0055 ; length
of nostril, .001 ; breadth, .0007. Adult female — Plumage much
less brightly colored than in the male ; the green on the forehead
dusky, and the tertiaries narrowly margined with whitish. The
white of the lower parts less pure ; a httle dusky on the breast
and fore neck, and cinereous on the flanks.

Lanivireo crassirostris. This species of Vireo is, I think,
undescribed. It is not a common bird ; three specimens were all
I obtained. When first seen I mistook it for the white-eyed
Vireo. I noticed nothing remarkable in its habits. All the speci-
mens procured were actively engaged in hunting insects in small
trees in the midst of a clearing about three miles from the city,
on the road leading to the south side of the island. The first
specimen was procured in March; the other two, a pair, in
May.

Description. Adult male — Above bright yellowish olive
washed with gray ; upper tail coverts rather more greenish than
the rest ; a spot of bright sulphur yellow from nostril to the eye,
narrowly encircling the latter. Wings brownish, with the outer
margins of the primaries and some of the secondaries greenish
olive; two very distinct pale yellowish white bands across the
wings, formed by the tips of the coverts ; the posterior continuous
with a longitudinal band of the same color formed by the edges
of the secondaries next the body. Tail brown, with the margins
of the feathers olive green. Below pale sulphur yellow, with the

113

flanks and sides of neck shaded with dusky, the hitter color slightly-
washed across the breast. Tarsi, dark horn color. Bill : upper
mandible, dark horn color ; lower, pale horn color. Length,
.126 ; to end of claws, .134; to end of wings, .136; extent, .185;
wing from flexure, .058 ; tail beyond wings, .032 ; length of tail,
.047; tarsus, .0175 ; middle toe, .0115, its claw, .006; hind toe,
.008, its claw, .007 ; outer toe, .009, its claw, .0052 ; inner toe,
.007, its claw, .0055 ; bill along ridge, .012 ; gape, .017 ; depth
of bill, .0045 ; breadth, .005 ; nostril, .002 in length, by .0007 in
breadth. Spurious quill a little more than half the length of the
second ; 4th and 5th equal and longest; 6th nearly equal to the
3d, and .0015 shorter than the 4th ; 2d .007 shorter, and 1st .026
shorter than 4th ; 2d equal to 9th ; 7 transverse scales on the an-
terior part of tarsus. Adult female resembles the male in propor-
tions, but the colors are so faded and the feathers so much worn
that the upper parts are grayish, w4th hardly any olive tint. The
white border of the secondaries almost invisible except on the
inner feather ; the bands formed by the tips of the coverts are
white ; the yellow spot in front and around the eyes still con-
spicuous, though pale, — the lower parts much paler. A second
male, shot in March, is probably a young bird, as the plumage is
intermediate between the adult male and female.

Vireosylvia altiloqua. Very abundant, arriving about the 1st
of May. The note of this bird did not appear to me to resemble
the syllables Whip Tom Kelly more than any other, though this
phrase might be introduced as part of the note, pronouncing the
first syllable very distinctly, and terminating with an additional note
longer than any, thus, — Whip torn kelly pheuu, and frequently
still another long note, wheQu. The note varies, however, though
this is the most common one. I procured seven specimens, all
males. I think the female had not arrived by the 13th of May.
As this is a rare bird in the United States, I give below measure-
ments of the largest and smallest of the seven.

Length .....

.171 .158

Length to end of claws

«

.169 .152

Length to end of wings

.198 .185

Extent .....

•

.250 .215

lOCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. YII.

8

SEPTEMBER

1859

■5

114

.082

.076

.030

.030

.060

.058

.0172

.0155

.012

.011

.0065

.006

.0075

.0075

.0085

.0075

.0105

.009

.005

.0047

.008

.0075

.0055

.0055

.016

.017

.021

.021

.0042

.0042

.0045

.0045

.002

.002

.001

.001

.001

.001

Wing from flexure

Tail, beyond wings .

Tail ....

Tarsus . . . .

Middle toe .

Middle toe claw

Hind toe

Hind toe claw

Outer toe

Outer toe claw

Inner toe

Inner toe claw

Bill, along ridge .

Gape . . . .

Depth of bill

Breadth of bill

Length of nostril

Breadth of nostril .

Difference of tail-feathers

Mimus ruhripes. This bird did not seem to me to be very
abundant. I met with only three specimens, all of them in the
neighborhood of Nassau. It does not belong properly in the
genus Mimus, though placed there by modern systematists. It
is called by the inhabitants Blue Jay and Blue Thrasher.

Mimus Bahamensis. Although I have ventured to name this
bird, I am not sure that it will not prove to be identical with 3L
Gundlachii of Cabanis ; not, however, from its resemblance to his
description, but from the locality whence that was procured, — one
of the small kays on the north side of Cuba, — rendering it highly
probable that it had flown there from some of the neighboring
Bahama islands. This bird is equal, if not superior, as a song-
ster, to our common species. It is the most universally distrib-
uted, though not the most abundant bird that I met with. On
those kays which are barely large enough for any land birds to .
inhabit them, this bird is sure to be the first settler ; and on some
of them, as the Ship Channel kays, for instance, which are only a
few acres in extent, there would be two or three pairs, each occu-

115

pjing its own domain, which it did not allow to be invaded by the
others without giving battle at once. It was singular as w^ell as
pleasing to see and hear, on one of these lonely and almost desert
kays, this graceful bird mounted on the topmost spray of some
dwarf shrub, singing with as much fervor and satisfaction as if
surrounded by listeners, instead of having for sole auditor his
faitliful mate. The pairs seem to keep together after the period
of incubation has passed, as all I met with as early as February
were mated, and the inliabitants stated they did not lay before
]May, and the sexual organs of all those dissected by me show'ed
no appearance of excitement. In its habits it differs very much
from our common species, delighting as much in solitude as the
latter does in the society of mankind. Its food during my visit
consisted almost entirely of the fruit of the prickly-pear, with the
addition of an occasional insect. I presume that the insectivo-
rous part of its diet is proportionally greater w^hen it inhabits the
larger islands ; but on the barren kays on which I procured my
specimens, insects are almost unknown, at least if I am to judge
from the number seen by myself. The stomachs of all those pro-
cured by me contained a quantity of the seeds of the prickly pear,
and a few remains of insects, and the feathers near the bill of all
of them were stained red by the juice of the fruit. Near Nassau
I saw but two individuals. Descriftion. Male : form and general
appearance more robust than that of the M. polyglottus. Plumage
above cinereous rufous brown. The rufous tint most marked on
the rump and upper tail coverts ; all the feathers striped down the
centre with dark brown, the stripes largest on the back, and best
defined on the head, and nearly or quite obsolete on the rump ;
a superciliary stripe of the same from the nostrils gradually van-
ishing towards the hind head. Cheeks white, with the tips of the
feathers blackish-brown, — ear coverts whitish, with the tips and
margin of the same color as back. Wings dark brown, with the
edges of the outer w^ebs of the quill feathers whitish ash ; greater
and middle wing coverts tipped with wdiitish, forming two bands
across the wing ; a dark linear spot of blackish brown runs down
the centre of each of the middle coverts, and projects into the
white of the tip, — this is also faintly indicated in the greater coverts.
Tail cinereous brown ; all the feathers edged with a lighter shade
as if faded. The tips of the four outer feathers white, — this color

116

extendinsr about twice as far on the inner as on the outer webs ;
the 5th narrowly tipped with the same color, and the two central
feathers entirely cinereous brown. Throat slightly rufous w^hite,
a few of the feathers tipped with blackish brown, forming on each
side a pretty distinct beard stripe ; breast pale cinereous, wnth a
very small spot of a darker shade near the tips of most of the
feathers ; abdomen wdiite ; flanks drab, very distinctly striped
with blackish brown down the centre of each feather ; crissura
same as flanks, with the streaks not so distinct. The feathers
that cover the shoulders when the wrings are closed have a de-
cided rufous tint; legs dark horn color; bill black; 1st quill a
little more than half of the length of the second ; 5th the longest;
4th, half a millimetre shorter; 6th, 2 shorter; 3d, 1^; 2d, 12;
and 1st, 46 shorter than the 5th ; 2d shorter than the 7th, and
longer than the 8th. The female does not difl'er from the male
in the color of the plumage, — one specimen is brighter than any
of the males I procured. Dimensions : —

Length .

Length to end of claws

Length to end of wing

Extent

Winsr from flexure .

Tail, beyond wing

Tail

Tarsus

Middle toe

Middle toe claw .

Hind toe

Hind toe claw

Outer toe

Outer toe claw

Inner toe

Inner toe claw

Bill, alou": ridge

Gape

Height of bill .

Breadth of bill .

Length of nostril

^

9

290

282

260

255

282

273

380

375

120

120

90

95

134

131

36

37

25

25

9J

9

13

12

12

12

18

18

H

i

15

15

7

8

23

22

29

30

H

7

7

^

2

•>

117

Breadth of nostril . . . • 1^^ H

Differciu'e of tail-featlH3rs . . 22 " 23

Cabanis tlistinguislies M. Gundlachii from M. saturnimis, with
Avhich he compares it, first, by its having the spots on the flank
fainter, — in the present bird they are, if anythitig, more distinct ;
secondly, by the tips of the tail-feathers being much more nar-
rowly marked with white, diminishing gradually toward the cen-
tre,— in the present bird the first four feathers are almost equally
marked with white, the oth very slightly so, and the 6th not at all.
In one specimen the white is actually broader on the 4th than on
the 1st feather.

Certhiola flaveola. One of the most abundant birds, and found
on most of the kays, the mocking-bird only being more genei-ally
met with. It had not commenced laying by the middle of April.
Judging from the quantity of empty nests seen, it must have the
same habit as many of the wrens, of making more nests than it
can occupy. The nests were pensile, formed of the fibres appar-
ently of the cocoa or some other palm. The entrance is at the
side, near the top. All those seen were on small bushes not
higher than the head from the ground. On my arrival at Nassau,
the leaf of life ( Verea crenata) was in full bloom, and these birds
seemed to derive their whole sustenance from the insects found in
its flowers. These it did not procure by inserting its bill into the
flower, but by thrusting it through the petals. After these flow-
ers had disappeared, I saw them in large numbers about the sour
oranges, devouring the juice and pulp of the fruit, and also the
small insects attracted there. The common name of this bird is
Banana bird. Though a well-known bird, still, as it has been
but recently added to the fauna of the United States, I think a
description of the recent specimen might be desirable, and accord-
ingly subjoin it.

Male : plumage above fuliginous ; rump bright chrome yellow ;
a broad superciliary white stripe from the nostril ending abruptly
at the hind head. Wings and tail the same color as the back ; —
the former with the base of the primaries white, forming a large
bar of this color on the wings, and the edges of all the quills whit-
ish ; the latter with a white spot at the tips, of all but the middle

118

feathers, gradually growing smaller toward the centre of the tail.
Below white, scarcely soiled with ashy on the throat, and more
decidedly so on the flanks. The white ascends on the side of the
neck on each side just above the shoulder, forming a widely in-
terrupted collar. In the female the colors are less vivid. Dimen-
sions : —

Length , . . .

. 130

9
122

Length to end of claws .

144

126

Lenorth to end of wings
Extent ....

. 150

208

140

198

Wing from flexure
Tail, beyond wing .
Tail . . . . .
Tarsus ....

. 6b
22

. 45
16

65
18
44
16

Middle toe .
Middle toe claw

. 11^

6i

11

Hind toe . . . .

7

7

Hind toe claw

n

6^

Outer toe . . . .
Outer toe claw

8
5

8
4

Inner toe . . . .

.. n

7

Inner toe claw

Bill, along ridge .

Gape ....

Depth of bill

Breadth of bill

•

. 15
15^

. ^

4

^

13
14

4

Length of nostril

. 1^

H

Breadth of nostril .
Difference in tail-feathers

i •

f
4

3

4

4th quill longest ; 2d and 3d scarcely shorter and nearly equal ;
the 1st 4 millimetres shorter, and equal to the 6th ; the 2d, 3d,
4th, and 5th sinuated on the outer webs. Tail slightly rounded.
Tarsi with 5 scutella in front. Tongue divided for half its length,
and terminated by a pencil of hairy filaments-; oesophagus 3 in
length, 2 in breadth ; proventriculus 8 by 2^ ; gizzard 7X5^X3
in its principal diameter; intestine 155 in length, the duodenum
not plainly marked, but apparently about 40 in length ; 2 small

119

ci^ca f in length, of an oblong form. Pancreas, with only one
lobe. Liver, large; the right lobe 14 X 5^ X 3 in its principal
diameter ; the left lobe, 10X6X3. Contents of the stomach,
small insects, and in one case, the skin of a small larva, about
three quarters of an inch in length.

Spermophila hicolor. This is the little Bahama sparrow of
Catesby. It takes the place, at Nassau, of the F. socialis with us,
and is equally unsuspicious and domestic in its habits. In the
town, they were much more numerous than in the environs. I
do not remember seeing any at a distance from the road. It is
called Parroquet by the inhabitants.

Spermophila violacea. This bird certainly does not belong in
the same genus as the hicolor. It is placed by Bonaparte in the
genus Pyrrhulauda^ which I have, however, been unable to find
described, and have therefore left it as placed by Gray. This
sparrow is quite showy, and abounds in the environs of Nassau ;
its principal food, at the time of my visit, was the chicken-pea ;
these it shells with ease. It is called Spanish Parroquet by the
inhabitants.

Dolichonyx orizyvora. On the evening of the Gth of May
toward sunset, I saw a number of flocks of birds flying to the
westward, and counted nine in all. This was on Friday. The
next day the country was filled with Rice Birds, as they are
called there, and boys and men, in large numbers, turned out to
shoot them. I examined a quantity of them, all of which were
males in full plumage. Numerous flocks still continued to arrive
during this day and Sunday. On Monday, among those shot
were many females. On Tuesday, only a few were to be seen,
and on Wednesday they had entirely disappeared.

Agelaius phceniceus. A friend brought me a young male of
this species on the 1st of March, one of three seen by him.

Columha leucocephala. This bird is a constant resident, though
not frequently seen in the winter, at which time it is much less gre-
garious in its habits than in spring and summer. The number is
probably augmented during and after the breeding season by birds
that have passed the winter farther south. It breeds in commu-
nities, in some places, as at Grassy Kays, Andros Island, in vast
numbers ; here the nests were made on the tops of the prickly-
pear, which cover the whole kay. At the Biminis and Buena-

120

vista Kay, Ragged Island, on the mangroves ; and at Long Rock,
near Exuma, on the stunted bushes. I do not think they ever
select a large kay for their breeding place. The eggs are laid by
the middle of May, and the young leave the nest about the 1st of
July; previous to which, great numbers are killed by the negroes.
It is a shy bird when not breeding, even in the most uninhabited
localities. Its food consists entirely of berries and fruits. It is
called simply Pigeon.

Zenaida amabilis. The Zenaida Dove, though more seldom
seen than the former species, is still by no means rare. It never
collects in flocks, not breeding in communities, like the C. leuco-
cephala. In its habits it is intermediate between the Z. Caroli-
neasis and the C. passerina. It feeds and passes the principal
part of its time on the ground, and wdien flushed, flies off in a
straight line, very much as the common quail. The crops of those
killed by me were filled with small seeds, about the size of a mus-
tard seed, apparently all of the same kind. All the nests I saw
were made in holes in the rocks, and consisted, as is always the
case in this family, of but a few sticks. I do not know whether
it migrates farther south during the winter or not ; it was cer-
tainly much more abundant in May than at any previous time.

Gham(Epelia passerina. Abundant everywhere, even on the
smaller kays. It is, next to the banana bird, the most universally
distributed.

Ortyx Virginianus. Common at Nassau, where it has been
introduced from the United States, within the memory of indi-
viduals now Hving. It resembles, in every respect, the southern
specimen of this bird from the United States.

Ardea egretta. A few seen.

Ardea candidissima. More abundant than the A. egretta.

Ardea herodias. Abundant.

Ardea coeridea. The most common species of heron. From
the rocky nature of the kays, and the general absence of marsh
grounds, I had been led to suppose that birds of this family would
be rare ; but this was by no means the case.

Ardea virescens. Abundant ; building in the same manner as
in the United States. Eggs laid by the 1st of May.

Nycticorax violaceus. Very abundant everywhere. Nests made
by April 20th ; eggs laid by May 1st. In some places there were

121

a number of nests in the same locality ; generally, however, not
more than two or three ; still more frequently a single one.

Platalea ojaja. A few seen at the Biminis ; said to breed there
by the inhabitants, but I did not succeed in iinding any nests.

Plioenicopterus ruber. The Bahamas are a favorite report of
these birds. I saw immense numbers of them at different places.
One of my objects in going to the Bahamas, was to be able to
visit their breeding-places ; but, unfortunately, the state of my
health rendered this impossible, as I was unable to make the
necessary exertion. Tii the " Naturalist in Bermuda," I saw it
stated, that this bird does not sit on the nest with its legs hanging
down on each side. All the persons that I asked about this, and
they were quite a number, including the Hon. Judge Lees, a most
intelligent man, gave the same account of the nidification of this
bird ; namely, that the nest is built of clay or marl, and that it
is raised gradually, the bird waiting for one layer to dry before
applying another; and when completed it forms a coue, very much
in the shape of a sugar-loaf, slightly excavated on the top, and
that the bird sits on it with its legs hanging down on each side.
The breeding-places are in shallow lagoons, generally at a dis-
tance from the shore, and as the bottom is a tenacious clay, they
can only be approached with great exertion. I heard of three
breeding-places, — one at the Bight of Bahama, a second at An-
dros Island, and the third at Inagua.

^gialites vociferus. Very abundant during the winter.

-^giaUtes semipalmatus. Common till May.

^gialites melodus. Resident through the year ; abundant.

^gialites Wihonius. Resident through the year ; abundant.

Squatarola Helvetica. Rather common. I saw none in spring.
Several that I shot were in the plumage of the young bird.

Hcematopus palliatus. Abundant wherever there were sandy
or gravelly beaches ; resitlent and breeds there.

Strepsilas interpres. One large flock seen April 26th, at Green
Kay, near Andros, all in full spring plumage.

Himantopus 7iigricolUs. A few seen near the Salt Pond.

Gallinago Wilsoni. Tolerably abundant in suitable localities.

Tringa Wilsoni. Abundant around the Salt Pond as late as
the 25th of April.

Tringa semipalmafa. Abundant around the Salt Pond as late
as the 2oth of April.

122

Symphemia semipalmata. Abundant ; resident ; breeding in
all suitable localities. Called Duck-snipe by the inhabitants.

Rallus crepitans. I saw a few specimens, but as I did not visit
those places where they would be most likely to be found, did not
see as many as I otherwise should. I frequently heard another
species of rail, but did not see it ; having no dog, I was unable
to flush it.

Fulica Americana. Abundant, and resident the whole year.
Gallinula galeata. " " "

Gallinula Martinica. I think that this bird must be common,
but I met with but one specimen.

Dendrocygna arhorea. Common, and breeds on the southern
island. At Nassau it was common, but did not breed there.

Anas hosclias. Common during the winter.

Nettion Carolinensis. " "

Querqvedula discors. " . "

Fulix marila, " "

Fulix coUaris. " "

Ay thy a Americana. " "

Erismatura ruhida. " "

The four last species are seen in immense flocks, sometimes
acres in extent. The Red-head seemed to be the most abundant.

Pelecanus fusciis. At the Biminis the Brown Pelican was
numerous, and breeding on the mangroves, in the same manner as
in Florida. On the 20th of February, the young were hatched
in some of the nests, and incubation was advanced in all of them.
I did not meet with the bird anywhere else. The development of
the air-cells is greater in this bird than in any other that I am
acquainted with. On touching it while alive, a distinct crepitus
is felt and heard, as if it were emphysematous ; all the bones,
with the exception of the phalanges of the toes, contain air. It
possesses much more intelligence than I gave it credit for. A
tame one, belonging to the Colonel of Engineers at Nassau, was
in the habit of going every morning to the fish-mai-ket. Fish are
always sold alive, and, in order tliat tiie purchaser may select
them, are taken out of the water and spread before him ; this
was the moment for the Pelican, and, if he had been as active as
he was voracious, he would have fared well ; but, unfoitunately
for him, the fishermen were generally too quick, and, seizing him

123

by his long beak, would throw him into the water, where he
would remain for some time, looking with great solemnity at his
persecutors, and then return to try his luck again. As I was
])assing by his owner's house one day, he commenced tugging at
my trousers with his bill ; at first I did not understand wliat he
wanted, but noticing that the gate was shut, thought it possible
that he might wish it opened ; this I accordingly did, and he .
walked in at once, without stopping to thank me. This bird was
in immature plumage, })robably not more than a year old.

Sula Jiher. In a former article, I stated that I thought Audu-
bon was mistaken in saying that this bird breeds at the Tortugas.
I am now positive that he was so. The time at which they lay
their efrgs, and the manner of constructino;, or rather not con-
structing, their nests, is entirely at variance with his account ; in
which, as I before stated, he has mistaken the nests of the Brown
Pelican for those of the Booby. The Boobies, as well as the
Dusky Petrels, always seek their food on the blue water ; at least
I never saw one on the bank ; and, as the distance across the gulf
is so short, they probably feed nearly as much on the Florida as on
the Bahama side ; and it is almost impossible that, agreeing as
they do in their manner of breeding wdierever I saw them at the
Bahamas, they should so change their habits at the Tortugas.
The eggs are laid, in most cases, by the 1st of February; the
bird makes no nest, not even an excavation in the soil. The eggs
are deposited indifferently on the sand, grass, or bare rock. My
first visit to one of their breeding-places was made on the 10th of
April, at St. Domingo Kay, which lies thirty-three miles south of ,
Great Ragged Island, and is at the very extremity of the southern
point of the bank, entirely out of the range of vessels of any kind,
and is probably never visited, except occasionally by people from
Ragged Island, who go there to collect the eggs of the Noddy.
The kay is about thi-ee or four acres in extent, so low that in
storms it is entirely washed by the waves. It can only be ap-
proached at one spot, and that only in calm weather. At the
time of my visit, it was literally covered with Boobies, mostly
young ones ; of these, by far the greater part were fully
fledged, and could fly with ease, but were still dependent on the
parent birds for food. They kept by themselves, and were
perched upon the rocks all around the edge of the kay. The

124

younger birds were sprinkled all over the kay, wherever there
was room for them, and of all ages, from those almost able to fly,
to voung ones but that moment hatched. I found the e^ffs of
some twenty pairs, most of them on the point of hatching. The
number in every case was two, though only one is usually actrib-
uted to them. In appearance they resemble those of the family
generally, being greenish, covered with a chalky substance. In
size they vary considerably, as also in form, the most elongated
one measured .067 in length, by .038 in breadth ; and the broad-
est, .055 by .040 ; tiie others varying between these two extremes,
but averaging more nearly like the latter. The young, when first
hatched, are entirely naked, and of a livid blue color ; they soon
become covered with a white down, then the quills and tail-feathers
make their appearance, of a cinereous-brownish color, then the
feathers of the body, neck, and head ; and lastly, of the throat.
On our landing, some of the old birds flew off, but by far the
greater number remained, and did not trouble themselves to get
out of our way, but on being approached too nearly darted at us
with their powerful bills in a most savage manner. They seemed
to be very quarrelsome in their disposition, continually striking at
each other, not at all in an amicable manner, but as if they in-
tended to do all the mischief in their power. How the different
birds recognized their young was a mystery to me, as they appar-
ently did not remain in the same place after they had attained
any size. Besides St. Domingo Kay, I visited a number of other
breeding-places, all of which resembled the one described, except
in being more elevated above the water. The Booby is, I think,
the most expert diver that I am acquainted with ; no matter in
what position it may be, wdiether flying in a straight line, sailing
in a circle, just rising from the water, or swimming on the sur-
face, the instant it sees its prey it plunges after it. I have fre-
quently seen one dive from the wing, rise to the surface, and dive
in rapid succession five or six times ; and on taking flight again
dive before it had risen more than two or three feet from the sur-
face, and perhaps catch a dozen fish in the space of a minute.
There is nothing graceful in its style ; it is apparently work, and
not pleasure. On one of the kays I visited, called Booby Kay,
near Green Kay, I saw a great number of a species oi' Aiiolis, of
a dark, almost black color, entirely unlike any seen elsewhere,

125

but they were so timid, and active in their movements, that I
could not procure a specimen. The stomach contained a great
many varieties offish; among them a cottus, a parrot-lisli, Hatfish
of two species, and some hirge prawns ; but their principal food
seemed to be fiying-fish, and a species of hemirhamphus.

Dissection. Heart hirge. Right lobe of liver, as usual, the
largest; .085 in length, by .040 in breath. Left lobe .052 in
length, by .025 in breadth. Gall-bladder elongated, and rather
large. Pancreas lying between the two folds of the duodenum.
Stomach enormous, occupying nearly the whole left side of the
abdomen, extending from the heart to the cloaca, measuring, when
entirely empty, .10 in length, by .06 in breadth. Intestines veiy
large, 1.5 in length ; ca^ca very small. Tlie difference between the
digestive organs of this bird and the fish-hawk is very marked, and
is a good example of the various ways that nature takes to effect
the same purpose ; the food of both birds being the same. The
intestine of the fish-hawk, which is the smaller bird, measuring
2.8 in length, nearly twice that of the booby, while its diameter
is not more than one half as great.

Sida dactylatra, Lesson ? Lesson's description of this bird is
not sufficiently full to enable me to decide, with certainty, whether
it is the same as those I procured at the Bahamas. If it should
prove to be a new species, the name elegans would be appropriate,
as it is the prettiest of the genus. In dimensions, it is about the
size of the Sula fusca, but heavier and more muscular. I found
them breeding but at one place, — St. Domingo Kay, — and there
only some twenty pairs. They apparently lay their eggs later •
than the booby, as the largest of the young were not more than
half grown, and the eggs of several were freshly laid. As in the
booby, the number of the eggs was two. They were whiter than
those of the latter bird, the chalky covering being much thicker,
and did not differ as much in size or proportions ; the two extremes
measuring .066 by .045 and .062 by .044. They did not associ-
ate with the other species. The young birds and eggs were all
in one part of the island. When half fledged they are very
pretty, the snowy-white down with which they are covered form-
ing a striking contrast with the dark brown of the tail and wings
then just appearing. Their habits are precisely the same as those
of the boobies, and their internal structure presents no appreci-
able difference.

126

Description. Sexes similar. Form more robust than that of
the S.Jiber. Secondaries and tertiaries rich brown, the primaries
of the same color, but darker ; some of the coverts of the pri-
maries brownish ; tail with the feathers below, brown, above hoarj,
the two middle feathers the most so, and the base of all white or
whitish. All the rest of the plumage snowj white. Bill horn
color, with the serrations of the upper mandible very distinctly
marked. Iris pale yellow ; naked skin around the bill, eyes, and
throat, black. Tarsi and feet, yellowish-green. Measurements : —

%

9

Length .

• • •

. .796

" to end of claws .

.768

" " wings

. 1.185

Extent

• • •

1.6

Wing from flexure

• • •

*

. .435

Tail, beyond wings

• • •

.028

Length of tail .

• • • I

. .165

Difference of tail-feathers

.075

Tarsus

. .044

Middle toe .

.074

" nail

. .019

Hind toe

.027

" " nail .

. .008

Outer toe

.08

« " nail .

. .01

Inner toe

.053

" " nail .

. .01

Bill, along ridge .

.108

Gape

. .128

* Depth of bill .

0.33

* Breadth

. 0.25

Tachypetes aquilus. I found a few Man-of-war birds breeding
at the Biminis ; their nests were placed upon the mangroves,
amidst those of the brown pelican and Florida cormorant. As
these birds are much disturbed by the inhabitants, their breeding-
places will probably be given up in a few years. On the central

* At the deepest part of the bill, there are no visible nostrils.

127

and highest part of Booby Kay, a colony of about two hundred
pairs was breeding. The nests here were on the bare rock, and
closely grouped together ; the whole not occupying a space more
■ than forty feet square. There were no boobies amongst them,
though thousands were breeding on the kay. The largest breed-
ing-place visited by me is situated on Seal Island, one of the
Ragged Island Kays, and is five or six acres in extent. The
nests, thickly crowded together, were placed on the tops of the
prickly-pear, which covered the ground with an almost impene-
trable thicket. On the 8th of April, the young were hatched in
half of the nests, the largest about one third grown ; the other
nests contained eggs more or less hatched ; out of many hundreds,
I only procured seven that were freshly laid. I have visited the
breeding-places of many sea-birds before, and some well worth
the trouble, but none so interesting to me as this. It was a
most singular spectacle ; thousands and thousands of these great
and ordinarily wild birds covered the whole surface of the
prickly-pears as they sat on their nests, or darkened the air as
they hovered over them, so tame that they would hardly move on
being touched ; indeed, the specimens that I procured were all taken
alive, with my own hands. When I had penetrated as far among
them as possible, I fired my gun ; the whole colony rose at once,
and the noise made by their long and powerful wings striking
against each other was almost deafening. In a moment they com-
menced settling upon their nests, and were soon as quiet as be-
fore. Incubation is carried on by both male and female. The
old ones feed the young at first by regurgitation. The food consists
of the same species of fish as the booby's, and is principally de-
rived from that bird, which they rob as the bald eagle does the
fish-hawk. Why the booby should submit to this, being much
more powerful, and armed with a most formidable bill, is strange.
I have watched these birds for hours, while flying, and every now
and then hovering over the surface of the water, but never saw
them catch a fish. The popular idea at the Bahamas is, that the
fish are stupefied by the excrement of this bird. If there is any
foundation for this idea, I presume it is that the fish are attracted
by it ; though the abundance of fish is such, that one would think
it hardly worth while to attract them in any way. The young
are at first nearly naked, then covered with white down, and by

128

the time they are the size of a pigeon have the bronzed-black
scapulars so developed that they look, whilst sitting on their nest,
erect on their tarsi, as if they had on cloaks. They were not
quarrelsome in their disposition, like the boobies ; frequently one
would alight on a neighboring nest, without being disturbed by
the owner. The single egg, which is white, is large for the size
of the body, pretty uniform in shape ; those picked out of some
hundreds, as extremes, measured, the lirst, 69^- X 50 ; the second,
QQ X 44j-; the third, 61^ X 45. The intestine of this bird is
proportionally still shorter than that of the booby, measuring only
.850 in length. The stomach .80 in length ; the division into the
proventriculus only marked by the belt of glands, and the diameter
of it, as well as of the oesophagus, apparently the same as the
stomach. The liver is much smaller than in the booby, the right
lobe measuring .036 by .032, and the left .04 by .025. Pancreas
not observed ; spleen small. Two small globular caeca .09 from
anus.

Graculus Floridamis. At the Biminis cormorants were very
abundant ; nesting on the mangroves, as in Florida. On the 20th
of February, in some of the nests the young were nearly fledged,
whilst in others the eggs had not been laid. None were seen at
any of the other kays.

PJideton Jiavirostris ? The description of the habits of this
bird given in " The Naturalist in Bermuda " is so accurate, as to
render a detailed description superfluous. I visited three breed-
ing-places. At Long Rock, near Exuma, they breed in holes in
the horizontal surface of the rock, as also at Water Kay, one of
the Ragged Island Kays ; at Kay Verde, which is situated about
thirty miles east of Great Ragged Island, in holes in the perpen-
dicular face of the cliffs, and also in the horizontal surface of the
rock. Before depositing their eggs, the male and female occupy
the same hole, but afterwards only one bird is found in a hole.
Both sexes incubate. On the 20th of April, about half of the birds
had not commenced laying, and a few of the eggs had been sat
on for three or four days ; most of them, however, were freshly
laid. They feed from near daylight to about nine o'clock, when
they return to their holes, in which they pass the hotter part of
the day, again leaving them toward sunset in search of food.
They cannot, of course, breed in communities like the tern, as

129

suitable holes are not very abundant. At Water Kay, where
they were more abundant than at any other place, in an extent
of two miles only eleven birds were found. The holes chosen
for their abodes are seldom shallow, and are often so windinjr
that, though their harsh note can be heard, they can only be pro-
cured by demolishing the rock. In their habits, except that of
diving, which I am ignorant whether they practise or not, they
closely resemble the terns, as they also do in their mode of flight
and external appearance ; and with that family they should be
associated.

On their breeding-places being approached, when they are out
of their holes, they hover over the intruder, screaming and dart-
ing at him in precisely the same manner that the terns do. The
long tail-feathers are never separated w^hen flying, and the French
name " paille en queue " is very expressive. I procured a single
specimen with a pale straw-colored bill ; it was a male, the plu-
mage nearly pure white, much more so than in any of the orange-
billed birds, and the fifth primary had the black narrowly edged
externally with white, the whole length. I am not prepared to
say that this bird, which agrees, with the exceptions above men-
tioned, with the other, is a different species, and if so, which of
them is the Jiavirostris of Brandt. The orange-billed specimens
were both male and female, and there was no external peculiarity
by which the sex could be determined. The figure in Gray's
" Genera " of this bird is very good. My specimen agrees gene-
rally with Mr. Geo. N. Lawrence's description, in the 9th volume
of the Pacific Railroad Report. They are precisely alike in their
markings, varying only in the shade of salmon, which is always
deepest on the long tail-feathers and next on the back and hind
neck. The tarsus and hind toe are not yellow, but flesh-colored,
and this color extends obliquely across the foot from the basal
extremity of the outer toe to the end of the 1st phalanx of the
inner toe. There is no black that I can discover at the base of
the 6th primary, though its shaft, as well as those of all the
others, is black except toward the tip. The white tips of the five
outer primaries diminish in extent from the 1st to the 3d, and
then again increase to the 5th. The single egg is large for the
size of the bird, whitish, covered almost entirely with reddish
chocolate colored spots finely dotted over the surface, which

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOI.. VII. 9 OCTOBER, 1859.

130

can be easily rubbed off. The small number that I procured
were of nearly the same form and dimensions. One of them
measured .053 in length by .0-42 in breadth ; in shape very simi-
lar to a common hen's egg. The eggs were sometimes deposited
upon the bare rock and sometimes on a few twigs, which had
however the appearance of having accidentally fallen into the
hole. Measurements : —

(?* (? 9 9

Length . . . .830 .785 .740 .790

Length to end of claws .350 .367 .350 .345

Length to end of wings .632 .620 .622 .633

Extent . . . .945 .930 .925 .960

Wing from flexure . .290 .280 .274 .290

Tail beyond wings . .410 .400 .335' .380

Length of tail . . .528 .495 .450 .495

Difference of tail-feathers .476 .435 .400 .430

Tarsus . . . .019 .022 .022 .020

Middle toe . . .036 .034 .033 .032

Middle toe nail . . .011 .010 .009 .010

Hind toe . . . .014 .012 .013 .012

Hind toe nail . . .007 .005 .005 .006

Outer toe . . . .035 .032 .032 .032

Outer toe nail . . .008 .007 .008 .009

Liner toe . . . .029 .027 .027 .026

Liner toe nail . . .010 .008 .008 .009

Bill along ridge . . .055 .051 .051 .052

Gape . . . .077 .074 .067 .072

Depth of bill . . .018 .018 .016 .017

Breadth of bill . . .009 .008 .008 .007

Length of nostrils . .005 .005 .005 .005

Breadth of nostrils . . .0012 .0012 .0012 .0012

Dissection. Neck very muscular. The sternum and ribs,
which are very strong, cover the greater part of the abdomen.
The ribs extend backwards .03 from the posterior edge of the
sternum. There are seven sternal ribs, the 7th arising from the
6th ; they are united with the seven posterior dorsal. There

* This specimen is the one with the h"ght yellow bill.

131

are nine dorsal ribs, the anterior very short, only .01 G in length ;
the second nearly as long as the third. The crest of the ster-
num projects very much anteriorly, and its height is four fifths
of its lengtli. The external border of the base is concave, some-
what in shape like that of the woodpeckers. The furcula is
strongly united to the crest of the sternum, and in consequence of
the great projection of the part is nearly perpendicular in its
direction. The great pectoral is very much developed, arising as
usual from all the crest of the sternum not occupied by the middle
pectoral, — from the posterior edge of the base, leaving a large
irregularly quadrilateral surface, which does not give origin to any
muscular fibres, — from the anterior and external surface of the
furcula, and from a bow-shaped space of the interfurcular apo-
neurosis .005 in height at the centre. The middle pectoral arises
by a triangular-shaped head from the space comprised by a line
drawn from the superior edge of the furcula to the posterior end of
the union of the crest with the base, and from this last point to the
linea aspera of the coracoid, — from all the interfurcular aponeurosis
above the bow-shaped space giving origin to the great pectoral, —
and from the inferior and inner posterior two thirds of the coracoid.
CEsophagus large, .130 in length by .020 in diameter ; proven-
triculus, .040 in length by .020 in diameter ; glands very much
developed ; stomach, .035 by .022, walls quite thin. The contents
of the stomachs of all the specimens procured, were partially
digested flying-fish and the remains of a species of squid or cuttle-
fish.* The right lobe of the liver, .055 in length by .025 in
breadth and .015 in thickness. Left lobe, .050 by .020 by .015.
In another specimen the liver was broader and shorter, the left
lobe measuring only .039 in length by .029 in breadth and .015
in thickness. Gall bladder, .015 in length. Pancreas small,
situated in the fold of the duodenum opposite the entrance of the
ductus choledocus, .025 in length by .005 in breadth and 003. in
thickness. Intestine small, .710 in length; caeca, .005 long by
.004 in diameter ; cloaca globular and quite large.

Thalassidroma Wihonii. This bird, whose breeding-place has
thus far escaped the researches of naturalists, I presumed would

* I had supposed these to be the mandible of some small species of fish like
the parrot-fish, but they have been determined by Mr. Putnam to be those of
the squid or cuttle-fish.

132

be found breeding at the Bahamas ; but although I looked for it
carefully, and inquired about it of all persons likely to have any
information on the subject, I could not ascertain that it was ever
seen on the kays, though occasionally one or two would follow a
vessel into soundings. On my return, in the Gulf Stream, I first
saw this bird about sixty miles north of Abaco, and by the next
day they had become very numerous. I caught about twenty by
allowing a thread to fly astern in a way well known to sailors. I
saw no other species of stormy petrel.

Puffinus obscurus. On making inquiries as to what sea-birds
breed on the kays, I was constantly told of a singular bird with a
hooked bill that only flew during the night, and was known by the
name of Pimlico ; it proved to be the present species. It is very
abundant, being found on all the uninhabited kays, near the
channel, which are not too frequently visited by wreckers or fish-
ermen. They breed in holes in the rock, as described in the
" Naturalist in Bermuda." Near Nassau, at the Ship Channel
kays, where I first met with them, incubation had already com-
menced by the 24th of March ; the nest, consisting of a few dry
twigs, is always placed in a hole or under a projecting portion of
the rock, seldom more than a foot from the surface, and never, as
far as my experience goes, out of reach of the hand ; on being
caught they make no noise and do not resist at all, unlike the
tropic-bird, which fights manfully, biting and screaming with
all its might. The egg does not seem to me to resemble an ordi-
nary hen's egg ; the shell is much more fragile and more highly
polished. I broke a number of them in endeavoring to remove
the bird from the nest. They vary a good deal both in size and
form, some of them being quite rounded and others elongated ;
three of them measured as follows : one .059 by .036, another
.052 by .033, and the third .051 by .037 ; both sexes incubate.
Why these birds and the stormy petrels never enter or leave
their holes in the daytime, is one of the mysteries of nature ; both
of them feeding and flying all day, are yet never seen in the
vicinity of their breeding-places before dark. When anchored in
the night time near one of the kays on w'hich they breed, their
mournful note can be heard at all hours of the night ; during the
day they may be seen feeding in large flocks, generally out of
sight of land. They do not fly round much, but remain most of

.00

the time quiet upon the surface of the water. I did not see one
on the banks, and never saw them dive or apparently catching
any tish, tliough they are often in company with boobies and dif-
ferent species of terns, all of which are actively employed in fish-
ing. About half way from Andros to the Bank I saw on the
2Gtli of April a Hock of boobies, sooty terns, noddies, Cabot's
tern, and the dusky petrel, that covered the surface of the water
or hovered over it for an extent of at least a square mile. Their
number must have been enormous.

Description of recent specimens. All the upper parts, wings,
and tail, sooty brown ; below, white ; the boundaries of the col-
ors not abruptly marked ; bill bluish, with the tips of the mandi-
bles black ; this latter color running up the culmen to the fore-
head. Tarsi and feet pale flesh-color, with the posterior edge of
the tarsus, the whole sole, and the upper and outer surface of
the outer toe, running obliquely backward at the tarsal extremity
to the hind part of the tarsus, black. Dimensions : —

Length .

Length to end of claws

Length to end of wings

Extent .

Wing from flexure .

Tail beyond wings .

Length of tail

Difference of tail-feathers

Tarsus .

Middle toe

Middle toe nail

Hind toe*

Hind toe nail .

Outer toe

Outer toe nail

Inner toe

Inner toe nail

Bill along ridge

Gape

* No portion of the h

ud toe is visible exte

.344

9

.340

.350

.345

.497

.480

.690

.666

.217

.205

.003

.001

.095

.088

.02

.02

.037

.036

.041

.038

.0085

.009

.000

.000

.003

.003

.042

.041

.006

.006

.033

.032

.007

.0062

.035

.036

.0445

.041

nally but tlie claw.

134

S 9

.*Depthofbill 0077 .007

*Breadth of bill 006 .0055

Length of nostril 003 .002

Breadth of nostril 0017 .0015

Dissection. Tongue triangular, fleshy, with fleshy barbs on
the sides. Oesophagus, .395 in length By .036 in breadth when
opened and spread out ; proventrieulus very large ; it is folded
on itself at an acute angle at the posterior extremity, and meas-
ures .075 in length by .045 in breadth. The gizzard is small,
measuring .015 by .011 and .008 in its three principal diameters.
The epidermis is thick and horny. The stomachs of all those^
examined, nine in number, contained a pultaceous mass highly
nacreous, as if composed of the scales of a small fish, and the
mandibles of a squid or cuttle-fish of much smaller size than
those found in the stomach of the tropic-bird. Pancreas large,
forming two or three distinct lobes. Spleen small. Liver with
the right lobe measuring .04 by .02 by .009, and the left .029 by
.012 by .008. On the anterior extremity of the external border
of the right lobe is a prolongation in the shape of a leg of mutton,
by which the renal veins enter its substance. Intestine very
small, .590 in length, with two small globular cceca, .022 from
the anus.

Larus atriciUa. Abundant, resident, and breeding.

Sterna regia. The lower surface of the foot is orange, bor-
dered with black ; the edge not distinctly defined.

Sterna acujiavida.

Sterna fuliginosa.

Sterna Wilso?ii.

Anoils stolidus. All these species of terns are abundant, and
breed on most of the unfrequented kays. The S. fuliginosa and
A. stolidus in immense numbers, as at the Tortugas.

The Secretary read extracts from a letter from Mr. H.
M. Lyman, of Royalton, Vt., to Dr. C. F. Winslow, in
relation to the recent volcanic eruption in the Sandwich
Islands.

* The depth and height of bill are taken immediately in front of the nostril.

135

Mr. Lyman estimated the original fountain crater to be at an
elevation of about 9,000 feet above the sea. It would appear
that the original outbreak was from the whole length of a fissure
opening on the side of tlie mountain from the summit to the base,
the first jet (January 23) being from the upper end of the fissure.
As the force of the eruption subsided, the upper end of the fissure
appears to have become clogged, so that the lava flowed only from
the lower end and margin ; in this way he accounts for the for-
mation of successive cones, or active craters, one below the other,
on the side of the mountain. During the first three weeks, the
lava flowed in an open channel down the mountain till it reached
the plateau at the base ; but after this the fountain jet ceased to
play with its primitive activity, the crater became clogged, the
lava stream cooled on the surface for about half a mile from the
original source, and at that point of emergence another cone was
formed by the lava as it bubbled up from the end of the pyro-
duct that had been formed over the upper end of the flow.

The same process was repeated, the second orifice becoming
partially obstructed, and a covered archway forming itself over
the stream for a short distance below ; by the middle of March a
covered pyroduct had been (brmed over almost the whole of the
lava stream. The lava does not appeal- to have flowed into the sea
after the first week in February, but was dispersed by a network
of innumerable streams traversing at random the great central
plateau of the island. The amount of lava ejected has scarcely
diminished from the first, though the fountain only plays at occa-
sional intervals. The whole course of the eruption is like those
of previous years.

Dr. C. T. Jackson read a letter from Mr. J. H. Blake,
from Brandon, Vt., giving some further details about the
frozen well, and containing a full thermometric table for
that town at all seasons, from 1853 to the present time.

He also read a letter from Prof. J. Brocklesby with
reference to the frozen well at Owego, N. Y., and other
cold wells at different places.

Dr. White presented, in the name of Dr. Durkee, the
upper portion of a human ulna, incrusted with a stalacti-

136

tious deposit of carbonate of lime, from a cave in Cali-
fornia.

The specimen contained the usual amount of animal matter of
old and dried bones. The entrance to the cave was accidentally
discovered, and was unknown to any of the present inhabitants
of the vicinity ; it was narrow, about thirty feet deep, opening
into the cave, from the top of which the stalactites reached to
the floor, multiplying indefinitely into the darkness, and so
numerous as to prevent advance. The floor sloped considerably,
and the bones were found upon it among the stalactites in great
quantities and in the utmost confusion, glued together in all pos-
sible ways, and very much scattered. The specimen was brought
home by a gentleman who obtained it with others from the cave.
The locality of the cave was not stated, neither was it known
whether the bones of animals were found with the human
remains.

Mr. Ordway placed upon the table severa bottles con-
taining the crustaceans collected by Dr. Bryant in the
Bahamas ; there were more than thirty species, in excel-
lent condition, perfect in all their parts, and with the
localities identified. Many were new to the cabinet,
and probably some were undescribed species.

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited specimens of a compact
specular iron ore from Phillipsburg, N. J.

The specimens resembled that found on Lake Superior ; it
makes most excellent wire. The ore rests on the ends of deeply
inclined strata of hornblendic gneiss ; over it is limestone, and
over this a second bed of ore, — the first of eight, the latter of ten
feet thickness. Over the ore beds is a layer of white serpentine,
and the gneiss is cut by veins of red feldspar containing iron ore.
It is a limestone region, and the iron is of a superior quality.

Mr. E. Samuels presented a box containing twenty-
four slides for the microscope, of specimens of diatoms
from the intestines of echini from the Sandwich Islands,
Port Jackson, New South Wales, Tortugas, and Florida,
prepared and mounted by himself.

137

The variety of diatoms thus obtained is very great, opening a
vast field for the student in this department of Natural History ;
Mr. Samuels thought that fossil echinoderms in this way would
yield many interesting fossil forms. The contents of the intes-
tines thus far have been composed of about one hsiM foraminiferay
the residue of diatoms, spicules and gemmules of sponges, frag-
ments of algce, and sand.

Mr. E. S. Wheeler, of Berlin, Mass., presented the nest,
four eggs, and the male and female bird of Henslow's
bunting [Ammodromus Henslowi, Aud.), obtained in that
town. The birds are not common, but are occasionally
heard about meadows, which they frequent ; their num-
ber has increased within a few years. The thanks of the
Society were voted for this valuable donation.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following let-
ters which he had recently received, viz : —

From the Yorkshire Philosophical Society, May 3, 1859, and
the Geological Society, Dublin, May 31, 1859, acknowledging
the receipt of the publications of the Society ; Geological Survey
of India, presenting its Memoirs and asking an exchange ; and
from Charles M. Tuttle, June 3, and F. V. Hayden, June 8,
accepting membership.

Messrs. Cornelius Cowing and Frank P. Nash, of
Boston, were chosen Resident Members.

Julp 20, 1859.

The President in the Chair.

The President gave an account of his recent voyage
to the Rio de la Plata and the Uruguay, of his crossing
the Pampas and the Andes to Valparaiso, and of his
return on the Pacific to Panama.

138
Dr. A. A. Gould presented the following : —

Descriptions of new Species of Shells brought home
BY the North Pacific Exploring Expedition.

Paxillus tantillus. T. minuta, cornea, pupgeformis, inor-
nata ; anfr. 6 ventricosis. Apertura circularis, labio semicirculari,
incrassato, ventre callo 'expanse copioso induto ; canali antico
obliquo curto. Axis 1.25 ; diam. .75 millim. Inhabits Hong-
Kong. AV. S.

Paxillus lyratus. T. parva, pupfeformis, gibbosa, flavido-
virens, apice la^vi, alibi laminis erectis longitudinahbus Ijrata ;
anfr. 7 ventricosis, penultimo ampliore ; sutura profunda. Aper-
tura subcircularis, antice acuta, ventre callo copioso firmato ; labro
duplici, lateraliter viso flexuoso. Axis 3 mil. ; diam. 1.5 millim.
Inhabits Loo Choo Islands. W. S.

LiTTORiNA VIDUA. T. parva, ovato-conica, intense olivacea
et omnino flavido concinne tessellata, striis transversis insculpta ;
anfr. 5 ventricosis declivibus. Apertura pyriformis, columella
incarnata ; labro intus lineato. Axis 7 millim. ; diam. 4 millim.

Inhabits Ousima. Very regular in form, and the reticulations
are only seen on close inspection.

Bulla vernicosa. T. ovato-globosa, solida, laevigata, late
perforata, cinereo cum rufo variegata et fasciis 4 macularum fus-
carum interdum angulatarum cincta. Apertura angusta, labro
recto vix inflecto rufo marginato ; fauce porcellana. Axis 1.3
poll. ; diam. .8 poll. Inhabits Loo Choo Islands. W. S.

Very shining, less inflated and narrower aperture than B. am-
pulla ; more globose and more polished than B. australis.

Atys muscaria. T. minuta, ovato-elliptica, tenuis, virescens,
punctis fuscis transversim dispositis ornata, striis utrinque in-
sculpta ; vertice infundibuliformi imperforato. Apertura angusta,
antice efFusa ; labro retrorsum producto, dentigero ; columella
brevi, torta. Axis 4 millim. ; diam. 2 millim.

Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Atys porcellana. T. parva, tenuis, ovato-cylindracea, lac-
tea, striis transversis remotis utroque crescentibus arata ; apice

139

vorticiformi imperforato. Apertura angusta antrorsum ampHans,
basi subtruncato ; columella profunde arcuata callo valdc munita
subperforata. Axis 12 ; diam. 5 millim.
Inhabits Kago.>iima Bay. W. S.

Haminea angusta. T. parva, tenuis, ovato-cylindracea an-
trorsum ampliata, obtuse rotundata, flavo-virens, striis transversis
insculpta ; vertice oblique truncato subperforato. Apertura an-
trorsum ampliata ; columella baud excavata, plica et callo carente.
Axis 6 ; diam. 4 millim. Inhabits Simodu. W. S.

Resembles in size and form H. ambigua.

Philine vitrea. T. modica, fragilis, vitrea, pellucida, irides-
cens, rotundato-ovata, depressa, undulis concentricis sinuatis
notata ; apice opaco vix indentato anfractum unicum exhibente.
Apertura amplissima ; labro postice rotundato ; columella acuta
absque plica interiorem testae patefaciente. Axis 10 ; diam. 8 ;
alt. 3 millim. Dredged at Hong Kong. W. S.

Philine argentata. T. ovato-quadrata, compressa, tenuis-
sima, lucida, talcosa, concentrice undulata et lineis transversis
argentatis insculpta ; apice indentato, calloso labro postice late
exstante, antice subtruncato ; plica columellari obvia. Axis 6
mill. ; diam. 5 millim. Inhabits Hakodadi Bay in sandy mud,
2-6 fathoms. W. S.

Very much like P. scutulum, Loven, except in its sculpture.
Distinguished from P. vitrea by its off-standing lip and silvery
grooves.

ToRNATiNA APiciNA. T. minuta, cylindracea, elongata, alba,
lineis increment! tenuissimis insculpta ; apice mammillata ; anfr.
4, sutura canaliculata. Apertura f long, testte, perangusta ;
plica columellari obsoleta ; labro lateraliter viso arcuato. Axis
5 millim. ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits Sydney Harbor. TV. S.

The aperture is broader and the pillar fold less definite than
in T. fusiformis.

Cylichxa villica. T. minuta, ovato-cylindracea utroque
subconica, albo et ferrugineo cincta, lineis volventibus insculpta
et postice concinne plicata ; vertice late perforato. Apertura
angusta, labro vix apicem excedente ; columella subperforata,
plica obsoleta. Axis 3 ; diam. 1.5 millim. China Seas. W. S.

140

Cylichna ellipsoidea. T. minuta, solida, elongato-elliptica,
eburnea, transversim striatula ; apice involute late umbilicato ;
labro apicera vix excedente, late arcuato. Apertura perangusta,
antice acuta ; columella brevi, valida, plica modica ; ventre callo
copioso induto. Axis 3 millim. ; diam. l-f-millim. Inhabits Loo
Choo. W. S.

Cylichna regularis. T. satis magna, elliptica, elongata,
alba, spiraliter insculpta, vertice obtuso late perforato. Apertura
perangusta, admodum antice ampliata ; columella incrassata, vix
incurvata, imperforata ; ventre calloso. Axis 9 millim. ; diam.
4 millim. From Sydney Harbor. W. S.

Cylichna operosa. T. minuta, gracilis, cylindracea, vires-
cens, polita, vel ad basim minutissime circumstriata ; vertice obtuso,
amplissime umbilicato. Apertura angusta, linearis ; plica colu-
mellari conspicua, baud umbilicata. Axis 4 millim. ; diam.
1 millim. From Hong Kong Harbor. W. S.

Cylichna l^ta. T. parva, ovata, elongata, lactea, nitida,
transversim (sub lente) striata ; vertice plerumque perforato.
Apertura antrorsum ampliata ; labro vix postice producto ; col-
umella profunde incurvata, imperforata ; plica satis consjDicua.
Axis 5 millim. ; diam. 2 millim.

Inhabits Kagosima. W. S. A somewhat tumid, very sym-
metrical species.

Cylichna protracta. T. satis magna, solida, cylindracea,
ossea, spiraliter insculpta ; apice oblique truncato carinato crateri-
formi perforato. Apertura angusta ; labro recto postice angu-
lato ; columella curta, solida, valde plicata. Axis 12 millim. ;
diam. 5 millim. Coast of China. W. S.

Cylichna tubulosa. T. modica, elongata, cylindracea, deor-
sum sensim ampliata, albida, leevis vel potius (sub lente) lineis
volventibus insculpta ; vertice oblique truncato crateriformi imper-
forato. Apertura perangusta, linearis ; plica columellari conspicua.
Axis 8 millim. ; diam. vix 3 millim. Simon's Bay, Cape of Good
Hope. W. S. Allied to C. involuta, A. Ad. but the outUnes are
more rectilinear.

Cylichna melampoides. T. minima, solida, ovata, eburnea,

141

polita, antico striis cincta ; vertice obtuso, impresso, imporforato;
basi acute rotundato. Apertura antrorsum dilatata ; labro vix
rediicto ; columella curta, iraperforata. Axis 4 raillim. ; diain.
2 millim. From China Seas. W. S.

Cylichna consobrina. T. cylindracea, abbreviata, anticc
angustata, postic«'3 truncata, solidula, albida epidermide fugacis-
simo induta, transversim striatula ; vertice indentato, angulato.
Apertura angusta, recta, labro ad apicem planulato ; columella
abbreviata, torta. Axis 6 millim. ; diam. 2-\- millim. Taken
on the west coast of Jesso. L. M. Squires. Size and general
form of C. triticea, but less rounded at extremities and pillar fold
less obvious. C. corticata, Miill. is nearly the same.

Action secale. T. parva, elongato-ovata, tenuis, straminea,
postice polita vel linea subsuturali insculpta, antice striis puncta-
tis cincta ; anfr. 4 tabulatis ultimo f long, test^ : apice obtuso.
Apertura ^ long, testae vix superans, auriculata, postice acuta,
antice bene rotundata ; columella conspicue torta. Axis 4 millim. ;
diam. 2 millim. From the China Seas. W. S.

BucciNULUS STRiGOSUS. T. elhpsoidea, elongata, solidula,
sulcis volventibus punctatis arata, interspatiis fusco et albido cate-
natis, et fascia albida mediana, suturali et anticali ornata ; anfr. 5,
ultimo f long, testae adjequante. Apertura | long, testae, peran-
gusta ; columella profunde excavata. Axis 8 millim ; diam. 3
millim. Inhabits Loo Choo and Kagosima. W. S.

Remarkable for its small size and slender form. Some speci-
mens are much shorter than others and nearly without the slaty
lines ; so that the species appears to be quite variable.

Liotia solidula. T. ovato-conica, depressa, sohda, albida,
modice umbilicata ad 12-plicata, lira ad peripheriam, altera sub-
suturali, altera basali foveata ; umbilico dentato ; anfractibus
quinque. Apertura verticalis ; columella tenui, profunde abdita ;
labro crasso simplici. Axis 5 millim. ; diam. 8 millim. Dredged
in 25 fathoms off the coast of China. W. S. Allied to L. Pero-
nii and L. cidaris, but differing in the umbilicus.

Liotia loculosa. T. parva discoidea, solida, cinerea ; anfr.
4 cito crescentibus, bene discretis, ultimo ad peripheriam biangu-

142

lato, costis ad angulos tubuloso-nodosis lyrato ; sutura crenulata ;
iimbilico amplo, profundo, crenulato. Apertura circularis ; labro
reflexo quadricristato. Axis 2 millim. ; diam. 5 millim. Inhab-
its Loo Choo. W. 8.

LiOTiA FULGENS. T. parva, discoidea, aiireo-margaritacea,
lamina calcarea ocliracea incrustata ; anfr. 3-(- cito crescentibus,
ultimo ad peripheriam carinis binis acutis rufo-tessellatis cincto,
interspatio concavo ; subtiis crateriformis. Apertura ampla cir-
cularis inferior ; labro expanso, lobulato. Axis 2 millim. ; diam.
5 millim.

Inhabits St. Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope. W. S. Very
lil^e Delphinula bicarinata, Ad. and Rv., which has a more ele-
vated spire and unequal keels.

LiOTiA ASTERiscus. T. mhiutissima, solida, alba, conica,
costis elevatis acutis obliquis ad 20 sulco subsuturali sulco utro-
que ad peripheriam et sulco unibiHcura ambiente aratis ; anfr.
4 convexis. Apertura circularis ; peristomate crasso duplici
radiante ; fauce margaritacea. Diam. 1.5 millim. ; axis 1 millim.
Inhabits Hong Kong. W. S. Very minute, but evidently adult
and perfectly well characterized.

Cyclostrema modestum. T. parva, discoidea, solidula, lac-
tea, supra convexiuscula, infra leniter concava, perforata ; anfr. 4
sulcis volventibus clathratis cinctis quorum subsuturali majori.
Apertura circularis ; labro crenulato. Diam. 4 millim. ; axis
2 miUim. Inhabits Hong Kong. W. S.

Mr. C. J. Sprague presented the following : —

List of Plants collected by Emanuel Samuels, in
Sonoma County, California, in 1856. By Asa Gray,
M. D.

The plants named below were gathered by Mr. Samuels dur-
ing a year's residence in California, and form part of the collec-
tions made under the auspices of the Boston Society of Natural
History and the Smithsonian Institution at Washington. Mr.
Samuels made collections in all the departments of Zoology and
Botany, and the frequent rarities in his small but interesting
collection bear testimony to his close observation and assiduity.

143

Although there are no undescribed species, several have been but
recently discovered during tlie Pacific Railroad Exj)loring Expe-
ditions, and are described in the Government Reports of those
Expeditions.

1. Tlialictnim dioicum, L. ?

2. Ranunculus Californicus, Bentli.

3. " repens, L. var.

4. Aquilegia Canadensis, L.

5. Delphinium nudicaule, Tovr. (.f Gr. 46

6. Delphinium azureum, Mx. 47

42. Vicia exigua, Nutt

43.

44.

45.

7.

S.

patens, Bentli.
simplex, Doug. var.

" truncata, Nutt.

" gigantea, Hook.
Lathyrus venosus, ^fuhl.

" polymorphus, Nuit.
Psoralea physodes, Dourjl.

48. " orbicularis, Lindl.

49. Trifolium albopurpureum, Torr.

#

9
10
11
12

strictum. Gr.

Delphinium decorum, Flsch. tf Mey. 50. Trifolium ciliolatum, Benth.

Eschscholtzia Californica, Cham.
Platystemon Californicum, Benth.
Nasturtium Ijn-atum, Xult.

13. Turritis glabra, L.

14. Cardamine paucisecta, Benth.

15. " tenuisecta, Benth.

16. Sisymbrium deflexum, Harvey f

17. Tropidocarpum scabriusculum,

Hook.

18. Erysimum asperum, DC.
18 a. Erysimum elatum, Nutt.

19. Lepidium nitidum, Nutt.

20. Viola pedunculata, Torr. <^ Gr.

21. " sarmentosa, Doug.

22. " adunca, Sm.

23. Silene Gallica, L.

24. Alsine Douglasii, Fenzl.

25. Sagine procumbens, L.

26. Calandrinia Menziesii, Hook.

27. Claytonia perfoliata, Don.

28. Lewisia rediviva, Pursh.

29. Sidalcea diploscypha, Gray.

30. " malvseflora, Gray.

31. " humilis, Gray.

32. Linum Californicum, Benth.

33. Geranium Carolinianum, L.

34. Erodium macrophyllum, Hook. ^"

Arn.

35. Erodium cicutarium, VHer.

36. Oxalis corniculata, L.

37. " stricta, L.

38. Limnanthes Douglasii, R. Br.

39. Rhus Californica, Nutt.

40. " diversiloba, Torr. cf Gr.

41. Mesembryanthemum dimidiatum,

Harvey.

u

51. " tridentatum, Lindl.

52. " variegatum, Nutt.

53. " fucatum, Lindl.

54. Hosackia bicolor, Doug. <^ Benth.

var. gracilis.

55. Hosackia parviflora, Benth.

56. " subpinnata, Torr. (f- Gr.

57. " Pursliiana, Benth.

58. " gracilis, Benth.

59. Lupinus nanus, Dougl.
micranthus, Dougl.
densifiorus, Benth.

" latifolius, Agardh.

" ?

Thermopsis fabacea, DC. var.
tomentosa.

65. Nuttallia cerasiformis, Torr. ^' Gr.

66. Acaena trifida, Ruiz 4' Rav.

67. Potentilla anserina, L.

68. " glandulosa, Lindl.

69. Fragaria Chilensis, Ehi'h.

70. Rubus vitifolius, Cliam. cf Schlecht.

71. Crataegus sanguinea, Pallas, var.

Douglassii, Torr. ^' Gr.
(Enotliera densi flora, Sm.
" dentata, Cav.

" ovata, Nutt.
" cheiranthifolia, Hornem.
" Lindleyi, Dougl.

60,
61,
62,
63
64,

72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.

purpurea, Curtis.

" decurabens, Dougl.
Clarkia elegans, Lindl.

80. Megarrhiza Californica, Torrey.

81. Tillsea minima, Miers.

82. Lithophragma parviflora, Nutt.

144

84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.

93.

94.
95.

96.

97.

98.

99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.

112.
113.
114.

115.
116.
117.
118.
il9.

120.

121.
122.
123.
124.
126.
126.

Lithophragraa heterophylla, Ilooh.

(.f Am.
Bowlesia lobata, Ruiz <f Pav.
Eryngium articulatum, Houk.
Sanicula bipinnatifida, Dougl.
" Menziesii, Hook. (/• Am.

" laciniata, Hook, if Am.

" arctopoides, ^ooA\ ^^ ^rn.

Edosmia Gairdneri, Torr. (/ Gr.
Pencedanura leiocarpum, Nutt.
" caruifolium, Torr. <f

Gr.
Pencedanum utriculatum, Nutt.

macrocarpon,

Nutt.

Daucus pusillus, Mx. var. scaber,

Tor7: # Gr.
Osmorrhiza nuda, Toi'r.
Lonicera involucrata, Banks.

" Californica, Ton: ^' Gr.

Symphoricarpus occidentalis, Br.
Symphoricarpus ciliatus, Nutt.
Sambucus glauca, Nutt.
Galium Aparine, L.

" Californicum, Ilnok.^' Am.
Plectritis congesta, Lindl.
Erigeron Canadense, L.

" Douglasii, Torr. cf- Gr.
Solidago Californica, Nutt.
Grindelia hirsutula, Hook, cf Am.
Stylocline gnaphalioides, Nutt.
Psilocarphus tenelius, Nutt.
^Blennosperma Californicum,

Fiscli. (/■ Mey.
Wyethia angustifolia, Nutt.
Monolopia major, DC.
Burrielia chrysostoma, Torr. (f

Gr.
Burrielia gracilis, Z)C.

" uliginosa. Gray.

Helenium puberulum, DC.
Achyracha^na mollis, Schauer.
Layia (Callichroa) platyglossa,

Gray.
Layia ( Calliglossa) Douglasii,

Gray.
Hemizonia congesta, DC.
Madia racemosa, Nutt.

" sativa, Molina.
Achillea Millefolium, L.
Matricaria discoidea, DC.
Chrysanthemum (introduced).

127.

128,
129.
130,
131.
132.

133.
134.
135.
136.
137.

138.
139.
140.
141.

142.
142

143.

144.
145.
146.
147.

148.
149.

150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.

163,
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.

Artemisia Ludoviciana, Nitt. vel
vulgaris, car.
. Gnaphalium Californicum, DC.
" purpureum, L.

" luteo-album, L.

. Senecio aronicoides, i)C.
, Echinais carlinoides, Cass. var.

nutans (introduced).
, Cirsium Californicum, Gray.
. Calais Bigelovii, Gray.
" sylvatica, Benth.
Macrorhynchus retrorsus, Benth.
" heterophyllus,

Nutt.
Sonchus oleraceus, L.

" asper, Vill.
Downingia elegans, Torr.
Githopsis calycina, Benth. var.

hirsuta, Nutt.
Plantago maritima, L.
a. Plantago Patagonica, vnr. gna-

phalioides.
Armeria vulgaris, Willd. rar.

Californica.
Dodecatheon Meadia, L.
Linaria Canadensis, Duin.
Scrophularia nodosa, L.
Collinsia bartsisefolia, Benth.

" bicolor, Btnth.
Mimulus (Diplacus) glutinosus,

Nutt.
Mimulus luteus, L.
Eunanus Douglasii, Benth.
Veronica Anagallis, L.
" peregrina, L.
Castilleia hispida, Benth.

" Douglasii ?
Orthocarpus densiflorus, Benth.
" castilleioides, Benth.

faucibarbatus, Gray.
purpurascens, Benth.
Pedicularis attenuata, Benth.
Verbena prostrata, R. Br.
Monarda villosa, var. leptosiphon,

Torr. (M. Sheltoni, Ttwr.)
Pogogyne Douglasii, Benth.
" multiflora, Benth.
Brunella vulgaris, L.
Salvia Columbari^e, Benth.
Scutellaria tuberosa, Benth.
" pycnantha, Benth.

145

169.
170.

in.

172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.

178.
179.
180.
181.

182.
183.

184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.

193.
194.
195.
196.
197.

198.
199.
200.
201.
202i

Amsinckia spectabilis, Fisch. cf 203.

3fey. 204.

Eriti-ichium fulvum, A. DC. f 205.

" Chorisiauum, Z)a .' 206.

" sp.

Cynoglossxim gi\ande, Dougl. 207.

Nemophila parviflora, Benth. 208.

" atomaria, Fisch. ^'3Iey. 209.

" insignis, Benth. 210.

Phacelia tauacerifolia, Benth. var. 211.

tenuifolia, Thurber. 212.

Phacelia circinata, Jacquin. 213.

Eutoca divaricata, Benth. 214.

Collomia gracilis, Benth. 215.

Navarretia cotulasfolia, Eook. ^* 216.

Am. 217.

Navarretia leucocephala, Benth. 218.

" squarrosa, HooJc. ^ 219.

Am. var. 220.

Gilia achilleosfolia, Benth. 221,

" multicaulis, Benth. 222,

" androsacea, Steud. 223.

" (leptosiphon), sp. 224.

" sp. 225.

Erythrsea Muhlenbergii, Griseb. 226.

Convolvulus Californicus, Choisy.

Solanum umbelliferum, Fschsch. 227.

Chenopodium anthelminticum, 228.

Li7in.

Eriogonum elougatum, Benth. 229.

Chorizanthe pungens, Benth. 230.

" Douglasii, Benth. 231.

" sp. 232.

Euphorbia dictyosperma, Fisch.

^' Mey. 233.

Alisma Plantago, L. 234.

Luzula campestris, I) C 235.

Juncus bulbosus, Pursh. 236.

" bu'lonius, L. 237.

Sisyrinchium Bermudiana, L. 238.

Iris macrosiphon, Jorr.
Anticlea Fremontii, Torr.
Scoliopus Bigelovii, Torr.
Fritillaria lanceolata, var. flori-

bunda, Benth.
Calochortus luteus, Dougl.
Allium acuminatum, Hook.
Brodiiea grandiflora, Sni.

" capitata, Benth.

" multiflora, Benth.
" congesta.
Seubertia laxa, Kunth.
Calliprora lutea, Lindl.
Cyclobothra elegans, Lindl.
Trillium ovatum, Pursh.
Carex, sp.

Scirpus lacustris, L.
Agrostis, sp.

Aira danthonioides, Trin.
Melica imperfecta, Trin.
Bromus carinatus, Hook. ^- Am.
Elymus Canadensis, L. var.
Hordeum pratense, Hudson.
Sitanion elymoides, Raf.
Phalaris Californica, Hook. ^•

Am.
Koeleria cristata, Pers.
Polypodium intermedium. Hook.

cf Am.
Adiantum Capillus-Veneris, L.

" Chilense, Kaulf.

Pteris aquilina, L.
Gymnogramma triangulare,

Kaidf.
Aspidium ai'gutum, Kaulf.
Funaria hygrometrica, Hedwig.
Kamalina Menziesii, Taylor.
Chorda filum.
Ceramium laibrum.
Khodomenia laciniata.

List of a Collection of dried Plants made by L. J.
Xantus, at Fort Tejon, and Vicinity, California,
NEAR Lat. 35°, AND LoNG. 119,° 1857-8. By Asa Gray,

M. D.

Torr.)

1. Clematis ligusticifolia, Nutt. 5. Dicentra ( Chrysocapnos,

2. Delphinium Menziesii, DC. chrysantha, H. 4 A.

3. Eschscholtzia Californica, Cham. 6. Meconopsis heterophylla, Benth.

4. Eschscholtzia tenuifolia, Benth. 7. Streptanthus heterophyllus, Nutt.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. VII. 10 NOVEMBER, 1869.

146

8. Erj'simum asperum, DC. var.

(elatum, Nutt.)

9. Eaphanus sativus, Linn. " In can-

ons, &c."

10. Isomeris arborea, Nutt.

11. Viola pedunculata, var. petalis 2

supei'ioribus extus prsesertim
fusco-purpureis.

12. Silene Californica, Durancl^ {var.

of S. laciniata.)

13. Calandrinia Menziesii, Hook.

14. Clayton ia perfoliata, Don.

15. Sidalcea malvfeflora, Gray.

16. Fremontia Californica, Torr.

17. Erodium cicutarium, D Her. '

18. Frangula Californica, Gray.

19. Rhus diversiloba, Torr. (f Gr.

20. .Esculus Californica, Nutt.

21. Lnpinus microcarpus, Sims.

22. " bicolor, Lindl.

23. " leptophyllus, Benth. var.
foliolis latioribus.

24. Hosackia Pursliiana, Benth.

25. " scoparia, Nutt.

26. Cercocarpus parvifolius, Nutt.

27. (Enothera biennis, L. var.

28. " bistorta, Nutt. ? .
?9. " tenella, Cav.

29 a. '' rubicunda, Lindl.

30. Clarkia elegans, Lindl.

31. Clarkia Xaxtiana (sp. nov.) : foliis linearibus seu
lanceolatis ; floribus quasi racemosis ; calycis tubo ore villosis-
simo ; petalis cuneatis alte bilobis cum lancinula subulata inter-
posita deorsum in unguiculam latam edentatam sensim angusta-
tis ; staminibus 8 fertilibus ; stigmatis lobis late ovalibus brevi-
bus ; capsula sessili. — An interesting species from its holding an
intermediate position between the original Clarkia pulchella and
G. {Phoeostoma, Spach.) elegans ; the foliage (which, with the
ovaries and flower-buds, is minutely cinereous-puberulent) re-
sembling the former, as do the lobed petals, but here the middle
lobe is reduced to a mere lacinula, and the broader and shorter
claw is toothless ; while the blossoms are racemosely disposed
along the simple stem or branches as in C. elegans, in bud
strongly drooping. There are no scales at the base of the fila-
ments ; but the throat of the short funnel-form tube of the calyx
is evenly and densely bearded with villous hairs. Petals purple
or pink, often with a deeper-colored spot toward the base of the
blade. Capsules rather slender, sessile, or the lowest subsessile.

32. Zauschneria Californica, Presl.

33. Epilobium coloratura, Muld.

34. Mentzelia albicaulis, Dougl.

35. Megarrliiza Californica, Torr.

36. Cicuta maculata. L.

37. Berula angustifolia, Koch.

38. Edosmia Gairdneri, Nutt.

39. Peucedanum'iitriculatum, Nutt.

40. Galium boreale, L. var.

41. Erigeron Douglasii, Torr. cf Gray.

42. Balsamorhiza deltoidea, Nutt.

43. Leptosyne Douglasii, DC.

44. Helianthus lenticularis, Dougl.

45. Choenactis glabriuscula, DC var.

megacephala, Gi'ay, in PI.
Whippl.

46. Burrielia gracilis, D C.

47. Babia confertiflora, Z>C.

48. " V/allacei, Graij, in PI.

Whippl

49. Monolopia major, DC.

50. Layia gaillardioides, Hook, cf- Am.

var. pappo libo; foliis pinuatif-
idis.

I

147

51. Madaria corymbosa, /)C. 57. Arctostaphylos glauca, Xmrf^.

52. Achillea ^lillefolium, L. 58. CoUiusia bicolor, Btnih.

53. Senecio Douglasii, DC. 59. " " var. parviflora.

54. Sonchiis asper, Vill. 60. Scropliularia nodosa, L.

55. Calais lineainfolia, i)C. 61. Pentstemon centranthifolius, ^Bcnf^.

56. Macrorhynchus grandiflorus, Nuit. fol. latioribus-

62. Pentstemon breviflorus, Lindl. var. Shrubby ; lower
leaves short (half an inch or less in length,) oblong or some-
what obovate, very obtuse; sepals glandularvillous (as they
are, less conspicuously, in Douglas's specimens) ; corolla strong-
ly bearded, especially at the summit of the lobes, with long and
glandular hairs. The expression " labio superiore villoso " does
not adequately express it.

63. Pentstemon ternatus {Torr, in Mex. Bound. Surv.)
glaber, basi fruticosus ; caulibus floridis ramisve virgatis simpli-
cissimis glaucis ; foliis ternato-verticillatis lineari-lanceolatis (pol-
licaribus) utrinque acutis subsessilibus rigidis cartilagineo-serratis
denticulatisve, floralibus subulatis ; panicula angustata ; calyce
(segmentis lanceolato-ovatis) pedicellisque glanduloso-puberis ;
corolla (purpurea ? extus pruinoso-puberula) longe cylindrica,
limbo brevi, labiis cequilongis, superiore oblongo erecto apice
bifido, inferiore tripartito, segmentis patentibus anguste oblongis ;
filamento sterili corolla dimidio breviore hinc valde barbato. —
Stems or simple branches slender, one or two feet long, lefty to
the inflorescence, the leaves about the length of the internodes.
Flowers in a virgate panicle. Tube of the corolla an inch long,
only two lines in diameter, scarcely amphate at the summit, the
lobes and upper lip only three lines long. Fertile filaments
glabrous except at their base, where they are sparsely hirsute ;
anthers scarcely exserted, glabrous ; sterile filament very strongly
bearded on the posterior side for its whole length. A very dis-
tinct species of Bentham's section Elmigera ; the leaves in threes
in all the specimens.

64. Pentstemoii l^tus (sp. nov.) \ pallidus, puberulus,
superne gla'ndulosus ; caulibus subpedalibus adscendentibus ;
foliis integerrimis crassiusculis, inferioribus spatulatis seu oblan-
ceolatis in petiolum marginatum attenuatis, superioribus oblongo-
lanceolatis basi lata arete sessilibus, floralibus parvis ; panicula
laxa ; pedunculis s^pius trifloris ; calycis segmentis oblongis
herbaceis immarginatis ; corolla coerulea superne campanulato-

148

ampliata, lobis rotundatis subsequalibus ; antheris (§ Saccan-
therce) rima hispido-ciliatis juxta insertionem villosulis ; filamento
sterili glaberrimo apice dilatato. — A depauperate specimen of
this is what, in the account of Lieut. Beckwith's collection,
(Pacific Railroad Explorations, 2, p. 122,) I doubtfully referred
to P. heterophyllus. It proves to be a very distinct species of
the same section, and a handsome one, the (apparently bright
blue) corolla over an inch in length.

65.

66
67.
68.
69.
70.

71

72.
73.
74.
75.

76.
77.

78.
79.
80.

81.

82.
83.
84.

85.

Mimulus cardinalis, Dougl.

" luteus, Linn.
Eunanus Fremonti, Benth. var.
Castilleia affiuis, Hook, cf- Am.
" hispida, Hook. ^' Am.
" caudens, Durand cf Hil-

gard, in Pacif. R. JR. Expl. 5,

pp. 12, 13?
Castilleia linariisfolia, Benih. (Folia

floralia ssepius trifida ; calyx pos-

tice etiam bifidus ; corolla nunc

bipollicaris.)
Ortliocarpus purpurascens, Benili.
Solaniun umbelllferum, Eschsch.
Datura meteloides, DC.
Nicotiana, n. sp. ? N. plumbagini

folia, var. ? Bigelovii, To7'r. in

Pacif. E. E. Expl. 4, p. 127.
Mwitha Canadensis, Linii.
^lonardella candicans, Benth.
Salvia Columbarise, Benth.

" carduacea, Benth.
Stacliys pycnantha, Benth. ^ var.

foliis albo-tomentosis.
Amsinckia spectabilis, Fisch. 4"

Meyer.
Amsinckia spectabilis, var. minor.
Eritrichium fulvum, A. DC.
Krynitzia leiocarpa, Fisch. ^'

Meyer.
Eritrichium angustifolium, Torr.

in Pacif. E. E. 5, p. 363.

^Q. Eritrichium, n. sp. ? too young to
characterize.

87. Nemophila insignis, Dougl.

88. Ellisia membranacea, Benth.

89. Pliacelia cireinata, Jacq.

90. " tanacetifolia, Benth.

91. " " var. tenui-
folia, Thurber.

92. Phacelia ramosissima, Benth. for-

ma evoluta.

93. Eramenanthe penduliflora, Benth.

94. Eriodyction tomentosum, Benth.

95. Gilia deusifolia; etiam G. elongata.

Ben€i.

96. Gilia acliilleasfolia, Benth.

97. " tricolor, Benth.

98. " (Linanthus) dichotoma,
Benth.

99. Gilia (Leptosiphon) androsacea,

Benth.

100. Apocynum cannabinura, Linn.

101. Acerates (Anantherix) tomentosa,

Torr. Mex. Bound. Surv.

102. Asclepias fascicularis, Decaisne.

103. Mirabilis (Quamoclidion) multi-

flora, Torr.

104. Blitum Bonus-Henricus, Moq. var.

{ Chenopodium anthelminticum,
var. ? hastatum, Moquin.)

105. Eriogonum polifolium, Benth.

106. " angulosum, Benth.

107. Chorizanthe procumbens, Nutt.

(An C. §taticoides, var. ?)

108. Chorizanthe (Mucronea) perfoliata (sp. nov.) :
glabella; foliis chartaceis, caulinis triangulatis trilobisve saepis-
sime perfoliatis; involucro tetraquetro quadridentato, dentibus
subsequalibus subulato-aristulatis ; perigonii segmentis exteriori-
bus 2-4-dentatis leviter erosis, interioribus magis laciniato-fim-

149

briatis. — Repeatedly dichotomous from the annual root, divari-
cate-diffuse, a sessile and solitary involucrum in each fork ; on the
branchlets the involucres rather crowded and somewhat spicate
or panicled, through the less forking and the gradual reduction of
the leaves to bracts. Radical leaves spatulate. The cauline
leaves are larger, less lobed, more amplexicaul, (and most of
them really perfoliate,) and the angles or lobes less awn-pointed
than in G. {Mucronea, Benth.) Oalifornica ; the four triangular
teeth of the involucre also tipped with a shorter awn, not exceed-
ing the perigonium when that is fully developed ; the divisions of
the latter, especially the three inner ones, conspicuously fimbri-
ate-laciniate. Otherwise this plant closely resembles Bentham's
Mucronea Californica, and confirms his doubts of the distinctness
of the genus from Chorizanthe, notwithstanding the peculiarity of
habit. Centrostegia, with a similar habit, is distinguishable only
by the spurred appendages of the involucrum, and is probably to
be reduced, along with Mucronea, to a section of Chorizanthe,
To this, however, does not belong Remy's C. commissuralis, which
diflfers from true Chorizanthe merely in the laxer inflorescence.
Acanthogoniim, Torr. (which has a short-pedicelled flower and
nine stamens,) is an interesting link, plainly connecting Lastar-
7'icea, Remy, with the other Eriogoneous genera. The verticil-
late upper leaves of the latter answer to the involucre, which,
however, incloses a proliferous shoot as well as a flower.

109. Anemonopsis Califoi-nica, Nutt. 117. Calochortus venustus, Benth.

110. Euphorbia albomarginata, Torr. 118. Juncus xiphioides, E. Ifeyer.

(E. stipulacea, Engelm.) 119. Polypogon Monspeliensis, Linn.

111. Quercus lobata, iVe'e, (Q. Hindsii, 120. Triticum repens, Linn.

Benth.) Foliage only. 121. Elymus dasystachys, Trin. ex

112. Ephedra antisyphilitica, Berl. Alunro in PI. Hartio.^ p. 342,

113. Epipactis Americana, Lindl. (= forma luxurians, Eariw. No.

114. Brodigea capitata, 5e?ii/t. 2032.)

115. Calliproa lutea, Lindl. 122. Allosorus andromed£efolius, Kaulf.

116. Tritelia laxa, Lindl.

Dr. C. T. Jackson announced that the wax-plant of
Japan [Rhus succedaneum) had been made to vegetate
at the forcing houses in Washington ; it grows there vig-
orously, and will doubtless prove suitable for the South-
ern States generally. He also stated that the experiment

150

of the introduction of the tea-plant bids fair to be suc-
cessful in the United States.

An engraving of Linnaeus, at the age of twenty-five,
in his Lapland costume, was presented in the name of
Mr. William Sharswood, of Philadelphia. It was ex-
ecuted in Berlin, from a photograph taken from an oil
painting in the Library of the Zoological Society at Am-
sterdam. It represents the young naturalist holding in
his hand the plant Linncea borealis, and with his girdle
ornamented with various botanical and entomological
implements.

September 7, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. T. J. Whittemore read some notes taken at Mo-
hawk, Herkimer Co., N. Y., in August, 1859.

Mohawk is situated on the delta of what was probably a con-
siderable stream, at an early period, flowing into the Mohawk
valley, and may have been a lake or estuary ; Fulmer's creek, on
which it is situated, is now a small mountain stream. Dr. Lewis,
in Vol. 6 of the Proceedings, gives 87 species of 17 genera of
shells found in this region, embracing Little Lakes, and Schuy-
ler's Lake ; 1 8 species have since been added.

" Little Lakes," in Warren township, are 800 feet above the
river, the area of which formerly extended over much which is
now swamp, underlaid with soil of the same character as the
bottom of the lakes. The upper of the two lakes is about three
quarters of a mile long, and its whole bottom is of marl, and filled
with living and dead shells, many of which are fossil. This marl
is 14 feet deep, by examination ; the lake is shallow, and fur-
nishes fine pickerel and other fish, and numerous shells, — the
lower lake contains more of a black muck bottom ; the shells,
fishes, and reptiles are the same in both lakes, but the shells grow

151

larger in the upper, and the reptiles are more numerous in the
lower. At Scliuyler's Lake the reptiles, fishes, and shells are the
same as in the former, with the addition of an alasmodon^ anodon,
unio. and hjmnea ; the last, L. gracilis^ is found on the bulrushes,
flags, and lily pads, from one to two feet from the water ; the
specimens were about half grown, being perfect about the middle
of October.

Dr. C. T. Jackson alluded to the occurrence of white
marl in the bottom of a pond in New Hampshire, the
water flowing into which from a peat bog is highly
charged with crenate of lime ; this he thought the source
of the marl, and perhaps, by decomposition, of the car-
bonate of lime in the living shells.

Dr. Hayes alluded to the above action of peat waters
on lime as exceedingly interesting ; it may be noticed
wherever dark waters are changed into green-coloted.
In waters highly charged with crenate and hum ate of
ammonia, there is found a great increase in the numbers
of shells. Crenic acid is an important world-builder and
world-destroyer ; it is found in all sea-water, especially
in that from great depths, combined with lime. Car-
bonate of manganese is attacked by crenic acid, and
waters containing this acid, flowing over manganese
rocks, always become darker.

Mr. Putnam presented, in the name of Prof. Agassiz,
30 species of fishes from the Sandwich Islands, all new
to the cabinet, and about one half of them undescribed.

Dr. Kneeland presented a parafline candle made from
the cannel coal of Boone Co., Kentucky, a specimen of
which was presented by Mr. J. W. Richardson some
months ago.

Dr. Haves observed that this coal deserves rather the name of
a compound rock, being full of minute spangles of mica inter-
spersed with the vegetable matter of the coal ; on this account
it leaves more ash. This structure indicates that the coal was

152

deposited during a period of extreme quiet, the hunius being car-
ried slowly along with the mica scales. It yields paraffine in the
first stage of distillation, being an educt, not a product, actually
existing as a wax and capable of being traced back to wax-
bearing plants ; by distilling the coal, we get back the wax.
These candles are made at New Bedford, by a patent process,
and are far superior to those of foreign manufacture, inasmuch as
there is no admixture of other matters, and a fine and regular
crystallization is obtained by alternations of sudden and gradual
cooling. From this coal is also obtained a thin, light, kerosene
oil of superior quahty, — a fluid paratfine. It is worthy of note that
from this coal we obtain the aerial burning gas, the solid paraffine,
and the fluid kerosene, — the three forms of illuminating materials.

Dr. C. T. Jackson stated that a locality containing tin
ore had been discovered at Los Angelos, California,
within the limits of the United States ; the quantity of
ore is very large, and it yields 60^ per cent, of oxide of
tin, with brown oxide of iron.

Dr. Jackson also alluded to the quantity of saccharine
matter in our native grapes; he had recently experi-
mented with one, the Henshaw grape from Virginia,
which he had found to contain 15^ per cent, of grape
sugar ; it will probably make a good claret wine.

Dr. J. Mason Warren presented an engraving of his
father, Dr. John C. Warren, President of the Society
from 1847 to 1856.

Mr. Chamberlain exhibited a living embryo skate
within the egg-case.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following let-
ters, viz : —

From Richard Hill, Jamaica, March 1, 1859, accepting mem-
bership, and presenting Mr. Gosse's two volumes on the Natural
History of Jamaica ; Academic des Sciences, Arts, et Belles-
Lettres de Dijon ; Academic Imperiale des Sciences de Kussie,

153

St. Petersburg, June 16, 1859; Imperial Mineralogical Society,
St. Petersburg, October 10, 1858, acknowledging the receipt of
the publications of the Society ; Verein fiir vaterljindische Natur-
kunde in Wiirttemberg, Stuttgart, December 5, 1858 ; Societe de
Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve, November 20,
1858, acknowledging the same, and presenting their own publica-
tions ; K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, January 22,
1859 ; Oberhessischer Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und-Heilkunde, Gies-
sen, March 30, 1859, presenting their publications; Societe de
Geographic, Paris, July 31, 1856, acknowledging the receipt of
the Society's publications, and asking for previous numbers ; H.
Davis, July 9 and August 8, concerning collection of specimens,
&c.

Messrs. William Sharswood of Philadelphia, and Ar-
thur M. Edwards of New York, were elected Corre-
sponding Members.

September 21, 1859.

T. J. Whittemore, Esq., in the Chair.

A letter from Mr. William Edwards, of South Natick,
Mass., to the President, on the phenomena of vibrating
dams, was read, by vote of the Society.

His observations and experiments had been made during
nearly every day for fourteen months, ending with February last,
upon the waterfall in that village. The phenomena there ob-
served are not confined to the vertical sheet, but may be traced
in any rapid stream of water, in the bed of which an obstruction
is placed ; the waves or nodes below such an obstruction are
identical with those of a vertical sheet obstructed by a dam. The
nodes describe the form of the surface, and never move from
their place except by an increase or decrease of the amount of
water above the obstruction ; by sinking this last the distance be-
tween the nodes is increased, by raising it they become more fre-

154

quent. If we excite a wave above that will float over an increased
amount of water, the nodes will move down till the wave has
passed away, when they suddenly come back into place. When
we cause these waves to follow in rapid succession, we have, in
the descent and return of the nodes, a perfect miniature of the
vibrating sheet, — the same effect is often produced by the fric-
tion of the water over the obstruction.

The letter was acompanied by sketches representing the nodes
from an obstruction in the bed of the stream, and from a dam, —
the latter in the vertical sheet, across which they extended, being
o and 5, the number being governed by the depth of the water
at the dam.

To produce a vibrating sheet, these nodes must first be set in
motion, which is done by the waves caused by the friction of the
water on the dam. If we count these waves as they pass the
edge of the dam, and the vibrations of buildings in the vicinity,
they are found always to correspond. With 10 inches of water
flowing over the dam, we have 3 nodes on the sheet, and 280
vibrations per minute ; with 8 inches, 4 nodes and 300 vibra-
tions ; with 7 inches, 5 nodes and 335 vibrations ; with 5 inches,
8 nodes and over 400 vibrations.

The appearance of a vibrating sheet is very changeable under
different reflections of light. At one time the downward motion
is alone visible, giving the impression that the nodes are con-
stantly forming and falling ; a few hours after, the upward mo-
tion only is seen, indicating that the agitation of the sheet proceeds
from the bottom ; at other times the descent and return of the
nodes are alike visible.

The vibrations of buildings near the dam often cease by a want
of synchronous action of the whole sheet, or by heavy waves from
above the dam. After the freshet in June, 1858, the water was
of a dark greenish yellow color, and deposited a thick coating of
slimy matter upon the edge of the dam, which prevented any
friction ; consequently all vibrations ceased for several weeks,
notwithstanding the water passed the most favorable points for
producing them.

A series of long-continued and careful experiments has con-
vinced him that the sheet is of the concavo-convex form. This
may be demonstrated by viewing the sheet from both sides, or by

155

detaching a portion of it. If a strip of cambric be attached to the
obstruction, it assumes the form of the upper surface, showing the
concavity of the lower directly opposite to the convexity of the
upper surface.

On account of flush-boards on the dam, it has been necessary
to suspend for a time a series of experiments for determining the
manner in which buildings are affected by the vibrating sheet.

Mr. Edward S. Rand, Jr., presented, through Mr.
Sprague, an account of his experiments with the Japan
wax-plant [Rhus succedaneum),

A few seeds of this plant, received by his father, were sown in
the usual soil for seeds (peat, leaf mould, and silver sand,) and
placed on a sunny shelf in the greenhouse, where they were well
watered ; they were very slow in germinating, but at length came
up plentifully ; after some weeks they were potted oflf in small
pots, and have since grown quite vigorously. They are now
from two to six inches high ; the leaf is very different from that
of any of the family with which he is acquainted, resembling
more that of some of the new spireas ; as far as can be judged,
the plant will be one of great symmetry and beauty ; he hopes by
care to fruit it, and will then report further to the Society.

In relation to orchids or air-plants, of which he has a fine col-
lection, he said that he had tried to preserve their magnificent
flowers in spirit, with the intention of making an extensive collec-
tion ; but in a few days or weeks the colors fade, or even dis-
appear, leaving nothing of beauty except the form of the flower.
He presented a flower of Acanthophippium bicolor, in which the
fresh colors are black, white, and yellow, changed to a uniform
white in spirit. He offered to preserve a large number of spe-
cies, if any liquid could be found which would not destroy the
colors.

Mr. F. H. Storer remarked that a solution of glyce-
rine and water will preserve the colors of fishes, and he
believed would be equally efficacious in the case of plants.

Mr. Sprague presented three specimens of the short or
trout-nosed pickerel, varying in length from 12 to 20

156

inches, taken in Charles River, in the town of Wayland ;
this species, called in some localities the mud pickerel, is
found in muddy-bottomed streams, especially where they
empty into rivers, and is rarer than the long or shovel-
nosed species.

Mr. Putnam observed that the large size of these fishes
proves that the Esox fasciatus (Dekay) is not the young
of Esox reticulatus (Lesueur) ; the latter is most fre-
quently found in ponds.

Dr. A. Snowden Piggott, of Baltimore, was elected a
Corresponding Member of the Society ; and Mr. John
Homans, Jr., of Boston, Resident Member.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

July 6, 1859. Thirty species of Crustacea, from the Bahama Islands; by Dr.
Henr}^ Bryant. Twenty-four slides of microscopic objects; by E. Samuels.
Male, female, nest, and four eggs of Ammodromus HensMoi, Aud., from Berlin,
Mass. ; by Mr. E. S. Wheeler. A star-nosed mole, from Koxbury ; by JMr. J.
Champney. A sand-hill crane, Grus Canadensis ; raven, Corvus carnivorus ;
three-toed woodpecker, Picoides arcticus; pine grosbeak, Pinicola Canadensis^
male and female; four crossbills, Curvirostra Americana^ two males and two
females; a golden-winged woodpecker, Colaptes auratus, and longspur, Pleciro-
phanes lajyponicus ; from Portage Lake, Lake Superior; by Dr. S. Kneeland, Jr.
Two skulls of the loggerhead turtle, from the Bahamas; by Dr. Henry Bryant.

July 20, 1859. Fishes, an ascidian, and a crab, from the Sandwich Islands;
by Dr. C. F. Wiuslow. A star-fish, euryale, from Boston harbor ; by Mr. Kilby
Page.

September 7, 1859. Fishes, reptiles, insects, shells, and minerals, from Mo-
hawk, N. y. ; by Dr. James Lewis and Mr. T. J. Whittemore. Twenty-one species
of Crustacea, from the Sandwich Islands ; by Prof. Agassiz. Crustacea, from Cape
Cod ; by Mr. Albert Ordway. Twenty-three species of laud shells, from the vi-
cinity of Bombay; by Dr. Simeon ShurtlefF. Thirty species of fishes, from the
Sandwich Islands; by Prof. Agassiz. A male CorydaUs coi'nutus, from. Roxbury;
by Louis Lehmann. A caterpillar of a sphinx moth, covered with pupa cases of
ichneumon fly, from Jamaica Plain; and a parafiine candle; by Dr. S. Knee-
land, Jr. Male and female yellow-shouldered sparrow, Coiurniculus passerinus^
with egg; and two caterpillars; from Berlin, Mass.; by Mr. E. S. Wheeler.

September 21, 1859. Specimens of short-nosed pickerel from Wayland, Mass.;
by Mr. C. J. Sprague. A white-tailed remora, Echeneis albicauda, from Holmes's
Hole; by Mr. J. S. Fay. Fishes, reptiles, insects, and crawfishes, from Kansas;
by Dr. Thos. H. Webb. A humming-bird, Trochilus colubris, killed by the

157

frost; by Dr. T. M. Brewer. Young Coitus Virginianus from Cohasset; by Dr.
S. Kneeland, Jr. Pomocentroid fishes from Zanzibar; by Prof. Agassiz. A
phalarope, Phalaropus hyperboi-evs, and solitary tattler, Rhyacophilus solUarius
from Cohasset; by Mr. P. S. Tyler.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING SEPT. 30, 1859.

Seventh Supplement to Dana's Mineralogy. By the Author. 8vo. Pamph.
pp. 119-144. From the Author.

A Chapter on Fossil Lightning. By George D. Gibb, M. D., &c. 8vo. Pamph.
London, 1859. From the Author.

Index to the Catalogue of a portion of the Public Library of the City of Bos-
ton. 8vo. 1858. From the Trustees of the Public Library.

On the Distribution of the Forests and Trees of North America, &c. By J. G.
Cooper, M. D. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

The Naturalist in Bermuda. By J. M. Jones. 12mo. London, 1859. From
the Author.

Comets ; their Constitution and Phases. 8vo. Pamph. By C. Kemplay. Lon-
don, 1859. From the Author.

A Naturalist's Sojourn in Jamaica. By P. H. Gosse. 12mo. London, 1851.
Birds of Jamaica. By P. H. Gosse. 12mo. London, 1847. Frovi Hon. Rich-
ard Hill.

Bibliographia Librorum Entomologicorum in America boreali editorum.
Auct. Guil. Sharswood. 8vo. Pamph.

Catalogus Coleopterorum Europee. 8vo. Pamph. Stettin, 1858. From
William Sharswood.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Sigs. 13
and 14. 1859.

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. VI. No. 2.
4to. Boston, 1859.

Proceedings of the same. Vol. IV. pp. 89-248. 8vo. Boston, 1859.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. No. 21, for May, and No. 22,
for July, 1859.

New York Journal of Medicine. Nos. 97 and 98. 1859.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. With Illustrations. Part
XXVI. 8vo. 1858.

Thesaurus Conchyliorum. By G. B. Sowerby. Part XIX.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. IV. No. 4, for August, 1859. Mon-
treal.

Journal of the Elliott Society of Natural History. Vol. I. Articles 1 and 2.
4to. Charleston, S. C.

Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. No. 14, for July, 1859.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. No. 82, for July, and No.
83, for Sept. 1859. New Haven.

Bulletin de la Soci^t^ Paleontologique de Belgique. I. Feuilles 1-4. 8vo.
Anvers, 1859.

158

Annual Report of the Trustees of the New York State Library. 8to. Pamph.
Albany, 1859.

Proceedings on Laying the Corner Stone of the Free Public Library in New
Bedford. 8vo. New Bedford, 1856.

Kaiserliche Akad. der Wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte Math-naturw. classe.
Nos. 1-26. Kreil's Anhang. 8vo. Denkschriften Math-naturw. Band XIV.
XV. 4to. Wien.

Almanach, 1858. 12mo. Wien.

Jahrbiicher der Centralanstalt fiir Meteorologie. Band V. 4to. Wien.

Festrede bei der Feierlichen Uberuahme, &c. Dr. T. G. Von Karajan. 8vo.
Pamph. Wien.

Die Principien der Heutigen Physik. Dr. A. Ritter v. Ettingshauseu. 8vo.
Wien.

Genera of Recent Mollusca. No. 4. 8vo. London.

M^moires de TAcademie Iraperiale des Sciences, &c., de Dijon. 2>erae Serie.
Tome VL Ann^e 1857.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society. Vol. 3. Nos. 1, 2, and 3.
Svo. London, 1859.

Siebenter Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und Heilkunde.
8vo. Pamph. Giessen, 1859.

Wiirttembergische Naturwissenchaftliche Jahreshefte. 1,2,1859. Svo. Pamph.
Stuttgart.

Jahrbuch der K.-K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. IX. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 1858.
Svo. Wien.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Gegriindet von A. F. A. Wiegraann. Fortgesetzt
von W. F. Erichson. Vol. 24. Nos. 3, 4. Svo. 1858. Berlin.

Memoires de la Soci^te de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve. 4to.
Tome XIV. 2de partie. Geneve, 1858.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Report. Svo. Pamph.
1S57-8.

Report of the Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the
West Riding of Yorksliire. Svo. Pamph. Leeds, 1857-8.

Gelehrte Antzeigen. 45, 46. 4to. Munchen, 1857-8.

NachrichtenWon der Georg-Augusts-Universitat. 12mo. Pamph. Gottingen,
185S.

Monatsbericht der K. Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.
July to Dec. 1858. 8vo. Berlin.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. VII. No. 61. Jan-
uary-June, 1859.

]\Iemoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. I. Part 2. Svo. Calcutta,
1858.

Flore lUustr^e de Mucedinees d'Europe. Par A. C. J. Corda. Folio. Ee-
ceived in Exchange. •

Report on Crustacea. By J. D. Dana. U. S. Exploring Expedition. 3 vols.
Svo. and 1 fol. Plates.

Owen, Richard; On the Classification and Geographical Distribution of the
Mammalia. Svo. London, 1859.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Nos. 17, 19, 20, and 21. Lon-
don, 1859. From the Courtis Fund.

159

Popular Geology. By Hugh ^liller. With a Resume of the Progress of Geo-
logical Science, by Mrs. ^liller. 12nio. Boston, 1859.

Curiosities of Natural Histor}-. By F. T. Buckland. 8vo. New York, 1859.

Country Life: a Handbook of Agriculture, Horticulture, and Landscape Gar-
dening. By R. Morris Copeland. 8vo. Boston, 1859.

Life of Jonathan Trumbull, Sen. By J. W. Stuart. 8vo. Boston, 1859.

Irving's Life of Washington. Vol. V. 8vo. New York, 1859.

Life of Frederick Schiller. By T. Carlyle. 12mo. Philadelphia, 1859.

EncyclopjBdia Britannica. Vol. XVHL

Acadia. By F. S. Cozzens. 12mo. New York, 1859.

Cai'lyle's History of Frederick the Great. Vols. 1, 2. 12mo. New York,
1859.

Memoir of the Empress Catherine H., written by herself. 12mo. New York,
1859.

Leaves from the Note-Book of a Naturalist. By W. J. Broderip. 8vo. Pamph.
Boston, 1859.

Oliver Cromwell's Letters and Speeches. By T. Carlyle. 2 vols. 8vo. New
York, 1858.

Queens of Scotland. By Agnes Strickland. Vols. 6, 7, 8. New York, 1859.

The French Revolution of 1789. By J. S. C. Abbot. 8vo. New York, 1859.

Perry's Expedition to Japan. 8vo. New York, 1856.

Washington in Domestic Life. By R. Rush. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1857.

Life of J. Montgomery. By H. C. Knight. ]2mo. Boston, 1857. Deposiiedhy
the Republican Institution.

October 5, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. C. F. Winslow read a paper on " Geological Revo-
lutions."

• A communication was read from Mr. George Curtis,
of Newton Lower Falls, on the habits of the trout or
short-nosed pickerel, (Esoz fasciatus, Dekay.)

It is generally found either in what are called " water-bushes,"
(Cephalcmthus occidetitalis,) or in pickerel-weed. During dog-
days, when other pickerel are found at the bottom in the channel,
these are taken in the same localities that they frequent at all
seasons, and are rarely, if ever, taken in the deep channel water.
They take the bait with great eagerness, and, turning abruptly,
make back into the shallow coverts whence they darted. The

160

long-nosed species, on the contrary, moves to the deep water,
there to devour its prey. They take the bait readily at all sea-
sons and all times of day, being much more voracious than the
other species ; the same individual is frequently caught after hav-
ing been several times drawn from the water. They live longer
out of water, and remain flaccid for a greater length of time after
death ; their sight is much stronger, and they move quicker. In
warm weather, and in certain localities, it is necessary to trail
deep and slow for the shovel-nosed pickerel, or they will refuse
the bait, — and even then the bait must be of a kind they specially
prefer ; the trout-pickerel, on the contrary, will take almost any
bait, at the surface or beneath it, moving fast or slow ; its vorac-
ity is such, that it is known to take the bait with the tail of a yet
undio-ested fish visible in its mouth.

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited some crystals of green
feldspar, from the sea-wall, near Southwest Harbor,
Mount Desert, Maine.

It is found crystallized in quartz veins and pockets, near the
shore, in a rock exceedingly hard. It is abundant, and some
crystals are found four inches square, polished by the sea water.
Heretofore this has only been found in Siberia, and is consid-
ered rare and valuable. It admits of a high polish, and is valued
as a gem under the name of " Amazon Stone." Crystals of yel-
low feldspar were also found in this locality ; both by Dr. W. F.
Channing.

Dr. Jackson also exhibited specimens received from
M. Daubree, of Strasbourg, of the minerals artificially-
produced by his process referred to at the meeting of
April 6, 1859, — viz. chabasie, apophyllite, harmotome,
and quartz crystals. The bricks from the old Roman
woiks, acted upon by the hot waters of Plombieres, as
well as the cement, displayed zeolitic minerals in their
interstices. The specimens of quartz were microscopic,
but were pronounced by Dr. Bacon to be quartz crystals,
whose sharp angles show that they could not have been
dissected out of the glass matrix.

161

Among some specimens recently received from Ore-
gon Territory, was a piece of a meteorite containing
crystals of olivine, yielding 9 per cent, of nickel. It was
identical in appearance, and probably in composition,
with the Pallas meteorite of Siberia ; he thought it not
improbable that pieces may have fallen in the same me-
teoric shower in both countries, as has happened in other
instances, though less widely separated.

Dr. Jackson read a letter from Emilien de Wael, of
Antwerp, asking that deficiencies in his copy of the So-
ciety's Journal might be supplied, and also soliciting
recent and especially freshwater species from this coun-
try : it was referred to the Committee on Publications
and to the Curator of Conch ology.

Dr. Kneeland exhibited a growing specimen of Tes-
tuditiaria elephantipes^ an endogenous plant of the fam-
ily DioscoreacecB, and a native of South Africa.

Mr. Samuels presented a series of thirty microscopic
slides, to be used for purposes of exchange with the
London Microscopical Society. They were referred to
Dr. Durkee, Mr. Stodder, and the Committee on Publi-
cation.

October 19, 1859.

The President in the Chair.

Dr. Gould presented descriptions of shells, collected by
the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, as follows : —

Patella grata. T. ovato-conica, elevata, apice acuto ad-
modum antico, extus rudis, cinerea, costis elevatis compressis jux-
ta marginem tubulosis radiata ; margine expanse denticulate ;

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. VII. 11 DECEMBER, 1?59.

162

intus ochracea fusco variegata, spatula et submargine intense
castaneis. Long. 30 millim. ; lat. 24 millim. ; alt. 14 millim.
From the north shores of Niphon. Mr. Brooke.

Patella pallida. T. oblique pyramidata, cinerea, rudis,
apice parum antico, costis inequalibus rotundatis varie dispositis
ad 20 instructa ; apertura rotundato-ovata, margine indentato,
submargine cinereo, cavositate porcellano, spatula baud colorata.
Long. 40, lat. 33, alt. 30 millim. Inhabits Hakodadi Bay, on
stones and gravel, 10 fathoms. W. S.

AcM^A DORSUOSA. T. ovoidea, rudis, costis inequalibus an-
gustis humilibus tuberculatis ad 20 instructa ; apice antico, acuto
decurvato ; intus virescens, spatula (centro plerumque excepto)
castanea, margine fere integro ad costas castaneo. Long. 20,
lat. 15, alt. 10 millim..

Habitat, Hakodadi on rocks of 2d and 3d laminarian zone.
W. S. Closely allied to A. patina, or that variety of it named
monticula by Nuttall. The apex is more central, ribs more tu-
bercular and less angular.

ScuTELLiNA UNGUiFORMis. T. parvula, alba, lucida, rotun-
dato-elliptica, depresse fornicata, apice minuto deflecto, pagina
externa striis concentricis et radiantibus minutissimis decussata
versus apicem gemmulata. Long. 6, lat. 5, alt. 1 millim. Hab.
Kagosima. W. S.

ScuTELLiNA scoBiNATA. T. parva, cinnamomea, rotundato-
ovata, admodum elevata fornicata, apice terminali, deflecto ; extus
undulis concentricis et striis confertissimis radiantibus ornata et
granulis elongatis obliquis inordinatis scobinata ; intus subnacrea.
Long. 8, lat. 7, alt. 4 millim. Hab. Ousima. W. S.

Emarginula pileata. T. minuta, straminea, oblique ovato-
conica, costis granulosis numerosis radiantibus ornata ; apice
anticali, obtuso ; apertura ovato-rotundata ; margine crenulato ;
fissura profunda retrorsum in canalem externum clathratum pro-
tracta. Long. 5, lat. et alt. 4 millim. Hab. Loo Choo. W. S.

Emarginula (Clypidina) altilis. T. parva, oblique conica,
elevata, sulcis confertis radiantibus et liris tenuibus concentricis
insculpta ; apice obtuso, recurvo ; apertura ovalis ; margine ere-

163

nulato ; fissura profunda retrorsum in canalem externum reducta.
Long. 5, lat. 4, alt. 4 millim. Hab. Kagosima Bay, 10 fathoms,
gravelly. W. S.

More simply and finely striate than any other species.

E. (Clypidina) radiata. T. einerea, elliptica, costis radian-
tibus imbricatulis ad 17 et costulis intermedianis ad 3 ornata,
prope apicem acutum deflectum submedianum clathrata j intus
viridi radiata, margine denticulato ; fissura curta in canalem in-
ternum versus apicem producta. Long. 12, lat. 8, alt. 7 millim.
Inhabits Sydney Harbor. TV. S.

E. (Clypidina) textilis. T. parvula, tenuis, fusco et cinereo
variegata, ovato-rotundata, costulis concinne imbricatis (tertio vel
quarto plerumque majore) radiata ; apice subcentrali acuto ; intus
viridi vel zonata vel radiata, margine crenulato ; fissura satis pro-
funda postice in canalem internum ad apicem producta. Long. 9,
lat. 7, alt. 4 millim. Hab. Ousima, on surf- washed rocks. TV. S.

Reviula e chin at a. T. parva, ovalis, costata, costis inequali-
bus echinatis, interstitiis simplicibus (?), apice acuto revoluto ;
foramine oblongo antice rotundato, postice in canalem clathratam
reducto ; margine indentato. Long. 9, lat. 7, alt. 4 millim. Hab. :
Gaspe Straits.

An imperfect description from the figure of a shell unfortu-
nately lost or missing. It seems different from the three recent
species already described, but possibly may be i?. propinqua
A. Ad.

Chiton (Lophyrus) lugubris. T. parva, solida, punctata,
elongato-ovata, vix carinata, smaragdina ; area centrali liris lon-
gitud. pectinata ad apicem Isevi ; areis lateral, elevatis, liris
ramosis nodulosis instructis ; valvis terminalibus magnis prope
marginem radiatis, umbone subcentrali ; ligamentum latum, squa-
mis magnis transversis convexis obtectum. Long. 25, lat. 15
millim. Hab.

C. (Leptochiton) comptus. T. parvula, tenuis, elliptica, aut
viridis aut incarnata SEepe albido vel flavo varie fasciata punc-
tata vel maculata ; valvis brevibus, terminalibus radiatim costatis
etiam punctatis, area centrali quincuncialiter punctata ; areis late-

164

ralibus elevatis et sulcis radiantibus 4-5 insculptis ; intus viri-
dans ; ligamentum angustum squamis parvis elongatis sulcatis
imbricatum. Long. 15, lat. 10 millim. Hab. Ousima, Bonin
and Loo Choo Is. W. S.

In form like squamulosus and riigulatus, but sculptured differ-
ently ; possibly (7. caliginosus Rv.

C. (Leptochiton) Jacob^us. T. parvula, cinerea, elongata,
elliptica vix carinata ; valvis terminalibus permagnis, fornicatis,
costis scabris radiantibus ad 10 ornatis ; area centrali cancellata ;
areis lateral, couspicuis, bicostatis ; ligamentum angustum, squa-
mis minutis elongatis obtectum. Long. 12, lat. 5 millim. Hab.
Simoda. W. S.

The vaulting and ribs of the two large terminal valves make
them resemble two small Pectens.

C. (Leptochiton) concinnus. T. minuta, rubida, elliptica,
fornicata, omnino punctata, punctis seriatim dispositis, seriebus
radiatim flectantibus ; areis lateralibus haud elevatis, longitud.
undulatis ; valva antica crescentica ; v. postica acute umbonata
concentrice undulata ; ligamentum angustum, lutescens, pruino-
sum. Long. 8, lat. 5 millim. Hab. Hakodadi. W. S.

In size and form like G. albuSy but sufficiently distinct by its
evident lines of punctures.

C. (Leptochiton) ckaticulatus. T. tenuis, fusco-cinerea,
lata, ellij)tica, admodum carinata ; area centrali longitud. clath-
rata, clathris elevatis, aeutis ; areis lateral, angustis, elevatis,
liris eminentibus asperis divaricantibus 4-8 instructis ; valva an-
tica crescentica radiatim lirata ; v. postica vix umbonata radiata ;
ligamentum latum, squamis minutis elongatis striatis vestitum,
fusco-fasciatum. Long. 30, lat. 20 milHm. Hab. China Seas,
probably Simoda.

The number of ridges on the lateral areas and terminal valves
varies much.

C. (Lepidopleura) lepidus. T. parva, elliptica, tectiformis,
flavo-virens olivaceo strigata ; valva antica semicircularis, radia-
tim striata ; v. postica crescentica, umbonata, radiata, antice longi-
tud. sulcata ; areis lateral, elevatis, sulcis radiantibus ad 6 in-
sculptis ; area centrali imbricatim sulcata ; ligamentum angustum

165

olivaceo fasciatum, sqiiamis rainutissimis vestitura. Long. 13,
lat. 9 millim. Hab. China Sea, lat. 24° N. W. S.

This deeply sculptured little species resembles generally C.
Siculus.

C. (Chtetopleura) plumosus. T. fusco-cinerea, ovata, valvis
concavis vix umbonatis ; valva antica liris radiautibus plumosis
ornata; v. postica parva, umbone marginali et costa submarginali
utrinque notata ; area centrali magna striis divaricantibus et striis
lateralibus plumose coadunatis ornata ; areis lateral, parvis, costa
marginali finitis, striis denticulatis, interspatiis clathratis. Lig-
amentum latum coriaceum, tubulis (setigeris ?) instructum. Long.
1.5, lat. .75 poll. Hab.

Allied to O. ccelatus Rv., which is said to be highly ornamented
with green and pink. G. Collei and C. muscosus G. belong to the
same group.

C. (Acanthochcetes) achates. T. angusta, eUiptica, deluta,
fuliginosa, striga flava utrinque ornata, valvis scutitbrmibus ros-
tratis et carinatis, apicibus ebeninis glabris, alibi squamatim gran-
ulata ; valva antica semiovali ; v. postica parva, trigona, umbone
subterminali ; intus glauca. Ligamentum latum spinis curtis in-
equalibus et fasciculis spicularum munitum. Long. 30, lat. 20
millim. Hab. Kikaia and Hakodadi Bay. W. S.

C. (Moipalia) Stimpsoxi. T. tenuis, rotundato-ovata, de-
pressa, fiistigiata, fusca, rufo, rosaceo viridi et flavo marmorata vel
lineata, concentrice striata ; valvis angustis planatis ; areis linea
elevata finitis ; valva antica parvula, crescentica ; v. postica mini-
ma, emarginata. Ligamentum coriaceum antice valde dilatatum,
pilis fimbriatum. Long. 1.5 poll., lat. 1 poll. Hab. Hakodadi
Bay. W. S.

Related to G. BlainviUei, but smaller, has no perceptible radi-
ating lines on the anterior valve, and is not so vividly colored.

Dentalium aciculum. T. modica, tenuis, levis, nitida, lactea,
admodum arcuata, prope apicem longitudinaliter sulcata, alibi un-
dulis annulatis interdum obliquis ornata. Apertura circularis.
Long. 30, diam. 3 millim. Hab. Coast of China, 23° 50' N, in
sand 25 fathoms. W. S.

166

Dentalium hexagonum. T. elongata, attenuata, ossea, arcu-
ata, hexagona, angulis obtusis, lateraliter compressis, interspatiis
inornatis ; peristomate sexangulari. Long. 55, diam. 4 millim.
Hab. Hong Kong, in shelly mud.

Dentalium buccinulum. T. modica, lactea prope apicem
rubiginosa, admodum arcuatum, longitudinaliter sulcis ad 30 ara-
ta, versus aperturam evanescentibus, ubi lucida. Long. 30 mill,
diam. 3 millim. Hab. Kagosima. W. S.

Most nearly allied to D. curtum, but is more deeply grooved.

Dentalitbi intercalatum. T. parva, albida, acuta, rapide
ampliata, ad apicem sulcis primum sex deinde 12 aequalibus lon-
gitudinalibus sulcata. Long. 18, diam. 2-j- millim. Hab. China
Seas. W. S.

Dentalium strigatum. T. bene arcuata, albido-rubescens,
sulcis amplis concavis longitudinaliter striatis ad 13 insculpta, dis-
sepimentis angustis, obtusis. Long. 18, diam. 3 millim. Hab.
False Bay, C. Good Hope. W. S.

Dentalium porcatum. T. modica, cretacea ad apicem plus
minusve rubiginosa, bene arcuata, sulcis tenuibus longitud. 12 sen-
sim ad 20 auctis arata. Axis 20, diam. 2.5 millim. Hab. Hong
Kong Harbor. W. S.

Dentalium clavatum. T. parva, clavata, polita, tenuis fere
hyalina admodum arcuata lateribus oblique undulatis, versus aper-
turam valde contracta. Long. 10, diam. 2 millim. Hab. Hong
Kong ; not uncommon. W. S.

This would be regarded as a Ditrupa had not Mr. Stimpson
given a figure of the animal, which he assures us is a mollusk. It
resembles D. coarctatum Desh.

Prof. Agassiz made a communication on reversed bi-
valve shells, and exhibited a specimen in the Unto liga-
mentinus^ (Lamarck.)

In this genus, on the right side in the normal shell there is one
cardinal tooth and one long laminar tooth, and on the left two car-
dinal and two laminar teeth. Reversion of bivalve shells is quite
rare, and generally not easily observed except in those with un-

167

equal valves; and it is move common in gasteropods than in
acephala.

Dr. Gould expressed the belief that the geographical distribu-
tion of unios would throw much light on generic distinctions, and
that each large basin would be found to possess its peculiar ani-
mals.

Prof. Agassiz observed that this relation was especially observ-
able in regard to fishes, though they have peculiar facihties for
changing their locality. He instanced the Rhine, Rhone, and
Danube, which in their head waters in Switzerland contained the
same fishes ; while lower down, the fishes of each river are not
only different from each other, but those of the lower portion are
difi^erent from those in the upper.

A specimen of the Odontaspis griseus^ described by Mr.
Ayres as Carcharias griseus, was presented by Dr. D. H.
Storer.

This is a rare shark on our coast ; the specimen, a female, was
about four feet long. On each side of the teeth at the base was a
small toothlet, and the upper lobe of the tail was much longer
than the lower, and indented on the lower edge near the tip, dif-
fering in this respect from Oxyrhina, (Ag.) in which the upper
lobe is but little longer than the lower.

Prof. Wyman gave an account of some observations
on the shedding of the antlers of the American red deer.

After the rutting season is past, and, in consequence of the
stoppage of the circulatiou through them, they have become dry
and dead, the antlers are separated from the living frontal bone
by a process of absorption carried on by the Haversian canals.
These acting on one plane through the whole thickness of the
bone just below the " burr," remove the solid materials around
them, so that each canal becomes dilated on that plane until its
cavity unites with that of an adjoining one. When this process
has extended entirely across the base, the antler drops. The fall
of the antler was shown to have a close resemblance to the pro-
cess by which, in necrosis, the dead is separated from the living
bone.

168

He also was disposed to regard the antler as a dermal bone,
rather than a portion of the endo-skeleton ; 1st, because it i^ de-
veloped in the integuments by a special centre of ossification, and
only becomes attached to the frontal bone after ossification has
somewhat advanced ; 2d, because the permanent antlers of the
Giraffe do not become united with the cranium except by suture
until late in life, and are developed over the parietal as well as
the frontal bones, without being divided on the line of the sutures
of these two bones, which they would be were they merely epi-
physes of them.

November 2, 1859.
The President in the Chair.

Prof. William B. Rogers exhibited a fossil cast in sandstone of
part of the trunk of a large Sigillaria, from the South Joggins in
Nova Scotia, where, as first shown by Logan and Dawson, these
and other stems belonging to the carboniferous age occur at nu-
merous levels in the strata, and are to be seen standing in the
erect position in which they grew.

In considering the process by which these stems were origi-
nally enveloped by the mass of sediment now inclosing them in
the shape of sandstone and shale, an inquiry of much interest is
sucrcrested as to the rate of accumulation of the deposit in which
they are huried. Many of these erect trunks are of very consid-
erable height, and one is mentioned by Sir Charles Lyell as
traceable vertically across the strata for a distance of twenty-five
feet. In all such cases the decay of the tree could have made no
great progress before the trunk became buried to the whole ob-
served depth, otherwise it would have become too weak to main-
tain an erect position, and must have fallen over. We infer,
therefore, that the mass of sediment even to the height of twenty-
five feet, in the case above cited, must have been accumulated
around the stem in a period extending at farthest only to the ear-
lier stages of change in the organic structure. Moreover this
conclusion is strongly confirmed by the fact, that the peculiar

109

markingt> of the outer wood, and even of the bark, are often found
impressed so distinctly on these erect sandstone casts as to afford
a means of discriminating the character of the plant.

It seems therefore undeniable, that in these cases the mass of
sediment, amounting sometimes to twenty-five feet, was accumu-
lated around the standing tree in a very short time, a mere mo-
ment as compared with the units according to which geologists
are accustomed to reckon the growth of such deposits, in the usual
way of sedimentary accumulation. Yet a little consideration will
show, that facts of this kind furnish no support to the opinion of
those whose imperfect acquaintance with geological data have led
them to deny the necessity of prolonged cycles of formative action
in the production of the great systems of sedimentary strata.

In explaining the rapid entombment of the trees in their verti-
cal position, it should be borne in mind that there are two pro-
cesses very distinct from each other by which sediment may be
accumulated over a given area. One of these is the series of
actions by which the materials of preexisting rocks, worn down,
and diffused by tides and currents, are deposited more or less
equally over wide regions, so as to build up step by step a newer
system of formations. The other consists in the transfer of sedi-
ment already accumulated, from one part of the bed of the sea or
estuary to a neighboring one. In the former process it would
seem clear, from all the geological data, that vast periods of time
must have been consumed. The latter beino; nothins; more than
the sweeping of soft sand and mud from one submerged area to
another in its vicinity, would require no other agency than some
unusual local disturbance of the waters, such as might result from
earthquakes or great inundations, and would demand but a short
time for its completion. In this view, the thick mass of sand-
stone and shale inclosing the erect trunk of the fossil tree, al-
though accumulated at this particular part of the carboniferous
area in a very short time, is not to be regarded as simply the pro-
duct and measure of this brief geological moment. Considered in
relation to its previous history in the carboniferous period, it
rather represents the comparatively long series of combined
actions which brought its materials into suspension in the waters,
and gradually deposited them over the area, from which they
were afterward so rapidly removed.

170

In framing any conjecture as to the length of time correspond-
ing to the formation of a group of strata at any particular locality,
as the Joggins, we would of course ascribe but a small value in
years to such masses of deposit as thus prove themselves to have
been hastily accumulated at the spot where they are found. But
on the other hand we should be careful not to apply the same
measure of rapid accretion to those associated beds of shale, lime-
stone, coal, and even sandstone, which give intrinsic evidence of
having been tranquilly and slowly deposited. We should also
keep in view the important fact, that while one part of the column
of strata whose chronology we are studying has been thus rapidly
built up, by the materials swept into it from a neighboring quar-
ter, other parts of the same column have been reduced in thick-
ness, or even wholly removed, by similar local actions in the
opposite direction ; and that therefore the strata as they stand give
us the measure of a time much less than that in which, as a group,
they were actually deposited.

Prof. Rogers next proceeded to compare the Lower Carbonife-
rous rocks of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, which he had
lately in part examined, with certain groups of strata holding a
corresponding geological position in the Appalachian belt of the
United States.

Early in the geological surveys of Virginia and Pennsylvania,
it was found that two groups of strata of great thickness were
interposed between the series of arenaceous red rocks forming the
top of the Devonian and those massive conglomerates and sand-
stones which usually mark the base of the true coal measures.

Of these intervening masses, the Lower Group, consisting of
conglomerates, sandstones, and sandy slates, and shales, usually of
a brownish and greenish gray color, abounds in impressions of
Lepidodendra and other terrestrial plants allied to those of the
true coal measures, although not in general identical with them,
and includes in some of its outcrops one or more considerable
seams of coal.

The Upper Group, exposed along the northeastern margin of
the coal region of Pennsylvania, consists of a great thickness of
red shales and sandstones, passing upward into buff argillaceous
sandstones, and including at some points a few calcareous layers,

171

with now and then the impression of a mollusk. In its extension
toward the southwest it becomes rapidly more and more calca-
reous, until in the valley of the New River in Virginia we find it
embracing a limestone formation upward of fifteen hundred feet
in thickness, most of which is crowded with carboniferous fossils.
In this district, and as traced further toward the southwest, this
upper group presents in the ascending order the following succes-
sion of mineral masses.

First — Argillaceous red and green shales becoming more cal-
careous, and in the same proportion more fossiliferous, toward its
upper limit.

Second — The great mass of limestone above referred to, con-
sisting of an alternation of compact and often oolitic strata with
more argillaceous beds weathering into calcareous shale, and con-
taining throughout a great abundance and variety of carbonife-
rous fossils.

Third — Red and variegated shales, with thin strata of lime-
stone containing similar fossils ; and

Fourth — Alternations of red sandstone and red shale with
brown, buff, and gray sandstones, the latter varieties predomi-
nating toward the top of the series. To this succeeds the con-
glomerate and other coarse sediment forming the floor of the true
coal measures.

The lower part of this group, in its most southern outcrop in
Virginia, includes a great thickness of gypsum, while the gray and
brownish sandstones abounding in the upper portion are often
impressed with vegetable remains, and in some instances contain
plates, and even thin seams of coal.

The distinctive features of these two great groups of strata, as well
in organic contents and lithological character as in their influence
upon the topography of the regions in which they occur, early led
the State geologists of Pennsylvania and Virginia to regard them
as separate divisions of the carboniferous system, and to designate
them severally by the numbers X. and XI. in the numerical clas-
sification of their surveys ; titles which, without altering the as-
signed limits of the two groups, they have replaced in their later
nomenclature by the terms Vespertine and Umbral series. More
than twenty years ago they made known the existence and geo-
logical position of these formations through the descriptions and

172

tracings of the Virginia and Pennsylvania Reports, and they have
since always assigned them a prominent place when treating of
the order and character of our paleozoic rocks. The carbonife-
rous relations of the lower or Vespertine group, taken in connec-
tion with its depth beneath the true coal measures, were early
recognized as a feature of peculiar geological interest, and in
1849 Prof. Rogers had made it the subject of a special communi-
cation to the British Association, on which occasion he called the
attention of British geologists to the existence in the United
States of this group of plant-bearing strata, and even of coal
measures, beneath several thousand feet of marine deposits, having
the general characters of the great carboniferous limestone of Eu-
rope, and remarked upon the vast interval of formative actions
which must have intervened between the production of these ear-
liest carboniferous rocks and the true coal series. This slight
reference to the history of the subject will show how early and by
whom the two formations in question were first clearly recognized
and introduced into a classification of the North American strata.

In the recent publications of Prof. Dawson on the carboniferous
rocks of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, so ably explored by
himself, Sir Wm. Logan, and Prof. Robb, w-e find this geologist
virtually recognizing a similar binary subdivision of the great
series of deposits which form the lower carboniferous system of
these regions, describing those which lie at the base of the series
as the lower coal measures, or lower freshwater or estuarine de-
posits, and the remainder as the lower carboniferous marine
deposits.

Combining the data collected by Prof. Dawson and others with
his own observations during the past season. Prof. Rogers had be-
come satisfied of the close parallelism of these two divisions of the
carboniferous rocks of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick with the
above described Vespertine and Umbral groups respectively,
especially as the latter are developed in the valley of the New
River, and the adjoining region toward the south. The sand-
stones and slates of the Gaspereau, and of Horton Bluffs and
Half-way River, as well as other localities on the Bay of Mines,
and the corresponding formation containing the asphaltic coal of
New Brunswick, all underlying the gypsiferous marls and lime-
stone, with carboniferous fossils of these regions, seem to be clearly

173

referable to the same freological horizon with the great mass of
plant and coal-bearing rocks comprised in the Vespertine series,
which, as we have seen, lie immediately beneath the gypsiferous
marls and carboniferous limestone of southwestern Virginia.
The red marl and limestone of the gypsiferous group in Nova
Scotia and New Brunswick, with those alternations of red and
variegated shales and sandstones which are seen overlying tliem
on so grand a scale in the section of the South Joggins, obviously
occupy the same geological place as the analogous Umbral series
of the Appalachian formations. In both regions we see the lower
carbonaceous strata, the accumulation of extensive swamps and
estuaries, succeeded by a vast series of marine formations, in the
shape of red and variegated marls and shales and beds of lime-
stone, thronged with remains characterizing the carboniferous
period ; and in both, as we approach the upper limit, we see alter-
nations of shales and sandstones with plants and occasional films'
of coal, marking the fluctuating dawn of those physical conditions
which were to culminate in the vast vegetable deposits of the coal
measures.

Prof. Agassiz inquired what proof there was that the carbon-
iferous series so-called is a single formation. As an instance of
the manner in which the extension downward of a geological
series had been made, he instanced tHe Jura, which twenty years
ago was considered a single formation, but which is now divided
into seven or nine distinct formations, each with its characteristic
fossils.

Prof. Rogers replied that he used the term " carboniferous
series " as a convenient expression for a group of formations of a
certain geological period, without imj)lying that it was a single
formation ; indeed, he and his brother had long since made a triple
division of the series, giving to each division a separate name.

Prof. Wyman alluded to the idea of Prof. Lyell, that if the
trees of this period were hollow, the remains of animals might
occasionally be dropped in ; and such remains were actually
found and described by him a few years ago. Since then, Prof.
Dawson had examined further, and had found remains of an
articulate like Julus, and more bones of reptiles, viz : of eight

174

individuals of Dendrerpeton, and three of Hylerpeton^ a new genus
of batrachian reptiles, with, a new species of Dendrerpeton.

Dr. C. T. Jackson read a letter from Dr. Evans, of
Oregon Territory, confirming his former opinion that
the meteorite recently found in that Territory is iden-
tical with the Pallas meteorite of Siberia.

He also exhibited a specimen of the tin ore of Los
Angelos, California.

Dr. J. Mason Warren exhibited the dissection of a
young lioness, two months old.

November 16, 1859.

The President in the Chair.

Dr. White exhibited some living larvae in water, said
to have been vomited from the human stomach. They
were very active, and belong to the genus Corethra of
the family Tipuladce. The person reported to have ejec-
ted them had been drinking water from a newly made
well, from which the larvaB were drawn ; they probably
had never entered the human stomach, where they would
have been soon destroyed. The following is a descrip-
tion of these larvae : —

The length |- of an inch ; head lozenge-shaped ; upper jaw
proboscis-like, and terminated by a double hook bent down at a
right angle ; lower jaw short, and composed of two small hooks
directed upward toward base of proboscis. Eyes black and prom-
inent ; neck short, followed by a large globose segment furnished
with two crescentic inclosed spiracles ; six following segments
cylindrical, globose, and tapering to the eighth, which is enlarged
to hold a pair of spiracles corresponding to the first ; two termi-
nal joints long and tapering, the last furnished with a fan of bris-
tles posteriorly and below.

175

Dr. White also presented, from Dr. Bowditch, a speci-
men of a hair worm ( Gordiiis) said to have passed from
the human body after the use of aloes, though it proba-
bly never was so passed. It does not answer to either
of the two described by Dr. Leidy ; he proposed for it
the name of G. trifurcatus. The description is as fol-
lows : —

Male. Length 5 inches ; diameter -^ line ; shape uniformly
cylindrical ; head obtusely conical ; posterior end divided into
two long and narrow lobes, and one shorter and broader lobe, in-
curved and fringed with short thick hairs. At base of larger
lobe is the genital opening, from which the spermatozoa are seen
escaping with extremely long tails. Color uniformly light brown.

The President remarked that the children of Mendoza, at the
foot of the Andes, not unfrequently have the nostrils infested by
the larv« of a fly ; the affection is accompanied by a discharge
at first mucous and afterward bloody, and sometimes proves fatal ;
the perfect insect resembles our blue-bottle fly, but is smaller.
Similar instances have been observed on the Pacific coast of
South America, and in Cayenne.

Prof. Wyman inquired if any of the members had seen any
accounts of recent elephants having been swamped in large num-
bers. Rev. Mr. Walker, of the Gaboon Mission, informed him
that such an instance had occurred in that vicinity, where many
elephants had thus perished together in a mud hole. The fact is
interesting, as showing at the present epoch causes of death simi-
lar to those which probably existed in the time of the masto-
don, several of which were found together in New Jersey, sup-
posed to have been mired in the same locality.

Dr. C. T. Jackson read some letters from Dr. Evans,
concerning the meteorite discovered by him in Oregon
Territory ; the mass, about three feet of which was above
ground, was in the mountains, about forty miles from
Port Orford, on the Pacific, and easily accessible by
mules. He hoped the Society, as a body or individually,

176

would take speedy and proper measures to secure its
deposition by government in the Smithsonian Insti-
tution.

Prof. W. B. Rogers made some remarks on the geology of the
neighborhood of St. John, New Brunswick, and described, by the
aid of a section, the stratigraphical features exhibited at the junc-
tion of the older and less ancient groups of strata on the St. John
and Kennebecasis rivers, a few miles above the city, as observed
by Prof. Robb and himself during the past summer. Here the
steep-dipping slates and limestones of the older group may be
seen suddenly giving place to nearly horizontal beds of reddish
conglomerates, which abutting against them, and in part resting
on their upturned edges, present a very striking example of un-
conformable contact.

Referring to the probable ages of the two groups. Prof. Rogers
mentioned the fact that hitherto the only fossils discovered in the
belt of metamorphic slates and limestones ranging along the
northern side of the Bay of Fundy, and on which St. John was
built, consisted of vegetable impressions of a rather vague kind
found by Prof. Robb at several localities, and of which specimens
may be seen in the olive slate of the hill near the cathedral. To
these Prof. Rogers w\as now able to add a fossil which he hoped
might prove more definite in its indications. In his explorations
around the city he had found loose pieces of silicious slate, con-
taining black scald-like fragments of shells, and had afterward dis-
covered, at several points, the layers of rock, in place, crowded with
these remains, the more entire of which presented the form and
markings of a Lingula.

Mr. Charles H. Wing, of Boston, was elected a Resi-
dent Member.

December 7, 1859.

The President in the Chair.

Prof. Rogers presented the following communication on
the meteor of August 11, 1859, by Mr. David A. Wells :

177

On the morning of the 11th of August, 1859, at 7 o'clock and
20 minutes or thereabouts, thermometer 73°, air still, and the sun
shining brightly, a meteoric body of great size and brilliancy was
observed throughout a large portion of Western New England
and Eastern New York, which exploding violently threw down
to the earth at least one fragment of its mass, in the vicinity of
Albany, N. Y.

The main facts connected with this interesting phenomenon,
collected from numerous and widely separated observers, are as
follows : —

By observers generally, north of Albany, the meteor is de-
scribed as appearing in the southeast, at an elevation of from 45°
to 60° ; thence it passed rapidly to the south, and disappeared a
little west of south, at an elevation of from 10° to 15°. Its course,
throughout its visible range, was marked by a heavy train or
trail of smoke, which continued visible for some time after the
meteor itself had disappeared ; and at two or three points in its
course, large volumes of smoke were observed to form, as if the
result of successive explosions. These volumes of smoke were
observed to be in a state of great agitation, and in size were com-
pared to the cloud of smoke produced by the discharge of a six-
pounder.

To observers, generally, south of Albany, (twenty miles or
more distant,) the meteor was first seen in the northeast, and dis-
appeared in the northwest ; a fact which indicates the path of the
body to have been nearly coincident with the parallel of Albany.

A few minutes after the disappearance of the meteor, the lapse
of time being variously estimated, by differently located observers,
at from thirty seconds to two minutes, two or three loud and suc-
cessive explosions or reports were heard, accompanied by pro-
longed echoes and a violent concussion. These sounds have been
compared by some to sharp and heavy peals of thunder, to the
report attending the explosion of a powder mill, or steam boiler,
and also to the rumbling of heavy carriages on a bridge. In
Troy, the concussion and jarring were sufficiently intense to sug-
gest the idea of an earthquake ; people walking in the streets
involuntarily stopped, and for a moment nearly every occupation
was suspended. At Schaghticoke, N. Y., and Bennington, Vt.,
where powder mills are in operation, the report was referred to

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 12 JANUARY, 1860.

178

explosions at the works. At Eagle Bridge, on the Troy and
Bennington Railroad, the concussion was forcible enough to jar
the windows and shake the seats of a train of cars in motion. At
Greenbush, opposite Albany, numbers of people rushed to the
docks, under the supposition that a passing steamboat had ex-
ploded her boiler. The noise and concussion also appear to have
been noticed, to nearly an equal extent, at points sixty miles east
of the Hudson, while the whole area over which the sound is pos-
itively known to have been heard with distinctness was upward
of two thousand square miles. The area of country, on the other
hand, over which the meteor was seen, was, as might have been
expected, much larger than the area over which the explosions
were heard, being at least equal to six thousand square miles.
Thus, observations were made upon it at Morristown, Lamoille
Co., Vermont, twenty-five miles north of Montpelier, and at South
Manchester, Conn., a point nearly two hundred miles south ; it
was also observed at localities west of the Hudson River, and at
various points from thirty to fifty miles east of the Hudson.
Within a radius of thirty miles northeast and southeast of the
city of Troy, it was probably observed by every person out of
doors, who was at the time looking in a southerly direction ; yet
such is the unreliability of human testimony as regards natural
phenomena, that no two observers can be found to agree as to
many important particulars, such as apparent size, period of visi-
bility, direction, altitude, &c.

The estimates formed of its size are exceedingly discrepant ;
some observers comparing it to the sun, or full moon, and others
to a sky rocket, or the luminous ball projected from a Roman
candle. All agree, however, that its appearance even in full sun-
shine was exceeding bright and dazzling, the light being at the
same time of a reddish color. So bright, indeed, was it at Straf-
ford, Vt., a locality nearly one hundred miles north of the proba-
ble point of explosion, that its distance was estimated as not
exceeding a half a mile from the point of observation.

A single fragment only of the meteor is positively known to
have fallen. This was found in Bethlehem, Albany Co., N. Y.,
and at a point about ten miles west of Albany. The circum-
stances connected with the phenomenon related by the person who
noticed it are as follows : —

179

While standing in the inclosure adjoining his house, his atten-
tion and that of his family was attracted by a loud sound, over
head, which somewhat resembled thunder ; and a few minutes
after a stone struck the southeast side of a wagon-house, and
bounding off, rolled into the grass. A dog lying in the doorway
started up and ran to the place where the stone fell. When
picked up immediately after, it was found to be quite warm, and
possessed of considerable sulphurous odor. The fragment in
question was small, about the size of a pigeon's e^g, and irregu-
larly shaped. Nearly three fourths of its superficies was covered
with a black, non-lustrous, evidently fused crust, while the re-
mainder presented the appearance of a fresh fracture, and was of
a light-gray color, and of a granular or semi-crystalline texture.
Its composition was apparently silicious and not metallic. This
specimen was bought by the Regents of the University of the
State of New York, and is now deposited in the State Cabinet at
Albany. Other fragments are reported to have fallen in the
vicinity of the Hudson, but careful inquiry has thus far failed to
discover them.

From the above facts it seems evident, that the meteor of Au-
gust 11th was of immense size, probably of tons weight, and that
it exploded violently at no great distance above the surface of the
earth. It is also an interesting subject of speculation as to what
became of the other fragments ; and also of what the smoke so
abundantly developed during its course was composed.

The Curator of Entomology read the following post-
humous paper by the late Dr. T. W. Harris : —

Observations on the Transformations of the Cecido-
MYi^. By T. W. Harris, of Cambridge, Mass.

The following are understood to be established doctrines con-
cerning the transformations of insects : —

During the growth of an insect, new membranes or skins are
successively formed or matured beneath the outer skin, whether
the latter be immediately cast off or temporarily retained. The
innermost or last-formed membrane becomes the skin of the
imago ; the penultimate is the skin of the pupa ; and the ante-
penultimate is the skin of the larva. The EphemercB moult their

180

skins once, after taking the imago form. Moreover, many larvae
cast their skins repeatedly before assuming the pupa state. Some,
however, do not moult the larva-skin till they are about to become
pupae. Other insects, during the pupa state, retain the loosened
larva-skin, and this forms a case or kind of cocoon for the in-
cluded pupa. Dipterous insects are said either to cast off the
larva-skin once only, that is, when they disclose the pupa, or, to
retain it for a case to the pupa, which hence is called a coarctate
pupa.

The writer does not recollect that any exceptions to the fore-
going statements have hitherto been recorded by European ento-
mologists. The transformations of the CecidomyicB, as observed
by American naturalists, offer certain peculiarities or remarkable
exceptions, which are now to be described. There are three
modifications in the transformations that these insects undergo,
represented respectively by Cecidomyia solids, (Fitch), G, tritici,
(Kirby), and O. destructor, (Say).

Cecidomyia salicis is an American species, inhabiting willow
galls. Being of large size, it is an excellent object for the obser-
vation of the anomalous transformation that is common to it and
to other species of the genus. The gall, produced by this insect,
consists of a woody tumor, surmounted by the dry and brittle ter-
minal bud, at the tips of the twigs of Salix rigida and Salix lu-
cida. It contains only a single larva, which perforates the gall
from the tip to the bottom, and, when fully grown, lines a portion
of the cavity with a delicate silken web. During the winter, the
larva remains unchanged, and in a dormant state, within its cell.
The change to the pupa state occurs in the following spring, and
is effected without any moulting of the larva-skin. Dr. Asa Fitch,
the describer of the species, first called my attention to this fact,
which has been confirmed also by my own observations. The
approaching change is marked by an alteration of the color of the
anterior segments of the larva, which, from orange, become red
and shining, as if distended with blood. Soon afterward, rudi-
mentary legs, wings, and antennae begin, as it were, to bud and
put forth, and rapidly grow to their full pupal dimensions ; and
thus the transformation to the pupa is completed. T7hen the fly
is about to be disclosed, the pupa bursts through the silken lining
of the upper part of its cell, and works its way to the external

181

opening in the top of the gall, where it is retained while the fly-
disengages itself from the pupa-skin. The peculiarity of this
kind of transformation consists in the fact, that the conversion to
the pupa is effected without any moulting of the larva-skin, which
is retained in a modified form, and becomes the proper skin of
the pupa.

The American wheat-fly appears to be identical with the Eu-
ropean Cecidomyia tritici. When the orange-colored larva of this
species is fully grown, its body contracts and becomes loosened
from the outer skin, which is so thin and delicate that the included
larva may be seen through it. In this condition the larva remains
quiescent several days, after which it extricates itself from its
filmy skin, and recovers its activity, but takes no more food. The
wheat-ears are often found full of these delicate cast skins, which
are so light as to be wafted away by every breeze. Sometimes,
though rarely, this moulting does not occur till after the larvae
have left the grain. Their descent is generally made in the
night, and is facilitated by the heavy dews or falling rain. Hav-
ing moulted and descended to the ground, the larva buries itself
just below the surface, and there remains in a dormant state, and
without change, till the following spring. A few days, at most,
before its final transformation, this larva becomes a pupa. The
manner in which this transition is effected is altogether similar to
that w^hich has been observed in O. salicis. The abdominal por-
tion of the larva-skin undergoes little or no change ; the forepart
of the body becomes red, swollen, shining, and apparently gela-
tinous, and allows the budding limbs and wings to push outward,
so that each member becomes enveloped in its own process of the
yielding cuticle. The pupa then, though covered still with the
larva-skin, wdiich is merely modified by extension or growth, or
both, to suit the changed condition of the insect, is not a true
coarctate pupa ; it is a naked pupa, with its limbs and wings ex-
posed and free, and folded upon the breast. The insect continues
in the pupa state only a very few days ; it then makes its way
to the surface of the ground, casts off its modified larva or pupa
skin, and appears in the winged form. This is the only Dipterous
insect which is know^n to cast off and abandon its skin while in
the larva state. Other species of Cecidomyia, however, may be
found to exhibit the same peculiarity.

182

The Hessian fly, or Cecidomyia destructor, (Say) is another
European species, which has become naturalized in the United
States, having been introduced seventy-five years ago. It fur-
nishes an example of a third kind of transformation, but little, if
at all, understood by European entomologists. The larva of this
insect, when it has come to its growth, remains fixed and motion-
less on the culm of the wheat. Its body contracts, and soon takes
the form and color of a flaxseed. While this change is going
on externally, the body of the insect gradually cleaves from its
outer dry and brownish skin. When this is carefully opened, the
included insect will be seen to be still in the larva state. Mr.
Westwood found it in this condition in a specimen sent to him
from Vienna ; and hence came to the erroneous conclusion that
the European species was not the same as the American Hessian
fly. But the fact is well established, that the American insect
retains the larva form, for some time, within its external or penul-
timate flaxseed skin. It does not change its condition, indeed,
until a few days before it discloses the winged insect. It does
not appear to moult its last larva-skin, in order to become a pupa ;
for on careful examination, not the least vestige of a cast skin has
been found within the flaxseed shell. The transition from the
larva to the pupa state is effected in the same way as in the fore-
going examples, by the softening of the anterior segments of the
larva, to admit of the development of the limbs and wings of the
pupa. The insect, in this stage, may be said to be a coarctate
pupa, being inclosed within a brownish leathery skin or pvpa-
rium, which, however, as before stated, consists, not of the last,
but of the penultimate larva-skin. In due time, the pupa breaks
open and crawls entirely out of its puparium, and resting between
the leaf and the culm, its delicate skin is rent on the back, and
the perfect fly extricates itself therefrom. In this example (and
it seems not to be the only one in the genus,) two anomalies
occur in the metamorphosis : first, the penultimate larva-skin be-
comes the puparium ; and, secondly, the last larva-skin is only
modified anteriorly, without being cast off, when the insect is
changed to a pupa. It should be noted also, that in all these
cases the pupa becomes active shortly before its final change.

The characteristics of the three varieties of transformations
described in this communication may be thus briefly summed up.

183

1. Larva inclosed in a gall and in an imperfect silken cocoon,
and pajising to the pupa state without moulting its skin.

2. Larva exposed, and not inclosed in a cocoon ; casting off its
penultimate larva-skin ; and becoming a naked pupa in the ground
without moulting its last skin.

3. Larva (and pupa) remaining inclosed in the penultimate
larva-skin ; and becoming a coarctate pupa without casting off its
last larva-skin.

For the specific characters of these and of some other species
of Cecidomyia^ illustrated by figures, the elaborate descriptions
by Dr. Asa Fitch may be consulted.

Dr. B. J. Jeffries alluded to experiments which had been made
by Dr. Mitchell at Philadelphia, and exhibited the results of
similar ones of his own, in injecting strong solutions of sugar un-
der the skin of frogs ; if the animals be kept from water they die
in a few hours, but if kept in water they recover, with, however,
the production of a cataract in both eyes ; the cataract being con-
lined to the superficial posterior layers, the interior of the lens
remaining clear.

Dr. Williams remarked that the cataract thus produced disap-
pears in course of time ; this is an interesting fact, as this con-
dition in man never disappears unless the capsule of the lens be
ruptured either spontaneously or by art. He had noticed cataract
in persons affected with diabetes.

Mr. Stodder exhibited the tooth of a large sperm
whale, with an abnormal nodular growth of cementum in
the interior and about the base of the tooth.

Dr. C. T. Jackson presented, in the name of Jules Mar-
cou, a pamphlet on the " Dyas and Trias," in which that
author states that the Roxbury conglomerate belongs to
the period of the new red sandstone, — an opinion from
which Dr. Jackson entirely dissented, maintaining that
it underlies the coal.

Mr. Bouve remarked that he had been able to trace
the gradual change from the conglomerate into a com-
pact, homogeneous, almost jaspery rock, the latter being
very striking in Hingham.

184

Mr. Theodore Lyman mentioned as an instance of the
neglect of the study of the descriptions of our early zool-
ogists, the case of the Ophiura appressa (Say), which
by way of exclusion he had determined to be the same
as that recently called Ophioderma virescens (Lutken) ;
the last agrees perfectly well with Say's description, is
abundant in Florida, and differs from all other known
Florida or West Indian species.

Mr. Stodder reported on the microscope slides pre-
sented by Mr. Samuels, Oct. 5, and referred to him for
examination.

The specimens he found to be very interesting, and some of
them new ; especially the diatoms from the intestines of holothu-
rians and echini — collected for Prof. Agassiz and Mr. J. M.
Barnard. Many species have been ascertained to be common to
the Sandwich Islands and the Mediterranean ; some are common
to England, Nova Scotia, Boston Bay, and the Sandwich Islands ;
others are common to the Sandwich Islands, Zanzibar, and Flori-
da, — in fact, diatoms have long been known as the most cos-
mopolitan of organisms.

The new species, recognized as such, by Mr. A. M. Edwards, of
New York, are Synedra magna, S. Pacijica, Triceratium circulare
(with three and four sides), T. elegans (with three and four sides),
and T. undatum (with three, four, and five sides). These varia-
tions raise the question again, whether there is any distinction be-
tween Triceratium and Amphitetras ; several four-sided species are
described by Mr. Brightwell, and the only difference between
T, Wilkesii and A. Wilkesii (Harvey & Bailey) is the number
of sides. Among the rare and recently described forms are T,
dubium (Bright.), Cocconeis Jimhriata (Bright.), and Biddulphia
reticulata (Roper). Campelodiscus striatus (Ehr.), figured by
Brightwell in the Journal of the Microscopical Society, is abun-
dant, but he is satisfied that it is distinct from Ehrenberg's spe-
cies, answering neither to the description nor the original figure
of that species ; he proposes to call it C. Brightwellii. Synedra
undulata (Greg.) = Toxarium undulans (Bailey), and S. Hennedy-
ana (Greg.), and Navicidce, are abundant. Navicula didyma

185

and JV. lyra are abundant, showing great variations within the
probable limits of each species. There are two forms of Ehren-
berg's genus Actinocyclas, called by most English writers Eupo-
discus ; Stauroptera aspera {Y\yY.) =■ Stauroneis pulchella (W.
S.) is abundant and variable ; in the Zanzibar slides he had
seen an Auliscus which may be new, and an Isthmia certainly
new, with many forms common also to the Sandwich Islands.
Mr. Edwards has undertaken to describe and figure the new spe-
cies, for publication in the Journal of the Society.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following let-
ters, viz : —

From Dr. A. Snowden Piggot, of Baltimore, and William
Sharswood, Esq., of Philadelphia, accepting Corresponding Mem-
bership ; from the Royal Geographical Society of London, the
Societe des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel, the Royal Society
of Sciences of Gottingen, and the Natural History Society at
Bonn, acknowledging reception of parts of Vols. 5 and 6 of the
Proceedings of the Society, and No. 4 of Vol. 6 of the Journal ;
from the Royal Academy of Sciences at Berlin, and the Zoologi-
co-Botanical Society at Vienna, acknowledging the same, and
presenting their publications ; and from the Natural History So-
ciety of Emden, sending their Proceedings for 1858.

Prof. J. L. Riddell, M. D., of the University of Louisi-
ana, and J. B. Avequin, M. D., of New Orleans, were
elected Corresponding Members.

Messrs. N. S. Shaler and Burt G. Wilder of Cam-
bridge, and W. E. Sheldon of West Newton, were
chosen Resident Members.

December 21, 1859.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Scudder read a paper by the late Dr. T. W. Har-
ris, on Cicindela Hentzii : —

186

This insect was first described, under the name of Cicindela
hcemori'hoidalis, by Professor N. M. Hentz, in a paper read be-
fore the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, on the
2d of November, 1827, and published in 1828, with a figure, in
the third volume of the Transactions of the Society. It appears,
however, that the same name had been previously given to an-
other species, described, in 1823, in the second volume of Wiede-
mann's Magazin, and therefore Count Dejean rejected the name
adopted by Professor Hentz ; but in substituting another, in his
catalogue, and in the fifth volume of his " Species Generales des
Coleopteres," he gave it the unfortunate misnomer of Cicindela
Hentzii. Count Dejean's description of it was drawn from a sin-
gle male specimen, which he says " was sent to him by M. Le-
conte, who had received it of M. Hentz." The latter part of this
statement contains two errors. Dejean's specimen w^as sent to
him by Major Leconte, who received it from me as the Cicindela
hcBmorrhoidalis of Professor Hentz. The latter gentleman was
well known, at least by name, to Major Leconte, who therefore
can hardly be held accountable for the misnomer.

Having been the first discoverer of this rare and pretty insect,
I now propose to give an account of the times and places where
it has been found, and to make some observations on its habits
and specific characters.

Hitherto it has been met with only on the sides and top of the
Blue Hills, in Milton, Massachusetts. My first specimen was
taken, on the 20th of August, 1824, in a stony path, near one of
the ledges of sienite, forming a part of the Blue Hill range, and
about three miles and a half in a northeasterly direction from
the principal summit. As the insect rose and flew in the path
before me, its red-colored abdomen was exposed, and led me at
once to notice and distinguish it from the Cicindela punctidata^
then common in other places. On dismounting from my horse, I
succeeded in catching the insect by throwing my handkerchief
upon it. Other specimens were sought for in vain in the same
place, then and afterward. It was not till the 20th of August,
1826, that two more were taken, basking on a large flat rock, in
a path leading to another part of the same range, and about one
mile and a half from the top of Blue Hill. In capturing them, a
rattlesnake, coiled up and concealed in a bush near the edge of

187

the rock, was disturbed, and one of the insects was taken within
a foot of the reptile's head, just as the warning rattle was given.
One of these specimens I gave to Professor Hentz to be described,
and at the same time suggested the name that he adopted for it.
All the rest of my specimens were taken on the top of Blue Hill,
at an elevation of 710 feet above the level of the sea, and at the
following times, namely, August 15, 1827 ; August 5 to 15,
1831; August 10, 1833; September 2, 1836; July 26, 1838;
and lastly August 26, 1848, twenty-four years after the first dis-
covery of the species. Most of all the known specimens have
been captured and distributed by me. A few have been taken in
the same place, by some of my entomological friends ; but none
have been found elsewhere to my knowledge.

Cicindela Hentzii is not plentiful, even in the places inhabited
by it. It resorts chietly to the large flat rocks, that rise but little
above the surface of the soil. These rocks are thinly encrusted
with lichens, intermingled with a few tufts of the long-leaved
Houstonia, and are edged with patches of the trailing Bear-berry,
and with low shrubs and scanty herbage. While resting, this
Cicindela is hardly to be perceived, so well does it harmonize in
hue with the lichen-covered rocks ; but when it rises on the wing,
it is betrayed by its motions, and by the red color of the abdomen
then exposed to view, and appearing as if tinged with a drop of
blood. Not unfrequently, on alighting, it begins apparently to
browse on the lichens. Probably it finds there some minute in-
sects, spiders, or acari, that serve for its food.

The rarity and limited range of C. Hentzii have led to the sus-
picion that it might be a local variety of some other species, per-
haps of C. riifiventris. The latter, though stated by Dejean, on
the authority of Palisot de Beauvais, to be a native of St. Do-
mingo, is found in the Southern States. My specimens of the
rujiventris were taken in North Carolina. There is no other
known North American species that comes so near Cicindela
Hentzii as this. They agree nearly in size, in the color of the
abdomen, and in the number and arrangement of the white spots
on the wing-covers. So too, Cicindela repanda and duodecim-
guttata, which are now accounted distinct and genuine species,
closely resemble each other ; indeed, they are more alike than
C. Hentzii and rujiventris ; and they were regarded by Mr. Say,

188

though doubtless incorrectly, as mere varieties of his (7. hirticollis.
If one of these insects in question is to be taken for a genuine
species, and the other for a variety, C. Hentzii should be selected
for the type, having all the elytral spots complete and distinct ;
and C. rujiventris for a variety, with these spots nearly effaced.
If this view of the case be correct, we should expect to find, what
have never yet occurred, specimens intermediate between the
typical species and the variety, having the elytral spots larger
and more distinct than in C. rujiventris^ but not so fully devel-
oped as in C Hentzii. From a careful comparison of many
specimens of C. Hentzii and G. rujiventris together, I am in-
clined to think that both are genuine species. Independently of
their different colors, and of the size and form of the elytral spots,
they present other distinctive specific characters. The thorax of
G. Hentzii is more nearly quadrate, and is almost straight at the
sides ; that of G. rujiventris is more contracted before and be-
hind, and is rounded at the sides. The common punctures on
the wing-covers of the latter are much larger and more distinct
than those of G, Hentzii, while the subsutural row of ocellated
punctures, which is visible even to the naked eye on each wing-
cover of G. Hentzii, is obsolete or entirely wanting in G. rujiven-
tris.

If diligently sought for, in the right season of the year, Gicin-
dela Hentzii may yet be found in other parts of the United States,
and especially on those hills of New England, where the rocks
appear in flat tabular masses above the surface of the soil. Its
discovery in these or other places would be interesting, and wor-
thy of being made known through some scientific journal.

The color of the upper side of this insect is a very dark or
obscure bronzed brown. The upper lip is whitish, with one
small tooth on the edge. Each w^ing-cover is marked with yel-
lowish white spots in the following manner : on the shoulder and
on the tip a C-shaped spot with dilated extremities, the first often
interrupted on the margin ; across the middle an S-shaped band,
consisting of two crescents joined by their reversed tips ; on the
margin behind this band an oblong spot ; and near to the an-
terior end of the terminal C-spot a round spot. There is a row
of coppery punctures near the suture, and a shorter row near the
shoulder. The head is purphsh blue beneath ; the breast and

189

legs green, and clothed with a few whitish hairs. The abdomen
is dull red. Length from rather more than three eighths to
nearly one half of an inch.

Mr. Scudder also read a paper by the late Dr. Harris,

ON THE SYNONYMY OF THREE NORTH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES.

There are three North American butterflies, whose nomen-
clature is very much confused. These are Danais Berenice
of Cramer, Danais Erippus of Cramer, and Limenitis Misippus
of Fabricius. The same species have been described under
various other names, and the same names have been given to
several other species, and have otherwise been misapplied. We
have therefore to establish the priority of the names of these
three species, and to take care that they do not conflict with the
claims of other species. It becomes necessary to identify the
species in question with the same as described under other
names ; and to distinguish them from the different species de-
scribed under the same names ; and lastly we have to de-
cide what names these different species shall bear. The neces-
sity of doing all this will appear by the following statements.
The Berenice of Cramer is the Erippus of Fabricius, but not of
Cramer ; and it is the Gilippus of Smith, but not of Cramer and
Fabricius. The Erippus of Cramer is the Archippus of Fa-
bricius and of Smith, but not of Cramer ; it is also the same as
the Plexippus of Cramer, but not of Linnaeus and Fabricius.
The Misippus of Fabricius is the Archippus of Cramer, but not
of Fabricius and Smith. The Berenice of Cramer is not the
Berenice of Drury and Fabricius ; the Erippus of Cramer is not
the Erippus of Fabricius ; and the Misippus of Fabricius is not
the Misippus of Linnaeus. For the sake of convenience the
various specific names with which we have to deal in clearing up
the nomenclature and synonymy of these species may be arranged
alphabetically.

(Synonyms are italicized.)

L Amestris, Drury = Junonia Amestris, Doubleday.

Archippus, Cramer = Misippus, Fab.

ArchippuSj Fabricius = "^ ^ . p

Archippus, Smith- Abbot = j

190

2. Berenice, Cr.
Berenice, Dr.
Berenice, Fab.
Berenice, Westwood

3. Bolina, L.
Disipj)e, Godart
Disippus, Westw.

4. Erippus, Cr.
Erippus, Fab.

5. Gilippus, Cr.
GiUppus, Fab.
Gilippus, Sm.-Ab.

6. Misippus, Fab.
3Iisippus, L.

7. Plexippus, L.
Plexippus, Fab.
Plexippus, Cr.

8. Zingha, Cr.
Zingha, Fab.

— Danais Berenice, Doubl.

= y Zingha, Cr.

= Diadema Bolina, Westw.
l Misippus, Fab.

:}

1

Danais Erippus, Doubl.
Berenice, Cr.

Danais Gilippus, Doubl.

Berenice, Cr.
= Limenitis Misippus, nobis.
= Bolina, L. (the female.)

V Danais Plexippus, Doubl.

= Erippus, Cr.

== Nymphalis Zingha, nobis.

= Amestris, Dr.

Although the Misippus of Fabricius and the Archippus of Cra-
mer bear the same date, we may venture to give the claim of
priority to Fabricius, because the dedication of his work is dated
Nov. 1774. Unfortunately the name oi Archippus must be en-
tirely rejected. By the foregoing table it will be seen that the
nomenclature of the three North American species first men-
tioned, has become confounded with that of five other species, all
of which require to be considered and settled at the same time.

JIarch, 1853.

Dr. Winslow exhibited some pieces of stone taken by
himself from the centre of a tree at Honoaula, E. Mauii,
Sandwich Islands.

The tree, called Corea, grows in considerable quantity on the
sides of Mauna Haleekala. The wood, said to be of a character
Avhich the worms would not touch, was being sawed into sheath-
ing for a vessel, and was said to dull the saws quickly. One tree
he saw was whitish throughout, and another white on the outer
parts with a red centre ; from the very heart of the last he took

191

these stonv substances, which seemed to be a sort of nucleus
around which the woody rings grew ; the little pipe of stone ran
along the centre, in some places closely embraced by the wood
for several inches, while at others a little reddish powder inter-
vened between it and the wood. Whether it is found in all the
trees he did not know. The specimens were referred to Dr.
Hayes to report upon.

Dr. White presented, in the name of Mr. John H. Bra-
zer, three specimens of Siredon from Canon Lake, four-
teen miles north of Great Salt Lake City, the lake being
about 8,900 feet above the level of the sea. They are
there believed to possess electrical powers, which is prob-
ably untrue. The thanks of the Society were voted for
the donation.

Dr. C. T. Jackson read a letter from Dr. Evans, an-
nouncing the continuance of the efforts to obtain the
Oregon meteorite ; and alluding to the discovery of a
large iron mountain in that Territory, and the occurrence
of 47 per cent, of platinum in some of the black sand of
the Pacific coast.

Prof. Agassiz gave a sketch of what he considered the
best arrangement of a Zoological Museum.

In the great collections, he said, even that at the British Mu-
seum, the sole object seems hitherto to have been to exhibit ani-
mals according to their supposed natural affinities ; as systems of
classification vary very much, of course no harmony of arrange-
ment can be expected on this plan. He thought something bet-
ter was now wanted, and he intended to arrange the Cambridge
Zoological Museum in a totally different manner, viz : according
to natural zoological provinces ; in this way, he hoped to be able to
define such provinces, which as yet were but imperfectly known,
and to arrive at important conclusions on the correlations of ani-
mals of the different classes. He intended to do the same with
fossils, showing independent creations and distinct zoological prov-
inces in geological as well as modern times. For purposes of

192

study and comparison, to this he purposed to add a very small
collection of typical genera and species, exhibiting the natural
affinities of animals, — also a third collection, exhibiting the embry-
onic series of every animal type, — a fourth, embracing the domes-
ticated animals, to show what are species, varieties, breeds, &c.,
with such products from them as have a commercial value, — and
finally, a museum of men, skulls, skeletons, &c., for the study of
the human races.

Dr. B. J. Jeffries gave details of his experiments on
frogs, alluded to at the last meeting.

In the first frog he injected 80 grains of sugar in 2 drachms of
distilled water ; seven hours after, by gas-light, there was no appar-
ent cataract ; it was then placed in water for twenty-two hours,
after which it was taken out and died in four hours ; eighteen hours
after death, the lens was examined, and a small amount of cata-
ract found on the posterior portion. In the second, the amount
of sugar was doubled ; it was kept from water six hours, and, no
cataract appearing by gas-light, put again into water, from which
it probably soon after escaped ; when found about eighteen hours
afterward it was very sluggish, and had by daylight strongly-
marked white cataract ; death took place three hours afterward,
twenty-four hours after which both lenses presented cataract most
strongly marked posteriorly ; that portion toward and about the
size of the pupil being free, giving the lenses the appearance of
glass beads. In the third, 220 grains were injected ; in two and
a half hours cataract was present, and the motions sluggish, and
by the end of the third hour death took place ; twenty -four hours
after death, an examination showed the same lesion as in the pre-
ceding case, only more decided ; the heart was found turgid with
blood. In none of these cases had the frogs natural cataract. In
connection with the remarks of Dr. Williams at the last meeting,
he spoke of a report in the Royal Opthalmic Hospital Journal,
for January, 1859, by Mr. France, of four cases of cataract asso-
ciated with diabetes, in one of which the urinary trouble was
diagnosticated from the cataracts.

193
Mr. Theodore Lyman presented the following : —

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OPHIURID^, BELONGING TO THE SMITH-
SONIAN INSTITUTION AND TO THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE
ZOOLOGY AT CAMBRIDGE.

Amphiura (Forbes).
Ampliiura Piigetana^ (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 3.5 millim.
Length of arms, 24.5 millim. Greatest width of arm, without
spines, .7 millim. From outer edge of mouth-shield to outer cor-
ner of opposite mouth-slit, 1.5 millim. Mouth-shields nearly dia-
mond shaped, the outer and side angles slightly rounded ; length
to breadth, .3 : .2. Under anii-plates five-sided, with the fifth an-
gle directed inward ; length to breadth, near base of arm, .5 : .4.
Upper arm-plates bounded within by a strong arch, without by a
slight curve ; their lateral sides short ; length to breadth, near
base of arm, .5 : .7, — they do not quite touch each other. Scales
of disc mostly rounded, smaller below than above ; those above of
pretty even size, with a few little ones. Arm-spines 3 ; some-
times 4, on joints close to disc ; evenly tapering, moderately stout,
of even lengths ; length, near disc, .5 millim. Tentacle-scales 2,
small and rounded, placed obliquely side by side. Color, in alco-
hol : disc, above, light greenish gray ; below lighter, radial shields
darker ; arms, above and below, straw-color, with a faint white
line, running lengthwise above.

Variations. The angles of the mouth-shields may be more or
less rounded. Among younger specimens, the scales of the disc
are more even in size, and the primary plates have their corners
not entirely rounded off. The proportion of the arms to the disc
varies somewhat, thus : diameter of disc to length of arms, as
3.5:24.5, 3:21, or 2.5 : 22.5.

This species is distinguished from others of the genus, as fol-
lows : A. Orstedii has the radial shields longer and separated a
part of their length ; 4 or 5 spines and upper arm-plates broader.
A. Puntarence has rather longer arms, a small notch in the outer
side of the under arm-plates, and the upper arm-plates regularly
oval. A. violacea has mouth-shields proportionately much smaller

proceedings B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 13 FEBRUARY, 1860.

194

and the arms shorter ; the color also must be quite distinct. A,
7?iicrodiscus has, even in small si3ecimens, the upper arm-plates
touching each other and twice as broad as long. A. tenera has
upper and lower arm-plates and mouth-shields of a different form.
A. squamata has dilFerently shaped mouth-shields and much
shorter arms. A, tenuis stands very near the present species ;
but the arms, in specimens of the same size, are not more than
half as long.

Locality, Puget Sound. Dr. Kennerly.

Smithsonian Institution, Nos. 1037, 1053, 1057.

Amphiura occidentalism (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 5.8 millim.
Outer edge of mouth-shield to outer corner of opposite mouth-
slit, 2.2 millim. Greatest width of arm, without spines, 1.3 mil-
lim. As the arms were somewhat broken, their length could not
well be measured ; but, from their proportions, they must have
been at least eight times the diameter of the disc. Mouth-papil-
lae rounded ; innermost one stoutest, and pointing to centre of
mouth. Mouth-shields small, oval diamond-shaped, the angles
being so rounded as to give almost a true oval ; outer angle mak-
ing a very slight peak ; length to breadth, .4 : .5. Side mouth-
shields not meeting within. Under arm-plates square oblong j
angles somewhat rounded ; outer side with a slightly reentering
curve ; 2d plate differs from the rest, being five-sided, with its
fifth angle directed inward ; it is separated from the rudimentary
1st plate, by narrow prolongations of the side arm-plates. The
next three or four plates are in like manner separated, while those
further out on the arm are close together, which is an inversion
of the usual order. Length of plates to breadth, .4 : .4. Upper
arm-plates oblong, with rounded corners ; outer side with a
slightly reentering curve; length to breadth, .5:1. Scales of disc
fine, smooth, and even, above and below ; primary plates distin-
guished by greater size. Arm-spines 3, not tapering, rather
stout, rounded at the end, flattened, about as long as the joints.
Two small, rounded tentacle-scales. Color, in alcohol : disc, above,
faint greenish gray ; arms and under surface, straw-color.

Variations. The mouth-shields may be quite oval ; the 2d
under arm-plate, instead of being five-sided, may resemble the
rest.

195

This species is distinguished from A. geminata, by the sliape
of the mouth-shields and of the upper and lower arm-plates, and
in having the mouth-papillas of the same size ; from A. Chilensis,
by having two tentacle-scales, instead of one.

Locality, Monterey, Cal. Mr. Sayla.

Smithsonian Institution, No. 1054, and No. 10G3 (?).

No. 1063 is from Puget Sound, and may be another species.
The spines are blunter, the under scales of the disc larger and
less crowded, and the under arm-plates rather more rounded.
More specimens will settle the question.

Amphiura urtica, (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 6 millira.
Outer side of mouth-shield to outer corner of opposite mouth-
slit, 2 millim. Width of arm without spines, .8 millim. Length
of arms, about eleven times diameter of disc, (a specimen having
a diameter of disc 5.5 millim. had 55 millira. length of arm).
Mouth-papillae rounded and bead-like. Mouth-shields nearly
square, with an angle directed inward ; outer angle truncated and
making a slight peak ; other angles slightly rounded. Length to
breadth, .5 : .5. Side mouth-shields not meeting within. Upper
arm-plates irregular oval, outer side less curved than inner side ;
length to breadth, .5 : .7. Under arm-plates scarcely touching
each other ; inner one five-sided, the rest nearly square, with a
strong notch in the outer side ; length to breadth, .4 : .4. Scales
of disc fine and even ; some of those near maro^in of disc bearinor
very fine prickles on their edges. Primary plates not conspicu-
ous. Arm-spines 3, about as long as the joints, delicate, sharp,
regularly tapering. Tentacle-scales 2, both of them small and
delicate. Color, in alcohol : upper and under surface of disc dark
greenish gray, with a margin of light ; arms light straw-color.

Variations. The mouth-shields vary in shape to an unusual
degree ; sometimes they have a strong peak without, and again
none at all ; they may be nearly rectangular, or almost oval, and
some are not far from round. The under arm-plates may be
more or less pentagonal ; but, in the adult, most; of them are
nearly square. The young, with a disc 2.5 millim. in diameter,
have the under arm-plates pentagonal, with a deep notch in their
outer side, and separated by the side arm-plates ; they have also,

196

on the back of the disc, a conspicuous rosette of round, primary
scales.

This species differs from A. occidentalism in its notched under
arm-phites, sharp spines, and prickly scales of the disc. It is a
somewhat aberrant species, and by its prickly scales approaches
Amphiura scahriuscula.

Locality, Puget Sound. Dr. Kennerly.

Smithsonian Institution, No. 1041.

Amphiura Wurdemanii, (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 9.5 millim.
From outer edge of mouth-shield to outer corner of opposite
mouth-slit, 3.5 milhm. Width of arm, without spines, 2.2 millim.
Arms remarkably flat, wide, and little tapering ; as they were
broken, the length could not be known, but it seemed not less
than ten times the diameter of the disc. Teeth broad and flat,
with free edge a little curved. Mouth-papillae 3 on each side,
rounded and bead-like ; innermost one placed below the teeth, and
running somewhat upward. Mouth-shields shaped something like
the sole of a shoe, very long and narrow, small, with their outer
end rounded, and their inner one a rounded point, wider within than
without ; length to breadth, .8 : .5. Side mouth-shields almost as
large as mouth-shields proper, broader without than within, some-
what curved. Under arm-plates squarish, rather broader than long,
overlapping each other a little ; outer side bounded by a slight-
ly reentering curve, corners rounded ; length to breadth, (13th
plate,) .5 : .7. Upper arm-plates very short and broad, overlap-
ping, bounded without by a reentering curve ; outer corners
strongly rounded, length to breadth, .4 : 1.7 ; they are occasion-
ally broken in two. Scales of disc fine, of pretty even size, rather
thicker than are usually found in the genus ; those below some-
what finer ; around edge of disc, a little fence of small, flat, nar-
row scales, or papillae, standing upright ; this fence is interrupted
opposite the radial shields. Radial shields broad, blunt, pear-seed
shaped, sometimes separated by a wedge of three or four scales,
sometimes joined by their sides ; length to breadth, 2 : 1. Arm-
spines 3, short, stout, broad, rounded at the end, somewhat flat-
tened, a little longer than joints, nearly alike in shape and size.
Tentacle-scales 2, short, broad, and thin, with curved edges.

197

Color, in alcohol : above, disc nearly white ; arms straw-color,
with irregular bands of dark brown ; below, arms straw-color,
interbrachial spaces white, mouth-shields brown.

This species belongs with those Amphiurce that have the upper
row of the lower scales of the disc strongly developed and stand-
ing upright, thus making a sort of fence. It differs from A. septa,
in the shape of the mouth-shields, and in wanting spines on the
upper surface of the disc ; from A. marginata, in the irregular
arrangement of the disc-scales, the different proportions of the
arm-plates, &c.

Locality, Captiva Key, Charlotte's Harbor, Florida. Mr.
Wurdeman.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

Ophioglypha, (Lyman.)

"Odig. ylv(pTj (notch).

Synonyme : Ophiura, (Forbes, non Lamk.)

The genus Ophiura, as defined by Forbes and as used by Dr.
Liitken, cannot stand. Dr. Liitken himself points out the fact,
that Lamarck, in his first edition of " Systeme des Animaux sans
Yertebres," (1801,) took, as the type of his genus Ophiura, Aste-
rias loiigicauda, (Linck.) which is Ophioderma longicauda, (Miill.
& Trosch.) Ophiura, then, is the proper generic name for Ophi-
oderma, and Ophioderma must be dropped. It becomes therefore
necessary to give a new name to the genus called Ophiura by
Forbes, and I propose that of Ophioglypha.

Ophioglypha Lutkenii, (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of the disc, 18 millim.
Outer edge of mouth-shield to outer corner of opposite mouth-
slit, 8.5 millim. Width of arm, without spines, 3.5 millim.
Length of arm, 90 milHm. Mouth-papillse like thorns ; a bunch
of about ten at the point of the jaw, and two or three scattered
ones, on each side, placed above the scales of innermost pair of
tentacle-pores. Teeth about 9 ; long, narrow, flat, rather sharp,
arranged sometimes in single, sometimes in double rows. Mouth-
shields shield-shaped, with an angle turned inward, and outer side
rounded ; lateral corners somewhat projecting ; length to breadth,
3 : 3. Under arm-plates, at base of arm, broad, triangular, with

198

lateral corners somewhat rounded ; length to breadth, 1 : 2.5.
Further out on arm, the plates, as is usual in the genus, grow
smaller and smaller, from being encroached on by the side arm-
plates. Upper arm-plates much broader than long, and having
the outer and inner sides straight and parallel ; length to breadth,
near base of arm, 1.2 : 3.5. Scales of disc, above and below, not
arched or swelled, but lying very flat and evenly ; primary plates
rounded, and conspicuous by their size. Notches in disc, at base
of arms, deep, admitting fully four arm-plates. Comb on the
edges of each notch made up of thick, flat, spreading papillae,
crowded side by side, in a continuous line. These papillae are
only 6 or 7 ; they decrease in length as they pass under the disc,
where they join the narrow, toothed edge that runs along the mar-
gin of each genital slit. On base of arm proper, no comb, or line
of papillae. Arm-spines 3, tapering, sharp ; upper one longest,
and equal to about 1^ joints ; lowest one shortest, and equal to a
little less than one joint. Tentacle-scales of innermost pair of pores
short, stout, crowded, flattened ; usually 4 or 5 on outer side, and 4,
somewhat smaller, on inner side, of each pore. Rest of tentacles
with only one round and rather thick scale, but there may also be
a little tooth, just outside the tentacle. Color, in alcohol : above^
bluish gray, (a sort of clay-color,) with darker markings ; the
arms the same, with darker bands ; below, arms whitish ; inter-
brachial spaces of a purplish hue, with white spots.

This species is nearest 0. Sarsii, but differs in the want of a
row of papillas on the base of the arm, above ; in having the pa-
pillae of the arm-comb and of the inner pair of tentacle-pores
more crowded and blunter ; in the finer and sharper mouth-
papillce, &c.

Locality, Puget Sound. Dr. Kennerly.

Smithsonian Institution, No. 1039.

There are also, in the Smithsonian collection, specimens from
Puget Sound, which closely resemble the young of 0. Sarsii ;
but, as they are not very well preserved, they must remain for
the present in doubt.-

Ofhiura, (Lamk. non Forbes.)
Ophioderma, (Miill. & Trosch.) Ophiura teres, (Lyman,) sp. nov.
Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 32 millim.

199

Outer edge of mouth-shield to outer corner of opposite mouth-
sht, 12 miUim. Width of arm, without spines, 7 millim. Length
of arm, 133 milHra. Mouth-papillae, about 18 to each angle of
mouth, small, tooth-like, somewhat crowded, the innermost, and
the outermost but one, on each side, broader and larger than their
neighbors. Teeth broad, flat, short, with the free edge curved,
the upper ones more pointed. Mouth-shields very broad heart-
shape, usually presenting three rounded lobes, of which one is
directed inward ; length to breadth, 2.5 : 3.5. Side mouth-shields
covered by granulation of disc. Under arm-plates small, squar-
ish, bounded without by three sides, with much rounded angles,
and within by a slightly curved line; length to breadth, (13th
plate,) 1.5 : 2. The first five plates are smaller and narrower ;
and, between the 1st and 2d, 2d and 3d, and 3d and 4th, there is
a pair of pores. Upper arm-plates very short and wide ; length
to breadth, 1.7 : 6.5. All the plates, except those just at the tip
of the arm, are broken in irregular pieces ; those near base of
arm usually in 5 ; those near its tip, in 3, or 4 ; so that the upper
surface seems covered with an irregular mosaic. Granulation of
disc fine and even, covering radial shields and the whole disc,
above and below ; near base of arms, above, are sometimes one or
two little naked plates of variable size. Arm-spines short, flat,
tapering, rather stout, nine in number ; three lowest ones rather
longer than the rest, and lowest one longest of all ; upper ones about
half as long as side arm-plates. Two tentacle-scales, longer than
broad, flattened, outside one rather shorter and cut off more
square at the end. Color, in alcohol: above, purplish brown,
with upper arm-plates closely speckled with lighter ; below, chew-
ing apparatus, lowest arm-spines, and under arm-plates yellowish
white ; the rest purplish brown.

Variations. The mouth-shields may differ somewhat in shape ;
and the under arm-plates may be light brown.

This species at once strikes the eye by its short, rounded arms,
covered above by a multitude of irregular pieces. It is distin-
guished from 0. Panamensis, by broken arm-plates, proportion-
ately shorter arms, and absence of radial shields ; from 0. varie-
gata, by proportionately shorter arms, granulated side mouth-
shields, &c. It most resembles the dark variety of 0. cinerea
( 0. AntiUariim, Ltk.) of the West Indies, but differs in having
shorter arms and covered radial shields.

200

Locality, Panama. Rev. T. Powell.

Smithsonian Institution, No. 1051.

There is a specimen in the Smithsonian Institution (No. 1055)
which may be the young of this species ; it has the arms some-
what longer, however, in proportion, and the pattern of the color
is quite different ; the mouth-shields also are more rounded. It
is from Panama.

Ophiopholis, (Miill. & Trosch.)
Ophioj^hoUs Kennerlyi^ (Lyman,) sp. nov.
Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 8 millim. Outer
edge of mouth-shield to outer corner of opposite mouth-slit, 3.4
millim. Width of arm, without spines, 2 millim. Length of arm,
35.3 millim. Mouth-papilla thin, flat, square, with corners
rounded ; three on each side. Teeth short, broad, square, stout.
Mouth-shields very closely soldered with side mouth-shields ;
rather small, nearly oval ; length to breadth, .7:1. Under arm-
plates nearly square, corners a little rounded, and outer side
bounded by a slightly reentering curve ; length to breadth, 1:1.
Side arm-plates small, and little prominent. Upper arm-plates
irreo-ular oval, sometimes broken in two, more or less encroached
on by supplementary pieces, which bound their outer and lateral
sides ; length to breadth, near base of arm, .8 : 1.5. The supple-
mentary pieces form a close line ; they are thick and angular,
vary somewhat in size, and, near base of arm, from seven to ten
in number ; further out, fewer ; and, near the tip, none at all.
Disc, above, closely and evenly covered with round grains, among
which appear a few small, round, primary plates ; one in centre
and one or two in each brachial space ; none at all in the inter-
brachial spaces ; diameter of central plate, .7 millim. Disc, be-
low, closely set with short, stout, smooth spines, about .3 milHm.
long. Arm-spines very stout, short, thick, rounded ; the longest
about length of arm-joints ; lowest one much the shortest, blunt,
conical ; 2d spine same shape, but longer ; 3d and 4th longest,
broad, thick, and blunt ; 5th same shape, but shorter ; usually 5
spines, sometimes, close to disc, 6 ; near tip of arm the lower
spine has the form of a double hook. Color, in alcohol : purplish
pink, with obscure bands of a darker shade on arms ; an obscure
line of whitish running lengthwise of the arms ; in the position of

201

each radial shield, an irregular patch of white ; below, inter-
brachial spaces mottled, reddish and white ; mouth-apparatus
whitish ; lower arm-plates whitish, edged with pink ; other parts
same as upper surface, but lighter.

Variations. A specimen of about the same size as the pre-
ceding, had usually three, instead of two, primary plates in each
brachial space on the upper surface of the disc, also a distinct line
of white, running quite round the disc, near its edge. A young
one, with a disc 3 milHm. in diameter, had arms 12.5 millim. in
length. The arm-spines were more slender, and were thorny, as
were also the spines and grains of the disc. In the centre of the
disc a patch of white, and another at the base of each arm.

This species is interesting, as being the second of a genus which
before had but one member. It is distinguished from 0. acvleata,
by the close and regular granulation of the disc, without spines
above, and by having no primary plates in the zV^^erbrachial
spaces. It seems, also, to be a much smaller species.

Locality, Puget Sound. Dr. Kennerly.

Smithsonian Institution, No. 1062.

Ophiothrix, (Mull. & Trosch.)
Ophiothrix lineata^ (Lyman,) sp. no v.
Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 10 millim.
From outer edge of mouth-shield to outer corner of opposite
mouth-slit, 4.5 millim. Width of arm, without spines, 2 mil-
hm. Length of arm, 63 millim. Tooth-papillae fine, numer-
ous, cylindrical, resembling short, blunt spines. Mouth-shields
broad oval, with a slight peak toward mouth ; length to breadth,
1 : 1.5. Disc, above, with large radial shields, which are smooth,
or very nearly so, shaped hke an elongated triangle, the acute
angle being turned inward, separated by a distinct stripe ;
length to breadth, 2.8 : 1.7 ; the narrow brachial and broad inter-
brachial spaces form ten stripes, radiating from the centre ; both
centre and stripes are covered with elongated scales, (only to be
seen on dried specimens,) and these, again, bear many little grains,
each with a crown of thorns ; below, interbrachial spaces quite
naked. Upper arm-plates broad hexagonal, with corners a little
rounded, the two side angles more acute than the others ; leno-th
to breadth, .7 : 1.5. Under arm-plates nearly oval, but with some

202

indications of angles; length to breadth, .8:1.2. Arm-spines
rather stout, flattened, cut off square at the end, varying in length ;
about six in number on joints close to disc; two upper ones much
the stoutest and longest, and of about equal length, viz : 2.7 mil-
lim. ; sometimes, however, the upper one is very short and stout ;
three lowest spines minute and slender, the longest not longer
than .8 millim. ; a little further out on arm only five spines, two
large, one medium, and two small. The large spines have, on their
flat sides, diagonal rows of smooth, microscopic tubercles, which
give them a wavy, or corrugated appearance. One tentacle-scale,
represented by a microscopic thorn. Color, in alcohol : above,
disc uniform, light, Indian red ; arms dull purplish, with a very
distinct longitudinal line of black, bounded on each side by a clear
Avhite line ; spines glassy, with a pink hue ; below, mouth-appa-
ratus and under arm-plates white ; interbrachial spaces Indian
red without, but yellowish toward the mouth.

Variations. The number of spines sometimes rises to nine, of
which five are large and four very small. The mouth-shields,
instead of being regularly oval, may have their lateral corners
quite sharp.

This species may be readily distinguished from all others of
Florida, by the granulation of the disc, the character of the spines,
and the regular form of the upper arm-plates.

Locality, east coast of Florida. Prof. Agassiz.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

CORRECTIONS IN THE NOMENCLATURE OF OPHIURID^.

No one has yet been able to identify Say's Ophiura appressa.
It is evidently a true Ophiura, ( Ophioderma, M. & T.) but the
question is, which species ? 0. serpens, guttata, hrevicauda, and
variegata disagree with Say's description, in having all the arm-
spines of equal length. 0. cinerea {Antillarum, Ltk.) has radial
shields, and has the upper arm-plates broken. 0. rubicunda dis-
agrees in having radial shields, and in color. 0. squamosissima
differs in its peculiar scaly arms.. Finally, 0. elaps disagrees in
the number and form of its spines. No species remains but 0.
virescens, described by Dr. Lutken, and this is doubtless the spe-
cies previously described by Say ; first, because the gray variety
agrees perfectly with Say's description ; second, because it is

203

abundant on the coast of Florida ; and third, because it is not
any of the known Florida or West Indian species. OpModerma
virescens (Ltk.) should therefore be written Ophiura appressa,

(Say.)

Ophioderma AntiUarum (Ltk.) agrees with Miiller and Tro-
schel's description of Ophioderma cinereiim, if the same sized ani-
mals be compared ; and 0. cinereum does not agree with any
other known member of the genus. Unless, therefore, a direct
comparison of the original specimen in the Vienna Museum gives
a different result, cinereum must take the precedence, and the
name must be written Ophiura cinerea.

Asterias cordifera (Bosc) is considered by Dr. Liitken as iden-
tical with a species from the West Indies, described by him as
Amphiura cordifera. This cannot well be. Amphiura cordifera
(Ltk.) is not found at all in Carolina, where Bosc described his
Asterias as common. A slight comparison of the descriptions
will show that Liitken's Ophiuran disagrees with that of Bosc, in
the length of the arms, form of the disc-scales, separation of the
radial shields, &c. On the other hand, it is plain that Asterias
cordifera is Ophiura elongata (Say) ; for this species, therefore,
the name Amphiura cordifera must be reserved, and a new spe-
cific name given to Amphiura cordifera^ (Ltk.)

Ophionereis triloba (Ltk.) is the same as Ophiolepis anmdata,
(Le Conte.) It should therefore be written Ophionereis annu-
lata. Dr. Le Conte mistook one tentacle-scale for two.

Concerning the Ophiuran faunoe that characterize the western
coasts of Europe and of North America, and the eastern coast of
North America, including the West Indies, not enough is known to
give fully reliable information. But some characteristic limits
may, nevertheless, be pointed out. Starting with the northern
seas of Europe, north of 50°, we find several species, such as
Ophiopholis acideata, Ophioglypha Sarsii, and Ophiacantha spinu-
losa, that pass northward and westward, through the cold temper-
ate and frigid regions, and then follow the coasts of Greenland
and America southward, reaching nearly to lat. 40°, or about 10°
further south than they appear on the European coast. On the
other hand, there are species, such as Amphiura filiformis and
A. brachiata, that do not pass to the American shores ; and others,
such as Amphiura tenuis and Ophiolepis (?) robusta, (Ayres,)

204

that do not pass to the European shores. Thus, there are two
faunae, quite distinct in some species, but having others also in
common, that pass from one to the other, through the Arctic seas.
Crossing now the American continent, we find, near lat. 50°, the
familiar forms of an Opkiopholis, very like Ophiopholis aculeata^
and an AmpJiiura closely resembling A. tenuis ; there is still fur-
ther an Opkioglypha which at once recalls 0. Sarsii ; yet all
these are distinct species, illustrating faunae of a similar character.
Returning now to the east coast, and passing south of Cape Cod,
lat. 42^, we come on new species and leave the others behind.
Here is seen the genus Ophiura, (0. oUvacea,) an adventurous
traveller from more southern waters. At Charleston, near lat. 32°,
a set of species quite novel again surprises the naturalist ; here are
Ophiothrix angulata, Amphiura cordifera, and the slender-armed
Amphiura gracillima. This group has some analogy to that
found in the southern Mediterranean, but the resemblances are
faint, and no longer strike us like those of the northern faunce.
Still going southward, the fauna again changes, and near Cape
Florida, lat. 26°, the animal world of the Gulf of Mexico and the
Antilles opens upon us, with all its richness. Here are the char-
acteristic Ophiocoma crassispina, Ophiura appressa, Ophiopsila
Rusei^ Ophiothrix Orstedii, and many others. In Central Amer-
ica, crossing the few miles of land that separate the two great
oceans, we are surprised to find an Ophiuran fauna, the counter-
part of that of the Gulf; a fauna that is wonderful for its close
similarity and for its invariable difference. An unpractised eye
might well confound Ophionereis reticulata with 0. a7inidata,
Ophioco?na crassispina with 0. Ethiops, and Ophiothrix violacea
with 0. spiculata. Of the coast of California not enough is
known to make any comparisons.

In reference to this paper, Prof. Agassiz made some
remarks on the principle which he thought ought to
govern zoological nomenclature ; viz : that each species
should be indicated, not necessarily by the name of the
first describer of the species nor by that of the one who
established the true genus, but by his who combines
originally or afterward the true generic and specific

205

names. He instanced Melolontha v^iJgaris^ (Linn.) Cos-
sus ligmperda, (Fabr.) and Ophiura longicauda^ (Lyman.)

Dr. John Evans, of Washington, D. C, was chosen a
Corresponding Member, and Messrs. A. E. Verrill, E. S.
Morse, and J. L. Foley, of Cambridge ; Edward S.
Ritchie, of Brookline ; William Edwards, of South Na-
tick ; and J. Brooks Taft, of Boston ; Resident Members.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

October 5. Thirty microscopic slides from E. Samuels. Clicetodon from the
Siindwich Islands; by Dr. C. F. Winslow. Large specimen of stalactite from
the Mammoth Cave, Kentucky; by Alvin Adams, Esq.

October 19. Fishes from Sandwich Islands, among them Goniobatis meleagris,
(Ag.); two specimens of the crustacean genus Eanina, and a cuttle fish, from
the same locality; by Dr. C. F. Winslow. Odontaspis (jriseus, from Massachu-
setts Bay; by Dr. D. H. Storer. Two snakes and a skink, locality unknown;
by Mr. James Walker, of Charlestown.

November 2. Specimen of Sigillaria ohovata ? from the Joggins, Nova Scotia;
by Prof. W. B. Rogers. Bottle of sand thrown up from the volcano of Fuego in
Central America in 1855, and a piece of vegetable wax from that region ; by Mr.
J. M. Barnard. The heart of a Boa constrictor, from South America ; by Mr. J.
W. P. Jenks. VespertlUo pruinosus, Massachusetts ; by C. J. Sprague.

November 16. A Tttraodon from the Sandwich Islands; by Dr. C. F. Winslow.
Radiates, Ascidians, and other marine specimens, from Eastport, Me.; by Lieut.
^Miller. Spermophihis tridecimlineaius, and Erismatura rubida, from Illinois; by
Mr. Samuel Clark, of Chicago.

December 7. Lophlus jnscaiorius, from Massachusetts Bay; by J. A. Cutting.
An Ostracion, and shells from the Sandwich Islands; a California quail, and mass
of adipocire from the Pacific Ocean; by Dr. C. F. Winslow. An upper molar
tooth of the Asiatic elephant, and a bottle of snakes and insects from the Cape
of Good Hope; by Mr. James Walker, of Charlestown.

December 21. Half section of a diseased tooth of a sperm whale ; by Mr. George
H. Folger. Several specimens of snakes, Anablcps, and Didelphis, from Suri-
nam ; by Dr. C. H. Hildreth, of Gloucester. Small crustacean from Sandwich
Islands ; by Dr. C. F. Winslow. Three specimens of Siredon, from vicinity of
Great Salt Lake ; by Mr. John H. Brazer.

206

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING DEC. 31, 1859.

About Grasshoppers and Locusts. By Alex. S. Taylor. Fol. Pamph. Mon-
terey, Cal. From the Author.

The Oxford Museum. By H. W. Acland, M. D., and John Ruskin, M. A.
12mo. London. From S. H. Scudder.

Preliminary Report on the Geology of Vermont. By Ed. Hitchcock. 8vo.
Pamph. Montpelier, 1859. From G. F. Houghton.

Life of John C. Warren, M. D. By Edward Warren, M. D. 2 vols. 8vo.
Boston, 1860. Frovi J. M. Warren., M. D.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea. 4to. Pamph. Philadel-
phia. Vol. 7, Part 1, of the Philosophical Society's Transactions. From the
Author.

Catalogue of the Public Library, New Bedford, Mass. 8vo. 1858. From the
Trustees.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Vol. X. No. 1. From Prof. E. B.

Rogers.

Descriptions of Salmonida, from the Northwest Coast of North America. By
G. Suckley, M. D. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

Geological Report of the Southwest Branch of the Pacific Railroad of Mis-
souri. By G. C. Swallow. 8vo. St. Louis, 1859. From the Author.

Notes on Figures of Japanese Fish. By J. C. Brevoort. 4to. New York,
1856. From the Author.

Dyas et Trias, on le Nouveau Gres Rouge en Europe. Par J. Marcou. 8vo.
Pamph. Geneve. From the Author.

Geological Sketch of the Estuary, &c., of Judith River. By F. V. Hayden.
Also, Extinct Vertebrata from Judith River and Great Lignite Formations of
Nebraska. By Joseph Leidy. 4to. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1859. From Joseph
Leidy.

M^moires et Documents, publics par la Soci^t^ Historique de Montreal. 2<ie
Livraison. 1859.
Journal de I'Instruction Publique. Vol. 3. Nos. 1-8. Pamph. Montreal,

1859.
Journal of Education. Nos. 1-8. Vol. 3. 4to. Pamph. Montreal. From

Capt. L. A. H. Latour.

Remarks on Lepas anatifera, Linn. By G. Lawson, P. D. 8vo. Pamph.

On the occurrence of Cinchonaceous Glands in Galiaceae, &c. By the Same.
8vo. Pamph.

Papers read to the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. By the Same. 8vo.
Pamph. From the Author.

Transactions of the Academy of Natural Sciences of St. Louis. Vol. L No. 3.
8vo. Pamph. 1859.

Bulletin de la Society des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. Tome 4. 2ie'ne
et 3'erae Cahiers. 8vo. Pamph. 1858.

Recueil des Actes de 1' Academic Imp^riale des Sciences, &c., de Bordeaux.
20ieme aun^c. 8vo. 1858. 4™« Trimestre.

207

Zeitschrift fur die Gesammten Naturwissenscliaften. Jahrgang, 1858. Zwulf-
ter Band. 8vo. Berlin, 1858.

Verhandlungen dcr K. Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien. 8vo.
Jahrgang, 1858.

Report of rroceedings of Geological and Polytechnic Society of West Riding
of Yorkshire. 8vo. Pampli. 1858-9. Leeds.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society Annual Report for 1858-9. 8vo.
Paniph. Leeds.

Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden, 1858. 8vo.
Pamph. 1859.

Verhandlungen der Vereins zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den Konig.
Preussischen Staaten. 8 Nos. Jan. 1856 to Dec. 1858. Berlin.

Jahrbuch der K.-K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. IX. Jahrgang. No. 4.
Oct. — Dec. 1858. X. Jahrgang. No. 1. 1859. Wien.

Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool.

Wiegmann Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Nos. 5 and 6, 1858. 1 and 2, 1859.
Berlin.

Journal of the Royal Geographical Society. Vol.28. London, 1858.

Proceedings of the Same. Vol. IIL Nos. 4 and 5. 1859.

Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereins der Preussischen Rheinlande
•and Westphalens. Vierzehnter Jahrgang. Nos. 5-11. Fiinfzehnter Jahrgang.
Nos. 1-29. 8vo. Bonn, 1857-8.

Recueil des Actes de 1' Academic Imp^riale des Sciences, &c. 21'eme ann^e.
1859. 8vo. Pamph. Paris.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New Series.
Vol. IV. Part 2. 4to. 1859.

Proceedings of the Same. Sigs. 15-21. 8vo. Pamph. 1859.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. Xll. Part 2. 4to.
Philadelphia, 1859.

New York Journal of Medicine. No. 99, for November, 1859.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. Nos. 23, for September, and
24, for November, 1859. Toronto.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. IV. No. 5, for October, 1859.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. Part 26, 1858, and Parts
1 and 2, 1859. .

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. No. 84. November,
1859.

Annual Report of the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution. 8vo. Wash-
ington, 1859. Received m Exchange.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. IV. Nos. 22, 23, and 24.
London, 1859. From the Courtis Fund.

Orr's Circle of the Sciences. 9 Vols. 12mo. London, 1854-56.

Reminiscences of Rufus Choate. By Edward G. Parker. 12mo. New York,
1860.

Home and Abroad. By Bayard Taylor. 12mo. 1859.

Twelve Years of a Soldier's Life in India. By Major W. S. R. Hodson. 12mo.
Boston, 1860.

Life of Andrew Jackson. By James Parton. Vol. 1. 8vo. New York. '

208

History of Civilization iu England. By H. T. Buckle. Vol. 1. 8vo. New
York, 1859.

History of the Life and Times of James Madison. By Wm. C. Rives. Svo.
Vol. 1. Boston, 1859.

Recollections of Samuel Rogers. 12mo. Boston, 1859.

History of Methodism. By Abel Stevens, LL.D. 2 vols. 12mo. New
York, 1859.

Life of John Milton. By David Masson. Vol.1. Svo. Boston, 1859.

Fiji and the Fijians. By T. Williams and J. Clarke. 8vo. New York, 1859.

Forty -four Years of the Life of a Hunter. 12mo. New York, 1859.

Travels in Greece and Russia. By Bayard Taylor. 12mo. New York, 1859.

Thirty Years in the Arctic Regions; or the Adventures of Sir John Franklin.
12mo. New York. Deposited by the Republican Institution.

January 4, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

Mr. Edward Hitchcock, Jr., of Amherst, made a com-
munication on the elongated, flattened, and curved peb-
bles found in the conglomerate of Vermont.

Similar ones were first noticed in the Newport, R. I. conglom-
erate, where they are found parallel to each other and parallel to
the strike. In E. Wallingford and Fairfax, Vt., they are found
in a quartz conglomerate, the cementing material being sandstone
or talcose schist.

Their origin he considered involved in obscurity ; he thought,
however, that the distortion must have been effected since their
deposition, and while they were in a plastic state ; he was at a
loss also to explain the frequent occurrence of jointed planes.
Chemical and electrical causes had been hinted at by his father,
Prof. Hitchcock. The occurrence of crystals of magnetic iron
gives evidence of a considerable and moist heat ; there is in Ver-
mont no evidence of a trap dyke or other igneous agency within a
few miles of their locality, and the influence of the former would
have been confined to a few feet on either side.

209

Dr. C. T. Jackson tliought tliat the smoothness and absence of
indentation showed that no change had taken place in the forms
since tlieir deposition ; they are perfectly polished, as in the stones
rolled upon our shingle beaches by the powerful action of the
surf; this constant grinding, and rolling up and down, by the
force of the waves, would produce various cylindrical forms, and
even the crooked and distorted ones exhibited on the diagrams of
Mr. Hitchcock ; and similar shapes can be seen any day upon the
present beaches. Beside, quartz pebbles could hardly have been
softened by heat, and, if they were, would have taken different
forms from these. The magnetic iron he considered the result of
a metalliferous emanation, rising in vapor, as in almost every vol-
canic eruption, and requiring less than a red heat. They were
parallel to each other and to the line of the strata, because they
were thus formed originally. In presence of sea-water, a moder-
ate heat would be sufficient to cause the pebbles to be united by
a cement of Wollastonite or silicate of lime. He was averse to
any theory of their explanation which requires softening after
their deposition.

Dr. A. A. Hayes gave the following, as the result of
his examination of the mineral substance, found by Dr.
C. F. Winslow, occupying the medullary cavity of trees
growing in the Sandwich Islands. (See page 190 of the
present volume.)

Plnjsical characters. This matter occurs in the form of hollow
and sometimes solid, cylinders, about one fourth of an inch in
diameter. Small lateral holes are found opening into and through
the cylinders ; and the color, externally brown, is yellowish gray
when freshly fractured.

The hardness is greater than calc-spar or dolomite, and nearly
that of fluor-spar. Specific gravity 2.414, and general appear-
ance that of imitative forms of brown iron ore.

Analysis. Boiling distilled water dissolves an organic salt of
lime, and the solution has a strong earthy odor.

Carbonate of soda solution takes up crenic and humic acids.
There are no other acids or bases present. 100 parts consist of

PIIOCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 14 MARCH, I860.

210

Organic acids and moisture . . . 14.46

Carbonate of lime ..... 72.82

Magnesia as a base ..... 7.32

Biphosphate of magnesia .... 2.20

96.80

A little silica, and a mere trace of carbonate of iron, were de-
tected. The brown color of the surface is produced by humus ;
and associated with the humic acid and the biphosphate of mag-
nesia is some ammonia, forming a humate of ammonia in the
organic part, and double phosphate of ammonia and magnesia in
the mineral part.

The carbonic acid is insufficient in quantity to engage both the
magnesia and lime, I have therefore regarded the condition of the
lime as a carbonate, and the magnesia as in union with crenic and
humic acids.

The composition of this substance indicates that crenates of
lime and magnesia, and some ammonia phosphate of magnesia,
were absorbed from the soil ; and in the subsequent decomposition
the carbonate of lime formed was rendered more compact and
hard by the portion of crenate, which is undecomposed, acting as
a cement. The humus and humic acids are the usual attendants
of this decomposition.

Although stony matter occurring in trees has been frequently
mentioned, the information possessed on the subject had led me
to suppose that the mineral part occupied the space near the con-
centric rings which the section of a tree presents, and not the
medullary canal, as in this instance.

Mr. Dillaway, the Librarian, announced the reception
of the scientific portion of the library of the late Dr. T.
W. Harris, consisting of about 250 volumes, especially
rich in the department of Entomology. This valuable
donation is due to the liberality of John P. Gushing,
Esq., of Watertown, who was also the largest contrib-
utor for the purchase of the Harris Cabinet of Insects
and Manuscripts, also the property of the Society. The
thanks of the Society were voted to Mr. Gushing for this

211

valuable donation. It was also voted that these collec-
tions be henceforth known in the Society's halls as the
Harris Cabinet and the Harris Library, and be kept sepa-
rate from the general cabinet and library.

Mr. Scutlder, Curator of Entomology, observed that among the
volumes was one containing all the rarer tracts of Say, most of
which are extremely scarce ; among them his New Harmony
pamphlets, one of which (on the Heteropterous Hemiptera of
North America) is probably the only copy in this country, if in-
deed it can be found anywhere else. There is a volume of colored
drawings by John Abbot, of the Lepidoptera and Coleoptera of
Georgia, presented to Dr. Harris by Edward Doubleday, Esq., of
England, containing all the originals of the drawings in "Abbot
and Smith's rarer Lepidopterous Insects of Georgia," beside many
others yet unpublished. Most of the important European works
are here, — such as those of Fabricius, Herbst, Dejean, Boisduval,
Macquart, Wiedemann, Audinet-Serville, Sahlberg, Coquebert,
Schonherr, Gory and Percheron, Aube, Laporte and Gory, West-
wood, Knoch's " Neue Beytrage," and the " Wiener Verzeich-
niss ;" together with nearly complete sets of most of the pubhca-
tions of entomological societies and entomological periodicals.
Some of these are from the library of Mr. Say, and contain a few
of his notes ; many were once possessed by Prof. Peck, the prede-
cessor of Dr. Harris, and one is from the library of Dru Drury ;
and nearly all are enriched by copious notes of Dr. Harris.

The President gave an account of the Gorilla collection
of Mr. Du Chaillu, in New York, made during a resi-
dence of three or four years in the country of this largest
anthropoid ape, which includes about ten degrees on
each side of the equator on the west coast of Africa,

•

Though affording nothing new in regard to the skeleton, the
collection was interesting from containing an extensive series
from the quite young to the adult animal. Though the females
are said to be the most numerous, ten out of fourteen specimens
examined have been males. The cranial capacity ranges in the
males from 24 to 34|- cubic inches, the average being 28 or 29 •

212

the weight of the animal being more than that of man, the rela-
tive size of the brain is very small ; in the lowest human races
the cranial capacity is about 75 cubic inches, and the weight of
the body about 150 lbs. The variation in the size of the brain is
probably accompanied by a considerable variation in intelligence ;
in many of the lower mammals (as the carnivora) a similar range
of variation is observable. There were one or two new chimpan-
zee-like animals in this collection. In one female adult skull,
with a capacity of only 19 cubic inches, the teeth were in a con-
tinuous series as in man, whereas in all the anthropoid monkeys
there is normally an interval between the upper incisors and
canines for the reception of the lower canines ; this skull was
otherwise abnormal, and in man would be considered idiotic ; he
regarded this condition as entirely exceptional, and the result of
irregular and abnormal development of the jaws from some cause.
In a young gorilla which he had examined, the first dentition
was completed and partially shed, but yet the intermaxillary
bones were quite distinct ; in the chimpanzee they disappear as
separate bones during the first dentition, but much later in the
gorilla, which in this respect is lower than the former. In the
young gorilla, as in other anthropoid apes, there is no indentation
of the body at the waist ; the back also forms a regular curve, as
in the human foetus or new-born child ; this form is less noticeable
in the chimpanzee than in the gorilla. The body of the gorilla is
more embryonic than that of other animals in this respect, show-
ing that one part may remain embryonic while others go on in
development. The legs are short in comparison with the trunk.
In the young gorilla the forehead is well formed, and the anterior
cerebral lobes are over instead of behind the orbit, the latter being
the case in the adult. The ear comes nearest to the human ear,
in its helix, antihelix, tragus, antitragus, and lobule ; in the de-
scending scale, the lobule first disappears, and then the top
becomes pointed. In the hands the first phalangeal row is in-
volved in the web ; in his specimen the toes also were webbed.
The muscles are considerably modified from the human, and some
new ones are found ; in man the hands are only prehensile and
tactile, and the feet locomotive ; in apes the arms also become
locomotive, and less tactile and prehensory. The deltoid goes
lower down in gorilla than in man, and a lower portion goes to

213

join the brachialis anticus, and thus becomes a flexor of tlie ulna ;
in the lower mammals the deltoid goes still farther down, and acts
powerfully in flexiii^: the forearm ; in this respect the gorilla is
lower than the cliimpanzee. The pectoralis minor consists of two
portions, one going to the coracoid process and the other joining the
tendon of the biceps ; the subclavius goes to the coracoid process in-
stead of the clavicle, a condition which sometimes exists as an anom-
aly in man. In the latissimus dorsi the gorilla is higher than the
chimpanzee, as in the latter there is a slip which extends to the
end of the ulna, which was not found in the gorilla he examined ;
the serratus maynus pulls the scapula down. ^Fhe gluteus maxi-
mus is smaller than the medius, and is inserted into the outer
condyle as well as the upper part of the femur ; the flexors of the
leg are attached one third of the way down the limb, so that the
legs cannot be entirely straightened. Most of the muscles of the
human hand are found in the gorilla ; but the thumb is supplied
by a slip from the common flexor, having no independent long
flexor. There are two additional adductors of the thigh, which
carry this part much more powerfully inward in the act of climb-
ing.

Messrs. Theodore N. Gill, of Brooklyn, N. Y., and A.
S. Packard, Jr., of Branswick, Me., were chosen Corre-
sponding Members ; and Dr. D. D. Slade, Samuel Wells,
Jr., Rev. R. C. Waterston, and Edward I. Browne, of
Boston, Resident Members.

January 18, 1860.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Scudder, Curator of Entomology, presented the
following paper, entitled

A CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX TO THE ENTOMOLOGICAL WRITINGS
OF THADDEUS WILLIAM HARRIS, M. D.

It is supposed that Dr. Harris, shortly previous to his decease,
was preparing a list of his own writings ; yet, though search has

214

been made, no such catalogue has been discovered ; and as it now
seems to be entirely unhkely that it will be found, I have pre-
pared the following Chronological Index to supply the defi-
ciency, and would present it as being at all events approximately
perfect.

A similar Table, in connection with the writings of other Amer-
ican entomologists, has lately been published in the " Linnaea En-
tomologica ; " but that it is quite incomplete may be inferred from
the fact that only thirty-two articles were there referred to, while
I have detailed no less than ninety-nine. I have seen every arti-
cle here mentioned with but one exception.

No attempt has here been made to include the writings of Dr.
Harris in other departments, though it could have been done
without swelling the list very much, for they were not numerous.
He wrote one or two articles upon mammals and birds, and a num-
ber of short ones upon the varieties of the squash, which are to be
found in various agricultural journals.

In preparing this list, diligent search has been made through
all our agricultural periodicals ; and how numerous those are, in
which articles have been found, is easily seen by glancing at the
list appended to the Index. Much assistance in perfecting the
list has been derived from references by Dr. Harris, discovered
in the agricultural works in his library.

1. Upon the natural history of the salt-marsh caterpillar (Arc-
tia pseudermmea), with a plate. Massachusetts Agricultural
Eepository and Journal, vii.. No. 4, pp. 322-331, June, 1823.

(b) Reproduced without figures in the New England Farmer, i.,
No. 49, pp. 385, 386, July 5, '1823.

2. Description of four native species of the genus Cantharis.
Boston Journal of Philosophy and the Arts, i., pp. 494-502, 1824.

{!)) New England Journal of Medicine, Surgery, and collateral
branches of 'Science, xiii.. No. 3, pp. 243-250, July, 1824.

3. Caterpillars [Clisiocampa Americana). N. E. F. iv., No.
45, p. 354, June 2, 1826.

4. Peach-tree insect {u^geria persicce). N. E. F. v.. No. 5,
p. 33, Aug. 25, 1826.

5. Insects which destroy cocoons of silk-worms (Derrnestes lar-
darius). N. E. F. v., No. 5, p. 33, Aug. 25, 1826.

215

6. Trees. Abstract of a report on the state of the ehn-tree in
St. James and Hyde Parks, by W. S. MacLeay, (with additional
remarks). N. E. F; v., No. 22, pp. 169-171, Dec. 22, 1826.

7. Dr. Hunt's insect {Tremex columba). N. E. F. v.. No. 27,
p. 211, Jan. 26, 1827.

8. Descriptions of three species of the genus Chremastocheilus.
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, v.,
pp. 381-389, Feb. 1827.

9. Minutes towards a history of some American species of Mel-
olonthce^ particularly injurious to vegetation. Mass. Ag. Rep. x..
No. 1, pp. 1-12, July, 1827.

{b) Reproduced in N. E. F. vi.. No. 2, pp. 9, 10, Aug. 3,
1827 ; No. 3, pp. 18, 19, Aug. 10, 1827.

10. Insects on peach-trees {Aphides). N. E. F. vi., No. 50,
p. 393, July 4, 1828.

11. Insects {Gastropacha velleda, ^geria cucurhitcB, Arctia
textor). N. E. F. vii., No. 5, pp. 33, 34, Aug. 22, 1828.

12. The curculio, or worm in fruit {Conotrachelus nenuphar)
N. E. F. vii.. No. 11, pp. 81, 82, Oct. 3, 1828.

13. Contributions to Entomology. N. E. F. vii., No. 12, pp
90, 91, Oct. 10, 1828.

14. Contributions to Entomology, No. II. N. E. F. vii., No

15, pp. 117, 118, Oct. 31, 1828.

15. Contributions to Entomology, No. III. N. E. F. vii.. No

16, pp. 122, 123, Nov. 7, 1828.

16. Contributions to Entomology, No. IV. N. E. F. vii., No

17, p. 132, Nov. 14, 1828.

17. Contributions to Entomology, No. V. N. E. F. vii.. No

20, p. 156, Dec. 5, 1828.

18. Contributions to Entomology, No. VI. N. E. F. vii., No

21, p. 164, Dec. 12, 1828.

19. Insects on fruit-trees {Cocci). N. E. F. vii.. No. 24, pp
186, 187, Jan. 2, 1829.

20. Additional remarks on the bark-louse or coccus (wood-
cuts). N. E. F. vii.. No. 37, p. 289, April 3, 1829.

21. American turnip butterfly {Pontia oleracea). N. E. F.
vii.. No. 51, p. 402, July 10, 1829.

22. Corrections and additions for the " Contributions to Ento-
mology." N. E. F. viii., No. 1, pp. 1, 2, July 24, 1829.

216

23. Contributions to Entomology, No. YII. N. E. F. viii., No
1, pp. 2, 3, July 24, 1829.

24. Insects {^geria pyri, Ichneumon hordei). N. E. F. ix.,
No. 1, pp. 1, 2, July 23, 1830.

25. Extracts from a paper entitled " Some account of the in-
sect known by the name of the Hessian Fly, and of a parasitic
insect that feeds on it, by Thomas Say," (with additional remarks).
N. E. F. ix., No. 2, p. 9, July 30, 1830.

26. Locust (yTettigonia vitis, S^c). Encyclopedia Americana,
viii., pp. 40-43, 1831.

27. A Discourse delivered before the Massachusetts Horticul-
tural Society, on the celebration of its fourth anniversary, Oct. 3,
1832, pp. 54; in a pamphlet entitled, Fourth Anniversary of the
Mass. Hort. Soc. Cambridge, 1832. 8vo.

{b) Reproduced in N. E. F. xi., 1833. No. 26, p. 204, Jan.
9; No. 27, pp. 212, 213, Jan. 16; No. 28, pp. 200, 201, Jan.
23 ; No. 29, pp. 225, 226, Jan. 30 ; No. 30, pp. 236, 237, Feb.
6 ; No. 31, pp. 244, 245, Feb. 13 ; No. 32, pp. 252, 253, Feb. 20.

28. Report on the Geology, Mineralogy, Botany, and Zoology
of Massachusetts, by Prof. Hitchcock. Amherst, 1833. Part
viii.. Insects, pp. D^^-b'db.

(b) Second edition of the same, corrected and enlarged. Am-
herst, 1835. 8vo. Part viii., Insects, pp. 553-602.

(c) The latter part of (5), published separately at the same
time, under the title, — Catalogue of the Animals and Plants of
Massachusetts, with a copious index. Amherst, 1835. Part viii.,
Insects, pp. 33-82.

29. On a parasite of the honey-bee. Horticultural Register
and Gardener's Magazine, pp. 44, 45, Feb. 1835.

(b) Reproduced in N. E. F. xiii.. No. 30, p. 233, Feb. 4,
1835.

30. Upon the economy of some American species of Hispa,
(wood-cuts.) Boston Journal of Natural History, i., No. 2, pp.
141-151, 1835, read Feb. 18.

31. Characteristics of some previously described North Amer-
ican Coleopterous insects, and descriptions of others which appear
to be new, in the collection of Mr. Abraham Halsey. Transac-
tions of the Natural History Society of Hartford, (with a colored
plate,) communicated Dec. 23, 1835, No. 1, pp. 65-91, 1836.
8vo. Hartford, Conn.

217

32. R<3port of the Commissioners on the Zoological Survey of

the State, (containing) Dr. Harris's Report (on Coleoptera).

pp. 57-104. April, 1838. 8vo. Mass. House Document, No.
79

33. Remarks upon Scarabceus goliatus, and other African bee-
tles allied to it. Journal of the Essex County Natural History
Society, i.. No. 2, pp. 101-107. 1839. 8vo. Salem, Mass.

34. Remarks upon the North American insects belonging to
the genus Cyrchus of Fabricius, with descriptions of some newly
detected species. Bost. J. of Nat. Hist, ii., No. 2, pp. 189-204,
Feb. 1839, read Aug. 15, 1838.

35. Worms in seed corn (Butalis cerealella). Yankee Farmer,
v., No. 6, p. 43, Feb. 9, 1839.

36. Descriptive catalogue of the North American Insects be-
longing to the Linntean genus Sphinx, in the cabinet of the author.
American Journal of Science and Arts, xxxvi.. No. 2, pp. 282-
320, July, 1839. 8vo.

37. A Report on the Insects of Massachusetts, injurious to
vegetation, published agreeably to an order of the Legislature, by
the Commissioners on the Zoological Survey of the State. Cam-
bridge : Folsom, Wells & Thurston, 1841. 8vo.

(b) Another impression of the same, printed at the charge of
the author, entitled — A Treatise on some of the Insects of New
England, which are injurious to vegetation. Cambridge : pub-
lished by John Owen, 1842.

(c) Same title as (b) ; second edition. Boston : printed by.
White & Potter, 1852.

38. Wheat insects [Ocdandra granaria, Tinea granella, CEco-
phora cerealella), N. E. F. xix., No. 38, p. 300, March 24,
1841.

39. Wheat insects, continued i^Cecidomyia tritici). N. E. F.
xix.. No. 39, pp. 306, 307, March 31, 1841.

40. Memorandum on the larva of Papilio Philenor. New-
man's Entomologist, Part ii.. No. 4, pp. 60, 61, April, 1841.

41. Remarks on some North American Lepidoptera, by Ed-
ward Doubleday, Esq., including a communication from T. W.
Harris, M. D., of Boston, U. S. {Dryocampa '^ Saccophora Mels-
heimeri) (wood-cuts). Newm. Ent., No. 7, pp. 99-101, May, 1841.

42. Plum-tree grubs (wood-cuts). N. E. F. xix.. No. 51,
p. 405, June 23, 1841.

218

43. Apple-tree borer, Saperda hivittata (wood-cut). Massa-
chusetts Ploughman, i., No. 17, Jan. 22, 1842.

{b) Reproduced in N. E. F. xx., No. 33, pp. 260, 261, Feb.
16, 1842.

44. The squash-vine destroyer {^geria cucurhitcR) (wood-
cut). N. E. F. XX., No. 33, p. 260, Feb. 16, 1842.

45. Squash-vine destroyer {^geria cucurbitce). Mass. Plough,
i.. No. 37, June 11, 1842.

46. A new disease of the plum. Hovey's Magazine of Horti-
culture, viii., pp. 247, 248, July, 1842.

47. Blight-beetle {Tomicus pyri). Mass. Plough, ii., No. 38,
June 17, 1843.

{h) Reproduced in N. E. F. xxii., No. 3, p. 21, July 19,
1843.

48. The disease of the sycamore-tree. N. E. F. xxi., No. 50,
p. 406, June 21, 1843.

49. Apple-worm, curculio, plum grub (^Carpocapsa pomonella,
Conotrachehis nenuphar), N. E. F. xxii.. No. 2, p. 13, July 12,
1843.

50. Description of an African beetle allied to Scarahceus poly-
phemus, with remarks upon some other insects of the same group.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, i., pp. 151-
153, read Nov. 1, 1843, (signatures Nov. and Dec. 1843).

51. Description of an African beetle, &c., as above (with steel
plate). Bost. J. of Nat. Hist, iv., No. 4, pp. 397-405, Jan. 1844.

52. Coated Saperda of the linden-tree {Saperda vestita). Far-
mer's Cabinet, viii., No. 7, pp. 213, 214, Feb. 15, 1844.

53. Some account of the insect that attacks the grape-vine
(wood-cuts) {Procris Americana). Hovey's Mag. x., pp. 201-205,
June, 1844.

54. A new depredator of the orchard {Clisiocampa sylvatica).
N. E. F. xxii.. No. 52, p. 412, June 26, 1844.

55. Destructive insects on peach-trees and grape-vines at Nan-
tucket {Cocci). N. E. F. xxiii.. No. 1, pp. 4, 5, July 3, 1844.

56. Cucumber skippers {Smynthurus cucumeris) (wood-cuts).
Mass. Plough, iii.. No. 42, July 20, 1844.

57. Remarks upon Saperda vestita, the borer of the linden-tree,
with extracts from letters upon the same insect (wood-cuts).
Hovey's Mag. x., pp. 330-333, Sept. 1844.

219

58. Insects in the corn [Butalis cerealella). Far. Cab. xi., No.
4, pp. 106, 107, Nov. 16, 1846.

59. Microgasters. Boston Cultivator, ix., No. 18, p. 138, May
1, 1847.

GO. On the blights of the pear-tree (Tomicus pyri). Down-
ing's Horticulturaiist, ii.. No. 8, pp. 365-367, Feb. 1848.

61. Canker-worms {Anisopteryx vernata). Prairie Farmer,
viii.. No. 6, pp. 172, 173, June, 1848.

{h) Reproduced in Mass. Plough, vii., No. 39, June 24, 1848.

62. The potter-wasp {Eumenes fraterna) (wood-cut). Bost.
Cult. X., No. 29, p. 225, July 15, 1848.

63. Correspondence on the black -wart of the plum-tree ( Cica-
da), Down. Hort. iii., pp. 211-21^, Dec. 1848.

64. Canker-worms (Anisopteryx vernata). Bost. Cult, xi., No.
47, p. 376, Nov. 24, 1849.

65. Termites. New Orleans Picayune, (late in 1849 or early
in 1850).

66. Description of some species of Lepidoptera from the north-
ern shores of Lake Superior, (lithographic plate,) Lake Superior,
by Louis Agassiz. Boston, 1850. 8vo. Art. ix., pp. 386-394.

67. Saw-fly of the raspberry, Selandria [hoplocampa) rubi
(wood-cuts) (a part of a letter to Miss Darling). N. E. F. (new
series) ii.. No. 2, p. 33, Jan. 19, 1850.

68. Insects on potatoes (Baridius trinotatus). N. E. F. ii.,
No. 13, p. 204, June 22, 1850.

69. Potato-bug (Cantharis vittata). Prair. Far. x., No. 8,
p. 247, Aug. 1850.

70. Injurious insects (Conotr. nenuphar. Carpocapsa pomonel-
la, Aphides, Clisio. Americana, Anisop. vernata, 3Iacr. suhspino-
sus). N. E. F. ii., No. 16, p. 252, Aug. 3, 1850.

71. Canker-worms (Anisopteryx vernata). Mass. Plough, x.,
No. 8, Nov. 23, 1850.

72. Canker-worms (Anisopteryx vernata). Mass. Plough, x.,
No. 33, May 17, 1851.

73. The currant-tree borer (^geria tipidiformis) (wood-cut).
Hovey's Mag. xvii., pp. 241-244, June, 1851.

74. Plum weevils (Conotrachelus nenuphar). Bost. Cult, xiii.,
No. 24, p. 187, June 14, 1851.

(h) On the curculio. Down. Hort. vi., p. 341, July, 1851.

220

75. Letter on potato-rot. Salem Observer, xxix., No. 28, July
12, 1851.

(b) Reproduced in Bost. Cult, xiii., No. 20, p. 228, July 19,
1851.

(c) Insects not the cause of the potato-rot. N. E. F. iii.. No.
16, pp. 259, 260, Aug. 2, 1851.

76. A new insect depredator (^Capsus quadrivittatus). N. E.
F. iii.. No. 17, p. 268, Aug. 16, 1851.

77. Insects on the potato-vine (Aphides, Phytocoris lineolaris,
Haltica cucumeris, Crio. triUneata, Canth. vittata, ^c.) The
Journal of Agriculture, i., No. 4, pp. 99-102, Sept. 3, 1851.

78. Chinch-bug {Rliyparochromus devastator). Albany Culti-
vator, viii.. No. 12, pp. 402, 403, Dec. 1851.

79. On Cicindelce (wood-cuts). P"'araily Visitor, ii.. No. 39,
p. 305, Feb. 3, 1852.

80. Canker-worms {A. ve7'nata). N. E. F. iv., No. 4, pp.
155, 156, April, 1852.

81. Letter to Dr. Princkle, giving a history of his Report.
Fam.- Vis. ii., No. 50, p. 398, April 20, 1852.

82. The joint-worm (Eurytoma hordei). N. E. F. iv.. No. 8,
pp. 385, 386, Aug. 1852.

83. The oak-pruner (Stenocorus pidator). N. E. F. iv., No.

9, p. 425, Sept. 1852.

84. The oak-pruner. N. E. F. iv.. No. 10, p. 453, Oct. 1852.

85. Insects in the wheat {Eurytoma hordei). J. Ag. iii., No.

10, pp. 290, 291, April, 1853.

86. The palmer- worm (RJdnosia pometella). Cambridge
Chronicle, viii.. No. 30, July 23, 1853.

{b) Reproduced in Transactions of the New York State
Agricultural Society, xiii., pp. 190-192, 1854. (See No. 90.)

87. The palmer-worm. N. E. F. v.. No. 8, pp. 370, 371, Aug.
1853.

88. The rosy Hispa and the drop-worm (Hispa rosea, Oiheti-
cus conifer arum) (wood-cuts). Down. Hort. viii., pp. 461-464,
Oct. 1853.

89. Report on some of the diseases and insects affecting fruit-
trees and vines. Proceedings of the third session of the Amer-
ican Pomological Society, and their fifth meeting, held in Boston
Boston, 1854. 8vo. pp. 210-218.

221

(b) Reprinted under the title — Report on insects and diseases
injurious to vegetation. Boston, 1854. pp. 11.

(c) Reproduced in Journal of tlie United States Agricultural
Society for 1854, pp. 11)7-210, 1855.

90. Letter from Dr. Harris {Tthycerus novehor^acencis). Trans.
N. Y. St. Ag. Soc. xiii., pp. 188, 180, 1854.

{h) Reprinted with 8G {h) and other matter as — Apple-tree
pests, pp. 11-13. 86 (b) formed pp. 13-16.

91. Description of Rhinosia pometella^ Harris. Proc. Bost.
Soc. iv., pp. 349-351, read July 20, 1853 (signature Feb. 1854).

92. Extract of a letter to Dr. Kirtland, from Dr. Thaddeus W.
Harris, dated Cambridge, March 13, 1854 {Vanessa milberti).
Annals of Science, Cleveland, Ohio, ii., No 4, p. 100, April, 1854.
8vo. .

93. Note upon the insects injurious to the roots of the culti-
vated grape-vines in North Carolina, in a pamphlet entitled,
The grape-vine borer, — in a communication on the grape-vine,
by Dr. E. Mitchell, in the Raleigh Register for April 5, 1854.
8vo. pp. 6, 7.

94. Larvae of the crane-fly {Tipula ). N. E. F. vi., No.

5, p. 210, May, -1854.

95. Canker-worms {A. vernata). N. E. F. vi.. No. 8, p. 363,
Aug. 1854.

96. The Cetonia Inda. N. E. F. vi., No. 10, pp. 457-458,

Oct. 1854.

97. The Indian Cetonia. N. E. F. vi., No. 10, p. 485, Oct..
1854.

98. The measure-worm {Geometra niveosericearia) (wood-cut).
Hovey's Mag. xxi., pp. 418-423, Sept. 1855.

99. Rose-bug {Macrodactylus subspmosus). Bost. Cult, xvii.,
No. 36, p. 283, Sept. 8, 1855.

PERIODICALS REFERRED TO.

1. Massachusetts Agricultural Repository and Journal. Bos-
ton. 8vo.

2. New England Farmer. Boston. 1st series 4to. 2d series

8vo.

3. Boston Journal of Philosophy and the Arts. Boston. 8vo.

222

4. New England Journal of Medicine, Surgery, and collateral
branches of Science. Boston. 8vo.

5. Boston Journal of Natural History. Boston. 8vo.

6. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History.
Boston. 8vo.

7. Massachusetts Ploughman. Boston. Folio.

8. Hovey's Magazine of Horticulture. Boston. 8vo.

9. Boston Cultivator. Boston. Folio.

10. Downing's Horticulturalist. New York. 8vo.

11. Horticultural Register and Gardener's Magazine. Boston.
8vo.

12. Yankee Farmer. Boston. 8vo.

13. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia. Philadelphia. 8vo.

14. Encyclopaedia Americana. Philadelphia. 8vo.

15. Newman's Entomologist. London. 8vo.

16. Farmer's Cabinet. Philadelphia. 8vo.

17. Prairie Farmer. Chicago, 111. 8vo.

18. Salem Observer. Salem, Mass. Folio.

19. The Journal of Agriculture. Boston. 8vo.

20. Albany Cultivator. Albany, N. Y. 8vo.

21. Family Visitor. Cleveland, Ohio. Folio.

22. Journal of the United States Agricultural Society. Bos-
ton. 8vo.

23. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural Society.
Albany. 8vo.

Dr. J. C. White made a communication on two very
interesting and valuable specimens, one the lower jaw
of an enormous sperm whale, [Physeter macrocephalus,
Shaw,) the gift of F. W. Choate, Esq., of Beverly, the
other a tooth of the same species, which, though dis-
eased, served beautifully to illustrate the dental develop-
ment of this animal, and the peculiar change in the same
produced by age or accident. The latter was given by
G. H. Folger, Esq., obtained through the kindness of Dr.
J. B. S. Jackson.

The first belonged undoubtedly to an animal fully 80 feet

228

long, for a portion has been broken from the anterior extremity,
probably 3 feet at least. The following are the gross dimensions :

Total length of specimen . . . 16 ft. 4 in.

Length of rami from point of divergence . 6 ft. 4 in.

Breadth of same at widest portion of wing 2 ft. 2 in.

Extent of expansion from one condyle to the
other . . . . . . 6 ft.

Area of articulating surface of condyle 7 by 9 in.

Circumference of horizontal bodies in appo-
sition . . . . . . 2 ft. 6 in.

Length of tooth-furrow . . . .lift.

The larger tooth sockets, of which but 19 remain, measure 7
inches in length, 34- in width, and 2^ in depth.

As seen by the above measurements, the tooth-furrows are
continued up a foot upon the edge of the rami after their diver-
gence. On comparison with a young specimen exhibited, which
is 66 inches only in total length, and contains 25 teeth, we
see the alveolar process lying for the distance of 26 inches upon
the horizontal portion, and running 10 inches along the edge of
the rami. We conclude, therefore, that at this age a much larger
proportion of the teeth occupy this situation, and that with in-
creasing maturity and strength they pass forward, and are almost
wholly confined to the more advantageous situation of the body. ,

The teeth are conical, ovoid or flattened laterally, and more or
less pointed and worn according to age and usage. They curve .
forward and toward the median line, and, as is the case, with a sin-
gle exception, among all the cetacea, are implanted in the alveolar
process by a single root. While young they are conical, sharply
pointed, and much curved, presenting a reptilian appearance.
At this period they are hidden by the gum or project but slightly
from it, and in fact are retained in their place through life more
by the soft tissues than by any bony surrounding, so that a cabi-
net specimen containing teeth is seldom met with, as the liga-
mentous gum, when allowed to become dry, brings away with
itself, when removed, the whole series. The development of the
tooth matrix, analogous to the same process in fishes, goes on
within the gum, and is never inclosed by a bony cavity. Grad-
ually with age the alveolar process deepens ; the fang, still a hoi-

. 224

low cone filled by the pulp, sinks more deeply into the jaw, and
shallow transverse walls of division spring up between the teeth
and form the separate sockets. These, however, never close up
and grasp the shaft of the tooth as in the mammalia generally,
for such a firm settin"; would be unnecessary for teeth which meet
no opponents 'to clash against, but fall within soft pockets. The
bottom of the pits, as well as their septa, are traversed by numer-
ous large canals, through which the long-continued activity of the
dental pulp or matrix is nourished and sustained. After many
years this loses its vitality, and, not possessing the life-long and
unwearied generative power of the rodent's incisor, tapers to a
narrow cleft by the contraction of the fang, and solidifies. A
small opening, however, is always left, by which the mature tooth
may still keep up a low vital connection with the vascular system.
This process of development once complete is never repeated.

The structure of the tooth oi Physeter consists of a hollow cone
of dentine surrounded by a coating of cement, which, when first
formed, according to Owen, is tipped by a thin cap of enamel.
The cement, as in all the cetacea, is very thickly deposited, and
especially so on the anterior or convex surface. This is to coun-
teract the attrition by which this face is constantly worn down, as
may be seen on the summits of all the specimens in the cabinet.
This action, which the dentine resists longer, though according to
analysis of a more organic nature, gradually reduces the tooth to
a stump after the reparative power of the matrix is exhausted.
The tubes of the dentine are arranged at an acute angle with the
central axis of convergence, and follow the sub-curves of direction
which the tooth assumes. This is the normal development. Not
unfrequently, however, a new element enters into their compo-
sition, of which traces are often visible in their early stages of
growth. This is the production of a deposit within and arising
from the dentinal pulp, called osteo-dentine, a substance more
resembling cement or true bone than the dentine itself; it is a
modification of this latter element, in which its cellular matter is
arranged in concentric layers, and furnished with radiated cells
like the corpuscles of bone. As above stated, and as was well
illustrated by a section of an immature tooth, isolated nodules of
this material are often found imbedded in the early-formed den-
tine tissue. Generally, however, it is in more mature teeth, and

225

when the vital powers of the matrix begin to flag, that this is
more abundantly formed, and often the remnant of the pulp is
converted into it, and thus tills up the cavity of the contracting
fano;.

A most remarkable development of this substance is exhibited
in the specimen alluded to in the beginning as presented by Mr.
Foljrer. Here we see a longitudinal section of an enormous
tumor connected with the base of the tooth. This mass is com-
posed of large nodules or lobular conglomerations of osteo-deniine,
divided in the centre by numerous fissures once filled with pulp,
which in time would have been closed up by fresh deposit. The
exterior is of an irregular lobulated shape, covered with innumer-
able warty excrescences and sharp spicula. Laterally and pos-
teriorly the tumor is covered by a bulging plate of the true den-
tine and cement, by extension from the normal matrices of the
posterior portion of the pulp. A few nodules of the same growth
are found on the exterior surface of the tooth, and situated high
up within the dentinal tissue of the interior ; not more, however,
than is often met with.

The normal or upper part of the tooth is of the following
dimensions. Breadth of surface of an antero-posterior longitu-
dinal section at base, 3 in. Circumference at same part, 8 in.
Length of central axis, 5 in. Greatest thickness of cement, 8
lines. Originally the tooth was a very large one, but is now
much worn at the tip. On the posterior surface the cement ex-
tends downward 6 in. 8 lines, whereas on the" anterior or dis-
eased side it is only 4 in. 8 lines in length. Its growth in front
was at first checked by an undue development of the dentine ma-
trix, and then entirely obliterated by conversion of the same into
this enormous mass of osteo-dentine, which extends 6 in. in a per-
pendicular direction below the termination of the cement, and for
the same distance antero-posteriorly. It measures around the
circumference 17 in., and is almost wholly confined to the anterior
side of a line drawn parallel to the axis of the tooth.

This great outgrowth must of course have produced an absorp-
tion of the alveolar process in the direction of its increase, and
caused trouble to its neighbor in front. The axis of the tooth
must have been changed from the normal, for the lateral portion
of its summit has been worn away fiat, produced undoubtedly by

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 15 MARCH, 1860.

226

continued contact with the alveolar ridge of the upper jaw. Un-
fortunately we have no history connected with the specimen, nor
any description of the appearance of tlie socket which held it.

In reply to various questions, Capt. N. E. Atwood
stated that the rorquals or fin-back whales are considered
the swiftest of cetaceans, and are rarely attacked by
whalers, as they can do nothing with them, and even
when killed by a bomb-lance they afford comparatively
little oil. The food of the sperm whale, judging from
what they eject from the stomach when struck by the
harpoon, consists principally of large squids or cuttle-
fish. It is estimated that about one fifth of the yield of
oil may be generally set down as the amount of sperma-
ceti afforded by a sperm whale.

Dr. B. J.- Jeffries announced that he had made an experiment
of injecting 2 drachms of pure honey into the dorsal sac of a
medium-sized frog ; the animal was kept from water, and died in
twenty -nine hours with convulsions ; twenty-one hours after death
there was no appearance of cataract on dissection.

Dr. Henry Bryant read the following paper on two
birds from Bogota : —

In the Revufe Zoologique for 1848, Lafresnaye describes a
species of thrush under the name of Turdus minimus. Sclater,
in his list of Bogota birds, published in the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society for 1854 and 1855, mentions this species with
a doubt as to its specific value ; and in his synopsis of American
Tardidce^ published in the same journal for 1859, quotes it as
synonym of Turdus Sivainsonii, (Cab.) The specimens of this
thrush in my cabinet which agree with Lafresnaye's description
are certainly specifically distinct from the North American T.
Swainsonii, and are more easily recognized than some of the
other closely allied species of this difficult group. It is much
smaller in every respect, — being one inch shorter, 6 inches in
length instead of 7 ; the wing 3.75 instead of 4.15 ; tail 2. GO instead
of o.lO ; tarsus 1 instead of 1.12. The bill is broader and stouter,

227

not only relatively but actually. In its color it differs by the
much deeper tint of yellowish rufous on the breast, and by the
spots being thicker and much darker, particularly toward the
abdomen, so as to give the whole under surface a much darker
appearance. The light spots at the base of the inner webs of all
but the outer three quills are whiter and more distinct, forming a
marked band on the inner surface of the wing, which in T. Swain-
sonii is quite indistinct. I think, therefore, that Lafresnaye's
name of minimus should be restored to it.

In Sclater's list of Bogota birds, published in the Proceedings
of the London Zoological Society, two species of Vireo are men-
tioned, — Vireo olivaceus and V. Bartramii. I am not positive
that the specimen in my cabinet is identical with those examined
by Sclater, but it is certainly neither the V. olivaceus nor the V.
Bartramii. It has been in my possession since 1845^, and I have
been constantly expecting to see it described, but as it seems to
have been neglected, I shall describe it here.

Vireo Bogotensis. Length of skin, 5 to 5^ inches ; wing, 3^ ;
tail, 2 Jq- ; tarsus, f ; middle toe, -^-^ ; 2d primary longest, 1st
shorter than 3d, and intermediate between it and the 4th. Above,
greenish olive, the green tint most conspicuous on the tail-coverts ;
head plumbeous, with a dirty white line from the nostril over
the eye, bordered by a blackish line between it and the cinereous
of the crown — most strongly marked above and behind the eye;
Avings brown, with the edsre of the outer webs of all but the first
quill of the same olive tint as the back, and the inner webs of all •
but the first primaries toward the tips bordered with whitish ;
central feathers of the tail olive, and the outer edge of all but the
outer two of the same color ; below, soiled white, slightly washed
•with cinereous and yellowish on the breast ; abdomen nearly pure
white ; crissum clear pale yellow ; flanks and hypochondriacs cine-
reous olive ; tarsi wdtli six large scales anteriorly, much more dis-
tinctly marked than in V. olivaceus. The bill is stouter, and the
gonys, instead of being compressed so as to form a distinct ridge
toward the tip, is rounded and slightly flattened.

Prof. W. B. Rogers exhibited specimens of fossiliferous
slate and sandstone from the Dennis River in Maine,
and gave a sketch of the order of stratification in that

228

vicinity and toward the northeast. He referred espe-
cially to the conditions of metamorphism of the shales
and slates in the neighborhood of Eastport, which, while
displaying all the evidences of profound alteration in
their increased density and in the development of crys-
talline and other chemical compounds throughout their
substance, give little indication of having been subjected
to violent agencies of a mechanical kind. He also spoke
of the enormous extent to which coarse conglomerate
rocks are intercalated among the slates and sandstones
of the sections lately examined by him in this north-
eastern part of Maine, and called attention to the fact
that in many cases the finer of these sedimentary de-
posits have been so indurated and otherwise modified as
to have put on a close resemblance to trappean masses.
The latter, however, in their genuine form are, he
thought, of far less frequent occurrence in this region
than at first view would be inferred. He spoke of the
great thickness of the Devonian and Silurian strata as
developed here and in the adjoining British territories,
and of the interesting field of structural geology and
paleontology which they offered.

Capt. Atwood presented a specimen of a spine of the
fin of some siluroid fish, which had been found deposited
in the blubber of a whale killed on the west coast of
Africa, in such numbers that it was with difficulty cut
up ; they had probably worked their way through from
the stomach.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following let-
ers, viz : —

From H. Drouet, Paris, November 9, 1859, proposing ex-
change of specimens ; Elliott Society, Charleston, S. C, Decem-
ber 16, 1859, and Regents of New York University, December
31, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of the Society's publications ;

229

from Prof. J. L. Riddell, New Orleans, January 5, 1860, and
Rev. R. C. Waterston, January 10, accepting membership ; from
the Royal Geographical Society, London, September 9, 1859,
presenting Vol. 28 of their Journal.

February 1, 1860.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. C. F. Winslow exhibited a specimen of the so-
called " cocoa-nut pearl " set in a ring, belonging to
Frederic T. Bush, Esq., of Boston ; Mr. Bush offered
this to the Society for examination and chemical analy-
sis. It came from Singapore ; very few specimens are
found; they are highly esteemed by the rajahs, and are
worn like costly gems. Mr. Bush, during his residence
of some years in China, saw but one other, and that was
as large as the egg of a canary bird ; he has heard of
others as large as a cherry. The method of their growth
is unknown to him from personal observation ; but they
are said to be found free within the cavity of the cocoa-
nut. The specimen was referred to Dr. Bacon for chem-
ical and microscopic examination, and the thanks of the
Society were voted for the permission to examine it.

Mr. Bouve said that he had seen another and a larger
specimen from the same locality, some years ago, in the
hands of a gentlemen who had been consul at Singa-
pore, who also stated that they are considered rare and
very precious by the natives.

Dr. B. J. Jeffries exhibited an optical apparatus sug-
gested by Dr. Ludwig of Vienna, which introduced the
general subject of vision.

230

Prof. Rogers thought that the physiology of vision was
as yet but imperfectly understood ; vision by correspond-
ing points of the two retinae, for instance, cannot be
maintained, though it is found in all treatises on physi-
ology, and in most on optics.

Dr. Gould referred to the fact that though in strabis-
mus there is distinct vision with the normal eye, the
other being unused, squint-eyed persons cannot get the
stereoscopic solid image, but only see a flat picture.

•

Prof. Rogers remarked that there is such a thing as
being right-eyed and left-eyed, as well as right-handed
and left-handed ; indeed many persons use but one eye
for taking their direction in vision, and that is generally
the right ; it is sometimes the left, but in normal in-
stances an object is seen in the median plane between
the two eyes. Many persons have the idea that stereo-
scopic vision is only squinting, but this is very far from
being the case; in squinting, the eyes converge to a
point nearer than that of distinct vision ; in stereoscopic
vision the eyes are not so directed, and the sense of
fatigue and discomfort is owing to the forcible dissocia-
tion of two naturally associated actions. In common
vision there are two adjustments, one consisting in direct-
ing the optic axes to the object, the other in adjusting
them to suit the distance of the object from the eyes,
drawing them, so to speak, out or in like the joints of a
telescope ; habit enables us to elTect these two adjust-
ments instantaneously and at the same time. In looking
through a stereoscope, while the object is very near, we
are forced to extend our optic tubes to see an object
apparently at a great distance, and thus the union of the
associated motions is violently broken up, causing a
sense of fatigue.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following let-
ters, viz : —

231

From Dr. John Evans of Washington ; Theodore N. Gill of
Brooklyn, N. Y. ; and Alpheus S. Packard, Jr., of Brunswick,
Me.; accepting corresponding membership of the Society; —
from the Royal Bavarian Academy, Munich, sending their pub-
lications ; and from the Committee of the Humboldt Founda-
tion, Berlin, asking the cooperation of the Society in the estab-
lishment of a fund for the promotion of scientific talent in works
on Natural History and distant travels.

Mr. Nathaniel T. Allen of West Newton, Dr. Gusta-
vus Hay of Boston, and Alpheus Hyatt, Jr., of Cam-
bridge, were elected Resident Members.

February 15, 1860.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Prof. Agassiz made a verbal communication in opposition to
the theory of Mr. Darwin, recently put forth in his work on the
origin of species. Mr. Darwin he acknowledged to be one of the
best naturalists of England, a laborious and successful writer ; his
works on the coral reefs, on the cirripeds, and his narrative of
the voyage of the Beagle, show him to be a skilful and well pre-
pared naturalist ; but this great knowledge and experience had,
in the present instance, been brought to the support, in his opin-
ion, of an ingenious but fanciful theory. According to Darwin,
the primary cell, by a process of differentiation and gradual im-
provement by natural selection, has produced all the diversities
of animals, in geological and present times. He did not think it
fair to compare the present fauna of the world with the fauna of
any geological horizon as known in one locality ; and he thought
this method of comparison had led to this idea of gradual devel-
opment. Animal representatives were as numerous and diversi-
fied in early geological periods as now ; he instanced the brachio-
pods. In the lowest beds of the Potsdam sandstone we find
Lingula ijvima^ and allied species are found in the Silurian, De-

232

vonian, Carboniferous, Permian, and Triassic, and with occa-
sional interruptions up to the Hving species ; there is an unbroken
succession of linyulce .up to the Jurassic strata ; they are not
found in the oolite, in the seven beds above the lias ; in the low-
est cretacean (neocomian) they appear again, then there is an
interruption until the Tertiary epoch. About forty species of fos-
sil Imgulce are found in these beds ; only seven species of living
Ungulce were known to exist until he had recently added an
eighth (X. Ravenelli, ^g-) fi'om South Carolina, the first found
on the American side of the Atlantic basin ; when the shell gapes,
one valve moves over the other, a circumstance rar^e in the brachio-
pods. He thought the persistence of this form through so exten-
sive a period, the last no more perfect than the first, was a fatal
objection to the theory of gradual development.

Prof. Rogers admitted that the persistency of lingula, and
other similar cases that might be adduced, were formidable ob-
jections to this theory ; but he thought that Darwin would meet
such objections by the fact that the vital characters of some ani-
mals fit them for resisting change and extinction better than more
plastic natures ; from our knowledge of domesticated animals we
find that dogs have changed very much, and that cats have
changed hardly at all ; some have great energy of resistance, and
some very little. He adduced several cases of interruption, like
those in Bohemia illustrated by Barrande, and in middle Tennes-
see by Mr. Satford, which he explained by migrations to and
from a given region. On the coast of Virginia and Maryland
there is an extensive oyster-bed, but which has not been contin-
uous through all time ; at one time the oysters disappear, and
clams make their appearance ; the latter disappear, and oysters
reappear ; these he regarded as instances of emigration and remi-
grations over great spaces. Similar facts in Bohemia, embracing
strata of many thousands of years' duration, show^ evidences of re-
introduction of forms from below, colonization, and remigration.
In middle Tennessee, we have the Black Hiver limestone over
the Potsdam sandstone ; over this slaty limestones with Trenton
fossils ; after several hundred feet of thickness, this is succeeded
by the Black River fossils again. He thought these evidences of
migration, and not in the least degree of sudden creation without

233

previous parents ; the lingida hiatus suggests a similar abandon-
ment and return of allied species in remote geological epochs.
In the case of Calijmene Blumenhachii, which extends from the
lower Silurian up to the Devonian, there is a great variety of
forms acknowledged to be within the limits of one species, dis-
playing a progressive variation amounting almost to specific dif-
ference. It may also be a question whether the geological hori-
zon of animal origin has yet been reached in our investigations.
He inquired of Prof. Agassiz if any vertebrate had ever been
found in strata lower than the upper Silurian.

Prof. Agassiz remarked, as to these alleged migrations, that
we know that species are well circumscribed within the limits of
faunas ; and that before such a line of argument can be followed,
it must be shown that any species pass from one continent to an-
other, except from man's agency. In regard to the geological
horizon of animal origin, he observed that the azoic system of
rocks is not so metamorphosed as not to show traces of fossils if
they had existed ; fragments at least would be found ; yet these
rocks immediately underlie the Silurian strata rich in fossils. He
thought that in this lowest system of fossils there was such a co-
ordination of the animal series as shows that all its great and
principal classes were then existing. Pander has maintained the
existence of fishes below the point alluded to by Prof. Rogers,
from what are considered their remains ; he did not distrust
these conclusions of Pander, though many do. Trilobites are
found in the lowest beds ; these are complicated animals, and be-
long among the highest crustaceans ; in the three other great
divisions of the animal kingdom it is not the lowest, but the high-
est representatives that are found ; the earliest fishes are among
the most perfect of their class, and have many reptilian charac-
ters ; the mollusks belong to the high cephalopods, and the cri-
noids rank high among the echinoderms. In late general works,
eleven or twelve subdivisions of the earth's crust are given ;
D'Orbigny makes twenty-seven, but he was prepared to show the
occurrence of at least forty-eight successive periods of change,
with characteristic fossils found neither below nor above their
respective beds ; the alleged identity of fossils in different strata
was only apparent, and would be found so on actual comparison
of specimens.

234

Mr. Emerson asked what had been the antecedents to the pub-
lication of the work on the " Origin of Species." He did not
quite understand the attitude of the mind of the author ; he
thought that the mind of an investigator into the laws of nature
ought to be judicial, prepared to weigh impartially the evidence
afforded bv all the facts, and to let the balance incline accord-
inglj. But Darwin comes before the reader at once as an advo-
cate of a seemingly foregone conclusion, and argues, not for the
purpose of finding in what direction the evidence of any particu-
lar fact would lead the mind, but for the purpose of finding some-
thing in the fact favorable to his preconceived opinion. Admit-
ting the difficulties in his theory, he tries to explain them away
by various suppositions and ifs, which by frequent repetition and
consideration seem in the mind of the author to become estab-
lished truths, and are used as arguments.

Prof. Rogers stated in reply that the present work of Darwin
is a resume of his conviction on the subject, without the presenta-
tion of the facts upon which it rests, which he has not had time
to arrange. The problem is admitted to be of transcendent diffi-
culty, and such as no observer or theorist can hope now or per-
haps ever positively to resolve. Mr. Darwin makes no preten-
sions to an absolute demonstration, but, after an impartial survey
of the facts bearing on the subject and a candid appreciation of the
opposing considerations, adopts the view set forth in his book, as
offering, in his opinion, a more rational and satisfactory explana-
tion of the history of living nature than the hypothesis of innu-
merable successive creations. Prof. Rogers regarded the work
as marked in an extraordinary degree by fairness in the state-
ment of opposing as well as favorable arguments, by the absence
of dogmatism, and by all other evidences of a truth-loving spirit,
as well as by the extent and variety of its knowledge and the
breadth of its philosophical views.

As regards the statement that the most ancient types of life
were higher or more perfect than recent ones, he had always
considered Prof. Agassiz as maintaining that these earlier forms
w^re of an embryonic character ; and in this connection he re-
marked that the term " perfection " is just as indefinite as the
word " species." He considered perfection as specialization in

235

eacli type ; if an animal approach nearer perfection because,
for instance, it be part fish and part reptile, or if a structure
part animal and part vegetjible be more perfect than the plant,
then is the cell the ty{)e of perfection, combining as it does prop-
erties belonging to both kingdoms ; he considered perfection, not
the union of different types, but specialization in each particular
type.

Prof. Agassiz considered perfection to mean an embodiment of
the highest combinations, the most complex representation of life.
The embryo fish presents features of its type superior to those of
the adult fish ; the tendency to specialization increases Avith its
growth, and the animal at last becomes only a fish, losing its em-
bryonic type of the higher vertebrates. As a generalization or
philosophic conception, the vertebrate egg is superior to man him-
self, inasmuch as it embodies all that may be produced from it.

Mr. Scudder presented by title a description of Hoplo-
campa nibi by the late Dr. T. W. Harris, with remarks
on its history by Noyes Darling, Esq., in letters to the
same, as follows : —

Family Tenthredinid^.

Genus Selandria, (Leach.)
Sub-genus Hoplocampa, (Hartig.)

Selandria (H.) ruhi (Harris).* Black; a spot on each side
of the collar, middle of the dorsum, and legs, dirty yellow ; hind-
most tarsi dusky ; wings smoky. Length of the body nearly one
fifth, expansion of wings one half of an inch.

Larva, green : 6 dorsal rows of tubercles bearing 2 black bris-
tles, and 4 lateral rows on each side bearing white bristles ; most
of these tubercles have 2 bristles, some have 3, and the anterior
ones of the first segment have 4. or 5 each, — the tubercles alter-
nate in the rows. Each segment, therefore, has 14 setigerous
tubercles ; along the lower margin of the body are a few more
single bristles, or short tubercles, irregularly placed. Bristles
not barbed, /^th of an inch in length.

* See Address upon Injurious Insects, by Noyes Darlinjr, p- 13. New Haven,
1845. New England Farmer, i., p. 164, 1849; ii., p. 33, 1850.

236

The imago is found resting on the upper side of the leaves of
the raspberry, which this insect attacks. When the leaf is
touched the insect falls as if dead, but in two or three seconds
takes wing. It is very easily caught.

The eggs seem to be placed between the coats of the leaf, by
the side of the ribs, and, as they increase in size, produce an oval
expansion of the under coat, and a discoloration of the cuticle of
the upper side, directly over the ego^.

The larva appears early in May, on leaves that have a warm
exposure and are near the ground. It leaves the bush about the
time the fruit ripens, goes into the ground, forms around itself an
oval coat of earth cemented together, and remains till spring.
Larva taken at Cambridge, full grown, June 19, 1846.

Dr. C. F. Winslow presented some freshwater fishes,
crustaceans, and mollusks from the Sandwich Islands ;
the first two were taken in the river Wailukee, in the
mountains of West Maui, seven or eight miles from its
mouth, and more than 1,000 feet above the sea ; they are
found in the midst of the most violent rapids ; the fish
are said by the natives not to be found near the sea.
The shells were taken from a ditch connecting the river
with the taro patches of the valley, three or four miles
from the sea ; collected in June.

Dr. Bernstein, of Java, E. Indies, and Edward Nor-
ton, Esq., of Albany, were chosen Corresponding Mem-
bers ; George N. Briggs of Auburndale, and Edward
W. Codman of Boston, Resident Members.

March 7, 1860.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. C. H. Hitchcock exhibited a geological map of
Vermont, and explained the principal features of the
complicated geology of that State.

The two most interesting points in this connection were, that
there is no foundation for what Mr. Emmons called his Taconic
system, (a mixture of the Silurian and Devonian,) and that the
Dorset limestone (his Stockbridge limestone) is newer than the
lower Silurian, and is probably upper Silurian or Devonian.

Prof. W. B. Rogers remarked upon the importance of the
investigations referred to by Mr. Hitchcock, and spoke of the
difficulty which the geologist has to encounter in attempting to
ascertain the precise sequence of the rocks in a region where, as
in the greater part of Vermont, perplexing structural features,
metamorphic influences, and an extreme paucity of fossils com-
bine to embarrass his inquiries. It is not therefore matter of
surprise that, in spite of repeated explorations, some important
problems in the geology of the State should still remain unre-
solved.

As regards the belt of formations on the western side of the
State, extending along the shore of Lake Champlain, the abun-
dance of fossils and the almost undisturbed position of the strata
have rendered their investigation comparatively easy, so that
these formations were early identified with the lower members of
the paleozoic series, from the Potsdam sandstone to the Hudson
River group inclusive. Immediately eastward of this narrow
strip is another belt of variable breadth, extending through more
than half the length of the State, and passing northward into
Canada. This consists of reddish sandstones and shales, and red-
dish, white, and gray limestones, which, from lithological pecu-
liarities and the absence of distinct fossils, were much less easily
referred to their proper geological position. Indeed it is only
within a few years that this remarkable group of strata has been
generally recognized as belonging to the period of the Oneida
and Medina rocks, to which Mr. Hitchcock now refers them.

As connected with the history of this investigation. Prof. Rog-
ers felt some satisfaction in stating that in a paper entitled
" Notes on the Geological Structure of Western Vermont, &c.,"
communicated by him to the American Association at Albany in
1851, the manuscript of which he now submitted, he gave a de-
tailed account of numerous sections and longitudinal tracinojs
made during preceding seasons, and in express terms announced

238

the conclusion that the rocks in question were referable to the
Levant, or in other words the Medina period. As, however, the
chief interest of the discussions arising on the occasion had refer-
ence to the supposed Taconic system of Prof. Emmons, to which
Prof. Rogers's observations had been largely directed, his state-
ment of the age of the red rocks and associated limestones ex-
cited comparatively little attention at the time, although he
believes it was the first distinct announcement of the conclusion
reo"arding the geology of this belt which is now generally re-
ceived. He however thinks that Prof. Hall mentioned at the
time having arrived at a similar result. As this paper was not
published in the Transactions of the Association, but only men-
tioned by its title, Prof. Rogers asked to be allowed to insert in
the Proceedings of the Natural History Society an extract set-
ting forth the conclusion and the arguments on which it was
founded. The extract, beginning with an account of the rocks
on the eastern slope of the Snake and Buck Mountains, is as
follows : —

" The general geological position of the red rocks here spoken of
is clearly seen by following either of the sections from the w^estern
base of the Snake and Buck Mountain across the trough or valley
above described. Here we ascend through the various divisions
of the Matinal series from the Trenton to the top of the Hudson
River group as here defined, each marked by characteristic fos-
sils, and all maintaining a nearly uniform eastern dip ; and above
the latter we find a series of red and greenish and gray sand-
stones and shales of great thickness, succeeded, where the expos-
ures are unbroken, by arenaceous and argillaceous reddish and
gray limestones, alternating wuth beds of sandstone similar to that
beneath."

" Stratigraphically considered, this series of beds occupies the
position of the Medina group of New York, or its equivalent the
Levant series of Pennsylvania and Virginia. The sandstones
and shales bear a close resemblance to those of the latter, not
only in color, but in the profusion of fucoid-like markings which
they display on some of the parting surfaces. The series of red-
dish and gray limestones which rest upon these massive arena-
ceous beds form an interesting feature in the geology of Vermont.
Their alternation with layers of sandstone and shale, and their

230

frequently reddisli tint, Avould lead us to regard tliein as a contin-
uation of the lower mass under somewhat new formative con-
ditions. In the prolongation of this belt of sandstones and lime-
stones toward the north, as at AVinooski Falls, near Burlington,
the latter mass is seen to consist in great part of a pinkish white
fine-grained limestone, which toward the base contains layers of
reddish limestone interstratified with red sandstone, — marking the
transition from the arenaceous to the calcareous form of deposit."

" In none of the localities of this calcareous mass which I have
examined, from the flank of the Snake Mountain to near the Can-
ada line, have I found any well-marked organic remains. This
fact of itself strongly favors the idea of its being but a peculiar
development of the upper portion of the Medina group. Nor can
it be objected to this that metamorphic action may have caused
its present destitution of fossils. Throughout nearly the whole of
the series of exposures extending due north toward the Canada
line, it presents a gentle eastern dip, conforming to the subjacent
fossiliferous beds of Matinal limestone and slate, from which it is
separated only by the sandstones above described. From this we
infer that it must have been as little exposed as these fossiliferous
beds to agencies capable of obliterating its included fossils, and
that therefore it has never been in any considerable degree a fos-
siliferous mass."

" We are further strengthened in the opinion that this calca-
reous group, with the subjacent sandstone, belongs to the Medina
period, by the consideration that the Clinton group, with which it
might otherwise be compared, is almost everywhere an eminently
fossiliferous one. From Alabama to northern New York, it is
marked by an abundance of fossils. According to Mr. Logan,
strata of this age are found in the vicinity of Lake Memphrema-
gog, and, although there surrounded by metamorphic masses, they
include a number of fossils in good preservation."

" On the whole, therefore, I think that the limestone and sub-
jacent sandstone of which we are noAV treating must be regarded
as one formation, and may with the highest probability be refer-
red to the period of the Levant rocks or the Medina group of
New York."

Dr. White exhibited a section of the tusk of an ele-

240

phant, formerly presented, as an example of the growth
of osteo 'dentine.

The tusk of the elephant is composed of a thin outer layer of
enamel, and the peculiar modification of dentine known as ivory,
characterized by the minute size and remarkable curvatures of
its tubes. The tooth grows in length by continual de[)Osition,
from the cone of matrix within its base, of the enamel and den-
tine ; occasionally, however, in old animals a thin deposit of nod-
ules of osteo-dentine is found within this cavity, the last effort of
the dentinal pulp. Injury appears to produce the same result, as
was seen in the specimen, which illustrated the effect of the pas-
saoje of a laroje wrouo^ht-iron musket-ball throuojh the dentinal
pulp from side to side. The ball entered probably the thin
socket formed by the prolongation of the premaxillary bone, break-
ing through the thin wall of the tusk, through the tender pulpy
cone, and the tooth wall of the other side, and spent its force
against the interior surface of the socket on the opposite side ; it
then fell back within the soft hollow it had formed, and became
imbedded in the new growth it excited. In time it was undoubt-
edly carried forward by the growth from the base, until it per-
haps cleared the socket. He inferred that the wound w^as thus
made, on account of the large cavity still unfilled by deposition of
tooth-matter from the pulp. The course of the ball was marked
by a hollow cylinder of osteo-dentine deposited about its track ;
the inner layer of ivory was driven in by the force of the ball,
and the efforts of the matrix never recovered their normal direc-
tion, for not only was its secretion deposited in irregular layers
and masses, but its nature was perverted, and osteo-dentine^ in-
stead of ivory, was ever afterward its product. ,

Prof. W. B. Rogers explained the laws of fracture of
a thick glass tube, exhibited by U. A. Boyden, Esq.

A thin tube would fracture in a spiral manner, the result of
the circular and longitudinal tendencies to break; in a thick tube,
there is a third tendency to fracture from the centre to the pe-
riphery ; if this be combined with the other two, the resultant is
the imbricated fracture observed in the specimen.

241

Prof. Agassiz made a communication on consecutive
faunae and their corresponding number of geological for-
mations, as furnishing arguments against the theory of
Darwin.

He believed that the number was considerably greater than had
been hitherto admitted. He objected to the use made of the
great and well-known changes in animals under the influence of
domestication, as an argument in favor of similar probable changes
in geological ages ; the genera of these domesticated animals, as
hos, canis, &c., lived ages before the human period, but their re-
mains show no such changes as now occur ; these are two distinct
series of facts, and are not comparable. The representatives of
these fauna3 differ specifically, and do not pass from one to the
other, and this is true from, the most ancient to the most recent
periods. He defined faunae as groups of animals enclosed within
circumscribed areas ; there are many of these on the globe, and
they must not be confounded with zoological realms ; of the latter,
New Holland may be mentioned as an example, having animals
of a peculiar type ; so are the East Indies, Africa south of the
Atlas Mountains, America from the sub-arctic regions to Patagonia,
and the arctic regions themselves. Faunae, on the other hand,
occupy more limited provinces characterized by species related
to each other, as they are more largely in realms. Faunje differ
in various parts of the world, and no one can be taken as a type
of existing creation ; for instance, the fauna of Canada differs en-
tirely from that of Africa, and any zoologist who should take one
or the other or any single fauna as the type of the world's ani-
mals would commit an absurdity ; yet geologists do this con-
stantly in their identifications of geological periods, and of course
fall into the gravest errors. He found fault with the methods of
determining the limits of successive faunas usually pursued by
geologists ; he thought that this order should be determined by
the fossils ; that the rocks should be regarded merely as the
tombs of the fossils, that naturalists should try to find out the ani-
mals of an epoch, and establish the limits of faunae on zoological
and not on physical principles. He made use of the strata of
New York State, as being well ascertained, in his determinations
of the primary groups of faunae. The lower and upper Silurian

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 16 MAY, 1860.

242

and the Devonian he divided into several faunae, according to
Prof. Hall, many of which he had satisfied himself from examina-
tion of their fossils were distinct ; these answered, as a general
rule, to the subdivisions or groups adopted by Profs. H. D. and
W. B. Rogers in their " Geology of Pennsylvania and Virginia ; "
the faunie of the Devonian he had not as yet been able to de-
termine ; he would characterize the primary up to the carbon-
iferous as being composed of exclusively marine faun«, as the
age of fishes.

In the carboniferous age marshy land appeared, the beginning
of continental lands with inland waters. In the tertiary, accord-
ing to Mr. Lyell, 4 or 5 per cent, of the eocene species pass on to
the present period, 19 per cent, in the miocene, and about one
half in the pliocene ; this he regarded as an error which would
not have been committed with a sound zoologist by his side. He
instanced Rostellaria jissurella, which had been considered identi-
cal in several formations, as being easily recognized to embrace
distinct species on actual comparison of the specimens. He ob-
jected to Deshayes's principle of requiring equal and great differ-
ences in the determination of species, as what would constitute a
specific difference in one case might be far greater than that re-
quired in another. The mastodon and Elephas primigenius are
acknowledged to be extinct, and he saw no reason why other
classes in the animal kingdom should not be exterminated by the
same causes ; he was convinced that careful examination would
show that the lowest mollusks in the tertiary beds are as different
from the present as are the larger animals.

Prof. Rogers replied that the entire severance of these faunae
must be demonstrated, before such a line of reasoning can be em-
ployed against the theory of Darwin ; if such a distinction be true,
we must abandon nearly all the hitherto accepted specific deter-
minations of other accomplished zoologists, most of whom main-
tain that animal forms do pass from one stratum to another. The
division lines, moreover, are essentially local ; the number of spe-
cies said to pass from one formation to another may be so great
in some localities as entirely to obliterate divisions which in other
and not very remote places are marked by very sharp transitions.

Thus in New York, out of more than seventy forms found in

243

the strata below the upper limit of the Black River limestone,
only three have been observed by Prof. Hall to pass up into the
overlying Trenton limestone, and on the same horizon a transition
almost as abrupt shows itself in parts of Pennsylvania and Vir-
ginia. Here then we would seem to be justified in drawing a
strong line of separation between the contiguous Black River and
Trenton fauna\ But turning to Canada, we find a very different
distribution of the fossils. In this region the Black River lime-
stone, that is, the rock containing the characteristic Black River
fossils, includes a preponderating number of species found also
in the Trenton. According to the Canada paleontologists, fifty-
two out of seventy-five are common to both formations, and
what is still more interesting, some Trenton species are found in
the yet lower group of the Chazy. Here obviously we can no
longer draw a limit between the Black River and Trenton faunae,
but must blend them gradationally into one.

A yet more striking instance of the essentially local nature of
these lines of demarcation is seen in the corresponding group of
formations in Tennessee, where, according to Prof. Safford, the
upper Lebanon rocks are more strongly marked with a Black
River fauna than the lower, thus in a measure inverting the suc-
cession of the fossil groups as compared with New York, and put-
ting the Trenton fauna below a group which in New York would
be called Black River.

So again in the passage from the Hudson River group to the
overlying rocks, marked in New York and over much of the
Appalachian area by evidences of great mechanical disturbance,
we find the line of demarcation so strongly drawn that only a
few species are continued into the next superior formations. This,
therefore, has been well recognized as one of the most abrupt of
all the transitions in our paleozoic geology ; and yet toward the
northeast, in Anticosti, where these evidences of physical move-
ment are comparatively slight, we see the conglomerates and
sandstones of the intermediate Levant or Oneida and Medina
group replaced by limestones, forming beds of passage which con-
tain some of the characteristic fossils of both the lower or Hudson
River formation and the superior or Clinton group. Here, there-
fore, the lines of separation become so vague or so nearly oblite-
rated as to make the proposed limitation of faunis quite impossible.

244

Seeing, then, that faunae are not unfrequently mingled in con-
tiguous formations, that they do not hold the same precise geo-
logical level or vertical distribution at different localities, that they
may even become inverted in relation to each other, offering in
this and other cases evidence of emigration and remigration in
successive times, Prof. Rogers maintained that the precise and
absolute limitation of faunae to formations, as advocated by Prof.
Agassiz, if true in any case, is at best but of local and par-
tial application, and can not be the basis of a paleontological
arrangement of formations. Even according to the ordinary and
much less stringent view of geological faunte, it is found that
only the few great divisional lines of the geological column are
persistent over extensive areas, while the numerous subordinate
ones, however distinct at the typical locality, lose themselves as
they are traced, to give place to other modes of subdivision.

As regards the comparison of the tertiary fossils with corre-
sponding modern forms. Prof. Rogers said that we had the author-
ity of Say, Conrad, Deshayes, and indeed paleontologists in gen-
eral, for the conclusion that a large number of the fossils found
in the tertiary deposits are identical with existing species. Even
supposing, however, that the fauna of the tertiary contains no
such identical forms, it will be admitted that the likeness becomes
extremely close as we approach the modern epoch, and this
would seem to lend support to Mr. Darwin's doctrine of modifi-
cation by natural selection. In regard to the discrimination of
species, the question at last must come to this : What is the limit
of specific difference ? who shall be the arbiter ? what the princi-
ple of distinction between species and variety, and what the guide
in drawing the lines of demarcation of the successive faunae ?

Prof. Agassiz remarked that he did not expect the immediate
reception of his views, though convinced that they were true, but
believed that after mature examination of his facts they would be
generally received. He mentioned the fossils of the Jura as an
instance of the great change in the views on such subjects ; ac-
cording to Goldfuss, they are identical throughout the whole
series, but they are now admitted to be different. He did not
think that the increasing acknowledged differences point in any
way to a gradation of species or to a confusion of animal forms,

245

but rather enable the naturalist to distinguish clearly his species.
He alluded to chemistry, in which there was a time when plati-
num and other silver-like metals were not distinguished from
silver ; but in the progress of science they were ascertained to be
separate and distinct species.

Prof. Rogers replied that this argument would answer equally
w^ell for the other side of the question ; for instance, chemistry
has reduced to one many supposed different species, as the dia-
mond, plumbago, and carbon.

Dr. Bryant placed upon the table forty specimens of
Brazilian birds mounted by himself, about half of them
new to the cabinet, and some of them rare ; from the
collection presented by Dr. J. C. Reinhardt.

A letter from Mr. Charles W. Holman, requesting the
Proceedings of the Society for the library at Westeras,
Sweden, was referred to the Publishing Committee.

Mr. Charles F. Eschweiler, of Houghton, Michigan,
was chosen a Corresponding Member, and Dr. George
Russell, of Boston, a Resident Member.

March 21, 1860.
The President in the Chair.

Mr. Whittemore read a communication from Mr.
James Lewis, of Mohawk, N. Y., on the colors of the
nacre of freshwater bivalves.

In some sections of the country the nacre, ordinarily white, is
colored, especially in the Uhios ; from experiments made on
shells, he is inclined to believe that a minute trace of gold in the
water may in some way be connected with the rich colors of the
nacre of some Unios.

246

He also sent an account of some experiments on a new regis-
tering thermometer, in constructing which he prepared a bundle
of rods of iron and brass wire (No. 13), equivalent to 45.8 inches of
brass wire, antagonized by 45.8 inches of iron wire, on the prin-
ciple of the compensated pendulum ; these, connected with a series
of levers and a dial for inspection, and a registering point, moving
on parallel rods, actuated by clock-work, constitute the apparatus.
The rates of expansion of brass and iron, as ascertained by his
apparatus, do not agree with the rates given in the Reports of
the U. S. Coast Survey. This opens the way to the suspicion
that some of the " base lines " of the Coast Survey contain errors
larger than may heretofore have been looked for. He graduated
his dial according to the rates derived for the Reports, 93° for
the whole circle ; he found, in practice, that to agree with a mer-
curial thermometer his circle (dial) should read 120°. His com-
munication was referred to Prof Rogers to report upon.

Prof. W. B. Rogers explained his views of the strati-
graphical relations of deposits formed in an ocean, under
each of the three conditions of a stationary^ a subsiding,
and a rising position of the sea-bottom, illustrating the
several results by drawings on the blackboard.

In the first and second of the conditions here named, the level
of the resulting land would be approximately horizontal; while in
the third case, that of the uplifting of the ocean-floor during the
accumulation of the deposits, the surface would present a slope
descending from the oldest deposits on the first shore-line to the
strata latest formed ; in other words, the older deposits would crop
out at the higher level, and the successively later ones at a less
and less elevation.

The Appalachian strata embraced between Lake Ontario and
the Pennsylvania coal region present a relation of levels the re-
verse of that last named, the older strata cropping out at succes-
sively lower levels as we proceed northward, while the newer
formations, the Devonian and Carboniferous rocks on the south,
are piled up to a height of some thousands of feet above the level
of these outcrops. For this and other reasons. Prof. Rogers could
not admit the theory which regarded the present stratigraphical

247

features of this region as evidence of a deposition of the strata
during- a long-continued upward movement of the ancient sea-
floor.

Anotlier consideration opposed to this view is the great aggre-
gate t/iicl'ness of the marine deposits exhibited in the middle and
southern portion of the Appalachian area, and the known fact
that even the older and lower of these formations, where brought
to view by anticlinal structures, present a composition and surface-
markings bespeaking a comparatively shallow ocean at the time
of their accumulation. As, therefore, the ancient sea of this re-
gion could have had no great depth at the commencement of
these deposits, it seems clear that, in order to receive the whole
series of more than twenty thousand feet of successive strata, its
original floor, instead of rising during this period, must have
undergone aji enormous amount of depression.

Looking to the series of carboniferous rocks forming the upper
portion of this vast succession of deposits in our Appalachian
basin, the evidences of such a subsiding movement are too obvi-
ous to be questioned. Each of the nearly horizontal beds of
vegetable matter forming an incipient coal-seam must have been
deposited at or a little above the ancient sea-level, and must then
have been depressed and covered in by sediments forming the
sandstones and shales, often with marine fossils, which now over-
lie it. Thus, stage by stage, with long pauses, in which the
materials of successively newer coal-seams were accumulating by
vegetable growth, the sea-bed was depressed until it had received
the entire thickness of the carboniferous rocks, with their in-
cluded strata of coal.

On either hypothesis, that of a subsiding or of a rising ocean-
bottom, the features of the land, as first presented on the comple-
tion of its formation, w^ould be far from corresponding with its
present topography. This existing configuration has undoubtedly
been the work of subsequent denudation, of which extensive and
unmistakable evidences are apparent throughout the paleozoic
area. The theory of an uplifting movement during the depo-
sition does not, as has been supposed, dispense with the neces-
sity of such a further agency for remodelling the surface. On
the contrary, in this case, the depth of denudation required to
carve out the profile of the region in question, so as to make it

248

conform to the existing features, would be far greater than would
be needed to bring the imaginary subsidence-area to a like agree-
ment. In the latter conditions, the denuding force would be
called on to remove only a certain amount of material below the
horizontal surface over the northern portion of the tract ; in the
former, it would have first to cut- down the greatly elevated out-
crops at the north to bring them on a level with the southern
deposits, and after this to do an additional amount of excavation
equal to that of the other surface.

Admitting the validity of these arguments drawn from obvious
mechanical and stratigraphical relations, we must conclude that
the remarkable preservation of the paleozoic strata in the region
referred to has been due to the subsidence which successively re-
moved them in great part from the destructive effect of shore-
action, sealing them down under an accumulation of overlying
deposits. This preservation, therefore, is entirely consistent with
the view of Darwin and other geologists, of the extensive destruc-
tion of deposits with their fossils, when, through an uprising move-
ment, they are brought, stratum by stratum, within reach of the
wasting and dispersing forces of the shore. It certainly affords
no argument in contravention of that doctrine.

In maintaining that these paleozoic rocks were accumulated
during a period characterized, on the whole, by a great aggregate
subsidence of the ocean-floor. Prof. Rogers was far from suppos-
ing this movement to have been regular, or without pauses and
reversals. He believed that the materials of the successive great
formations bear intrinsic evidence of repeated long pauses, and
that the transitional deposits are marked by the proofs of occar
sional, and perhaps frequent, upward oscillation. During these
subordinate pauses and upward movements, themselves occupying
periods of great absolute length, however small in comparison
with the whole, we may well conceive that many extensive sheets
of the previous deposits were disintegrated and dispersed, and we
may fairly infer that the existing series of strata, with all their
seeming fulness, are but an imperfect and fragmentary record of
the life-history with which they are impressed.

Prof. Agassiz maintained that there was not subsidence during
the deposition of the New York strata, and that the facts do not

249

indicate it, but rather an upheaval. Before the Potstlam sand-
stone there is no evidence of high mountains. During upheaval,
there is dislocation at the junction of the beds, forming a series
of abrupt vertical cliffs, as seen in the succession of the strata of
New York ; in the case of denudation, the surface would be a
series of general curves, which is not the case in New York.
During upheaval the level of the sea may be actually less, from
the contraction of the earth's crust while cooling ; in consequence
of this contraction the ocean would always remain at a certain
depth, sufficient for these depositions of thousands of feet of strata
during the upheaval of the land. The study of the fossils, also, is
opposed to the theory of subsidence and denudation, and we do
not find those of the primary carried into the secondary beds.

Prof. Rogers replied that the subsidence of the ocean-bottom
is equivalent to an increase between the bottom and the level of
the sea ; when this distance is increasing, the deposits are thereby
sealed in by the subsequent deposits ;.when this distance is les-
sening, thereby successively exposing all the margins of the strata
to the action of the surf, they are worn down and destroyed. The
change of relative distance is the important point ; how this is
brought about is of little consequence to the present discussion.
The perfect conformity and parallelism of the bank-like strata
adverted to by Prof. Agassiz, and the terrace form, depend on
the dip of the strata, and on the planes of cleavage being nearly
perpendicular to the stratification ; and the present aspect of
these surfaces is continually changing.

Prof Agassiz replied that, though of course these terraces
have undergone great changes, he meant to convey the idea that
they represented, to all intents and purposes, the original surface
of the country.

Dr. Hayes submitted a letter from the interior of Li-
beria, Africa, in which the writer says that there is no
occurrence there of native iron, as stated by him in Vols.
V. p. 250, and VI. p. 279, of the Proceedings.

The piece there described was smelted by the tribe among
whom the writer resided, who keep the art to themselves, as they

250

find the manufacture of iron very profitable, the product of their
furnaces being held in high esteem by the neighboring tribes, as
a tougher and more flexible iron than they can obtain from for-
eio-n countries. The furnaces consist of stacks of about six by
five feet, and about seven feet high, with a flue in the centre
about two feet long by nine or ten inches wide ; the flue, passing
to the bottom of the stack, is filled with layers of coal and ore,
upon which they force a strong current of air by rude contriv-
ances ; nothing is allowed to escape but the dross, and a heavier
brittle substance which they remelt in small furnaces ; the iron is
left to cool in the furnace, which gives it the appearance of ore,
with large particles of dross adhering to it, much blistered in
places, with very rough protuberances over much of its surface.
Many of these furnaces, with their banks of dross, may be seen in
the interior of the country. The color of the ore, mostly of
mountain character, is between cherry and brownish red, like red
iron-stone. He had seen pieces of fifty or sixty pounds, the result
of one blast. They cut the mass when heated with their rude
axes as they do wood, showing the good quality of the article.
The ore is plentiful in most parts of the country, and of varying
quality. The masses of iron are in many places sold as they
come from the furnace, but in the interior it is forged into pieces
resembling a "pudding-stick," which are used as a medium of
exchange in commercial transactions in the markets and in pri-
vate barter. Africa has doubtless all the iron required for her
extensive wants, and dense forests for the manufacture of the coal
to work it. Dr. Hayes wished, therefore, to correct the error in
the statement that native iron exists in Africa, to which he had
been led by its texture and chemical composition, which were
unlike those of manufactured iron in containing quartz crystals
and magnetic oxide of iron, with no traces of carbon or its com-
pounds.

Prof. Agassiz continued his remarks on the subject of
successive faunse, of which he considered there were
more than fifty, capable of as satisfactory proof in geo-
logical periods as at the present day, and at least ten
more indicated.

251

His object at the present time was not to explain the origin
and connection of faunas ; we must take them as we find them, as
matters of fact, without reference now as to how they were pro-
duced. It is important in the discussion of this subject to bear in
mind that some faume are strictly defined, while others run to-
gether ; there is very great difference in this respect ; Mr. Wal-
lace, a strong advocate of Darwin's theory, admits the remarkable
limitation between the Australian and Indian Archipelago fauna;,
separated by a strait only fifteen miles wide, yet, with the excep-
tion of a few birds, entirely distinct. Faunce are not necessarily,
therefore, like each other because near together, nor unlike be-
cause widely separated ; the former is shown by the case just
cited, in which there is complete distinction, though circumstances
favor a mingling of faunas ; on the other hand, those of widely
distant Africa and the east coast of America between the tropics
are very much alike. These do not look like migrations, which
are at best limited, and in which, if the conditions of life were
much changed, the animals would be destroyed ; marine animals,
in an element which invites miorration, are verv much circum-
scribed within limits as to depth of water, and could not migrate
from one part of the world to another across ocean abysses. An-
other obstacle in the way of migration is the transfer of progeny ;
eggs in most animals cannot bear much change of temperature or
of location, without destruction of the contained embryo. He
would pursue a strictly zoological method, as in the comparison
of living animals. Without discrediting the researches of others,
he would simply examine their materials anew, with a new object
in view ; the usual investigations are too general and unsatisfac-
tory, and their results not precise enough for use in the question
of the origin and limits of species ; the materials were not accu-
mulated for this purpose, but for zoological questions in which
identity, overlooking slight differences in species, might be as-
sumed without leading to grave errors, and without sufficient
examination. For instance, the animals of Europe and America,
once considered identical, are now admitted to be different species
on direct comparison. This is a purely zoological question ; the
older geological divisions are not coincident with zoological divis-
ions and faunte. In the carboniferous age, reptiles were the
highest vertebrates. As to the limit between reptiles and fishes,

252

whether before or after the coal, by examination of the floras,
and finding the Permian resembling the carboniferous, he would
place the limit between the carboniferous and the Devonian at
the old red sandstone ; with the tertiary came in the reign of
mammals, the marsupials having come in during the oolite.

In the number of species which he has used to characterize a
distinct fauna, he has always taken into account the previously
ascertained abundance of any fossils under consideration in other
geological periods, and whether the family were in the ascen-
dency or on the decrease at the period examined ; without the
elimination of errors which might arise from these sources, any
observations would be of little value. In his mode of determin-
ing or identifying species, he always ascertains, if possible,
whether they belong to a genus in which the species vary little
or much, (as in the herrings in the former case, and the percoids
in the latter,) and whether to a genus in which there are or are
not great differences in size.

In regard to the vitality of eggs, the President remarked that
it is well known that the eggs of salmon and trout are sent by
diligence all over France ; and Prof. Rogers observed that the
flight of most birds would enable them to multiply on both sides
of a narrow strait like that alluded to.

Mr. Theodore Lyman presented the following descrip-
tions of new Ophiuridce, belonging to the Smithsonian
Institution and to the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Cambridge.

Ophiothrix, (Mull. & Trosch.)

Opliiothrix dumosa, (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specime^i. Diameter of disc, 11.5 millim.
Length of arm, 72 millim. Teeth 6, cutting edge a little
rounded ; squarish, thick ; sometimes split in two ; upper one
rather narrower and more tapering. Tooth-papillte about 38,
arranged in two diverging, principal rows, between which are
included some smaller ones ; these two rows are vertical, and
start, just below the teeth, with a pair of stout papillae, like a
tooth split in two. Mouth-shields oval heart-shaped, with a de-

253

cided peak inward; length to breadth, 1.3:1.8. Side mouth-
shields rather narrower than is common in the genus ; meeting
within. Under arm-plates much broader than long, hexagonal,
with angles more or less rounded ; first four plates smaller than
those beyond, and much more rounded ; most of the plates on the
first third of the arm are hexagonal, with pretty acute angles;
their outer side sometimes a little reenteringly curved ; length to
breadth, (12th plate,) .7 : 1.2. Upper arm-plates diamond-
shaped, with inner angle truncated ; lateral ones usually acute,
and outer one more or less rounded ; on the median line a ridse.
Length to breadth, (5th plate,) .7 : 1.3. Brachial and inter-
brachial rays of disc closely beset with stout spines of several
sizes, most of them long : the longest, 1.7 millim., the shortest, .3
millim. There seem to be no such short spines, bearing a crown
of slender thorns and remaining permanently small, as in 0. spic-
vlata, but the smaller spines seem only partly-grown large
ones ; the largest are stout and round, and have rows of five or
six thorns on their sides ; they usually end in three blunt thorns ;
the smaller ones are usually very thick at the base, but above the
first thorn grow suddenly smaller, and taper to a somewhat blunt,
thorny end ; they have rows of three or four thorns on their
sides ; the smallest spines are little stout cylinders, ending in a
conical clump of nine or ten short thorns ; rarely this clump has
an even top, and not more than six thorns. Radial shields nearly
bare, with only a few spines on their sides and inner ends ;
outer ends touching each other; length to breadth, 3.2:1.6.
Spines on interbrachial spaces below more slender and scattered,
not extending quite to the mouth-shields. Arm-spines rounded
and stout at their base, tapering regularly to a blunt point ; but
little flattened; ending in a crown of short, blunt thorns; 13th
joint, 8 spines ; lengths to that of under arm-plate, 3.5, 2.2, 2.5, 2.5,
1.8, 1.5, 1, .6 : .7. Upper spine always longest and stoutest, with
rows of about twenty-four small thorns on its sides ; it sometimes
attains a length of 4.5 millim. Tentacle-scales usually much
larger than are commonly found in the genus. Color, in alcohol :
above, disc dull cobalt blue, approaching lead color ; radial
shields lighter, with several large dark spots ; upper arm-plates
pale bluish, with a darker spot on each side ; arm-spines dark
at tips ; below, interbrachial spaces similar to upper surface ;

254

mouth-shields and under arm-plates irregularly edged and spotted
with dark blue.

Variations. Another specimen had but few of the longest
spines on the disc, most of them being of the second or of the
smallest size ; the radial shields had no distinct spots, and the
under arm-plates were mostly bright blue. The side mouth-
shields sometimes do not meet within.

This species differs from 0. spiculaia, 0. violacea, and 0. an-
gulata in the armature of the disc, which is coarser and of a dif-
ferent character ; the two latter species, also, are smaller.

San Diego, Cal. Mr. Cassidy.

Smithsonian Institution, No. 1049.

Ophiothrix magnijica, (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 12.5 millim.
Length of arm, 70 millim. Tooth-papillae about 36, in two verti-
cal, diverging rows of about 10 papilliB each, filled in between with
smaller papilh^. Teeth 6, with a squarish cutting edge ; rather
thick ; uppermost one thinner, and tapering almost to a sharp
point. Mouth-shields small, almost circular ; length to breadth,
1 : 1.2. Side mouth-shields meeting within. Under arm-plates
irreo-ular oval ; closely joined to each other, and covered with
thick skin, so that their outlines are indistinct ; length to breadth,
.7 : 1.3. Upper arm-plates small, with a strong median ridge ;
diamond-shaped, with the outer angle strongly rounded ; length
to breadth, (13th plate,) .7 : 1.2. Brachial and interbrachial
rays closely beset with round, stout, tapering spines, of very
even length ; they are covered with minute thorns, and terminate
in a crown of the same ; these spines have usually a length of 1.3
millim. Radial shields bearing only a few small spines ; length
to breadth, 3.5 : 1.7. Arm-spines stout, rather blunt, rounded,
slightly and regularly tapering, bearing many small thorns, and
deeply corrugated lengthwise ; second and third spines usually
longest and stoutest; 11th joint, 8 spines; lengths to that of un-
der arm-plate, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1, 2.1, 2.1, 1.5, .9, .5 : .7. Tentacle-
scales distinct, flat, rounded at their outer end. Color, in alcohol :
above, disc dull indigo blue ; arms the same, but banded with
lighter, usually two or three joints to each band ; arm-spines
faint blue ; below, under arm-plates variegated with cross-lines

255

and specks of white and darker and lighter blue, giving the arm
a banded appearance.

Variations. The general color may incline more to greenish
blue, or to purplish blue ; and the markings of the under arm-
plates may form more or less distinct bands. The largest speci-
men had a disc of 14 millim., and some of the spines on the disc
were as long as 2.1 millim. Many of the arm-spines were tipped
with white.

This very beautiful Ophiothrix belongs to the group which has
only long spines on the back of the disc ; these are shorter and
stouter than in 0. Orstedii or 0. Suensonii, both of which, more-
over, are smaller species.

Peru. C. H. Raymond.

Smithsonian Institution, No. 1043.

Ophiura, (Lamk. non Forbes.)

Ophiura Holmesii, (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 19.2 millim.
Length of arm, about 74 millim. Mouth-papillae 16 to 18 ; out-
ermost one largest ; next one to outermost broad and flat ; the
rest rounded, tapering, pointed. Teeth 4, uppermost one long-
est and sharpest ; the others thin and flat, with a rounded cut-
ting edge. Mouth-shields long heart-shaped, the point inward ;
a slight indentation on outer edge ; length to breadth, 1.8 : 1.6.
Side mouth-shields small, thickened, rounded triangular. Un-
der arm-plates squarish ; outer side curved, lateral sides a lit-
tle reenteringly curved, inner side and inner laterals of about
equal length, and lying nearly in one line ; further out on the
arm the plates are more octagonal; length to breadth, (5th plate,)
1.2 : 1.6. Upper arm-plates much broader than long ; inner side
a little shorter than outer ; length to breadth, (4th plate,) 1.2 : 3.2.
Granulation of disc pretty close and regular, about 180 grains to
a square millim. Scales at the bases of the arms completely
covered by granulation. Arm-spines stout, flattened, somewhat
rounded, varying little in size ; upper ones sometimes a little the
longest ; 8th joint, 9 spines ; lengths of uppermost and lowest to
that of lower arm-plate, .8, .8 : 1.2. Tentacle-scales as usual in
the genus. Color, in alcohol: disc, above, with a dirty white

256

patch in the centre ; rest of upper surface having a ground tint
of Hght, yellowish brown, slightly clouded with olive ; arms,
above, dirty white, irregularly barred with yellowish brown,
each bar usually including two or three joints ; lower surface of
disc and of arms uniform dirty white, with a brown tint just on
edges of disc.

Variations. According to drawings in possession of Prof.
Agassiz, the color is almost as variable as in 0. appressa. A
common pattern is a dark green disc with a blotch of white in the
centre, and arms banded with darker and lighter green. Speci-
mens with a disc of 14 millim. have the lower arm-plates propor-
tionately longer and more octagonal.

This species resembles both 0. hrevispina and 0. olivacea,
but is larger than either, 20 millim. being about an average for
the disc of an adult ; it is further distinguished from the former
by stouter arms and the different proportions of the lower arm-
plates, and from the latter by barred arms and varied coloration.

Charleston, South Carolina. Prof. Agassiz and Prof. F. S.
Holmes.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

Ophiocoma, (Agas.)

Opliiocoma Alexandria (Lyman.)

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 17 millim.
Length of arm, 120 millim. Mouth-papillse flat, rounded, of
nearly equal size, rather small; 9 or 10 to each angle of mouth.
Tooth-papilla3 about 9, crowded, bead-like, most of them in two
vertical rows. Teeth 3 or 4, stout, flat, a little tapering. Mouth-
shields nearly round, with inner end slightly truncated ; length to
breadth, 1.6 : 1.6. Side mouth-shields very narrow and small,
occupying the inner portion of the mouth-shield, but not meeting
within. Under arm-plates very regular ; not overlapping ;
rounded octagonal ; inner angles less rounded than outer ones ;
the plates within the disc a good deal smaller than those beyond ;
length to breadth, (20th plate,) 1.2 : 1. Upper arm-plates regu-
lar, oval heart-shaped, with the point inward ; length to breadth,
(9th plate,) 1.2:2.2. Grains of disc, under the microscope, like
very short, blunt spines, about 25 to a square millim., of the

H*w.<t^f,v I

257

same character below, but less numerous. Arm-spines 5, robust,
rounded, somewhat flattened, a little tapering, blunt ; third spine
from the top longest ; the longest spines are near the 20th joint ;
lengths to that of under arm-plates, (18th joint,) 2, 2.2, 2.7, 1.8,
1.5 : 1,2 ; two lowest spines more slender than the upper ones.
Sometimes a short, supplementary spine above. Longest spine
on this specimen, 3.2 millim. . Close to the disc there are often
6 spines, which, however, are smaller than those beyond. Ten-
tacle-scales large, rounded oval ; on first two or three joints 2, on
the rest only 1. Color, in alcohol: above, disc uniform gray
brown ; arms yellowish brown, barred with darker ; some of the
upper arm-plates finely marbled with lighter ; below^ several
shades of light brownish yellow ; a light brown stripe running
along the lateral sides of the under arm-plates.

Variations. The pattern of the color varies little, but the
ground tint may have more of yellowish gray or of brown. The
proportions of arms to disc vary from about 5 to 9 times, ac-
cording to age and other circumstances. Very large specimens
have the disc 22 millim. in diameter, and 6 or 7 spines on most
of the arm-joints. A young one had 4 arm-spines and only 2
tooth-papillae ; the disc was covered with imbricated scales and
only a few large grains ; the disc was to the arms as Z.2 : 22.

0. Alexandri was first received from my friend, Mr. Alex.
E. R. Agassiz, after whom I have named it. It resembles 0.
pumila, but differs in having the 3d (or 4th) arm-spine much
longer than the rest.

Acapulco, West Coast of Central America. Alex. E. R. Agas-
siz.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cal. J. Xantus.

Smithsonian Institution.

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

OpMura teres has radial shields until it attains a considerable
size. The specimens before described (page 198) were very
large, and had the disc completely covered with grains. Four
smaller specimens, since received, three from Mr. A. E. R. Agassiz,
at Panama and Acapulco, and one from Mr. Xantus, at Cape St.
Lucas, all had radial shields. The largest of these had a disc of

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 17 JUNE, 1860.

258

29 millim., and arms of 100 millim. The smallest had a disc of
14 millim., and arms of 35 millim. ; there were 7 or 8 arm-
spines ; most of the upper arm-plates were broken in only two
pieces ; the color was very dark umber, with fine, sinuous, black
lines on the disc.

Ophiura brevispina (Say) is unquestionably a true Ophiura.
According to the original description, it must be a brittle-star
without radial shields, (this excludes 0. cinerea, 0. rubicunda,
and 0. squamosissima ;) with arm-spines of equal length, (which
throws out 0. elaps ;) with undivided upper arm-plates, (it cannot
then be 0. guttata ;) with only 7 arm-spines, and the sides of the
disc " concavely arched," (which eliminates 0. brevicauda ;) there
remains therefore only Ophioderma (^Ophiura) serpens, (Ltk.)
which agrees well with Say's description, and is found abundantly
in Florida. In future, therefore, Ophioderma serpetis, (Ltk.)
must fall among the synonymes of Ophiura brevispina, (Say.) It
is satisfactory to know that all of Say's Ophiuridce have now been
identified. They stand thus : —

say's names. present names.

Ophiura angulata, (Say.) Ophiothrix angulata, (Ayres.)

Ophiura elongata, (Say.) Amphiura cordifera, (Lyman.)

Ophiura crassispina, (Say.) Ophiocoma crassispina, (Ltk.)

Ophiura reticulata, (Say.) Ophionereis reticulata, (Ltk.)

Ophiura brevispina, (Say.) Ophiura brevispina, (Say.)

Ophiura appressa, (Say.) Ophiura appressa, (Say.)

Ophiura paucispina, (Say.) Ophiolepis paucispina, (Ltk.)

Ophiura isocantha, (Say.) Ophiostigma isocantha, (Ltk.)

Ophiura flaccida, (Say.) Ophiomyxa fiaccida, (Ltk.)

Ophiura cirrosa, (Say.) Asterochema oligactes, (Orsted.)

Dr. LiJtken agrees with me in my identification of Asterias cor-
difera (Bosc,) (see page 203,) and wishes to change the name
Amphiura cordifera (Ltk.) to Amphiura Riisei, (Ltk.)

Ophionereis, (Liitken.)
Ophionereis Xantusii, (Lyman,) sp. no v.
Description of q, Specimen. Diameter of disc, 7.7 millim.

259.

Width of arm, without spines, 1.2 millim. Length of arms, 40
millim. Mouth-papilli\j 10 or 11 to each angle of the mouth,
small, rounded, somewhat flattened. Teeth 4, thin, flat, squarish ;
lowest one thicker, and with a rounded cutting edge. Mouth-
shields much rounded, heart-shaped, with narrow end inward ;
length to breadth, 1 : .9. Side mouth-shields short, triangular,
widely separated within. Under arm-plates squarish, a little
longer than broad ; outer side slightly curved, lateral sides a lit-
tle reenteringly curved ; length to breadth, (17th plate,) .5 : .4.
Upper arm-plates triangular, with a rounded angle directed out-
ward, and a sharp angle directed toward each side ; length to
breadth, (11th plate,) .5 : .9. Supplementary pieces as long as
the joints, triangular, with the- outer side curved. Disc-scales
very close and fine ; about 200 to a square millim. Radial
shields very small and narrow ; about .7 millim. long. The usual
comb of papillce along the genital slits is not much developed.
Arm-spines 3, rather short, and flattened ; cut off square at the
end ; middle one longest ; lengths to that of under arm-plate,
(17th joint,) .7, 1.2, .9 : .5. Tentacle-scale 1, large, round, thin.
Color, in alcohol : disc faint greenish gray, finely lined with
brownish ; above the base of each arm a dark purple fork, of two
converging lines ; sometimes a few other veins of dark purple ;
arms brownish straw-color, with a faint, broken line of whitish
running lengthwise; at intervals of from 5 to 12 joints, a dark
purple joint, making a cross-band ; below, interbrachial spaces
same as upper surface ; other parts light straw-color.

Variations. The dark markings at the base of the arms may
differ somewhat in shape and size ; and the arm-bands may go
entirely round, or be confined to the upper surface. A small
specimen, with a disc of 4.2 millim., had arms of 22 millim. The
number of disc-scales to a square millim. was about the same
as in the larger ones. The lower arm-plates were longer and
more concave on their lateral sides ; the teeth had all rounded
cutting edges ; the spines were more rounded and tapering than in
the adult ; the radial shields could hardly be distinguished. The
mouth-shields vary a little, in being more or less rounded.

0. Xantusii differs from 0. annulata in having shorter and
blunter arm-spines, and shorter arms ; the color also is different ;
from 0. reticulata in blunter arm-spines, shorter arms, and a dif-
ferent pattern of color.

260

Smithsonian Institution.

Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cal. J. Xantus.

OpJdonereis porrecta, (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Speciynen. Diameter of disc, 12 millim.
Width of arm, without spines, 2.5 millim. Length of arm, 113
millim. Mouth-papillffi 10, short, stout; the outermost but one
broadest. Teeth 4 or 5, stout, squarish, rather long, a little taper-
ing, lowest one shortest. Mouth-shields oval ; length to breadth,
1.6:1. Side mouth-shields very small, triangular; sometimes
almost obliterated. Under arm -plates squarish, broader without
than within ; outer side curved, inner side nearly straight, lateral
sides reenteringly curved ; length to breadth, (20th plate,) 1 : 1.2.
Upper arm-plates varying in proportionate breadth, according to
the width of the arm ; usually broader than long ; inner side
much longer than the outer ; outer and lateral sides often con-
founded in a common curve ; length to breadth, (35th plate,)
1 : 1.6. Scales of disc rather stouter than usual in the genus ;
about 80 to a square millim. Radial shields, 1.2 millim. long.
Scales on edge of disc larger than the rest. Papillae along edges
of genital slits stout and prominent. Arm-spines 3, short, rounded,
tapering ; lengths to that of under- arm-plate, (23d joint,) 1, 1.7,
1.3 : 1. Tentacle-scale 1, oval, large. Color, in alcohol : above,
disc minutely mottled and lined with dull reddish brown and dirty
white ; arms the same, but darker, with here and there a lighter
joint ; arm-spines pale brown, with one or two darker rings ; be-
low, interbrachial spaces tawny brown ; mouth-parts and under
arm-plates white, with specks of several tints of brownish.

Variations. A young one, with a disc of 3 millim., had arms
18 millim. long. The disc-scales were large; about 40 to a
square millim. ; and, among them, the primary plates could
plainly be seen ; the radial shields were conspicuous, though
small, and were separated by a wedge of two or three scales ; the
upper arm-plates were nearly circular, and overlapped each
other ; the under arm-plates were shield shaped, having an angle
wdthin, and a wide, straight, outer side, and were entirely sepa-
rated by the encroachment of the side arm-plates. The colora-
tion varies chiefly in intensity.

The locality of these specimens has unfortunately been lost ;

261

but they are believed to be from the Atlantic coast of America.
The species is distinguished from others by the great length of
the arms, the shortness of the arm-spines, and the general robust-
ness of the structure.

Florida ?

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

Ofhiopholis, (Miill. & Trosch.)

Ophiopholis Garyii^ (Lyman,) sp. nov.

Description of a Specimen. Diameter of disc, 8 millim.
Width of arm, without spines, 1.5 millim. Length of arm, 26.5
millim. Mouth-papillce fiat, rounded, scale-like ; 3 or 4 on each
side. Teeth about 1], broad, short, stout, flat, square; upper-
most and lowest ones narrower than those in the middle ; upper-
most one longest, with a rounded cutting edge ; lowest one often
split in two. Mouth-shields small, irregular, usually rounded
rhomboidal ; length to breadth, .6 : .8. Side mouth-shields large,
nearly meeting within, curved ; closely soldered with surrounding
parts. Under arm-plates a little separated, squarish, with curved
lateral sides ; outer side a little reenteringly curved ; inner side
made up of three short lines ; length to breadth, (8th plate,) .7 : .6.
Upper arm-plates irregular oval, with outer side most curved ;
length to breadth, (3d plate,) .6:1. Supplementary pieces irreg-
ular, but usually oblong and angular ; near the base of the arm,
usually 8 or 9 to each plate. Near end of arm the upper arm-
plates are nearly round, but they still have 8 or 9 supplementary
pieces. Disc, above, closely and perfectly covered with small,
rounded grains, about 100 to a square millim. ; below, inter-
brachial spaces closely, beset with very short, stout, sharp spines,
about 1 millim. long. Arm-spines 5, sometimes 6 ; short, stout,
blunt, more or less flattened ; three upper ones largest ; 2d spine
stoutest and broadest of all ; lowest two smaller and more conical ;
lengths to that of under arm-plate, (8th joint,) .5, .5, .5, .4, .3 : .7 ;
near tip of arm, spines more rounded and tapering. Tentacle-
scale 1, thin, flat, narrowest at the base ; cut off square at the
end ; about as long as the lowest arm-spine. Color, in alcohol :
above, nearly uniform lake pink, a little deeper near edges of
disc ; along arms, a faint, broken line of lighter ; below, inter.

262

brachial spaces near edge of disc same as upper surface, but fad-
ing to nearly white near the mouth ; under arm-plates and mouth-
parts white, the former edged with reddish along their lateral
sides ; side arm-plates and arm-spines same as upper surface, but
lighter.

Variations. A young one, with a disc of 2.7 millim., had
arms 7.6 millim. in length ; the color was mottled, pink and
white ; the disc was pretty closely covered with grains, or very
short spines, each bearing a crown of three little thorns ; the arm-
spines were rounded and conical, but not at all flattened. An-
other specimen had a disc of only 2.2 millim., and arms of 8.1
millim. ; this one had all the supplementary pieces of the upper
arm-plates covered with minute thorns. The smallest specimen
had a disc of 1.9 millim., and arms of 5.4 miUim. The disc gran-
ulation, arm-spines, mouth-papillae, and supplementary pieces of
the arm-plates, were all thorny. Arm-spines 5 ; mouth-papillae
2 ; lower arm-plates longer than broad, narrowest within, with a
reentering curve on the outer side and a notch on the inner ;
upper arm-plates longer than broad.

This small species is distinguished from 0. Kennerlyi and 0.
aculeata by having the disc entirely covered with fine grains,
without naked plates.

San Francisco, Cal. T. G. Gary.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge.

Prof. Agassiz observed that among starfishes lately
received from Acapulco was a Pygorhynchus^ found liv-
ing there in abundance, — the genus being before known
only in the fossil state ; this would enable the structure
of this animal to be definitely made out.

Dr. White called attention to a fine specimen of the
skull of a hippopotamus, recently purchased for the So-
ciety by subscriptions obtained by Dr. S. A. Green from
Messrs. James M. Barnard, J. N. Borland, William R.
Lawrence, A. A. Lawrence, and James Lawrence, to
whom the thanks of the Society were voted.

263

The Corresponding Secretary read the following let-
ters, viz : —

From Charles W. Ilolman, New York, February 28, asking
for the Proceedings for the library at Westeras, Sweden ; Bibli-
othekariat der K. Bayerischen Akademie, October 1, 1859, present-
ing various publications ; John Evans, Washington, January 18,
Alpheus S. Packard, Jr., Brunswick, Me., January 19, Theodore
N. Gill, Brooklyn, N. Y., January 23, and Edward Norton, Al-
bany, March 16, accepting Corresponding Membership; AYilliam
J. Sloan, Surgeon U. S. A., Santa Fe, New Mexico, February
14, proposing to establish relations between the Society and the
Historical Society of New Mexico.

On motion of Mr. Binney, a committee was appointed
to take into consideration the subject of an Annual Ad-
dress before the Society in May next. The President
appointed Messrs. Binney, Lyman, and White the
Committee.

Messrs. H. Farnum Smith, F. C. Ropes, and Augus-
tus Lowell, all of Boston, were chosen Resident Mem-
bers.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

January 4, 1860. Three fossil corals from Canada, near Niagara Falls ; by
Dr. H. Bryant. A forked-tailed humming-bird {3feUisuga LangsdorJii^YieiU..)-^
by Mr. Charles L. Flint. The humerus of an albatross ; by Mr. Kilby Page.

January 18. Lower jaw of a sperm whale, sixteen feet in length; by Mr. F.
W. Choate, of Beverly, Mass. An annelid (Nereis) from the Grand Bank of
Newfoundland, and rounded balls of iron pyrites from Newfoundland; by Capt.
N. E. Atwood.

February 1. Dried and inflated lungs of a snapping-turtle, and a frog inter-
mediate between the imperfect and perfect animal ; by Mr. John Homans, Jr.
Two teeth of the sperm whale; by Mr. William P. Anderson, of Roxbury, Mass.

February 15. Several freshwater fishes, crustaceans, and mollusks from the
Sandwich Islands; two marmoset monkeys from Brazil; a malformed foetal
dog; a noddy tern; a gecko and reptilian egg from Lahaina; skin and viscera of
a New Zealand mocking-bird (P. Novce Zealandke, Gmel.) ; by Dr. C. F. Winslow.
Section of an elephant's tusk, in which an iron musket-ball was imbedded in a

264

canal of osteo-dentine ; by Mr. Joseph L. Bates. Three teeth of the sperm whale ;
by Mr. Thomas M. Devens, of Charlestown, Mass. Skull of a beaver, from Lake
Superior; by Mr. J. S. Fay. Saw-billed humming-bird {Gryjms ncevius, Du-
montj, and the military manakin {Pipra miUiaris, Shaw); by Mr. Charles L.
Flint.

March 7. Two birds of Paradise {Paradisea apoda, Linn.); by Mrs. Joseph
Coolidge. A woodpecker; by Mr. J. M. Forbes. Nests of the yellow-rumped
warbler (with egg), and the red-eyed and yellow-throated vireos; by Mr. H.
A. Purdie. Paradoxldes Harlani from St. Mary's Baj^, Newfoundland, and a
piece of birch tree gnawed by beavers ; by Mr. Smith McKay, of St. Johns.
Skulls of a homed owl, spotted tortoise, and brown bat, and thirteen teeth of the
alligator; by Dr. H. Bryant. Tooth of sperm whale; by Dr. B. S. Shaw.
Skull, sternum, and trachea of noddy, and large spider from the Falkland
Islands; by Dr. C. F. Winslow. Digestive apparatus and heart of the fox shark,
and of the gray shark, ( Odontaspis griseus) ; by Dr. D. H. Storer. Bituminous
earth from Brazil ; by Mr. A. M. Edwards, of New York.

March 21. Skull, with lower jaw, of a very large hippopotamus ; by Messrs.
J. M. Barnard, J. N. Borland, \Vm. R. Lawrence, A. A. Lawrence, and James
Lawrence. Skeletons of opossum, squirrel, and turtle; twelve skulls of mam-
mals, nine of birds, four of turtles, two of fish, with the hyoid and ear bones of
man, and other bones; by Dr. S. Kneeland, Jr. Section of the trunk of a very
large and rapidh'-grown black Italian poplar, to show the annual rings, from
Lowell, Mass. ; by Mr. G. B. Emerson.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING MARCH 31, 1860.

Catalogue of Astor Library. M-P. 8vo. New York, 1859. From the Li-
brarian.

Phycologia Australica. Nos. 9 to 22. By W. H. Harvey, M. D., &c. 8vo.
London, 1858-9. From Dr. B. D. Greene.

Description G^ologique et Min^ralogique du d^partement du Bas-Rhin. Par
M. A. Daubrde. 8vo. Strasbourg, 1852. From the Author.

Notes on the Aurora of the 28th of August. By Prof. W. B. Rogers. 8vo.
Pamph. Edinburgh, 1860. From the Author.

Saggio di Ditterologia Messicana, di L. Bellardi. Parte 1. 4to. Torino, 1859.
From the Author.

Descriptions of New Species of Fossils. By J. H. McChesney. 8vo. Pamph.
Chicago, 1859. From the Author.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Vol. X. No. 2, for October, 1860.
From Prof. H. D. Rogers.

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. October, 1859. 8vo.
Pampn. From the American Antiquarian Society.

Memoir on the Salubrity of the Isle of Pines. By Don J. de la Luz Hernan-
dez. 8vo. Pamph. Habana, 1857. From the Author.

Address by Richard Owen, M. D., &c., to the British Association. 8vo.
Pamph. From the Author.

265

Letter of Mr. Wallace on the Geographical Distribution of Birds. 8vo. Pamph.
From the Editor of the " Ibky

Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey for 1858. 4to. Washing-
ton. From Prof. A. D. Bache.

L. Bellardi. Description des Cancellaires Fossiles des Terrains Tertiaires du
Piemont. Pamph. 4to. Turin, 1841. From the Author.

P. Nisser. Geological Distribution of Gold. 12mo. Pamph. Melbourne,

1859. Fro77i the Author.

Catalogue of Recent l^Iarine Shells, on the Coasts of North and South Amer-
ica. By J. D. Kurtz. 8vo. Pamph. Portland, 1860. Fro7)i the Author.

Der Zoologische Garten. No. 1, Vol. 1. Edited by Dr. D. F. Weinland. Svo.
Pamph. Frankfort, 1859. From the Editor.

Arctic Boat Journey. By I. I. Hayes. 12mo. Boston, 1860. From the Au-
thor.

Annual Report of the Geological Survey of the State of Wisconsin. Svo.
Pamph. Madison, 1858. From E. Daniels.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea. Part 2. Vol. 7. 4to.
Pamph. Philadelphia. From the Author.

Descriptions of Unionidse, &c. By Isaac Lea. Svo. Pamph. Philadelphia,

1860. From the Author.

Report on the United States and Mexican Boundary. By Major W. H. Emory.
Vol. 2. 4to. Washington, 1859.

Pacific Railroad Survey. Vol. 10. 4to. Washington. Fi^oin Hon. CJiarles
Sumner.

Synopsis of Freshwater Fishes of Trinidad. By Theo. Gill. Svo. Pamph.
New York, 1858.

Description of a New Generic Form of Gobinse from the Amazon River. By
the same. Svo, Pamph.

Description of New Species of Genus Cyprgea, (Linn.) By the same. Svo.
Pamph. Fr07n the Author.

Forhandlinger ved de Skandinaviske Naturforskeres Syvende Mode. 1. Chris-
tiania den 12-18 Juli, 1856.

T. Kjerulf. Das Christiania-Silurbecken. 4to. Pamph. 1855.

Fortsatte Jagttagelser over de erratiske Phaenomener. Af J. C. Horbye. Svo.
Pamph.

Angaaende Kongsberg Solvvsert. S. No. 5. 4to. Pamph.

Observations sur les Ph^nomenes d' Erosion en Norvege. Par J. C. Horbye.
4to. Pamph. From the Royal University of Christiania, Nonoay.

Natural History of the Slug-worm. By Wm. D. Peck. 12mo. Pamph.
Boston, 1799.

Instructions for Collecting and Preserving Subjects of Natural History. By
E. Donovan. Svo. Pamph. London, 1794.

J. Rail Synopsis Methodica Avium. 12mo. Londini, 1713.

Catalogue of Plates to Rees's Cyclopaedia. 4to.

Collection des Oiseaux les plus rares. Small fol. Paris. From Dr. B. J. Jef-
fries.

266

Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. No. 15. October, 1859.

Bulletin de la Soci^t^ de Geographic. Tome XVII. 8vo. Paris, 1859.

New York Journal of Medicine. No. 101, for March, 1860.

Silhman's American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. XXIX. No. 86,
for March, 1860.

Bulletin de la Soci^t^ de Gdographie. Tome XVIII. 8vo. Paris, 1859.

L. Bellardi e G. Michellotti. Saggio Orittografico suUa Classe dei Gastero-
podi Fossili dei Terreni Terziarii del Piemonte. 4to. Pamph. Torino, 1840.

Wiirttembergische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. 3. 8vo. Stuttgart,
1859.

Natural History Review. Vol. VI. Nos. 1 to 3. London, 1860.

Proceedings of Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association. Vol.
1. Nos. 1, 2. 8vo. Dublin, 1859.

Coleopterist's Manual. Part 2. (Beetles.) By Rev. F. W. Hope, F. R. S.,
&c. 8vo. London, 1838.

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol. XXIII. Part 2. 4to. Dub-
lin, 1859.

Proceedings of the same. Vol. VIL Parts 1-8. 8vo. Dublin, 1858-9.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. 2. Part 1.

Notices of the Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. 8vo.
Part IX. Nov. 1858 — July, 1859. London.

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. New Series. Vol.
VII. 4to. Cambridge, 1860.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, pp. 128-
168; 327 to end of volume, 1859; pp. 1-80, 1860.

Journal of the same. Vol. IV. Parts. 4to. 1860.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. No. 24, for January, and
No. 26, for March, 1860. Toronto.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. IV., No. 6, December, 1859, and Vol.
v., No. 1, February, 1860. Montreal. Received in Exchange.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. V. No. 25, for January, and
No. 26, for February, 1860. London.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Nos. 60, 61, for February, 1860.
8vo. London.

S. Hanley. Ipsa Linnsei Conchylia. 8vo. London, 1855. From the Courtis
Fund.

Encyclopsedia Britannica. Vol. XIX.

Geo. H. INIoore. Treason of Charles Lee. 8vo. New York, 1860. Deposited
by the Republican Institution.

CATALOGUE OF THE HARRIS LIBRARY.

Abbot, John. Original Drawings of the Lepidopterous and Coleopterous In-
sects of Georgia. Folio. 1830.
Agassiz, L. Nomenclatoris Zoologici Index Universalis. 12mo. Soloduri, 1848.
Agassiz and Cabot. Lake Superior. 8vo. Boston, 1850.
Agassiz and Gould. Principles of Zoology. 12mo. Boston, 1848.

267

Annales de la Socidt6 Entomologique de France. Vols. 1-11. 8vo. Paris,
1832-42. Table Alphab^tique du 1", 2"^, et Z"'^ vols. Svo.

Atlas des Insectes. 16mo. Paris.

Aube, C. Hydrocanthares. Svo. Paris, 1836.

Bohn, J. Catalogue of Ancieut and Modern Books on Natural History. Svo.
London, 1S35.

Boisduval, Dr. Icones Historiques des L<5pidoptdres. Svo. Paris, 1832.

Boisduval, Dr. Species General des Lepidopt^res. Tome 1^'. Svo. Paris,
1836.

Boitard. Manuel d'Entomologie. 2 vols. 24mo. Paris, 1828.

Brown, D. J. The Naturalist. Vol. 1. Svo. Boston, 1831.

BroAVii, T. Book of Butterflies, &c. 3 vols. 16mo. London, 1834.

Burmeister, H. jManual of Entomology. 8vo. London, 1836.

Catalogue of the Animals and Plants of Massachusetts. Svo. Amherst, 1835.

Coates, B. H. Remarks on Larva of Hessian Fly. ISmo. Philadelphia, 1841.
Pamph.

Coquebert, A. J. Illustratio Iconographica Insectorum. 3 Decades in 1 vol.
4to. Paris, 1799-1804.

Cuvier, G. Le Regne Animal. 4 vols. Svo. Paris, 1817.

Dalman, J. W. Analecta Entomologica. 4to. Holmias, 1823.

Dana, J. D. Structure and Classification of Zoophytes. 4to. Philadelphia,
1846.

De Geer, K. Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Insekten. 4to. Vols. 3-5
bound in 2. Niirnberg, 1780-1.

Dejean. Catalogue des Coleopt^res. 3d ed. Svo. Paris, 1837.

Dejean. Iconographie et Histoire Naturelle des Coleopteres d'Europe. 4
vols. Svo. Paris, 1829-34.

Dejean. Species General des Coleopteres. 5 vols. Svo. Paris, 1825-31.

Denis and Schiffermuller. Systematisches Verzeichniss von den Schmetter-
lingen der Wiener Gegend. 2 vols. Svo. Braunschweig, 1801.

Dewey and Emmons on Herbaceous Plants and Quadrupeds of Massachusetts.
Svo.

Dumeril, A-M. C. Considerations Gen^rales sur la Classe des Insectes. Svo.
Paris, 1823.

Dumeril, A-M. C. Elemens des Sciences Naturelles. 2 vols. Svo. Pai-is, 1825.

Entomological Magazine. Nos. 1, 3, of Vol. 1. Vols. 2-5. 1832-1838. Svo.
London.

Entomologist, The, by E. Newman. Svo. London, 1840-2.

Entomology; from New Edinburgh Encyclopjedia. 4to. Vol. 8. Part 2.
Philadelphia, 1816.

Episodes of Insect Life. Vol. 1. Svo. New York, 1851.

Eschscholtz, Fr. ffiuvres Entomologiques. Vol. 1. Svo. Paris, 1835.

Fabricius, J. C. Entomologia Systematica. 4 vols. Svo. Hafnise, 1792-94.
Supplementum. Svo. 1798.

Fabricius, J. C. Systema Antliatorum. Svo. Brunsvigae, 1805.

Fabricius, J. C. Systema Eleutheratorum. 2 vols. Svo. Kiliae, 1801.

Fabricius, J. C. Systema Piezatorum. Svo. Brunsvigae, 1804.

Fabricius, J. C. Philosophia Entomologica. Svo. Hamburgii, 1778.

Fallen, C. V. Diptera Suegioe. 2 vols. 4to. Lundse, 1844.

Fallen, C. F. Hemiptera Suecise, Cicadarise, earumque familiar affines. Svo.
Londini Gothorum, 1826.

268

Forster, R. Enchiridion Historias Natural! Inserviens. 8vo. Hala, 1788.

Germar, E. F. Coleopterorum Species Novae. 8vo. Halse, 1824.

Godman, J. D. Letter to Dr. T. P. Jones. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1826. Pamph.

Godman, J. D. Rambles of a Naturalist. 12mo. Philadelphia, 1833.

Gory and Percheron. Monographia des Cetoines. 8vo. Paris, 1853.

Gravenhorst, J. L. C. Coleoptera Microp. Brunsvicensia. 8vo. Brunsvigge,
1802.

Gravenhorst, J. L. C. Monographia Coleopterorum Micropterorum. 8vo. Got-
tingas, 1806.

Graves, G. Naturalist's Pocket-Book. 8vo. London, 1818.

Harris, T. W. Alphabetical Index to the Genera, Species, and Synonyms of
the Diurnal Lepidoptera described by Godart and Latreille. Manuscript.

Harris, T. W. Descriptive Catalogue of North American Insects of the Lin-
nsean Genus Sphinx. 8vo. New Haven, 1839. Pamph.

Harris, T. W. Report on Insects and Diseases injurious to Vegetation. 8vo.
Boston, 1854. Pamph.

Harris, T. W. Treatise on New England Insects injurious to Vegetation. 8vo.
Cambridge, 1841.

Herrick, E. C. Preliminary Account of the Hessian Fly and its Parasites.
8vo. New Haven. Pamph.

Hope, F. W. Coleopterist's Manual. Parts 1, 2. 8vo. London, 1837-8.

Hiibner, J. Verzeichniss Bekannter Schmetterlinge. 8vo. Augsburg, 1816.

Humphreys and Westwood. British Moths and their Transformations. 2 vols.
4to. London, 1843.

lUiger, K. Magazin fiir Insectenkunde. 6 vols, in 4. 1801-7.

Jablonsky and Herbst. Natursystem aller Bekannten in-und Auslandischen
Insekten. 10 vols. 8vo. and plates in 4to. 1 vol. Berlin, 1785-1806.

Jaeger. Life of North American Insects. 8vo. Providence, 1854.

Jahrbiicher der Insectenkunde, von Dr. F, Klug. Erster Band. 8vo. . Ber-
lin, 1834.

Kirby and Spence. Introduction to Entomology. 3d ed. 4 vols. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1818.

Kollar, V. Insects injurious to Gardeners. 16mo. London, 1820.

Knoch, A. W. Neue Beytrage zur Insectenkunde. 8vo. Leipzig, 1801.

Laporte and Gory. Histoire Naturelle et Iconographie des Insectes Col^op-
teres. Livrais-ons 1, 2, 4-7, 12-40. Paris.

Latreille, P. A. Considerations G^ndrales. 8vo. Paris, 1810.

Latreille, P. A. Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum. 4 vols. 8vo. Paris,
1806-9.

Lesson, R. P. Manuel de Mammalogie. 16mo. Paris, 1827.

Linn^, C. Museum Ludovici UlricjE Reginae. 8 vo. Holmise, 1764.

Linnd, C. Systema NaturjE. 9 vols. Lipsise, 1788-93.

Lyonet, P. Anatomic de difft^rentes Especes d'Insectes. 4to. Paris, 1829-32.

Macquart, J. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes Dipteres du Nord de la France.
5 vols. 8vo. Lille, 1826.

Macquart, J. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Dipteres. 2 vols. 8vo.
Paris, 1834-5.

Magazin der Entomologie. Herausgegeben von Dr. E. F. Germar. 5 vols.
8vo. Halle, 1813-1821.

Marsham, T. Entomologia Britannica. Tome 1. 8vo. Londini, 1802.

Martyn, T. Elements of Natural History. 8vo. Cambridge, 1775.

Massachusetts Agricultural Repositor}' and Journal. 10 vols. 8yo. Boston,
1793-1832.

269

Massachusetts Horticultural Society. Addresses, &c. 8vo. Boston, 1829-

1842.

Massachusetts Magazine. Edited by T. :M. Harris. Vol. 7. 8vo. Boston,

1795.

l^IcMurtrie, H. The Animal Kingdom, translated from Cuvier. 4 vols. 8vo.

New York, 1831.

Morton, S. G. Report of Transactions of Academy of Natural Sciences

during 1827-8. Philadelphia, 1829. Pamph.

Natural History of Insects, compiled from Swammerdam, &c. Perth, 1792.

Natural History Reports. 8vo. Albany, 1840.

Naturalist's Li'brary. Entomology. 7 vols. 16mo. Edinburgh, 1835-41.

New England Farmer, by T. G. Fessenden. Vols. 5-16 in 7 vols. 4to. Bos-
ton, 1827-38.

New England Farmer, by S. W. Cole. Vols. 1-6. 8vo. Boston, 1849-54.

Newman, E. The Grammar of Entomology. 16mo. London, 1835.

Newman', E. Sphinx Vespiformis ; an Essay. 8vo. London, 1832.

Newman, E. The System of Nature; an Essay. Second edition. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1843.

Newman, E. History of Insects. 8vo. London, 1841.

Pallas, P. S. Icones Insectorum. 4to. ErlangJB, 1781.

Paykull, G. Monographia Histeroidum. 8vo. Upsali^e, 1811.

Peck AV. D. Entomological Papers. 8vo. Boston.

Peck' W. D. Natural History of the Slug-worm. 8vo. Boston, 1799. Pamph.

Percheron, A. Bibliographie Entomologique. 8vo. Paris, 1837. 2 vols, in 1.

Perrot, A. M. Le Chasseur d'Insectes. 18rao. Paris, 1838.

Proceedings of Third Session of American Pomological Society. 8vo. Bos-
ton, 1854. Pamph.

Redi F. De Generatione Insectorum. 24mo.

Rennie, James. Conspectus of Butterflies and Moths found in Great Britain.
16mo. London, 1832.

Roemer, J. J. Genera Insectorum. 4to. 1789.

Sahlberg, C. R. Insecta Fennica. 2 vols. 8vo. 1834.

Samouelle, G. Entomologist's useful Compendium. 8vo. London.

Say, Th. Appendix to Keating's Narrative of Long's Expedition. 8vo.

Philadelphia, 1824. .,. i c • .

Say, Th. Papers from Transactions of the American Philososophical Society.

4to. : —
L ' Monograph of the CicindeliB of North America. Philadelphia, 1818.
li. Descriptions of Carabici and Hydrocanthari inhabiting North America.

Philadelphia, 1823.

Sav, Th. Papers from Boston Journal of Natural History. 8vo. : —

l' Descriptions of new North American Coleoptera, and Observations on some

already described. Boston, 1835.

II. Descriptions of new North American Hymenoptera, and Observations on
some already described. Boston, 1836.

III. Ditto concluded. Boston, 1837.

Sav Th. Descriptions of new Species of North American Insects, and obser-
vation's on others, collected from various Publications. 8vo. : —

I Descriptions of some new Species of Hymenopterous Insects. Western
Quarterly Reporter, Vol. II., No. 1, pp. 71-82. Cincinnati, (April V) 1823.

IL Descriptions of Insects belonging to the Order Neuroptera, (Lin. & Latr.,)

270

collected by the Expedition under the Command of Major Long. Western
Quarterly Reporter, Vol. II., No. 2, pp. 160-165. Cincinnati, (July?) 1823.

III. Descriptions of new American Spectes of the Genera Buprestis, Trachys,
and Elater. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History. New York. Vol. L,
No. 8, pp. 249-256, Feb. 1825, and No. 9, pp. 257-268, June, 1825.

IV. Note on Capt. Le Contd's Paper on " New Coleopterous Insects of North
America." Contributions of the Maclurean Lyceum to the Arts and Sciences,
No. 2, pp. 38, 39, July, 1827.

V. Descriptions of new Species of Hymenopterous Insects of the United
States. Contr. ^Maclurean Lyceum, No. 3, pp. 67-83, Jan. 1829.

VI. Descriptions of new Species of North American Insects, and Observations
on some of the Species ah-eady described. New Harmony, Indiana, 1829-1834.
Containing: a. Correspondence relative to the Insect {Noctua xylina) that de-
stroys the Cotton-plant, b. Descriptions of North American Coleoptera, and
Observations on some already described, pp. 1-17, March 17, 1830; pp. 18-41,
Aug. 20, 1830; pp. 42-57, 1831; pp, 58-73, 1833; pp. 731-80, Aug. 1, 1834.

VII. Descriptions of new Species of Curculionites of North America, with
Observations on some of the Species already known. New Harmony, Indiana,
July, 1831, and Supplement, (1832?)

VIII. Descriptions of new Species of Heteropterous Hemiptera of North Amer-
ica. New Harmony, Indiana, December, 1831.

IX. New Species of North American Insects, found by Joseph Barabino, chiefly
in Louisiana. New Harmony, Indiana, January, 1832.

Schaum, H. Bericht iiber die Wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der
Entomologie wJihrend des Jahres 1848. 8vo. Berlin, 1850.

Schonherr, C. J. Cucurlionidum Dispositio Methodica. 6 vols. 8vo. Lip-
sise, 1826.

Schonherr, C. J. Synonymia Inseptorum. 3 vols, and Appendix. 8vo.
Stockholm, 1806-17.

Seabi'ook, W. B. Memoir on original Cultivation and Uses of Cotton. 8vo.
Charleston, 1844. Pamph.

Serville, Audinet. Orthopteres. 8vo. Paris, 1839.

Shaw, G. General Zoology. Vol. VI. Parts 1 and 2. Insecta. Svo. Lon-
don, 1806.

Shuckard, W. E. Essay on indigenous fossorial Hymenoptera. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1837.

Silbermann, G. Enumeration des Entomologistes vivans. 8vo. Paris, 1835.

Silbermann, G. Revue Entomologique. 4 vols. 8vo. Strasburg, 1833-7.

Stephens, J. F. Nomenclature of British Insects. 12mo. London, 1829.

Synopsis of Communications on the Cause and Cure of the Potato Rot. Svo.
Boston, 1852. Pamph.

Thatcher, J. Practical Treatise on the Management of Bees. 12mo. Bos-
ton, 1829.

Thompson, Z. History of Vermont. Svo. Burlington, 1842,

Transactions of New York State Agricultural Society. Vols. 12, 13. Svo.
Albany, 1854.

Walker, F. Monographia Chalciditum. Svo. London, 1839.

Weber, F. Observationes Entomologicae. Svo. Kilise, 1801.

Westwood, J. 0. Entomological Papers. 8vo. London.

Westwood, J. 0. Entomologist's Text-Book. 12mo. London, 1838.

Westwood, J. 0. Modern Classification of Insects. 2 vols. Svo. London,
1S39.

271

Westwood, J. 0. Kose-insects. Small 4to. Pamph.

Westwood, J. 0, Synopsis of the Genera of British Insects. 8vo. London,
1839.
Wiedemann, C. R. G. Analecta Entomologica. 4to. Kiliai, 1824.
Wiedemann, C. R. G. Aussereuropaische Insekten. 8vo. 2 vols. 1828.
Wiedemann, C. R. G. Diptera exotica. Vol. 1. 8vo. Kilioe, 1821.
Wilson, James. Treatise on Insects. 4to. Edinburgh, 1835.
Wood, W. Index Entomologicus, 8vo. London, 1839.

April 4, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

Prof. Agassiz alluded to the theory of Prof. Rogers on
subsidence and denudation as ingenious, and capable of
explaining the facts in the case, but did not see indica-
tions of these two phenomena, nor any proofs of such
extensive denudation as is required by it.

He exhibited a series of fossils to show the distinctness of fau-
nae, explaining why it is not always correct to identify geological
periods by the identity of fossils ; two questions are involved in
the examination of this subject, one that of time or of period, the
other that of space or Umitation of faunae.

Prehminary to the principal topic, he stated that he knew no
such thing as a variety in the animal kingdom, except such as
are stages of growth, within the Umits of species ; he instanced
as an example one of the meandrine corals (Mcmicma), and other
polymorphous types, which come within this law ; in 1200 echini
which he had examined and carefully studied, he had not found a
single variety which did not arise from an imperfect stage of
growth ; so in 6000 fishes, he had not seen a variety except in
coloration, which he had before shown was connected with their
growth. So that he would start with the propositions that ani-
mals do not vary, and that species remain within the limits of

their type.

He exhibited three species of Toxasfer, a spatangoid echino-
derm found in the lower cretaceous deposits, and which occurs in

272

successive beds of the neocomian. He showed the relation of
these to other echinoderms, and the gradations in the various
orders. Of the four orders, crinoids, starfishes, echini, and
holothurians, the first is synthetic, combining some features of the
higher orders, yet on the whole inferior to them ; this is the ear-
liest and prophetic type, and is found from the Potsdam sand-
stone up to the present time, from the cretaceous upward mostly
free. Starfishes and echini begin with the Triassic period, and
are numerous now ; the crinoids of the Permian and carbonifer-
ous have affinities with the echinoids and starfishes ; from their
structure these are perishable, and hard to preserve in a fossil
state, — the echini being the best preserved ; the slender-armed
ophiuroid genera are the oldest. Echini increase as crinoids di-
minish, arriving at their maximum in the cretaceous, and from
that becoming less numerous ; only two are found here, on the
coast of South Carolina half a dozen, on that of Florida more
than twelve, and not more than two dozen would be found in the
most favorable localities under the tropics ; fifteen species might
be considered a fair representative of a fauna, and that number
are found in subdivisions of the Jurassic and cretaceous ; and
these, therefore, may be adduced as evidence of the distinctness
of the faunte. The echini as an order present four types or sub-
orders : 1st, Echinus proper, with the mouth central below and
the anus central above, with such types as Cidaris, Diadema,
Echinus, Echinometra, &c. ; 2d, Echinolampas, with no teeth ;
3d, Clypeaster ; and 4th, Spatangus. No holothurian has as yet
been found fossil, and, if not exclusively belonging to the present
epoch, they probably did not antedate the Tertiary period. All
echini found in the Trias, Lias, Oolite, and Jurassic belong to the
1st sub-order, the 2d and 4th coming in during the cretaceous
period ; the older forms have the more simj^le ambulacra ; the
earliest spatangoids have no connecting groove between the pores,
in this respect resembling echinoids, but the later ones present
this groove ; the specimens exhibited had such echinoid affinities.
The relation between these sub-orders and their types is unmis-
takable, showing something more than derivation, and indicating
a system or plan. Thanks to Johannes Muller, the embryology
of the four sub-orders of echini is well known ; the young Echini,
&c., are like the adult Cidaris ; so the young Echinolampas,

273

Chjpeaster, and Spatangus have the typical form of Cidaris.
These facts do not look like the effects of sexual derivation, but
show a plan, followed in all, and not modified by external circum-
stances. We have these animals now, and yet the older forms
are not extinguished ; in every generation we see the growth
proceed from Cidaris to Spatangus, showing that the laborious
growth required by Darwin's theory is not logical.

Prof. W. B. Rogers made some remarks supplement-
ary to those of the preceding meeting, on the effects of
a subsiding and a rising ocean-floor, as seen in the strati-
graphical relations of the resulting land.

If we assume an upward movement of the sea-bottom as the
leadino- condition under which the paleozoic strata were depos-
ited, w"e must admit a depth of the sea at the commencement of
these formations so enormous as to be incompatible with the
accumulation of the materials of the earlier strata, unless indeed
we suppose these strata to have been formed exclusively in
positions within a moderate distance of the shore. But this
supposition of a comparatively littoral deposit would not explain
the conditions in which the strata are actually known to occur. ^

We might imagine a series of strata to be successively laid

down in 1 gentle slope, approximately parallel to that of the

ancient sea-bottom, each terminating against this surface without

being continued into the profounder depths beyond, and we might

supp°ose the floor to be uprising in the region of this accumulation

at such a rate as to bring successive tracts, farther and farther

from the ancient shore-line, within limits of depth admitting of

mechanical and organic deposition. But in such circumstances of

formation, these earlier strata, instead of extending, as they are

believed to do, almost continuously over the whole ocean-floor,

would be seen to terminate at no great distance from the original

shore-line, by abutting against the bottom at the places where

the depth had set a limit to their accumulation.

Thus, therefore, on no hypothesis of a secular rising of the sea-
bottom can we explain the formation of our Appalachian paleo-
zoic deposits. On the other hand, considering their aggregate
thickness, as well as their continuity, composition, and strati-
graphical arrangement, we are entided to conclude that they were

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. VII. 18 JUNE I860.

274

accumulated during a long 'period of subsidence of the ocean-floor,
varied hy many and long pauses and upicard oscillations.

Prof. Rogers added a brief notice of the structure of the mid-
dle secondary belt of sandstones of the Middle States as a good
example of the successive accumulation of shore-dei)Osits previously
referred to. He showed that the uniform and gentle slope of all
the strata in one direction, and the nature of the materials com-
posing them, concur in indicating the directions from which they
have been derived ; and he pointed out the manner in which
the successive parallel strata in their downward extension ter-
minate against the ancient floor, which in some cases is so shallow
as to be partly exposed, with the abutting strata, in the natural
sections of the country.

Prof. Agassiz replied that he admitted the shallowness of the
ocean in which these strata were deposited ; during a local up-
heaval of the shore, the whole bottojii was, in his opinion, sub-
siding from the shrinking caused by the cooling of the earth's crust.
He alluded to the transverse rents across the New York strata in
a direction north and south, and mentioned the Schoharie valley,
in which the strata increase in thickness from north to south,
indicating that the seaside was to the south and the shore-line to
the north. He could detect no si£:ns of denudation in these an-
cient strata of New York. The Potsdam sandstone is both geo-
logically and topographically the lowest.

Prof. Rogers replied that he had listened with extreme sur-
prise to the statement just made by Prof. Agassiz, disclaiming
the theory of the rising of the ocean-floor during the formation of
our northern paleozoic strata. According to his recollection, the
discussion was commenced by Prof. Agassiz's denying the cor-
rectness of the views of Darwin and others of the extensive de-
struction of strata and their fossils during a period of slow up-
heaval, and urging as an insuperable objection the great extent
and completeness of the paleozoic series of New York, which he
maintained had been deposited during a period of upheaval. As,
however, Prof. Agassiz has now stated that he recognizes the
subsidence of the ocean-bed as essential to the theory of their
formation, Prof. Rogers thought it of no importance in this con-
nection how that depression may have been brought about, or

. 275

whether it was accompanied by a stationary or a rising condition
of the ancient shore.

In answer to an inquiry from Dr. Gould, whetlier marine de-
posits are thickest toward the ocean, Prof. Rogers replied that
there is no definite rule in this respect, though in the aggregate
they are generally thinner in that direction ; and he mentioned
from measurements in the Appalachian region, that the total
thickness there is very greatly less toward the centre.

Prof. Aojassiz instanced the Pholas borings in the miocene
{inoUasse) of the Jura, in the very edges of the strata, as disprov-
ing the statement of Darwin that there is destruction on the edges
of strata during upheaval ; in this case there was no such de-
struction during or after upheaval.

Prof. Rogers replied that of course this is not the inevitable
result in every case ; and in this particular instance it is easy to
explain the fact. The occurrence of a stratum containing well-
preserved fossils, in direct contiguity with the pholas-bearing
rocks, is proof of quiet during the formation of the stratum, and
therefore of the protection of these rocks from denudation during
the deposit.

Mr. Putnam presented from the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology ten specimens of fishes from Lake Neufcha-
tel, and one from the rivers of Switzerland, all very much
resembling their American congeners, interesting as
showing the great resemblance, yet perfect specific dis-
tinctness, of the representative faunae of Europe and
North America.

Dr. Winslow presented an extensive collection of
fishes, crustaceans, moUusks, and radiates made by him-
self at Maui, one of the Sandwich Islands ; with others
formerly presented by him, these would form a very
good representative fauna of this island, and he desired
them to be kept in a case by themselves for this purpose.

Prof. Hamilton L. Smith, of Gambler, Ohio, was
chosen a Corresponding Member ; and Mr. Lincoln F.

276

Emerson, Dr. J. C. Dalton, and Mr. Charles G. Brewster,
of Boston, and Dr. J. R. Webster of Milton, Resident
Members.

April 18, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

Dr. Kneeland, on the occasion of the exhibition of two
albino children, gave an account of their appearance, and
a sketch of albinism in general.

The children are both girls, of the ages of four and seven
years, born of parents both black. The parents have had several
other children, and one black child between these two. The hair
is milk-white, possessing all the characters of negro hair except
color ; the skin is soft and white ; the iris is colorless, and with
the pupil has the ordinary pink tint of albinos from the color of
the vessels of the choroid ; the eyebrows, eyelashes, and down
on the body, are pure white. The nose is flattened, the lips pro-
tuberant, the heels prominent, as in the black race ; and from the
external appearance (except in color), the voice, attitudes, and
expression, they would pass for common children of black parents.
They are active, intelligent, good-natured, and healthy ; the
parents are also healthy. The eyes are very sensitive to light,
and near-sightedness is quite pronounced.

Mr. Du Chaillu gave an account of the habits and the
distribution of the Gorilla and other anthropoid apes,
from personal observation on the west coast of Africa.

Thouo-h a few are found on the left bank of the Gaboon River
and about Cape Lopez, the gorillas and the nschego are most
numerous in the table-lands of the interior. He never saw more
than five gorillas together ; the females and young always run off
at the sight of man, but the males, if encountered in their re-
treats, invariably offer battle, approaching the hunter, loudly
roaring and beating the breast with their hands, with an ungainly

277

and diflicultly balanced swinging gait. They are shy, though
they sometimes come into the woods in the neighborhood of vil-
lages in search of berries ; they do not climb trees, except when
young, and both sexes repose on the ground, the female reclining
against a tree, and the male against some convenient stone ; they
never make any shelter for themselves, and never repose twice in
the same place. The gorilla sometimes roars by himself for
hours at a time. He had never seen them erect their crests
when angry and about to attack ; unlike the chimpanzee, the go-
rilla is perfectly untamable. They are found for three hundred
miles eastward from the table-lands, most abundantly where grow
the pineapples, nuts, and wild canes, upon which they feed ; their
food is entirely vegetable ; they are generally found in moist
places. The male gorilla is born black, and remains black
through life ; the chimpanzee changes from yellowish coppery to
black, but the gorilla is the most shining black ; the female is
reddish black ; the back and breast are bare ; it grows gray,
and it is said perfectly white, in old age. They have one young
one at a birth.

The natives are fond of their flesh ; the brains are held also in
high esteem as fetiches to inspire the hunters with courage ; they
are called by some tribes " men-of-the-woods," and are by some
considered transformed men. He gave several instances of their
ferocity and strength ; the stories of their entering villages, driv-
ing away the inhabitants, carrying off women, seizing travellers
and drawing them into trees by their feet, are all fables.

The nschego is known by its bald head. This species always
lives in the trees, in which it makes shelters of branches and
vines like an umbrella ; they always select slender trees for their
habitations, and such as do not touch other trees with their
branches, and place them at least twenty feet from the ground, —
probably to secure themselves against the attacks of animals.
They are white when young, becoming dark with age.

Dr. B. J. Jeffries exhibited a table, which he had made
to assist in determining the question of the degeneracy
of the American race at the present time. The table
comprised the age, weight, and height of 100 men be-
longing to a military company of this city, arranged in
series of 25, as follows : —

278

NO.

AGE.

HEIGHT.

WEIGHT.

25
25
25
25

669 yrs.
765

785
760

143 ft. 4i in.

144 li

143 3

144 lOJ-

575 7-J
5 9

3782 i lbs.
3979J
3794J-
3927

100

2979

15,483^

Average . .

29.79

154.83

Oldest person, 56 years ; youngest, 18 years ; tallest, 6 ft. 4 in. ;
shortest, 5 ft. 3 in. ; heaviest, 205 lbs.; lightest, 110 lbs. Born
in Boston, 70 ; in other parts of Massachusetts, 21 ; in Maine, 4;
in New Hampshire, 2 ; in New York, New Jersey, and Pennsyl-
vania, 1 each ;= 100 men.

Prof. Jeffries Wyman made a communication on two
parasites which he had recently had an opportunity of
examining.

During the last winter in Florida he found that the alligators
almost always had in the last branches of the portal veins a spe-
cies of Linguatula. This belongs to one of the migratory types ;
in its perfect form it appears lower than in its imperfect condition,
— the young having certain crustacean affinities, while the adult is
classed among worms ; the young have no generative organs, and
live in some vegetable-feeding animals, which are swallowed by
carnivora, from whose intestines they wander to the liver and
other parts of the body.

The other parasite was a Gordiaceous worm found under the
dura mater of the Anhinga or snake-bird, between the cerebellum
and the cerebral hemispheres. He found it in seven out of eight
specimens examined, and it probably existed in the eighth ; it
resembled Gordius, with the mouth anterior, the genital opening
posterior, and no anal opening. This belongs also to a migratory
group. It was found in no other part of the bird.

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited a large mass of pearl-
covered secretion from a Unio from Michigan ; the nacre
thrown out in this case was uncommonly large, and di-
vided like a bunch of small grapes.

279

Dr. C. T. Jackson read letters from Dr. Evans and
Prof. Henry of Washington, in relation to the great Ore-
gon meteorite ; though individuals of the Society had
written on the subject, it was feared that from want of a
memorial from the Society the appropriation necessary
to obtain it would not be inserted in the Congressional
bill. On his motion it was voted that a committee be
- appointed, with fall powers, to see what can be done in
the matter, and to take any steps which may seem likely
to secure the whole or a portion of this valuable speci-
men for the Museum at Washington.

The President appointed Drs. C. T. Jackson, Bacon,
and Shaw, to whom the President was afterward added.

The President read letters of resignation from Dr. D.
H. Storer, Dr. S. Durkee, and Dr. Borland, severally
resigning the offices of Vice-President, and Curatorships
of Microscopy and Herpetology.

The President appointed the following gentlemen a
Committee to nominate officers for the ensuing year :
Drs. Borland, C. E. Ware, and J. B. S. Jaclison.

Messrs. Sprague and Whittemore were appointed a
Committee to audit the Treasurer's accounts, and that
of the Trustee of the Courtis Fund.

The Treasurer moved to so change the By-Laws of
the Society as to make the annual assessment five dol-
lars instead of three, and moved to lay it on the table
until the next meeting.

Messrs. Randolph M. Clark of Boston, and Joseph
Moore of Cambridge, were chosen Resident Members.

Annual Meetings May 2, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

The Records of the last annual, and of the last regular
meeting, were read and approved.

280

The Annual Reports of the Treasurer, Librarian, and
the Curators, with the exception of those of Geology and
Ornithology, were read and accepted.

The Treasurer reported a balance on hand of $159.65.

Besides the large sums paid the former Treasurer and Collec-
tor, the expenses of the Cabinet and Journal have been several
hundred dollars larger than usual. Nevertheless, thanks to the
large surplus at the beginning of the year, the Society is free
from debt, and, with the proposed increase of the annual assess-
ment, may even hope to restore the Building Fund, which was
necessarily sacrificed to remove its indebtedness. The total num-
ber of resident paying members is about 200.

The Librarian reported the addition of 540 volumes
and pamphlets during the past year, of which 360 were
by donation.

The most valuable consists of the Entomological Library of
the late Dr. T. W. Harris, of about 300 volumes, purchased and
presented to the Society by J. P. Cushing, Esq., of AYatertown,
Mass. If the Library increase in the same proportion for another
year, there will be no place for the books in the present room.
About forty new subscribers have been obtained for the Journal ;
as this is the principal means of securing the Transactions of
other Societies, it is to be hoped that the subscription, which is
not burdensome, may be still further increased, until it become
general.

The department of Ichthyology has been increased by
about 200 species, mostly new, and at least one half of
them undescribed.

The principal accessions have been from the Bahamas, by Dr.
Bryant ; from Maui, Sandwich Islands, by Dr. C. F. Winslow ;
and authentic original specimens from Prof. Agassiz.

Nearly 300 specimens have been added to the depart-
ment of Comparative Anatony.

New cases and shelves have been added, and the collection

281

arranged in systematic order, heretofore impracticable ; the wet
preparations have been re-bottled in fresh spirit, and exhibit an
interesting series of foetal animals and dissections. An acid and
alcoholic solution of strychnia has been found effectual against the
ravages of insects, and the chloride of calcium against the damp-
ness and fungous growths in the cases. The specimens have
been newly numbered and named, and the nucleus of a hel-
minthological collection has been formed.

The labor of transferring the Harris Collection to the
large cabinets, and of making the catalogue, is going
steadily on, and will probably be finished in another
year.

The department of Crustacea has been increased by
366 specimens, of 78 species and 55 genera, principally
from Dr. Bryant from the Bahamas, and Prof. Agassiz
and Dr. Winslow from the Sandwich Islands.

The marine algSB procured by Prof. Wm. H. Harvey
from Australia, Ceylon, and the Friendly Islands, and
presented to the Society by Dr. B. D. Greene, have been
securely placed in four quarto volumes, named and num-
bered as indicated by Prof. Harvey.

All the other departments are in good order, and will
be largely increased whenever greater accommodations
can be afforded in a new building ; the departments of
Mineralogy, Oology, and Conchology, are specially suf-
fering for want of room.

Mr. Whittemore declined a nomination as Curator of
Conchology.

The Nominating Committee made the following report,
which was accepted, and the officers for the ensuing year
were chosen as follows : —

282

President,
Jeffries Wyman, M. D.

Vice-Presidents,
Charles T. Jackson, M. D. A. A. Gould, M. D.

CORRESPONDINa SECRETARY,

Samuel L. Abbot, M. D.

Recording Secretary,
Samuel Kneeland, Jr., M. D.

Treasurer,
Amos Binnej.

Librarian,
Charles K. Dillaway.

Curators,

Thomas T. Bouve, Of Geology.

John Bacon, M. D., Mineralogy.

Charles J. Sprague, Botany.

Thomas M. Brewer, M. D. Oology.

Henry Bryant, M. D., Ornithology.

F. W. Putnam, Ichthyology.

Theodore Lyman, Radiata.

J. C. White, M. D., Comparative Anatomy.

Samuel H. Scudder, Entomology.

Albert Ordway, Crustacea.

B. J. Jeffries, M. D., Microscopy.

A. T. Lyman, Conchology.

Samuel A. Green, M. D., Herpetology.

Cabinet Keeper,
Charles Stodder.

The Auditing Committee on the accounts of the
Treasurer and the Trustee of the Courtis Fund, reported
that they were correctly cast and properly vouched.

283

It was voted, on motion of Mr. Binney, that the an-
nual assessment be raised from three to five dollars.

Mr. Sprague presented, in book form, 160 of the 194
grasses of the northern United States.

The thanks of the Society were voted to Drs. Storer,
Borland, and Dm'kee, and Mr. Whittemore, for their
long and valuable services as Vice-President, and Cura-
tors of Herpetology, Microscopy, and Conch ology, respec-
tively.

The following communication was read : —

ON SOMJ: sub-peat deposits of DIATOMACE^E. by ARTHUR

M. EDWARDS, NEAV YORK.

In June, (1859,) I presented to the Society a paper on a semi-
fossil deposit of fiuviatile Diatomacea3 from near the city of
Milwaukee, Wisconsin ; I have since learned the following par-
ticulars respecting the position of that deposit. A railroad
embankment was carried through a bog ; the embankment set-
tled, crowding up and inverting the bog, — a common occurrence.
For this information, as well as for the specimens, I am indebted
to Mr. Stodder, and from him I have received specimens of three
other deposits, — one from Bemis Lake, N. H., discovered by Dr.
S. A. Bemis, one from Hingham, Mass., discovered by T. T. Bouve,
Esq., and one from Cambridge, Mass., discovered by Mr. Stodder
himself. I am also indebted to Mr. E. Samuels and Dr. A.
Shurtlefffor specimens of a deposit discovered by the last-named
gentleman at Brookline, Mass. Mr. Samuels has also sent me
mounted specimens of deposits from Deny and Maidstone, Vt.,
from the Bailey collection in the possession of the Society. To
these I have to add a deposit of Diatomaceae which I have de-
tected at Baisley's Pond, Long Island, N. Y. The consideration
of such forms, occurring in the deposits, which I have, as yet,
been unable to identify, I will postpone until some future time.

The Bemis Lake earth is a true sub-peat deposit, and much
resembles those found in different parts of this country ; as that
discovered by Bailey at West Point, and those from different
parts of Massachusetts, discovered by Hitchcock. Of this Bemis

284

Lake earth Mr. Stodder writes me as follows : " It was found
under a few feet of water, uncovered by any earth — the white
siliceous deposit showing through the water." This is rather a
remarkable fact, showing that the once superimposed peat has
either been removed or changed into diatomaceous earth by the
decay and removal of its organic matter. It contains so very lit-
tle beside the siliceous shells of the DiatomaccEe, that it requires
but once boiling in nitric acid, and elutriation by means of water,
previous to mounting in Canada balsam. The species found in it
are the followinoj :

Cocconema parvum^

Navictda serians,

Cyclotella Kiifzhigiana,

Pinnularia major,

Cymbella cuspidata^

" siauroneiformis.

Eunvtia serra,

" tabellaria,

Gomphonema acuminatum,

" viridis,

Himantidiion gracile,

Stauroneis phcenicenteron,

Navicula ajfinis,

Surirtlla biseriata,

" cuspidata,

" linearis,

" finna,

Tabellaria fenestrata,

" intermpta,

" Jloccidosa.

" rhyncocephala.

There is a Nitzschia occurring in this deposit, of which, as I
have found it in a living state at a different locality, and as I con-
sider it as yet undescribed, I shall at some future time speak
more fully.

The Cambridge earth, Mr. Stodder informs me, occurs under
the following circumstances : " There is a deep bed of clay, over
that a few inches (4 to 6) of white sand, in which I could not
find a single Diatom ; over that one or two inches of reddish
earth, probably mostly decomposed vegetable matter, and contain-
ing the Diatoms and Monad'ina ; over that, vegetable turf and
roots. The ground was much broken and disturbed ; the above
was as near as I could make it out. The locality is but a foot
or two above the level of a neighboring pond, and was no doubt a
swamp." The species found in it are : t

Eunotia serra, Pinnidaria lata,
Einiautidium bidens, " major,

" yracile, '' tabellaria,

Navicula jirma, ^ " viridis,

" (/ibberula, Stauroneis ])hoenicenteron,

Ortliosira oriclialcea, Synedra radians.

Though the number of species in this deposit is not great, it is

285

remarkable for the curious distortion which many of tlie individ-
uals appear to have undergone, wliether from the influx of salt
water, (a likely occurrence, considering the locality,) or from
other causes, it is difficult, if not impossible, now to determine.
Two species, the largest, seem to have been most affected ; these
are Pinnularia major, which is very much distorted, and Stauro-
neis phoenicenteron ; Himantidium gracile has also, in some cases,
been distorted, but not to the extent observable in the two larger
species. Under the head of Eunotia serra I have in the above
list included several forms having elevations (S. V.) varying in
number from four to seventeen, as I am of opinion that they all
constitute one species.

The Brooldine deposit. Dr. Shurtleff writes me, occurs under
the following circumstances : He says, " I found this under a bed
of peat of from six to twenty feet in depth ; it was in the form of
a stratum of marl, with roots or remnants of roots permeating in
every direction. The locality is in Brookline, about one half a
mile from the nearest salt-water inlet, but in a meadow lying up
on the high ground, many feet above the highest tide-water."
The species detected in it are :

Amphora ovalis,

Nitzschia sic/moidea,

Cocconema dsiula,

Orthosira onthalcea.

" cymbiforme,

Pinnular

•ia acuta,

Cyclotella Kiiizinf^iana,

u

lata.

Cyinbella cuspiduta,

((

major.

Ejnlhemia gibba,

.((

mesolepta,

" turgida,

((

nobilis,

Eunotia diademn,

((

stauroneiformis,

Gomplwnema acuminatum,

«

tabtllaria.

" capilatum,

«

viridis,

" const rictum,

Stauroneis anceps.

" intricaium,

u

gracilis,

Himantidium pectinale,

((

phmiicenteron.

Navicula elliptica,

Surirella Umosa,

" Jirma,

u

nobilis.

" rhomboides,

I have put down a form as Surirella Umosa, (Bailey.) This
species is figured by Brightwell (Mic. Jour. 1859) as founded by
Bailey ; after a careful search, neither Mr. Stodder nor myself
can find any allusion to such a species among the papers of Bai-
ley. It however is a distinct species, and may well bear the
name given to it. The Pinnularia mesolepta in this deposit has
invariably, as far as I have seen, a " stauros " or blank space on

286

the valve similar to that in P, stauroneiformis ; but I do not con-
sider this enough to constitute a new species.

Of the mode of occurrence of the Maidstone and Derry depos-
its I know nothing, and introduce the lists of the species contained
in them here for the purpose of comparison, and in the hope that
more will be yet known concerning them. That from Derry con-
tains the following species :

Cocconema cymhiferum. Naviculajirma,

" parmim, " obiusn,

Cymbella Ehrenbergii, ' " serians,

Epithemia gibba, Ortliosira oiichnkea,

Eunotia/'alx, Pinnularia nobllis,

" ietraodon, " viridis,

Gomphonema acuminatum^ Slaiironeis gracilis^

" citspidatuni, Tabtllaria ftnestrata.
Himaniidium gracile,

Navicula ohtusa (misprinted ohtusata in Smith's Synopsis) has
not hitherto been found in this country ; neither has Eunotia
falx ; and I believe this is, as yet, the only locality here for either
of them.

The 3Iaidstone deposit contains the following species :

Cocconema parvum,
Cymbella Ehrenbergii^
Eunotia tetraodon,

Navicula serians,
Pinnularia gibba,
" nobilis,

Oomphonema intricatum,
Navicula cusjndata^
" Jirma,

" viridis,
Stau7'oneis phoenicenteron.

There are also one or two species of Himantidiwn found in
this deposit, but, as this branch of botany is at present in a very
confused state, and I do not find them described in any reliable
work on the subject, I refrain from giving them names. The
habit of describing species from deposits is one that cannot be too
strongly deprecated, tending as it does to crowd our Botanies with
synonyms, not only useless, but really hurtful to the science. No
new species can be correctly described from the dead plant alone.

The Hirigham deposit was found on the estate of Mr. T. T.
Bouve, in an orchard, supposed to have been formerly a pond.
It is six or eight inches in thickness, covered with a vegetable
mould and earth, apparently washed down from surrounding high
ground, of a foot or so in depth. There is, however, no peat
present, all of that substance originally present having been
changed into this white earth. This deposit was at first taken

287

for clay ; but " infusorial earths " are generally called " marls,"
even scientific persons not being acquainted with the difference
between them and true marls. The species found in it are :

Cocconema lanceolatum,

XaviciiJaJirma,

" parvum,

Pinnularia major^

Gomphonema acuminatum^

" nodosa,

, *' dichotomum,

*' viridis,

" intricatum,

Stau7-07ieis Bailei/ii,

Himaniidium arctis,

" plioenlcenieron.

" gracile,

That »S'. Baileyii is as distinct a species as many others cannot
be doubted, but whether it will eventually be found to be only a
variety of S. acuta is at present difficult to determine ; and
though, as I have already said, I am indisposed to admit species
into our Botanies which have as yet only been found in a dead
condition, I am of opinion that S. Baileyii will be proved to be a
good species. It has as yet, I believe, been only found in this
country.

The Baisley's Pond peat was thrown out in large quantities
while making excavations for the Brooklyn waterworks, at Baisley's
Pond, about 2^ miles south of the town of Jamaica, Long Island.
There were, at the time, said to have been two millions of square
yards of it thrown out, but I have since ascertained that the
quantity would be more correctly represented by two hundred
thousand square yards. Portions of the skeleton' of a mastodon
were found in the peat, but fell into powder soon after being
exposed to the air. The species in it are :

Amphora ovalis, Eimantidium bidens,
Cocconeis jilacentula, " gracile,

Cocconema lanceolatum^ Pinnidaria major,
Cymbella cuspidata, " mesolepia,

Gomphonema acuminatum, •" viridis,

" cuspidatum, Siauroneis pho&nic enter on.

" vibrio,

I have one or two more deposits, beside the above, yet unde-
scribed, and many more will doubtless be hereafter discovered ;
in fact, the number that have been found thus far show that Prof.
Bailey was right when he said that deposits similar to that he
found at West Point would be discovered under every pond and
marsh in the country.

Mr. S. H. Scudder made some remarks upon the
American white ant, the Termes frontalis of Haldeman.

288

Late in January of this year, a number of the males were sent
to the Cambridge Museum by Mr. Allen, of Salem, who asserted
that they had done much injury to the grape-vines in his forcing-
houses ; a week or two after Mr. Scudder visited the greenhouses,
and found the dead males collected in large numbers upon the
moisture covering the sashes above, and vast numbers of the
workers and soldiers swarming under and within every damp
piece of wood. Mr. Allen complained that they were not only
destroying the ground beams of his house, but that it was impos-
sible for him anywhere to "layer" a vine without the portion
beneath the ground being entirely eaten through by the ants,
(even several of his large vines, two and three inches in di-
ameter at the ground, had died,) and that the roots upon
examination had proved to be mere shells, the interior filled
with these ants. Notwithstanding these representations of a
careful and interested observer, he was inclined to think, from
the well-known habits of Termites, that the true cause of the in-
jury was some disease of the vine, and that the Termites simply
carried away the rotten material. Within a ^ew days, however,
he had received the root of a vine, showing similar signs of death
with those previously destroyed, which he exhibited to the So-
ciety ; the whole root was thoroughly chambered by these Ter-
mites, the excavations being unmistakably carried into the solid
living wood ; an opening along one side showed the chambers
penetrating an inch or more above the level of the ground. Upon
a careful comparison of the soldiers and wingless males of this
species with those of Termes belUcosus of Smeathman, he had
ascertained that they were the representatives of distinct though
closely allied genera. He believed that this was the first time
that any species of Termes or an allied genus has been proved to
attack living vegetable matter so as to cause its destruction ; for,
although Smeathman asserts that they do sometimes feed on liv-
ing plants. Dr. Savage states that trees and shrubs are frequently
seen growing through the nests of the Termites, yet always alive.
A colony of these ants had been kept by Mr. Scudder for some
months in a pot with moist earth and rotten wood. On examina-
tion it proved that the whole surface, to the depth of two or
three inches, was completely riddled with minute passages, about
large enough to allow one of these ants to pass another.

289

Dr. C. T. Jackson announced that a memorial had
been sent to Congress by the Committee appointed at
the last meeting, in relation to the Oregon meteorite,
praying that it might in whole or in part be placed in
tlie Smithsonian Institution, and be thence distributed
to scientific bodies.

'Messrs. David Loring and Charles W. Morris, of Bos-
ton, were chosen Resident Members.

The Annual Meeting was then adjourned to Friday,
May 11, at 8 p. m., to hear the Annual Address by Prof.
Wm. B. Rogers, in the Hall of the Mechanics' Charita-
ble Association in Bedford Street.

May 11, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

The Society met by adjournment, and listened to a
most eloquent and pertinent address from Prof. Wm. B.
Rogers, on the progress of Natural Science for the last
thirty years, dating from 1830, the year in which the
Society was organized. A large, highly intelligent, and
enthusiastic audience honored the occasion with their
presence, and the Society had great reason to be proud
of this successful and brilliant revival of the observance
of their Annual Address.

May 16, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

On motion of Dr. C. T. Jackson, a vote of thanks was
passed to Prof. Wm. B. Rogers for his very able and

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. VII. 19 JULY, 1860.

290

eloquent address on the occasion of the adjourned An-
nual Meeting of May 11, and a copy was requested for
publication.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following let-
ters, viz. : —

From the Society of Natural Sciences of "Wiirtemberg, the
Geographical Society of Paris, the Royal Society of Sciences of
Liege, and the Smithsonian Institution, acknowletlghig the recep-
tion of the Society's publications ; from the "VVurtemberg Society,
the Entomological Society of Stettin, the Royal Society of Liege,
the Royal University of Christiania, and the Geological Survey
of India, presenting their publications.

A letter from Mr. Chas. F. Hartt, of Wolfville, N. S.,
in relation to minerals and fossils of the British prov-
inces, was referred to the Curators of Geology and Min-
eralogy.

Dr. John Bacon presented the following report on the
" cocoa-nut pearl " referred to him for examination.

A singular gem from Singapore, called a " cocoa-nut pearl,"
was exhibited by Dr. C. F. Winslow at the meeting on February
1st, and was referred to me for microscopical and chemical analy-
sis. The partial examination which I have been able to make
shows that the body is an interesting one. Its origin was not
known to the owner by personal observation, but it was said to
be a concretion of very rare occurrence, formed in the interior of
the cocoa-nut. Through the politeness of the owner, Frederic
T. Bush, Esq., I was requested to use one half or more of the
pearl for analysis. As a section passing through the centre was
desirable, I had it so divided by a lapidary, and employed one
half for making several sections in different directions for exam-
ination under the microscope and for chemical analysis. The
remaining half, now exhibited, has been reset in the ring, and
presents the same appearance as formerly.

The peculiar characters of this gem are most readily described
by comparison with those of animal pearls, which it resembles in

291

many respects. It is about one quarter of an inch in diameter,
and of a spherical shape. Its surface, evidently a natural one,
is smooth, and of a milk-white color, witli little lustre. On close
examination, the surface appears mottled, and faint undulated
markings are seen within. In hardness it much exceeds true
pearls, equalling feldspar, or the average hardness of opal. The
hardness of pearls varies to some extent. Several specimens of
dirt'erent sjjecies which I had an opportunity to test ranged be-
tween calcite and fluor-spar ; none were so hard as fluor.

Chemical composition. The cocoa-nut pearl consists of car-
bonate of lime, w'ith a very small proportion of orgaiiic matter ;
so little that it does not blacken nor evolve any odoj- before the
blowpipe. When the carbonate of lime is removed by the slow
action of very dilute acids, a transparent substance remains, of
great tenuity, showing no structure under the microscope, and
incapable of preserving its form. Notwithstanding the filmy
character of the organic residue, a few micro-chemical reactions
were satisfactorily obtained. It is insoluble in water, alcohol,
and ether. With strong nitric acid it takes a yellow color, and
on adding ammonia becomes intensely yellow. Iodine colors it
brownish yellow, and the addition of concentrated sulphuric acid
does not change the color to blue, the tint given by iodine be-
ing retained a week or more. These reactions are sufficient to
indicate that the organic substance is an albuminous body, and
not cellulose, the basis of vegetable tissues in general. Since
albuminous substances occur in plants as well as in the animal
kingdom, we cannot from these reactions infer the animal ori<nii
of the gem in question. True pearls consist of carbonate of lime,
with a considerable amount of albuminous animal matter. When
decalcified by dilute acids, the organic residue retains the form
and structure of the j^earl ; and in the nacreous pearls, the charac-
teristic iridescence also.

Microscopical characters. Thin sections examined under the
microscope show that the cocoa-nut pearl is composed of numer-
ous regularly concentric lamince, adhering pretty firmly together.
These layers form groups differing slightly in tint, and near the
exterior are often exceedingly thin. The centre is occupied by
a semitransparent mass resembling the surrounding layers. No
foreign nucleus was found. The general mass is made up of radi-

292

ating bands of crystalline fibres, inclined at different angles in
contiguous bands. In the outer layers, the crystalline structure
becomes strongly marked with rhorabohedral cleavage. Prob-
ably the great hardness of this pearl depends upon the peculiar
crystalline arrangement, with a little organic matter binding the
whole firmly together.

Pearls exhibit two principal varieties of microscopic structure.
The true or nacreous pearl is formed of concentric lamina? of
nacre, and shows a finely furrowed surface, and no radiating lines
Avithin. The markings of the nacreous membrane, by which iri-
descence is produced, are faintly visible in the sections as very
fine undulated and dotted lines. In the second variety of pearl,
a prismatic cellular structure occurs. These pearls exhibit well-
marked radiating lines, as well as concentric layers. In many
specimens of pearl, both varieties of structure are found. The
cocoa-nut pearl presents a general resemblance in microscopic
characters to the second variety, but differs essentially in the de-
tails of structure, as is evident from the sections now exhibited
of pearls from pearl oysters and from freshwater clams, — showing
the nacreous and prismatic varieties, and combinations of both.

I cannot find that any species of pearl or other concretion re-
sembling this has been described, ]^^or could I learn from our
best botanical authorities that any concretion is known to occur
in the cocoa-nut. The milk of this nut contains, according to the
reported analyses, a little phosphate and malate of lime, but no
carbonate ; nor is the carbonate found in any part of the nut.
Possibly an analysis of the immature nut might give a different
result. The only concretions of vegetable origin which approach
this in composition and structure are the cystolithes found in the
leaves of Urticace^e, and some other families of plants. These
are minute bodies, showing concentric lamination. But they
consist of a matrix of successive layers of cellulose, upon which
crystalline masses of carbonate of lime are deposited in a kind of
efflorescence ; a wholly different mode of formation.

In the animal kingdom, several kinds of concretions besides
pearls bear more or less resemblance to this body in composition
and structure ; especially the concretions of carbonate of lime
formed in the bladders of herbivorous animals, in which more or
less animal matter is always combined with the salt of lime.

293

Numerous concentric layers and a radiated crystalline structure
are frequently visible. The organic matter is usually in small
proportion, though often sufficient to preserve the original form
and structure when the cai'bonate of lime is removed by acids ;
occasionally there is more animal matter than in true pearls.

It is to be regretted that the origin of the cocoa-nut pearl is not
certainly known, since neither the chemical nor microscopic char-
acters are sufficient to point out its source and mode of formation.
AYere the statement of its origin perfectly reliable, it might be
regarded as the product of a diseased condition of the nut. The
concentric lamination might seem to require a longer time than
the rapid growth of the cocoa-nut would admit of, but in the case
of animal calculi of similar chemical composition, and of such as
can be made artificially, these layers, whether resulting from suc-
cessive depositions or from a process of segregation, may be
rapidly formed. A few weeks, and sometimes only a few hours,
are sufficient for the production of numerous laminae.

Prof. Rogers presented, in the name of Mr. Urbino, a
work by H. Wagner on cryptogamic botany with her-
barium, and a work on Juncacece, Graminece, &c. ; he
also presented from R. B. Forbes, Esq., the half of a
large geode from Uraguay, consisting of chalcedonic
quartz, very flint-like on the outside ; the thanks of the
Society were voted for these donations.

The President observed, in reference to the last speci-
men, that such geodes, and agates, are very abundant
in that region, but that they are not in place, having
been transported by the river from the north. This was
obtained at Salto.

Mr. A. T. Lyman having resigned the curatorship of
Conchology, Dr. Gould, Mr. Whittemore, and Dr. White
were chosen a Committee to nominate a candidate for
the office.

The President gave an account of some dissections
which he had recently made of the poison apparatus of
the rattlesnake. *

294

He had not found the connection of the duct and the poison
gland to correspond with the descriptions usually given. The
duct proper does not reach the opening at the base of the tooth,
but ends at a short distance from it. The communication beyond
this is made by means of the sheath of the tooth, which is too
loose to prevent the poison from escaping around the exterior of
the tooth instead of entering its canal, were it not for the circum-
stance that, as the tooth is protruded, the sheath is crowded back,
and thus made to fit tightly the circumference.

He had seen a rattlesnake, when held in such a manner as to
prevent its striking, discharge the poison in a simple jet to the
distance of several inches. He also mentioned the habit which
the rattlesnake is known to have of living in company with other
animals. While recently in Florida, he had found two large rat-
tlesnakes and an opossum living in the same nest with the wood
rat.

Prof. Rogers presented a specimen of shale with ad-
hering coal from the Albert Mine, New Brunswick,
obtained from the depth of 460 feet, as illustrating the
geological position of the material.

The coal is seen to be attached to the edges of the layers of
rock, and not parallel to them. Throughout the greater part of
the mine the direction of the bedding of the slates makes a con-
siderable angle, and is sometimes nearly perpendicular to the
course of the coal. This and the jagged form, and other irregu-
larities of the walls, satisfied him that this dej^osit is not a true
bed or seam, but is material which has been accumulated in a
Jissure or fracture of a date subsequent to the formation of the
bituminous shales and other carboniferous rocks of the rejiion.
The neighboring strata are heavily charged with bituminous or
asphaltic matter, and may easily be conceived to have furnished,
by some process of distillation or mechanical conveyance through
the influence of gentle heat, the pure combustible material which
fills this and other local fissures of the neighborhood.

In the very substance of the coal are sometimes found imbed-
ded fragments of rock like the sides of the vein, evidently having
fallen down during its deposition.

295

lie also presented a specimen showing in what manner the
lamina} of the shites have been warped and twisted by mechani-
cal causes, indicating great disturbance. When a coal has been
powerfully dislocated after deposition, it presents a structure like
the contorted and disturbed slates wdiicli surround it. No such
structure is to be detected in the Albert deposit.

Dr. Jackson observed that these rocks are everywhere bitu-
minated for miles, and that these veins of coal, in his opinion,
are of the same age as the rocks that contain them. The coal is
very much changed, 85 per cent, being true coal, and 15 per
cent, only bitumen. Bituminous springs are common, bitumi-
nous lilms being deposited on the soil ; he agreed with Prof.
Rogers that it was not a regular deposit, but rather an exudation
than a distilled product.

Prof. Rogers remarked that the oil wells of northern Pennsyl-
vania a-re generally in deposits of the same age as the Albert
coal, i. e., they come up through the rocks below the coal meas-
ures, which are older than the carboniferous limestones, and which
are there the surface rocks of the country.

Dr. Jackson, from finding fossil plants and fishes, regarded
these deposits as belonging to the lower coal series ; if originally
bituminous, the coal has undero;one ";reat chano-es, for we find
every grade from the coal oil to the Albert coal (softening at the
temperature of melting zinc), and even to anthracite ; he consid-
ered the Albert coal one stage higher than cannel in the scale of
bituminization.

Prof. Rosers maintained that the carboniferous limestone in-
tervenes between the geological horizon of the Albert coal and
the true coal measures ; and that this coal, though belonging to
the lowest carboniferous series, is far below the proper coal meas-
ures or the group of the great productive coal rocks of the Appa-
lachians and Nova Scotia.

The following Standing Committees were appointed
by the Comicil for 1860-61 : —

On the Library. Messrs. C. K. Dillaway, C. J.
Sprague, and J. Bacon.

296

*

On Publications. Messrs. C. K. Billaway, S. L.
Abbot, J. Wyman, S. Kneeland, Jr., and A. A. Gould.

On Finance. Messrs. T. T. Bouve, J. M. Barnard,
and A. Binney.

June 6, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

Mr. P. B. Du Chaillu presented descriptions of five
new species of mammals discovered by him in western
equatorial Africa, as follows : —

1. Troglodytes calvus, (Du Chailln,) sp. nov.

Description of an adult female. Head entirely bald to the level
of the middle of the ears behind ; scalp black, smootby and shining ;
eyebrows thin, bristly, long and black ; face black ; eyes soraeM'hat
sunken ; nose flat ; sides of the face hairy from the ears, the hair
very short ; short, scanty beard under the chin, mixed with a few
gi-ay hairs ; ears large, somewhat smaller than in the chimpanzee,
standing out laterally from the head.

General color : the body in front with thin, blackish hair ;
neck, arms, and upper two thirds of the back with long, thick,
black hair ; lower third of the back light brownish gray ; legs of
the same color as the lower third, mixed with black in front ;
hands and feet black, and hairy on the back to the beginning of
the fingers and toes. External genital organs prominent as in
the dog, bare, wrinkled, and flesh-colored. Height in erect posi-
tion, 43 in. "Width across the shoulders, 18 in. Circumference
of the chest under the arms, 36 in. Length of the arms, (reach-
ing to the knees,) to the end of the fingers, 29 in. Length of the
forearm, 11 in. Length of the hand, 8 in.

The female, of which the above is a description, was killed
with a young one having a very white, pale face, and which,
though not possessing any distinctive baldness, had the hair on
the head exceedingly thin. In other young specimens the bald-
ness could be seen, though not extending so far back as in the

297

adult specimen. As the animal grows older, the liair becomes
gray. A male was killed four feet four inches in height, gray,
and having the lower third of the back almost bare of hair.

The external characters of this animal are so different from
those of T. niger, (chimpanzee,) and from those of the gorilla,
that it may be considered a new species of the genus Troglodytes,
for which I propose the name of 2\ calvus.

The most strikinjj external character which distinjjuishes the
T. calvus from the T. niger (to which alone it can be compared)
is the entire baldness of the head, which was seen in the four
specimens killed, both male and female ; the very young are not
bald, but the hair on the head is very thin.

The T. niger has also a very black face, but the young is of a
darker flesh-color than the young T. calvus. The T. niger is
rare in the countries which I have explored, with the exception
of the Gaboon, Moonda, and Muni rivers, where it is more
abundant than south of the equator, where I have been ; I killed
but one, near Cape Lopez ; I saw another which had been killed
by the natives in the Camma country, which presented the same
external characters as the one I killed at. Cape Lopez.

The natives of the Camma country call the T. niger ''^ Nschie-
go^" and the T. calvus " Nscliiego Mbouve,'^ the latter meaning
something like another tribe of the Nschiego. The Mpongwe
called the T. niger Nschiego, or the N'chego of Dr. Franquet.
The T. calvus builds a shelter made with the branches of trees,
elevated generally from twenty to thirty feet ; they tie together,
with wild vines the branches they have collected, and there is
below the shelter (which has the shape of an umbrella) a hori-
zontal branch on which they rest ; this horizontal branch is
always the first from the ground. The male lives under one
shelter, and the female under another, on a neighboring tree.

I am aware that Dr. Franquet, of the French navy, who
resided at the Gaboon River, mentioned in a letter, dated Brest,
December 1, 1852, addressed to M. Is. Geoffrey St. Ililaire,
(and published in the Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle,
tome X., livraisons 1 and 2,) that there are three species of an-
thropoid apes in Western Africa. The following are extracts
from this letter : (p. 93,) " At Gaboon I saw a number of
chimpanzees, all coming from the peninsula between the rivers

298

Moonda on the nortli and Gaboon on the south ; not one T. niger
came (as far as I could ascertain) from the left bank of the
Gaboon, i. e. from the locality whence are obtained the gorillas
and the nschiego." * * * p. 94, " The Mpongwes, or the
natives of Gaboon, call the gorilla N'gena (and not Enge-ena),
while they give the name of N'tchego (and not Enge-eko) to an
ape smaller than that whose adult skeleton I sent to the Museum ;
I do not know what name they give to the chimpanzee ; suppos-
ing (which is little probable) that they call also the chimpanzee
N'tchego, w'ould this show that they confound under this name
two species ? I think not. I believe there are on the coast of
Africa three distinct species of anthropoid apes : 1. the chim-
panzee {T. niger, G. St. Hilaire), with a naked, flesh-colored
face, ears large and red, the hair black and thin, &c. &c.," — 2. the
gorilla, which he describes, — " and 3. the N'tchego," which he
aoes on to describe as follows : " It has a black face and small
ears like the gorilla, and the hair is shorter and darker colored ;
it never attains the size of the gorilla, and never has the reddish
streak which has been mentioned ; the antero-superior crest of
the adult cranium is barely, if at all, visible. The muzzle is less
prominent than in the gorilla, giving to the face a more human
expression than in any other ape. I do not remember all the
minor differences of anatomical detail, but only the striking char-
acters which could not escape the least attentive observer. The
N'tchego is no more the gorilla, than is the latter the chimpan-
zee ; on this I insist, as I believe I am the first to advance the
opinion that there are three anthropoid apes on the Africaa
coast."

After a careful examination of this letter, I am forced to the
conclusion that the N'tchego of Dr. Franquet is nothing but the
adult chimpanzee {T. niger). The chimpanzee is found north
and south of the equator, and consequently north and south of
Gaboon, and near Loango becomes very abundant ; it may be
said to occupy almost the whole range of the western coast of
Africa, between the tropics.

Dr. Franquet speaks of the chimpanzee {T. niger of Geoffrey
St. Hilaire) as having the face flesh-colored. This color belongs
incontestably to the young chimpanzee, for the old ones, and
even those that are not quite full grown, have a black face ; this,

299

I think, accounts for the error made by Dr. Franquct, that he
had seen a different species. I have killed an old chimpanzee at
Cape Lopez (of which I have the specimen) whose face was
entirely black, and whose head was covered with hair ; and I
saw another one that had been killed by the natives in the
Camma country presenting exactly the same appearance as the
first ; consequently I am led to the conclusion that the third
species of Dr. Franquet is not the 7^. calvus, for he would not
have forgotten to mention, and certainly would have observed,
the entire baldness of the head, which is the most strikins: feature
of the animal. The 7\ calviis also has large ears, like those of
the T. niger. The T. calims I have thus far found in the inte-
rior, south of Cape Lopez, but I suppose it has a wider geograph-
ical range.

2. Tragelapiius albo-virgatus, (Du Chaillu,) sp. nov.

This large bovine antelope is found in the Ashankolo Mountains,
CO miles south of the equator and 140 miles from the coast; it
probably belongs to the genus Tragelaphus ; it is called " Bongo "
by the natives.

Description of a male, the smallest seen in a herd of eight.
General color bright orange rufous ; chestnut patch between
horns and eyes, extending two inches below the eyes, with
rounded edge in front. Below this a white crescent an inch
wide, divided in the middle by a dark brown stripe wdiich ex-
tends in the median line to the muffle. Sides of the face below,,
light w^ood-brown, shading into yellowish rufous on the cheeks to
just beyond the eyes. On the cheeks, below the eyes, a white
patch divided into two lobes, of which the upper is about 2^
inches long, and the lower 1^- inches. Muffle black and bare,
with a few long bristles on each side of the nostrils ; the upper
lip white and hairy, except a narrow space on the median line ;
tear-bag not distinct, but in its place a bare space, — in this respect
diverging from the typical species of Tragelaphus, and coming
near the genus Oreas. Under lip white; throat with longer,
shining black hair, for about a foot in length and 3^ inches
in width in the middle, diminishing in a rounded point above and
below ; the white spots on the cheeks extending to the edge of
this gular spot. Ears ox-like, rufous, and lined on the inside

300

with long white hair. Neck, above and below, bright rufous, with
a white crescent at the lower part, sixteen inches in its trans-
verse extent, two inches wide in the middle, and diminishing to a
point at each end. A median line on the neck above with dark
rufous hair, slightly elongated, and whorled at the lower part, the
hair very slightly longer and pointing upward. Below the
whorl for four inches and to first dorsal stripe, thin, long, dark
rufous hair mixed with a few black ones, two inches long, not
erect. Back with a very narrow white median line from between
the first dorsal stripes, or the middle of the shoulders, to witliin
three inches of the tail, mixed with a few dark hairs at its upper
portion. From the median line extend, on the right, fourteen white
stripes, and on the left fifteen, extending on both sides to within
three inches of the median line of the abdomen ; stripes about
half an inch in width, the first one over the fore legs, and that of
one side meeting the other ; below this seven stripes on the left
and six on the right, irregular, not opposite each other ; below
these again opposite each other to the last ; the last stripe but one
running down to the upper part of the hind-legs, and the last
extending down the back of the nates. Tail rounded, sixteen
inches long, thinly covered with rufous hair of the general color
of the body, ending in a tuft of longer hair of somewhat darker
rufous. From between the fore-legs to lower third of the abdo-
men on the median line, a patch of soft hair of purplish brown
color, four inches in its greatest width on either side ; on the
lower third of the abdomen, and between the hind-legs, the skin
is bare of hair, and of milk-white color, extending between the
legs, growing narrower to the anus.

Fore-legs : upper part in front bright rufous, ending in a ring
behind. The front of the fore-leg below, blackish, mixed with
rufous extending to false hoofs, then interrupted by a white spot
an inch wide, and then again narrowly encircling the hoofs. The
posterior part of the fore-leg white, with the exception of the
rufous ring on the forearm and another on the middle of the
metatarsus, the latter of a darker color extending on the median
line quite to the true hoofs. Hind legs rufous behind and
blackish between the false and true hoofs, anterior surface white,
with a rufous ring just above the knee, and another ring mixed
with black at the point of the false hoofs; just. above the true

301

hoof a narrow ring of dark encircling the limb at this point.
False hoofs small, and, with the true hoofs, black ; width of the
lioof two and a half inches.

Horns sublyrate, ringed at the lower portion, and spirally
twisted, keeled below, and ridged externally. Space between the
liorns at their origin two inches ; at the tip six inches ; greatest
width, measured from the outside, twelve and three fourths inches ;
length of the horn in a straight line sixteen inches ; along the
curve outside nineteen inches. Horns black, upper three inches
yellow horn-color, smooth, polished, and very pointed.

The animal equals in size the largest antelopes, and is cer-
tainly the handsomest yet discovered ; it is graceful, though
somewhat heavy, and is exceedingly shy ; it is also considered
by the natives very rare. It is found about the head waters of
the Fernand-Vaz, in the immense forests of the interior ; it does
not occur on the maritime plains or flat country between the
table-land and the sea. In coloration it somewhat resembles the
T. euryceros, Gray.

3. PoTAMOCHCERUs ALBiFKONS, (Du Chaillu,) sp. nov.

Description of an adult male. Ground color bright red bay.
Head white ; a triangular black space, the base between the ears
and ending in a point on the median line, about three inches
below the eyes. Face elongated, with a black, warty protuberance
on each side half-way between the nose and eyes, and in front a
circular black line extending nearly to the angle of the mouth ;
nose black ; round the eyes long black bristles ; eyes surrounded
by a white line three fourths of an inch wide, of the general
color of the head interrupted by bay opposite the ears ; from the
ears a black stripe mixed with rufous hair coming down the
cheeks ; whiskers long, white at the base and reddish at the end,
forming a whitish stripe behind the black stripe of the cheeks ;
ears elongated, suddenly tapering and ending in a long pencil of
hair of whitish color mixed with black ; borders of the ears
black. Median line a narrow white stripe, ending at the root of
the tail, the lower hair long and mixed with black. Under the
jaw whitish, with a few scattered black hairs ; at the angle of the
mouth a black band encircling the jaws. Fore-legs in front
black mixed with rufous ; behind of the general color of the

302

body. Hind-legs : black ring round the heels ; metatarsus black
in front. False hoofs large and long. Tail straight and long,
of the general color of the body, and ending in a tuft of black
hair. From the tip of the nose to between the eyes, 10 in. From
nose to between the ears, 15 in. From point of the nose to root
of the tail, 50 in. From the root to the end of the tail, 19 in.
Length of the tuft, 4 in. Length of the ears measured in front,
7^ in. Ears with the pencil, 12^ in.

This species is different from the P. jyejiicillafus, (see Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1852, page 129).
The most striking difference is in tlie color of the head ; this in
the latter being black, but white in this species ; in the latter the
tail is black, while in this it is red and tufted with black hair at
the end.

The P. albifrons is found in all the countries I have explored,
in the interior and in the high table-lands, and is very abundant
between Cape Lopez and Cape St. Catherine, and on the head
waters of the Fernand-Yaz River.

4. Genetta Fieldiana, (Du Chaillu,) sp. nov.

Description of an adult male. Ground yellowish gray ; body
covered with brownish black spots. Top of the head rufous,*
mixed with gray, running to a sharp point a little below the eyes ;
whiskers long and white, some of them brown at the base, and
some of the shorter ones entirely brown ; ears cinereous with
dark hair at the base ; cheeks cinereous mixed with rufous ; four
dark spots, somewhat in a circle, an inch beyond the angle of the
mouth, just under the ears ; circle round the eyes dark brown,
under it a white spot running toward the nose ; sides and front
of the nose white ; chin and throat cinereous. On the neck above,
behind the ears, two longitudinal bands, brownish black mixed
with a little rufous, running backward and outward over the
shoulders behind the fore limbs; between these an indistinct
median band of the same color, soon becoming double and diverg-
ing;, and between the shoulders dividing into five longitudinal
bands, of which the median is continuous to the base of the tail,
increasing gradually in width ; the two laterals on each side
broken up into five or six smaller longitudinal spots ; on the
flanks a row of seven or eight spots of the same blackish brown

oUo

color. All the lower parts from the throat cinereous white,
tinged with yellow on the abdomen ; on the uj)|)er part of the
breast a few indistinct pale j)urplish spots. Fore-legs cine-
reous, tinged lightly with brownish yellow, with a few purjdish
brown spots on the outside extending to the feet. Hind-legs:
thighs marked like the back, but with spots more rounded and
smaller ; inside of the hind-legs unspotted, with a light brown
tinge ; about genito-urinary organs whitish. Tail well devel-
oped ; with seven dark brownish black rings, the first incomplete
below and the last indistinct ; the last five inches dark brownish
black ; above and below six gray rings, lighter underneath ; the
last ring not well marked. Length, 21^ in. Length of tail, 20
in. From the muzzle to the middle of the ears, 3^ in. From
the muzzle to the eyes, 1^ in.

This species differs from the G. Poensis (Waterhouse.) The
latter has dark brown legs ; the fore limbs of this new species
are also spotted in front, and the tail is almost of the same length
as the body. It differs also from the G. servalinn, (Pucheran,)
which has no median stripe, and is also of a more brownish color,
the legs being also blackish.

I propose for this species the name of Genetta Fieldiana^ in
honor of our distinguished fellow-citizen, Cyrus W. Field, as a
token of friendship. This beautiful and rare species inhabits the
country of the interior south of the equator.

5. Anomalurus Beldeni, (Du Chaillii,) sp. nov.

General color above, including the flying membranes, a mixed
black and yellowish cinereous, arising from each hair being black
at the base and tipped with yellowish or rufous white. On the
back the hair is tipped with bright rufous, which gives a rufous
tinge from behind the ears to the lower third of the body on the
median portion to the commencement of the membranes. Whole
head above hoary, mixed with light brown ; sides of the head, to
behind the ears, brownish black, darkest behind the ears and
lightest about the nose. Under throat lighter brownish black
mixed Avith light cinereous, gradually shading into the dirty
yellowish white of the upper parts ; a light yellowish cinereous
spot under the ears. Abdomen dirty yellowish white ; under
surface of membranes scantily covered with light yellowish brown

304

hair. Outside of limbs blackish brown, more or less mixed with
hoary ; inside of limbs below the membranes lighter. Upper part
of tail above and sides like the lower back, but mixed with more
yellowish white ; rest of tail black, the hair gradually increasing
to a tuft at the end ; shape of the tail rounded. Teeth large and
narrow, deep orange yellow ; whiskers black, and about four inches
long ; ears long, rather pointed and bare, surrounded at the base
with long brownish black hair ; claws curved apd sharp, four on
the fore and five on the hind feet, covered above, especially on
the hind feet, with long jet-black stiff hair. Extending from the
root of the tail below, for about three inches and a half, sixteen
scales of a pale horn-color, arranged in two longitudinal series
alternating with each other, and decreasing in size downward ;
the scales sharp-pointed and prominent. Length from tip of the
nose to root of tail, 15 in. Length of the tail, 11 in. Length
from the tip of the nose to base of the ears, 2 j in. Length from
the tip of nose to the eyes, 1^ in. Length of the horny part un-
der the tail, 3^ in.

This animal is nocturnal, and inhabits the forests, and is con-
sequently exceedingly difficult to get ; during the day they stay
on the branches of dead trees, surrounded by a great number of
dead vines. This is the only specimen 1 met with.

I propose for this new species the name of Anomalurus Bel-
deni, in honor of George Mortimer Belden, Esq., as a token of
friendship from one who remembered him often while in the
wilds of equatorial Africa.

The chief peculiarity of this species is the two distinct colors
of the tail which ends in a tuft.

This makes four species of Anomalurus, which are these :

A. Fraseri (Waterhouse).
A. Pelii (Temminck).
A. Beecrofti (Eraser).
A, Beldeni (Du Chaillu.)

305

Dr. C. T. Jackson presented the following analysis
of the juice of the leaf-stalks of the garden Rhubarb
( Rheum rhaponticum).

The leaf-stalks, by pressure, yield 90 per cent, of clear juice,
and 10 per cent, of cellulose and fibrous matter. 1000 grains of
the filtered juice, on evaporation, yield 31 grains of solid extract ;
this, burned, leaves 3.3 grains of ashes, or the saline matters of the
plant converted mostly into carbonates of the alkali and lime.

The ashes, analyzed, yielded

Potash 1.717

Phosphate of lime 0.350

Lime 0.002

Carbonic acid ...... 1.200

Q

269

1000 grains of the filtered juice, analyzed for the acids, saccha-
rine matter, and mucilage, gave

Oxalic acid ....... 3.53

Malic acid . . . . . . . 7.30

Glucose or grape sugar . . . . 9.63

Mucilage . . . . . . . 3.30

23.76

The oxalic acid is combined with potash as the binoxalate of
potassa, but there is a slight excess of acid over the quantity re-
quired for the base. The malic acid, with the exception of the
small proportion required for saturation of xtn^tr grains of lime, is
in a free state.

It has long been known that the juice of the rhubarb stalks is
the best source from which we can obtain malic acid. This juice
has been employed to make an imitation of Champagne wine, but
the absence of cream of tartar renders it unfit for that purpose,
and the so-called wine is more like cider, the malic being the
characteristic acid present.

Dr. T. M. Brewer presented the following list of the

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. VII. 20 AUGUST, 1860.

306

birds of Cuba, compiled from two lists furnished by Dr.
John Gundlach, of Havana.

One of these, bearing date of October, 1855, contained
a list of all that had been observed up to that time,
whether visitants or residents ; the other, written in Feb-
ruary, 1860, gives only the birds known to breed in the
island. These would probably have been more complete,
if the list of 1860 had not been restricted to resident birds,
but had also referred to migratory visitants. In a few
instances, where the species has been ascertained to be
different from Dr. Gundlach's supposition, he has taken
the liberty to change the nomenclature. The list com-
prises 251 birds.

* Birds, the eggs of which have been obtained.
t Birds, the nest or young of which have been obtained.
I Birds resident on the island throughout the year, but whose
breeding on the island is inferred.

* Cathartes aura, lllig.
Falco anatum, Bon.
Hypotriorchis columbarius, L.

{* Tinnunculus sparverius, L.
* V " sparveroides, Vtg.

* V " Dominicensis, Bris.

Accipiter fuscus, Gmel.
t ? " fringilloides, Vig.
t " Cgoperii, Bon.

I " pileatus, Pr. Jfax.

\ " Mexicanus, Sw.

t Buteo borealis, Gmel.
t " Pennsylvanicus, Wils.

Nauclerus furcatus, L.
I Rostrhamus sociabilis, VieilL
J " haraatus, llUff.

Cymindis uncinatus, lllig.
Circus Hudsonicus, L.
X EegerhinuslWilsonii, Cass.
X Fandion Cai^olinensis, Bon.
r * Polyborui cheriway, Jacq.
vulgaris, Wils.
tharus, Molina.
Brasiliensis, L.

* Hypomorphi\s Gundlaclii, Cab.

* Strix furcata^ Temm.

1*
u

%■ Otus siguapa, Orb.

Brachyotus Cassinii, Breicer.

* Ephialtes nudipes, Daud.

* Glaucidium Sijii, Orb.

* Chordeiles Gundlachi, Lawrence.

* Antroslomus vociferusV Wils.

* Tachornis gradii, Lemb.
Hiruudo rufa, Gmel.

* Petrofchelidon fulva, Vieill.

" bi color, Vieill.

* Progn'e purpux'ea, Boie.
Cotyle riparia, L.

t Cypselus collaris, Pr. Max.
t " niger, Gmel.

Ceryle alcyon, L.

Mellisaga colubris, L.

* Arbeloi'hina cyanea, L.

* Chlorestes Ricordii, Gmel.

X Orthorhynchus Helense, Gundl.
Culicivora caerulea, Bon.

* " Lembeyii, Gundl.
Enicocichla aurocapillus, Lath.

" major, Cab.

X " Noveboracensis, Gundl.

Miiiotilta varia, L.
Sylvicola coronata, Lath.

307

Sylvicola striata, Lath.
" pensilis, Lath.
" virens, Lath.
" maritiraa, Wils.

* " restiva, (Imel.

" petechia, Lath.

" Americana, Lath.

" Canadensis, L.

" maculosa, Lath.

" discolor, Vieill.
X " pityopbila, Gundl. .

Helenaia verraivora. Lath.

" chrysoptei*a, L.

" Baclimani, Aud.

" peregrina, TFiYs.
Trichas Marilandica, Bris.

* Galeoscoptes rubripes, Temm.
Tardus mustelinus, Gmel.

" Wilsoni, Bon.
" Swainsoni, Ca6.

* Mimus polyglottus, L.

X " Gundlachi, Cab.

" Carolinensis, Licht.
t Myiadestes Elizabeth, Xem6.
t Melittarcbus magnirostris, Cab.

* " Dominicensis, Bris.

* Tyrannus caudifasciatus. Orb.

" intrepidus, FietVZ.

" crinitus, L.

* Myiarchus stolidus, Gosse.

" Lembeyii, Gundl.

" virens, 6^?«eZ.

" pusilla, Sw.

* Blacicus Caribaeus, Orfi.
Setophaga ruticilla, L.

" mitrata, L.

" formosa, PFiiYs.

Vireo flavifrons, Vieill.
" solitarius, FteiV?.
" Noveboracensis, Gmel.

* " Gundlachi, Lemb.
" olivaceus, L.

* Phyllomanes barbatulus, Cix&.

* " altiloquus, Vieill.

* Teretistris Fernandinse, Le7nb.

* " Fornsi, Gundl.
Bombycilla Carolinensis, Bns.

t Todus Portoricensis, Less.

* " multicolor, Gould.

* Corvus nasicus, Temm.
t " minutus, Gundl.

* Sturnella hippocrepis, Wagl.

* Calcophancs baritus, L.

* Scolecophagus atroviolaceus. Orb.

* Xanthornus Dominicensis, L.
Yphantes Baltimore, L.

« Bullockii, Sio.

* Agelaius assimilis, Gundl.

* " humeralis, Vig.
Dolichonyx orizivorus, L.
Guiraca Ludoviciana, L.

" cajrulea, L.
Pj-ranga oestiva, Geml.
" rubra, L.
t Spindalis Prctrei, Less.
Spiza ciris, L.

" cyanea, L.
Coturniculus passerinus, Wils.
Passerculus Savanna, Wils.
Emberiza pallida, Aud.

* Euethia lepida, L.

* " canora, Gmel.

* jMelopyrrha nigra,

X Macrocercus tricolor, Vieill.
t Conurus Guyanensis, L.

* Chrysotis leucocephalus, L.
Picus varius, L.

X Campephilus principalis, L.

* Chloronerpes percussus, Temm.

* Centurus superciliaris, Temm.

* Colaptes auratus, L.

* " chrysocaulosus, Gundl.
t " Fernandinse, Vig.

* Saurothera Merlini, Orb.

t Coccyzus Americanus, L.

" erythrophthalmus, lllls.
" seuiculus, Lath.

* Crotophaga ani, L.

. * Priotelus temnurus, Temm.

* Chloroenas inornata, Temm.

* Patagioenas leucocephala, L.

* " Corensis, Gmel.

* Starncenas cyanocephala, L.

* Geotrygon Martinica, L.

* " montana, L.

* " caniceps, Gundl.

* Chamsepelia passerina, L.

* Zenaida amabilis, Bon.

* Perissura Carolinensis, L.

* Ortyx Cubanensis, Gould.

* Gallinula galeata, P?'. Max.
Porphyrio Martinica, L.

* Fulica Americana, Gmel.
Ortygometra Carolina, Bon.

308

Ortygometra Jamaicensis, Steph.

* Rallus elegans, Aud.

* " crepitans, Lath.
X " minutus, Gundl.

" Virginianus, L.
" variegatus, Gmel.
t Aramus guarauna, Illig.

* Parra jacana, L.

* Grus Canadensis, L.

* "' poliophtea, Wagl.
Charadrius helveticus, Gmel.

" marmoratus, Wagl.

* " vociferus, L.

* " Wilsonius, Ord.
" semipalmatus,

* " melodus, Or'd.
Hsematopus palliatus, Temm.
Strepsilas interpres, L.
Calidris arenaria, L.
Tringoides Bartramius, Wils.

" macularia, L.

Tringa rufescens, Vieill.
" pectoralis, Bon.
" Schinzii, Brehm.
'* pusilla, Wils.
" himantopus, Bon.
Hemipalama semipalmata, Wils.

" minor, Gundl.

Totanus chloropygius, Vieill.
" flavipes, Lath.
" vociferus, Wils.
Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Lath.

" speculiferus, Cuv.

Limosa fedoa, L.
Numenius longirostris, Wils.
Gallinago Wilsoni, Temm.
Limnodroraus Noveboracensis, Gmel.
Eecurvirostra Americana, L.

* Himantopus nigricollis, Vieill.
t Tantalus loculator, L.

* Eudocimus albus, L.

X Falcinellus Ordii, Bon.
t Platalea ajaja, L.

* Nycticorax Gardeni, Jard.

* " violaceus, L.
Botaurus lentiginosus, Sw.

* Ardea herodias, L.

X Herodias occidentalis, Aud.

* Herodias Pealii, Bon.

t *' rufescens, Bon.

* " egretta, Gmel.

* " candidissima, Gmel.

* " Ludoviciana, Wils.

* " cserulea, L.
Ocniscus virescens, L.

" brunnescens, Gundl.
X Ardetta exilis, L.

* Plioenicopterus ruber, L.
Anser hyperboreus, L.

" Gambeli, Hartlauh.

* Dendrocygnus arborea, L.
X " viduata,

t " sponsa, Sw.

t " . spinosa.

Mareca Americana, Lath.

Dafila acuta, L.

Anas boschas, L.

Querquedula Carolinensis, L.

Pterocyanea discoi-s, L.

" cyanoptera, Vieill.

Ehynchaspis clypeata, L.

Fuligula rufitorques, Bon.
" marila, L.

Clangula albeola, />.

Nyroca valisneria, Wils.

Mergus cucullatus, L.

* Phalacrocorax Floridanus, Aud.

f " ^Mexicanus, Brandt.

* Plotus anhinga, L.
t Fregata aquila, L.

* Pelecanus fuscus, L.

t Sula fusca, Vieill. ^

* Larus atricilla, L.

" marinus, L.

" argentatus, Briss.
t Sylochelidon Cayennensis, Gmel.
t Thalasseus acuflaridus, Cahot.
t Gelochelidon aranea, Wils.
X Hydrochelidon Surinam, Gmel.

* " fuliginosa, Gmel.

* Sternula frenata, Gould.

* Anous stolidus, L.

* Sylbeocyclus Carolinensis, Lath.

* " Dominicus.

I Phaeton flavirostris, Brandt.

Dr. Brewer also presented a paper by M. F. Germain,
of Santiago, entitled, " Notes upon the Mode and Place

309

of Nidification of some of the Birds of Chili," as fol-
lows : —

1. Pontoa'etus melanoleucus, vulg. Aguila, builds a nest some-
times on the top of an old tree at the foot of a steep rock, but
more frequently upon the most inaccessible part of the rock itself.
It lays two eggs, generally in September and October. It does
not defend its nest.

2. Polyhorus tharus, vulg. Traro, builds its nest on the
top of large trees in plains and wooded ravines. The time
of laying extends from July to November. It lays two or
three eggs.

. 3. Milvago chimango^ vulg. Tinque, conceals its nest among the
branches of trees of medium size. It prefers damp places, and
lays from two to four eggs. The time of laying is from October
to November.

4. Buteo erythronotus, vulg. Aguilucho, lays two eggs. It places
its nest in the cavity of a rock or on the top of a gigantic tree.
It builds in October and November, and seems to prefer ravines
which border upon the sea.

5. Graxirex unicinctus, vulg. Peuco, lays two or three eggs. It
conceals its nest in the top of bushy trees. The time of the
laying extends from September to March.

6. Falco sparverius, vulg. Cernicalo^ lays in October or No-
vember four or five eggs, which it conceals in hollow trees. I
have never found one of their nests built in the branches.

7. Glaucidium nanum, vulg. Chuncho, lays two eggs in the
hollows of trees. The time of laying extends from September
into November.

8. Strix perlata, vulg. Lechuza, lays sometime during No-
vember from three to five eggs in a hollow tree, or in the cavities
of the cliffs which border most of the rivers of Chili.

9. Stenopsis parvulus, vulg. Gallina ciega, lays in November
two eggs, which it deposits on the ground, without any trace of a
nest ; it chooses solitary and waste places covered with scanty
vegetation.

10. Cypselus leucopygius, vulg. Golondrina, lays from Septem-
ber into December three or four eggs, in a nest poorly con-
structed, consisting almost entirely of a heap of feathers, which

310

it places sometimes under the tiles of roofings, sometimes in the

hollow of a tree.

11. Synallaxis cegythaloides, vulg. Colilarga pingueridita, lays
in October or November from two to four eggs, in a nest badly
constructed, composed of straws and feathers, which it places
sometimes in the hollow of a tree, sometimes in the thatch which
covers the huts of the peasants.

12. Synallaxis dorso-maculata, vulg. Trahajador, lays in Sep-
tember or October three or four eggs, in a nest skilfully made,
which it attaches to the reeds and rushes of the marshes of the
province of Santiago.

13. Synallaxis sordida, vulg. Canastero, lays in September and
October two or four eggs, in a nest skilfully constructed, which it
places from three to six feet from the ground, in lonely places
which are covered with low and thorny shrubbery, sometimes
even on the Cereus quisco. This nest, a foot in length, is cylin-
drical, and composed entirely of little thorny branches. The
opening is in the side near the top, and forms a passage in the
upper part, which conducts to the lower part, which alone is pro-
vided with feathers to receive the young.

14. Cinclodes nigrofumosus^ vulg. MoUnera, lays in the hollows
of the cliffs on the borders of streams. It collects water-plants
and builds of them a rude nest, on which it deposits two or three
eggs. The time of laying embraces the months of October and
November.

15. Troglodytes platensis, vulg. Chercan, builds a large nest of
pieces of wood, straw, thread, wool, and feathers. This nest,
badly made and badly fastened, is not durable. It is placed in-
discriminately in the holes of trees, or of cliffs, in old walls, and
even under the tiles of houses ; it lays from September to No-
vember from three to six eggs.

16. Scytalopus fusciis, vulg. Churrin, lays in October or No-
vember two eggs, in a nest rather badly made, which it conceals
under brushwood in the vegetable detritus, and which it ap-
proaches through a gallery or corridor, made in the same mate-
rials in which the nest is placed. The solitary and wild habits
of this bird make it not only difficult to find its nest, but even to
see it or to shoot it.

17. Cyanotis omnicolor, vulg. Sietecolor. This pretty little

311

bird suspends its nest from the rushes in the swamps of the
province of Santiago, and lays from two to four eggs in the
months of September and October.

18. Pteroptochus albicoUis, vulg. Tapaculo, lays m October and
November two eggs, in a badly-made nest, which it places in the
holes of cliffs, or oftener in the empty galleries of the Octodon
Cumingii.

19. Miiscisaxicola nigra, \u\g. Colegial, pellejo del homo, lays
in October and November from three to four eggs, in a pretty
little nest, which it builds upon the ground, principally in barren
and pebbly places bordering on rivers.

20. Munus thenca, vulg. Trenca or Tenca, lays in October or
November three or four eggs, in a well-built nest, made on the
outside of small branches and on the inside of straw and wool,
which it places a little above the ground on shrubs.

21. Agriornis lividus, vulg. Sortal mero, lays in October and
November two or four eggs, in a badly-made nest, placed in the
holes of cliffs.

22. Culicivora parvulus, vulg. Torito cachudito, lays from Sep-
tember to November from two to four eggs, in a small nest, which
it places in shrubbery, even in nettles, a few feet from the ground.

23. Tcenioptera pyropa, vulg. Diucon papamoscas, lays in Oc-
tober and November from three to four eggs, in a nest made of
pieces of wood, straw, and moss ; this is found sometimes in holes
on the edges of cliffs, sometimes on trees at the junction of the
branches, even at the height of from six to twelve feet.

24. Myiohius albiceps, vulg. Arriero, Chiflador, lays from
November to January from two to three eggs, in a pretty nest,
which it builds in the thick foliage of shrubs.

25. Leichenops erythropterus, vulg. Runrun, lays from two to
three eggs in a nest which it builds in the course of November,
and which it places on the ground in marshy and moist places.
I ought to rectify here an error in Mr. Gillis's work on Chili, in
regard to the female of this species, which is no other than his
L. erythroptervs. I am perfectly sure of this fact.

26. Turdus fuscater, vulg. Sorral, lays from October to No-
vember three or four eggs, in a nest constructed and lined with
moss, which it places a little above the ground in shrubs.

27. Agelaius theleus, vulg. Trile, lays in October three or four

312

eggs, in a well-made nest, which it often builds among grain,
sometimes on the ground, sometimes suspended to the stalks ;
but generally it places its nest in moist places, among aquatic
plants; at other times it is fastened to rushes, or the branches of
trees, which hang over the water.

28. Psarocolius Curceus, vulg. Tordo, lays in November three
or four eggs, in a nest made with earth, furnished outside with
thorns and inside with moss.

29. Sturnella militaris, vulg. Loica, lays three or four eggs, in
a badly-made nest, composed of weeds, always placed on. the
ground, and almost buried at the foot of plants.

30. Clorospiza alaudina, vulg. Didquita^ builds its nest in
September or October, and always places it on the ground at the
foot of shrubs, in mountainous and arid places. It lays three or
four eggs.

31. Phrygilus diuca, vulg. Diuca, lays from July to January
three or four eggs, in a large and well-made nest, which it places
near the ground in low bushes.

32. Zonotrichia matutina, vulg. Chincol, lays from September to
November two to four eggs, in a rudely-constructed nest, which
it places indifferently on the ground or a little elevated in bushes,
and sometimes in the hollows of trees or cavities in cliffs.

33. Grithagra hrevirostris, vulg. Ghirigue, lays in October
three or four eggs, in a slight nest, which it places in the grain-
fields or meadows, either on the ground or a little above it.

34. Phytotoma rara^ vulg. Rara, lays from September to No-
vember two or three eggs, in a well-made nest, furnished outside
with thorns and inside with moss and grasses. It places the nest
near the ground, in the thickest-leaved and most tufted bushes.

35. Picus lignarius, vulg. Carpintero, hollows its nest in the
branches of decayed trees, and lays two or four eggs, on the
bare wood, in October or November.

36. Columbina picui, vulg. TortoUta cuyana, lays in Septem-
ber or October, in hedges, two eggs, in a flat nest, badly made,
and composed of small branches.

37. Peristera auriculata, Zenaida aiirita,\n\g. Tortola, lays two
eggs in October, in a flat and simple nest, which it places a little
elevated, in the branches of trees in ravines.

38. Nothura perdicaria, vulg. Pei'diz, lays from August to

o

13

November six to ten eggs, in the grain-fields and other places
covered with grasses and a few shrubs. It does not make a
nest, but makes a slight hollow in the earth with its feet.

39. Vanellus Gayennensis, vulg. Gueltregue, lays from July to
November two to four eggs, in marshy places. It makes no
nest, but hollows out a kind of cup in the clods of earth which
are just above the water, and puts in it a few straws ; this con-
stitutes its nest.

40. Ardea egretta, vulg. Garza grande, unites in communities
to lay, sometimes upon rocks at the sea-shore, sometimes on the
trees in woody ravines, where it builds large nests with branches
and grasses. It lays from four to eight eggs from October to
November.

41. Nycticorax Gardenii, vulg. Guayraho, unites in companies
to nest. They build near together on the reeds, or on the bushes
which surround the marshes. Their nests consist of a heap of
bent rushes and little sticks of wood. They lay from three to
five eggs in October or November.

42. Himantopus nigricolUs, vulg. Perrito, lays in November
three or four eggs in the marshes. For this purpose it chooses
slight elevations, where it lays together a few dry grasses in the
form of a nest. It manifests much courage when one approaches
its nest.

43. Ihis melanopis, vulg. Bandurria, in the month of October
builds a rude nest in steep and rugged rocks, in which it deposits
from three to five eggs. In the provinces of the south, it chooses
for its nest the summits of dead, high, and inaccessible trees ; in
the north, it retires often for this purpose to the Cordilleras, to
the height of seven or eight thousand feet.

44. Falcinellus guarauna, vulg. Cuervo. These assemble in
numerous flocks for nesting, and lay from November to Decem-
ber four to six eggs in a nest of rushes, placed in the midst of

reeds.

45. GalUnago paraguia, vulg. Porotera, from July to Septem-
ber lays two eggs, which it deposits in a rude nest composed of
straw and dried grass, in swampy meadows.

46. Rhynchoea semicollaris, vulg. Abecassina, does not build a
nest, but lays in September and October two or three eggs in
marshes and inundated fields, depositing them on the mud or wet
grass.

314

47. Hcematopus palHatus, vulg. Tiratira, in October and Nov-
ember deposits two or three eggs on the sand near the borders of
the sea.

48. JRallus hicolor (ccesius, Spix ?), vulg. Siden, lays in Octo-
ber and November three or four eggs, which it deposits in a
badly-made nest, composed of grass, which it conceals among the
marshy plants.

49. Gallinula crasstrostris, vulg. SoUoIla, builds in October, on
the border of small streams, a rude nest, in which it deposits
three or four e^^^s.

50. Fulica Ghilensis, vulg. Tagua, builds in September and
October a large nest, composed of broken rushes heaped together,
which it places in inundated marshes in the midst of the reeds,
and there lays from four to eight eggs.

51. Podilymhus antarcticus, vulg. Picurid, builds on small
streams a flat, floating nest, composed of wet grass, in which it
lays in October and November three or four eggs.

52. Larus glaucodes, vulg. Caguil, {ChelU in Chiloe), assem-
bles in flocks, in the last of November or during December, to
lay their eggs. They retire for this purpose to lakes in the vicin-
ity of the sea-shore, or to the rivers in the south of Chili. They
build large floating nests, composed of grass and rushes, selecting
places covered with rushes. In these nests they deposit two or
three eggs.

53. Larus Dominicanus, vulg. Garrota, chooses for laying the
summits of inaccessible rocks on the sea-shore, and deposits tow-
ard the last of November and in December two or three eo-o^s,
on a rock or upon the grass, with hardly any appearance of a
nest.

54. Sterna aranea, vulg. Chibrillo, {Chiliuta in Chiloe), as-
sembles in flocks, in November and December, to lay their eggs,
and chooses for this sandy shores, depositing two or three eggs on
the ground, without building a nest.

55. Dajila Bahamensis, vulg. Pato jergon grande, \'<\ys from five
to eight eggs, from August to October. It chooses for its nest
half-dry marshes, the borders of streams, and even grain-fields.

56. Anas cristata, vulg. Pato juarjual, retires to lay in the
Cordilleras,, at the height of from six to eiofht thousand feet. It
chooses peat bogs and small swamps in which to build a simple
nest, wherein it deposits from four to six eggs.

315

57. Anasmelanocephala^wxXg, Pato rinconero ; 58. Mareca Chi-
loensis, vulg. Pato real ; 59. Querqiiedula cceruleata^ vulg. Pato
Colorado ; CO. Q. creccoides, \\.\V^. Pato j ergon cJiico ; 61. Q. versi-
color, vulg. Pato capuchino ; G2. Bhynchaspis macidatus, vulg.
Pato cuchara ; 63. Fuligula metopias, vulg. Pato negro : all lay-
in the marshes of the central provinces. They build their nests
from September to October, depositing from four to six eggs.
The nest is generally filled with down, and composed of rushes.

64. Microptei^us cinereus, vulg. Qvetru, retires to lay in the
islands of the archipelago of Chiloe ; it places its nest in the
wildest and most solitary spots, and furnishes it with a great
quantity of down ; it lays four or five eggs in December or the
last of November.

65. Cygnus nigricollis, vulg. Cisne, lays from four to six eggs
in rather a large nest ; the laying of the eggs takes place between
June and August, and the nest is placed among the reeds of the
marshes, lakes, and rivers of the republic.

C6. Graculus BrasUianus, vulg. Teco, {Cuervo in Chiloe),
chooses the rocks on the sea-coast, or trees which border certain
lakes or pools, to make its nest ; the laying takes place in October
and November ; for this they collect in great numbers, and make
large nests of marine or aquatic plants, (which at the end of sev-
eral days give forth an offensive smell), and deposit therein
three or four eggs.

67. Graculus cristatus, vulg. Lile (in Chiloe), Guamay (in
Conception), collects in fiocks to lay its eggs, and for this chooses
the inaccessible rocks of the archipelago of Chiloe, upon the sum-
mits of which, surrounded by water, they place all their nests,
near together, constructed of marine and decaying plants ; they
lay from two to four eggs in December.

68. Graculus Gainsardii, vulg. Sato Lirio, {Lile in Chiloe,)
lays in November. They choose for their nests the crevices of
rocks which rise perpendicularly from the sea, at the foot of which
the weaves dash ; they are made of marine and decaying plants.
The eggs are three or four.

69. Graculus Magellanicus, vulg. Lile, collects in flocks in
December, laying from two to four eggs. They choose the per-
pendicular rocks of the islands of the archipelago of Chiloe, and
in the steepest part they build a nest of marine and decaying
plants.

316

Besides these sixty-nine species, the eggs of about fifty others
can be procured, inhabitants of the Cordilleras, of the sea-coast,
or of some of the intermediate plains. But with all diligence it
is impossible to make a complete collection from so many different
points in the short space of a season ; and it will not answer for
this kind of collection, whose principal merit consists in authen-
ticity, to trust to the words of the natives. There exist a great
number of birds on the sea-coast and in the Cordilleras, whose
eggs probably will be procured another season. As, unfortunately,
the month of November is the time chosen by the greater part of
the species for hatching, a complete collection should not be ex-
pected until after three years of search. Some of the eggs, sent
in numbers, present quite a difference in form and color, and often
four or five varieties have been selected from more than fifty
specimens. The authenticity of all the eggs of this collection,
now in the cabinet of the Smithsonian Institution, may be de-
pended on, as they were personally collected by Mr. Germain,
up to December, 1859.

The Committee appointed at the last meeting to nom-
inate a candidate for the Curatorship of Conchology
reported the name of Mr. Nathan Farrand, of Boston ;
and he was unanimously elected.

Mr. Roswell Field, of Greenfield, Mass., made a verbal
communication on the footmarks of the Connecticut
river sandstones.

Several years ago he came to the conclusion that these tracks
were not made by birds, and this conclusion has been confirmed
by the examination of great numbers of specimens since. Though
some of them look like bird tracks, there is much negative evi-
dence that they are not so ; his opinion is that they were made by
four-footed animals, in most instances reptiles, and perhaps in a
few cases marsupial mammals like the kangaroo ; the 'tracks
frequently do not correspond to those of birds, and the marks of
small anterior feet and a dragging tail are often perfectly dis-
tinct. He believes Dr. Hitchcock has fallen into many errors in
considering the animals that made these tracks as birds, or even

317

bird-like. Why bones have not been more often discovered he
cannot explain ; the few specimens found are not those of birds,
though hollow, but reptilian (allied, as the President remarked,
to those of the pterodactyl).

Dr. Bryant, on again examining the humming-bird
called by him Trochilus Bahamensis, found that it pos-
sesses ten rectrices like the other members of the family.

The two central tail feathers are nearly covered by the upper
tail coverts, and are of the same bronze green color ; they are
much shorter than the rest, though not sufficiently so to be con-
sidered abnormal.

The President made some remarks on the anterior
and posterior symmetry of the limbs in man and animals,
showing that the arms and legs are to a certain extent
repetitions of each other.

Prof. Robert E. Rogers, of Philadelphia, was chosen a
Corresponding Member.

Drs. Francis P. Sprague and G. H. Nichols ; Messrs.
Nathaniel Bowditch and George H. Snelling, of Bos-
ton ; Rev. Joseph H. Allen, of Jamaica Plain ; and Mr.
Thomas S. Moore, of Cambridge ; were chosen Resident
Members.

June 20, 1860.

The President in- the Chair.

Prof. William B. Rogers made a Report upon the
Registering Thermometer of Dr. James Lewis, of Mo-
hawk, N. Y., the consideration of which had been re-
ferred to him at a former meeting.

318

In describing the construction and operation of the instrument,
he exhibited an enlarged drawing of the whole apparatus and its
several parts, together with specimens of the records as actually
made by it, and of the curves of mean temperature derived from
them, which had been furnished by the inventor.

The part of the instrument forming the thermometer proper
consists of a cylindrical bundle of iron and brass wires (No. 13),
about 15 inches in length, so arranged as to be equivalent to
about forty-five inches of iron wire antagonized by about an
equal length of brass wire. The bundle is composed of five
pairs, two of brass and three of iron, arranged alternately around
the centre, and a single wire of brass, equivalent in action to a
third pair of that metal, placed in the axis of the cylinder.

The upper end of the central wire, moved by the difference of
expansion of the two metals, operates upon the short arm of the
first of-a train of two levers, and through them upon the axle of a
pulley. To the grooved circumference of the larger wheel of
this pulley is attached a slender silk cord carrying the registering
'point designed to mark the temperature, and which, by the multi-
plying effect of the mechanism, is moved over a space three hun-
dred and twenty times as great as the differential expansion or
contraction of the wires.

The registering point, properly balanced by an attached weight,
and guided, in its vertical movements by two slender parallel rods,
is made to record the temperature on a fillet of j)aper moved by
a train of cylinders whose axes are parallel to the guide wires.
The record is impressed by the impulse of a hammer striking
upon the back of the registering point at regulated intervals, and
thus producing a series of small perforations in the paper, the
hammer and the fillet of paper both receiving their motion from
a train of clock-work of peculiar construction connected with the
apparatus.

The projecting shaft of the pulley carries an index, which,
revolving in front of a dial-plate placed over the pulley, enables
the observer to note the temperature as compared with the ordi-
nary thermometer, and to adjust the rod-thermometer to the stand-
ard whenever necessary. The adjustment is made by turning a
screw connected with the lower end of the central brass wire of
the thermometer. The latter instrument is on the outside of

319

the case which incloses the dic'il, registering apparatus, and clock.
By a peculiar arrangement of the clock-work, the hammer move-
ments, and therefore the times of registration, may be adjusted to
quarter-hour, half-hour, or hour intervals, and may be changed
from one to the other at the will of the observer.

As regards the performance of this very ingenious instrument,
Prof. Rogers had obtained many interesting facts from Dr.
Lewis, illustrating its great sensitiveness as compared with the
common mercurial thermometer, and showing the comparative
steadiness and accuracy of its registration within the small limits
of error due to the friction and thermal disturbances to which it
is exposed. The inventor, with laudable disinterestedness, asked
for a thorough scrutiny of the practical value of his contrivance.
While offering information to others, he was himself a severe
critic of its daily workings, and has been led* since its first con-
struction to introduce various modifications adapted to reduce
resistance, to exclude radiation, and otherwise to improve its
fidelity in appreciating and registering the changes of tempera-
ture. A somewhat longer experience may be needed to discover
all the peculiai'ities of action incident to the construction of the
instrument, and to give it the permanent reliability for minute
registration at which the inventor aims.

Looking to the general principle of the instrument, and to the
improvements thus far made in it, and relying on the faithful
observation, as well as the ingenuity of Dr. Lewis, for giving it
all the accuracy and permanent reliability of which it is capable,
Prof. Rogers felt it his duty to commend the registering
thermometer of Dr. Lewis to the Society, as an instrument
worthy the critical examination of men of science, and one which
promised to become a valuable help in meteorological observation.

Dr. A. A. Gould presented, in the name of Mr.

Charles A. White, a paper entitled " Observations upon

the Geology and Paleontology of Burlington, Iowa, and

its Vicinity." It will be published in full in the Journal
of the Society.

Prof. Rogers remarked on the importance of the
facts set forth in the paper of Mr. White, not merely as

320

giving greater precision to our knowledge of the interest-
ing locality to which they relate, and adding many new
forms to the catalogue of our paleozoic fossils, but as
helping to illustrate geological questions of wide appli-
cation and interest in the philosophy of the science.

The gradual passage from a Devonian to a carboniferous
fauna, previously noted in this locality by Prof. Hall, and
now so clearly exhibited by Mr. White, belongs to a class of
phenomena of which not a few examples have been brought to
light in other parts of the geological series, and of which many
more will doubtless be discovered in the progress of a criti-
cal and philosophical survey of fossiliferous deposits. Prof.
Kogers considered such a gradational change, or such a mingling
of races in successive formations, as but the natural result of the
accumulation of the strata during a long period of comparative
repose. He believed that the abrupt transitions so often observed
in passing from one geological formation to another were not, as
some maintain, an essential feature in the life-history of our
earth, but were the memorials of the disturbing and destroying
agencies to which its living races had been successively exposed.
These hostile influences have at no time been of equal intensity
over widely extended areas, but varying from region to region
have in some places arrested only in part the stream of living
descent, thus substituting for the abrupt transition which marks
the successive faunae of one district, the gentle gradations and
intermingling of forms presented by the corresponding deposits of
another.

Referring even to the limits of the great paleozoic divisions,
so often defined by sharp lines of separation, observation has
shown that in some localities the transition is so gradual as to
present no greater amount of change in fossil forms than occurs
in passing from one subordinate formation to the next. Hence
we find that the ablest European geologists are not agreed as to
the line of separation between the Silurian and Devonian, or be-
tween the latter and the carboniferous deposits of some of their
best-known districts, while recent observations in this country
and abroad have tended to obliterate the presumed line of demar-
cation between the carboniferous and overlying Permian strata,
wherever the transition beds are most completely developed.

321

As regards the passage from the Devonian to the Carbonif-
erous series, Prof. Rogers remarked that the observations of
Mr. White on the Burlington strata had their counterpart in
those of Griffith, Jukes, McCoy, and other Irish geologists, who
have been led to include in the lower Carboniferous series of Ire-
land a thick group of deposits which Murchison and others place
in the Devonian. Indeed, according to McCoy's determinations,
the carboniferous limestone of Ireland contains among its fossils
quite a number of forms identical with those of the Devonian
rocks, as well as many that belong also to the Upper Silurian.

These facts and considerations lend support to the view that
the changes of fossil faunae are more gradual in proportion to the
degree in which the successive deposits of a given period have
been preserved from destruction, and certainly favor the doctrine
of a gradational continuity in the succession of living races rather
than that of sudden underived creations.

Looking to the question of the equivalency in time of the
rocks described in Mr. White's paper with deposits in the eastern
and southeastern parts of the Appalachian basin, we are struck
with the enormous thickness of the several groups of strata in the
latter region, which find a representation, as to period, in the in-
considerable mass of calcareous and other beds, occupying, in
this western locality, the interval between rocks of unequivocally
Devonian and Carboniferous ages. In this part of the Appala-
chian area, the interval referred to includes not only the vast
thickness of red and variegated strata of the Ponent or Catskill
series, but in Pennsylvania and Virginia a great mass of con-
glomerate, sandstone, and shale, containing in some districts con-
siderable seams of coal, the whole attaining in places an aggre-
gate thickness of more than six thousand feet. This latter, or
Vespertine series, maintaining a position always below the shales
and limestones charged with Archimedes {Fenestelld) Pentremites,
and other carboniferous limestone fossils, and forming a lower
carboniferous group corresponding to that of Scotland and Nova
Scotia, may perhaps claim a place on the same time-level with
the portion of the Burlington group in which the carboniferous
forms have assumed predominance, or may extend in period as far
as the lower Archimedes or Keokuk limestone.

But all such attempts at synchronizing distant deposits must he

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 21 SEPTEMBER, 1860.

322

limited to a general and vague result. Even when corresponding
fossils would seem to mark a simultaneous origin, we must not
forget the large agency of migration, and the long lapse of years
which in many cases may have been required for the extension of
a living race into distant submarine settlements.

Prof. W. B. Rogers referred to some observations
communicated to him by Mr. L. W. Bailey, in relation
to an interesting locality of Diatomacese, at Oaklands,
North Providence. From an examination of the spot,
Mr. Bailey has furnished the following brief descrip-
tion : —

" The locality is a pond of several hundred feet in circum-
ference, in a natural basin somewhat enlarged, lying to the east-
ward of the dwelling of Mr. A. Eaton, on whose estate it is
situated, and who was the first, I believe, to notice the deposit.
Near the side of the pond are several constant springs running
into it, and in the vicinity of these we find a white, soft earth,
which, on examination, proves to be entirely composed of the
siliceous epiderms of Diatomaceae.

" It was late in the winter when the deposit was first pointed
out to me, and even at that inclement season I found living
Diatoms quite abundant in the pond, of the some character, for
the most part, as that of the fossil bed. At the present time,
(May,) the pond is very rich in specimens of all the forms repre-
sented in my drawings, besides many beautiful Desmideae, Con-
fervas, and Infusoria of every description.

" As to the extent of the deposit, I have been able to learn but
little, owing to the depth of the pond, the abrupt descent of its
bank, and the general swampy character of the ground. The
layer of Diatoms crops out distinctly at only one point, where it
is several feet thick ; but from various facts I should infer that
the deposit extends over a space much larger than the present
area of the pond. The surrounding field of ploughed land is filled,
at some distance from the pond, with small white and powdery
lumps, probably upturned by the plough, which, under the micro-
scope, are found to be made up entirely of the same forms as the
pond deposit.

323

" This locality seems to me an interesting one on account of the
large mass of the deposit and its remarkable exemption from
foreign matters, as well as the extraordinary size and distinctness
of most of the included forms. I hope from future examinations
to be able to present a more complete account of the locality, and
of its interesting microscopic remains."

Dr. A. A. Gould presented the following descriptions of
new shells collected by the United States North Pacific
Exploring Expedition : —

Terebratula transversa. T. reniformis, distorta, trans-
versa, tenuis, rufo-flavescens, punctata, costis radiantibus angu-
latis ornata ; valvis flexuosis, convexiusculis lateraliter angulatis ;
margine cardinali recto ; apice vix eminente ; foramine magno
interrupto ; apophysi libero, imprimis exili deinde aculeo diver-
gente munito, denique membranaceo et in laqueo recurvo pro-
tracto. Long. 6 ; diam. transv. 8 ; lat. 4 poll. Inhabits Hakodadi
Bay. W. S.

Like T. Grayi as to form, color, and sculpture; the internal
supports are much shorter, and the diverging processes and mem-
branous loop are also characteristic.

Terebratella miniata. T. magna, rhomboideo-ovalis, glo-
boso-lenticularis, punctata, striis incrementi solum insculpta, min-
iata ; valva ventrali ventricosa, sulco mediano modico fluctuata,
costa acuta mediana intus munita ; margine postico vix angulato ;
valva dorsali tectiformi, antice subtruncata, postice rostrata ; fo-
ramine modico, integro ; apophysi primo gracili, dein subito late
expanso et ad cristam medianam affixo, denique reflexo et la-
queam efformante. Diam. long, et transv. 1.5 poll. ; alt. ^ poll.
Inhabits Hakodadi Bay. W. S.

In size, form, and color much like T. rubra or Zelandica, but
less fan-shaped and entirely destitute of radiating furrows or ribs.
The surface is like T. lenticularis, but is proportionally shorter
and trilobately waved. It is, moreover, generically distinct by
the union of its apophyses with the central crest.

Rhynconella lucid a. T. subcircularis, tenuissima, lucida,
dilute cornea, valvis subaequalibus, ventricosis, impunctatis, sub

324

lente radiatim striata ; foramen integrum, parvum ; cardo ut in
Rhynconella ; apophyses ? Diameters about |- inch. Dredged off
Japan Coast, 30° 35' N., 130° 40' E., in 110 fathoms, sand, by
Capt. Stevens, of the " Hancock."

Might be taken for a small T. vitrea, but is very thin and
delicate, and further distinguished by its destitution of punctures.

DisciNA STELLA. T. parva, discoidea, plano-convexa, ten-
uis, ex apice vix eccentrico levigato demum radiatim striata ;
valva inferiori postice truncata, disco rimato cardiformi ; limbo
radiato, radiis filiformibus admodum articulatis ; margine ciliato.
Diam. \ poll, circiter. Adhering to shells dredged in the China
Sea. W. S.

A specimen in Mr. Cuming's collection is much larger.
Young specimens are quite destitute of radiating lines.

Trichotropis ellipsoid ea. T. parva, tenuis, ovata, albida,
liris quadratis (interspatiis clathratis) cincta ; anfr. 6 ventricosis ;
sutura canaliculata ; epidermide tenui, liris ciliatis : apertura
ovata, antice acute rostrata ; labro simplici, arcuato ; margine
columellari tenui, erecto; umbilico parvulo. Axis 10 milUm. ;
diam. 5 millim. Dredged in Hong Kong Bay. W. S.

Has the aspect of T. ineriiiis, as figured by Middendorff, but is
smaller, much more elongated, and the pillar and canal are quite
different.

Trichotropis (Iphinoe) coronata. T. ovato-rhomboidea,
turrita, tenuis, cinerea, epidermide fibroso ad carinam in fimbriam
cirrosam producto induta ; umbilico lato, profundo, acute margin-
ato ; anfr. 6-|- cito crescentibus, postice tabulatis, ad angulum cari-
natis : apertura ovato-triangularis, labro simplici ; columella recta,
antice vix reflexa, acuta, subcanaliculata : operculum ovatum,
corneum, apice terminali. Long. 25 millim. ; lat. 15 millim.
Hab. Arctic Ocean, Straits of Semiavine, 20 fathoms, mud.
W. S.

May, perhaps, be T. ctliata, Ki'uger, which I have not seen.
A very curious and elegant species.

RiNGicuLA denticulata. T. ovata, acuminata, solida,
lactea, striis confertis transversis (exilioribus interdum interveni-

325

entibus) insculpta; anfr. 5 ventricosis : apertura angusta ; labro
admodum incrassato intus denticulate, fere ad sinum siphonalem
interrupto ; plicis acutis, transversis ; callo modico, baud appresso ;
dente parietali modico. Axis 5 millim. ; diam. 3.5 millim. In-
habits Port Jackson, N. S. W. W. S.

The numerous striae, denticulate labium, and scantiness of
callus about the siphonal notch, mark this species.

RiNGicuLA DOLiARis. T. majuscula, tenuis, ventricosa, ovata,
albida; spira acuminata, anfr. 4 rotundatis, sulcis transversis
remotis insculptis, ultimo amplo ; sutura profunda : apertura
magna, labio angusto, baud incrassato, plicis columellas tenuibus,
acutis, plica parietali parva, tenui ; callo siphonali modico. Axis 5
millim. ; diam. 3-j- millim. Inhabits Hakodadi Bay, 6 fathoms,
sandy mud. W. S.

Peculiar from its thin lip and general want of callus.

RmGicuLA ARCTATA. T. solida, ovata, acuminata, alba ;
spirae anfr. 4-|- convexis, ultimo striis volventibus (10-12) in-
sculpto ; sutura profunda : apertura auriculata, labro incrassato,
intus tumido ; plicis ad columellam conspicuis ; dente parietali
robusto, usque ad angulum posticum aperturse protracto ; callo
labiali lato, sinum siphonalem transeunte. Axis 4; diam. 3
millim. Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor. W. S.

Allied to R. caron and propinqua^ but the sculptured lines are
much more crowded.

BucciNTJM Stimpsoni. T. magna, solidula, elongata, fusi-
formi-turrita, cinerea vel dilute ferruginea, epidermide calcarea
caduca incrustata, lineis tenuibus cincta ; anfr. 6 ad 8+ pyram-
idatis, pentagonalibus, ultimo antice excavato, costa cincto ubi
undae terminantur. Apertura dimidiam longitudinis testae ad-
aequans, anguste lunata; labro simplici; columella arcuata, cal-
losa ; fauce dilute castanea vel Uvida. Long. 100 ; diam. 45
mill. Habitat Arikamcheche Island, Behring's Straits. W. S.
Dredged in Arctic Ocean. Capt. Rodgers.

A quite remarkable species, allied to B. undatum, but at once
distinguished by its elongated form, and its pyramidal, pentago-
nal whorls with concave sides.

326

BucciNUM RoDGERSi. T. ovato-lanceolata, solidula, luteo-
cinerea crusta cretacea sub epidermide tenuissima induta, striis
exilissimis cincta ; anfr. 8 tumidulis spiram elongatam nunc un-
dulatam nunc sequam efformantibus, ultimo trientes duas long,
metiente et in rostram satis productam sensim contracto. Aper-
tura ovata dimidiam long, testse baud sequans, labro evaso, postice
sinuato ; columella callo bene induta ; fauce flavida vel livida.
Long. 55 ; diam. 25 millim. Inhabits Arikamcheche Island,
Behring's Straits. W. S. Common in 20-30 fathoms, muddy
gravel, Arctic Ocean, north of Behring's Straits. Capt. Rodgers.

Like B. undatum the varieties are very widely contrasted as
to the undulation of the surface, and but for the uniformly
slender growth and elongated beak might possibly have been
brought under that species.

Neptunea (s. g. Sipho) terebralis. T. elongata, ovato-
fusiformis, rufo-cornea, exteme cretacea longitudinaliter ordinatim
striata, costis et fossis sub^equalibus (anfr. spirse ad 8) cincta ;
anfr. 7-j- rotundatis superne tabulatis, ultimo trientem long, testae
adaequante. Apertura pyriformis, rostro modico, labro arcuato,
intus denticulis submarginalibus instructo et strigis rufis costis
respondentibus ornato. Axis 60 milUm. ; diam. 25 millim. In-
habits Arctic Ocean.

In general form, like N. Icelandiea excepting as to the angu-
larity of the posterior part of the whorls, but clearly distinguished
by the exterior ribs and grooves. The lip is broken, but there is
a specimen from Spitzbergen, in good condition, in Mr. Cum-
ing's collection, from which I have taken the character of the lip.

Neptunea arata. T. parva, ovato-fusiformis, solidula, rufo-
cinerascens, striis profundis incisa et striis increment! concinne
clathrata ; anfr. 5-|- ventricosis ad suturam declivibus, undulatis,
ultimo subvaricoso ; sutura exili. Apertura pyriformis, dimid-
iam long, testae adaequans, labro acuto, serrulato, intus denticulato ;
columella subperforata, callo rufo induta. Axis 23 milHm. ;
diam. 10 millim. Inhabits ?

Neptunea ^estuosa. T. ovata, solida, fulvo-cinerea, sulcis
angustis remotis cincta, et fluctibus obliquis ad 12 ornata ; anfr.

327

5-f- tumidis postice carinatis et apud fluctus subnodosis, versus
suturam declivibus. Apertura lunata, labro acuto intus sulcato ;
columella admodum excavata, ; rostro brevi valde recurvo. Axis
45 ; diam. 25 millim. Inhabits Kagosima. W. S.

EuTHRYA LACERTiNA. T. ovato-fusiformis, longitudinaliter
undulata et strigis rufis ornata, ad peripheriam pallide zonata;
anfr. 6 convexis prope suturam constrictis, et fills confertis cinctis.
Apertura dimidiam long, testae ada3quans, lunata, postice acuta ;
labro arcuato, crenulato, intus sulcato, sulcis fusco tinctis ; colu-
mella flexuosa ; rostro brevi, lato. Axis 25 millim. ; diam. 10
millim. Inhabits Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope. W. S.

Resembles Pisania U Orbignyi or P. maculosa ; but the fur-
rows within the lip, want of posterior callus, and shortness of
canal, as well as general form, distinguish it.

Pisania mollis. T. elongata, ovato-rhomboidea, subtenuis,
cinerea, epidermide duracino induta ; anfr. 6 convexis vix plica-
tis, posticis spiraliter filosis, fills antice liras duas efibrmantibus ;
anfr. ultimo f long, testae, liris antice ad 8 et liris numerosis
minoribus posticis cincto; sutura profunda. Apertura angusta,
ovata ; labro acuto denticulato ; fauce sulcata, livida ; columella
vix callosa ; rostro satis elongato. Axis. 22 millim. ; diam. 12
millim. Inhabits Simoda. W. S.

Fusus MODESTUS. T. parva, elongata, ovato-lanceolata, ru-
dis, fusco-cinerea, longitud. undulata (undis ad 15) et liris con-
spicuis ad 5, minoribus intervenientibus cincta ; striis incrementi
lamellosis ; anfr. 7 tumidulis. Apertura ovata dimidiam longit.
testae baud sequans; labro simplici intus subsulcato; fauce cas-
tanea. Axis 25 millim. ; diam. 6 millim. Inhabits Hakodadi,
in 10 fathoms, shelly sand. W. S.

Peristernia fenestrata. T. parva, fusiformis, flavido-
rubescens, liris exilibus confertis cincta, interspatiis concinne
clathratis, longitud. vix plicata, liris binis suturae propinquis ma-
joribus alveolas efibrmantibus ; anfr. 6 convexis, ultimo antice
constricto ; sutura profunda. Apertura ovata dimidiam longitud.
testae adaequans ; labro concinne crenato, intus sulcato ; columella

328

callo erecto antice induta ; rostro fere clause. Axis 13 millim. ;
diam. 6 millim. Inhabits Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope.
W. S.

Only a single specimen was found ; quite remarkable for the
contraction about the beak, and the embrasure-like pits near the
suture.

Peristernia inculta. T. parva, solida, fusiformis, rufa ;
anfr. 8 convexis ad suturam declivibus liris inaequalibus cinctis et
fluctibus ad 7 ornatis, ultimo vix dimidiam longitudinis aequante,
costa basali inconspicua in dentem ad labrum producta ; rostro
gracili contorto. Apertura rotundato-ovata ; labro crenulato intus
denticulato ; columella leviter plicata ; fauce lutea. Axis 25
millim.; diam. 12 millim. Inhabits ?

In the young stage, there is a long, delicate spine on the outer
lip, as in Leucozonia, which becomes obsolete with age.

SiSTRUM PARVULT7M. T. parva, ovato-rhomboidea, fusco-
cinerea, longitudinaliter ad 9-plicata et costis 5 nodulosis cincta ;
anfr. 5 angulatis, supernis erosis, costa unica nodulosa cinctis.
Apertura angusta, lunata, dimidiam longitudinis testae adaequans ;
fauce fuscescente ; labro fusco maculato intus albo-dentato ;
columella polita. Long. 12; diam. 7 millim. Habitat Simon's
Bay. W. S.

The color and nodulations are much as in S. tuberculatum^
but the form is more rhombic, and the size much less.

Nassaria curt a. T. parva, elongata, ovato-rhomboidea,
solidula, straminea ante suturam pallidior et fulvo maculata;
anfr. 6-|- ventricosis fills ad 8 volventibus et plicis ad 15 longitud.
ornatis. Apertura angusta ovalis ; labro incrassato intus dentic-
ulato ; lamina columellari erecta ; rostro modico, recto. Axis
10 ; diam. 6 millim. Inhabits Port Jackson. W. S.

It is smaller than any species in the Cuming Collection, and
has a short beak. It is like N, carduus^ Rv., but has more
delicate waves.

MuREX (Ocinebra) improbus. T. parva, rudis, rhomboideo-
fusiformis, lineis incrementi muriculata, cinereo-fulvida, strigis et
fasciis obscuris rufescentibus et cingulo albido ornata ; anfr. 6-|-

329

medio angulatis postice excavatis vel declivibus, antice plicas 7
ad 8 tuberculosas gerentibus, filis inoequalibus numerosis ubique
cinctis quorum duobus anterioribus majoribus. Apertura dimid-
iam longitud. testae adaequans, angusta, ovato-rhomboidea ; labro
denticulato intus incrassato et sulcato ; fauce citrina vel livida ;
columella polita ; rostro subperforato. Axis 25 ; diam. 12 millim.
Inhabits China Seas, in sand, 25 fathoms. W. S.
Much like 0. buxeus, but shorter.

Trophon incomptus. T. ovato-trigona, solida, rudis, cine-
rascens ; spira turrita, anfr. 6 angulatis postice tabulatis, ultimo
ventricoso, trigono, liris ingequalibus (tribus majoribus) cinctis,
longitudinaliter undulis inordinatis et laminis incrementi instruc-
tis. Apertura ovata postice rotundata ; labro simpHci papillis
paucis intus instructo ; canali brevi recurvo fere clauso ; fauce
castanea. Axis 30 millim. ; diam. 16 millim. Inhabits Hako-
dadi. W. S.

Closely allied to T. crassus, which has the suture channelled
and the lip dentate ; young specimens have the laminae quite
prominent, with small spines at the angles.

Trophon stjppo situs. T. pyriformis, turrita, tenuis, sordide
alba, laminis erectis remotis clathrata, interspatiis concavis laevi-
bus ; anfr. 6 convexis postice tabulatis ; ultimo bulboso antice in
rostrum tenuem recurvum protracto. Apertura ovata f longit.
testae adsequans ; columella porcellana. Axis 30 millim. ; diam.
15 millim. ; aperturae long. 20 millim. Inhabits ?

Triton (Monoplex) fossatum. T. solida, subglobosa, flavida ;
spira brevis, anfr. sex fossa lata profunda sejunctis et costulis
duabus cinctis (costulis stria mediana impressisj et undulas longi-
tudinales noduliferas remotas gerentibus : apertura angusta, per-
obliqua postice rotundata ; labro varicoso, denticulato intus sulcato ;
labio erecto sulcato, sulco postico majori ; rostro brevi. Axis
35 ; diam. 30 ; apert. 20 millim. Habitat, Hong Kong. W. S.

Like T. canaliferus this would be at once noticed for the deep
sutural channel ; but it is altogether of a short, ventrieose form,
with a very short canal. It approaches, in form and sculp-
ture, to T. doUarins, which lacks the canal and has a longer
beak.

I

330

Terebra bipartita. T. parva, subulata, gracilis, tenuis, ni-
tida, ubique striis exilibus confertis cincta, et plicis modicis flexuo-
sis ad 15 munita; anfr. 14 convexiusculis postice leviter instrictis,
postice flavidis antice castaneis, ultimo filo flavo cincto : apertura
lunata ; rostro curto, lato. Axis 15 ; diam. 4+ millim. Inhabits
Hakodadi Bay, 20 fathoms. W. S.

Terebra arguta. T. parva, gracilis, turrita, ad apicem lan-
ceolata, ex stramineo rubescens ; anfr. 12+ convexis, plicis ad
20 eminentibus acutis, ad interspatia lineis volventibus impressis
et postice stria profunda incisis ; ultimo antice cancellato ad ros-
trum constricto : apertura perangusta, flexuosa ; columella vio-
lacea. Axis 25 ; diam. 5 millim. Inhabits Porto Praya. W. S.

Closely allied to T. violascens, Hinds, from New Guinea.

Terebra prolixa. T. modica, subulata, subtenuis, nitida ;
anfr. 16 conicis, pHcis ad 20 acutis parum elevatis ornatis, postice
stria volvente incisis ; colore dilute fulvo vitta rufa demum eva-
nescente et vitta pallida angulo postico aperturae exeunte ornato :
apertura ovata ; columella contorta rufa. Axis 33 ; diam. 8 mil-
lim. Off China Coast, in 25 fathoms, sandy. W. S.

A distinctly fluted species. T. amcena is smaller, shorter, and
differently colored.

Nassa sufflata. T. ovato-conica, ventricosa, subtenuis,
cinerascens, fusco prope suturam tessellata etiam hie illic macu-
lata, striis volventibus paucis antice et striis binis postice insculp-
ta : spira acuta, turrita ; anfr. 7+ posticis plicatis, ultimo amplo :
apertura lata ; labro acuto, serriculato ; columella vix callosa.
Long. 22 ; diam. 12 millim. Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor. Ka-
gosima. W. S.

Allied to N. dispar and N. mutahilis.

Nassa beata. T. parva, ovato-conica, solida, polita, grisea
fulvido vittata, costis acutis ad 15 stria subsuturali incisis ornata,
interspatiis concavis, anfractu ultimo ad dorsum simplici antice
striis 3-4 cincto : apertura parva angusta ; labro incrassato intus
profunde sulcato ; columella callosa, plicato-granulosa. Axis
10 ; diam. 6 millim. Inhabits Loo Choo, in 18 fathoms, sandy.
W. S.

331

Very near to N. optata, which has a beaded rather than a
fluted surface ; and the lip and pillar of the aperture are un-
armed.

Nassa reposta. T. solida, ovato-conica, rudis, cinerea, plicis
inconspicuis 12-14 demum carentibus, et filis remotis (superne 4)
ornata ; anfr. 7 convexis postice sub-angulatis : apertura ampla
rotundato-ovat^ ; labro incrassato expanso intus denticulato ; colu-
mella valde arcuata lutea, vitrea ; fauce fusco-rufa postice luteo-
fasciata. Axis 12 ; diam. 7 millim. Inhabits Sydney, N. S. W. ?

Nassa mustelina. T. parva, elongata, ovato-conica, polita,
livida maculis pallidis fusco marginatis variegata, ad anfractum
ultimum postice et antice vittis pallidis (marginibus articulatis) et
lineis binis medianis usque ad labrum acutum pallidum prolongatis
cincta ; anfr. 8 convexis elevatis : apertura ovata ; labro acuto
pallido intus polito ; rostro pallido ; columella arcuata porcellana ;
fauce livida vittis binis pallidis ornata. Axis 12 ; diam. 8 millim.
Inhabits Ousima, off the coast, in 2 fathoms, coarse clean sand.
W. S.

Allied to J^. zonalis, but is much larger.

Nassa quantula. T. parva, subtenuis, ovato-globosa, rufo-
albida ; anfr. 6 convexiusculis, plicis ad 12 et filis confertis vol-
ventibus quorum uno postmediano rufo ornatis: apertura ampla
rotundato-ovata ; labro extus incrassato. Axis 7 ; diam. 3 milHm.
Inhabits St. Simon's Bay. W. S.

Nassa opt at a. T. subtenuis, ovato-conica, acuta, polita,
albida demum ferrugineo variegata ; anfr. 7 convexiusculis ad 12-
plicatis, plicis ad anfr. ultimum tandem carentibus, striis volven-
tibus 5 quorum praesuturali profundiore gemmulas efformante
secantibus ; sutura profunda : apertura late ovalis ; labro intus
laevi, extus incrassato rufo variegato ; columella admodum callosa.
Axis 10 ; diam. 6 millim. Inhabits Sydney Harbor. W. S.

Very closely resembles the figure of N. Gayi of the Conch.
Iconica, which, however, is believed to represent a larger and
more ventricose shell than that of Kiener.

Nassa dermestina. T. parva, elongato-ovata, postice acuta,
cinerea; anfr. 7 rotundatis 15-16 plicatis et filis ordinatim cine-

332

tis ; sutura impressa : apertura parva, rotundata ; labro incras-
sato intus denticulis et sulcis instructo ; columella excavata leviter
plicata. Axis 8 ; diam. 4 millim. Inhabits Kikaia. W. S.

Nassa plebecula. T. parva, solida, elongata, ovato-conica,
albida ; anfr. 8 sutura profunda sejunctis, plicis ad 1 6 ornatis
plerumque ad anfr. ultimum carentibus, et fills nitidis rufescenti-
bus ad 5 cinctis quorum uno majore : apertura parva, subrotunda ;
labro albo intus denticulato et sulcato, extus late incrassato, fusco
maculato ; rostro abbreviate. Axis 15 ; diam. 7 millim. Inhabits
Ousima. W. S.

More slender than -AT. ambigua and mcrassata, but closely
allied.

Nassa pediculina. T. parvula, solida, ovato-conica, rudis,
straminea, plicis ad 12 elevatis et fills rufescentibus 5 ad plicas
dilatatis ornatis ; anfr. 7 convexis, apicalibus simplicibus, ultimo
antice coarctato ; sutura profunda : apertura subcircularis ; labro
obtuso, extus incrassato ; columella callo erecto instructa ; sinu
siphonali profundo. Axis 6 ; diam. 4 millim. Inhabits Hong
Kong Harbor. W. S.

Most noticeable for its large folds, unfinished aspect, and con-
striction about the beak.

Nassa sptjrca. T. parva, acuta, ovato-conica, cinerascens
vel rufescens linea spirali flavida cincta, plicis numerosis et fills
supercurrentibus ubique cancellata ; anfr. 7 ventricosis : apertura
parva rotundata ; labro extus incrassato, intus sulcato ; columella
arcuata, caUo fuscescente sparsim granulato induta ; fauce fusco
vittata. Axis 10 ; diam. 6 millim. Inhabits St. Simon's Bay, in
12 fathoms, sandy. W. S.

The fine rasp-like surface and dusky aspect, with the single
pale belt, distinguish it ; somewhat like a small iV. trivittata.
This and the preceding belong to the subgen. Tritia, Adams.

MiTRA JACULANDA. T. parva, symmetrica, fusiformis, cine-
reo-rubescens fusco dilute nubeculata, sulcis longitudinalibus fere
continuis et lineis volventibus levioribus (8) anticis sensim remo-
tioribus clathrata; anfr. 7 rotundatis, ultimo § longitud. testae
adaequante ; sutura exili : apertura angusta ; labro intus denticu-

333

lato ; columella 4-plicatri. Axis 8 ; diara. 2.5 millim. Inhabits
China Seas. W. S.

Allied to M. recurva, Rv., but the sculpture is much more
delicate.

MiTRA SECALiNA. T. minuta, fusiformis, obtusa, impolita,
fulva ; anfr. 6, apicalibus secundis, laivibus, ceteris striis exilibus
longitudinalibus et transversis quadrulas efformantibus ubique or-
natis ; sutura tabulata : apertura angusta, postice quadrata ; labro
acuto, exigue crenulato, intus denticulato ; columella 3-plicata.
Axis 6 ; diam. 3 millim. Inhabits Ousima. W. S.

MiTRA RUSSA. T. parva, elongato-ovata, castanea vel auran-
tiaca, nitida, plicis ad 14 ad anfractum ultimum solum expositis,
et striis exilibus ad interspatia ornata ; anfr. 6 admodum con-
vexis, apice mamillato, ultimo antice instricto, et lineis volventibus
cincto : apertura anguste lunata prorsum dilatans ; labro acuto ;
columella 4-plicata. Axis 6 ; diam. 3 millim. Inhabits China
Seas. W. S.

CoLUMBELLA BALTEATA. T. minuta, rhomboidca, elongata,
nitida, straminea vitta fulva cincta ; anfr. 7 tribus posticis sim-
plicibus, ceteris lyratis et linea subsuturali impressis, interspatiis
transversim striatis : apertura anguste lunata ; labro simplici.
Axis 4 ; lat. 2 millim. Inhabits China Seas.

The cutting of the folds by the subsutural line forms a circle of
beads.

This and the following eight species belong to the subgen.
Anachis H. & A. Adams.

CoLUMBELLA (AnachisJ NEBULOSA. T. parva, elongato-
ovata, turrita, nitida dilute flavida saturation variegata ; anfr. 8
tabulatis convexiusculis linea suturali et undulis ad 20 ornatis,
ultimo dimidiam longitud. testae superante, postice solum undu-
lato, striis volventibus retrorsum decrescentibus insculpto : aper-
tura trientem longitudinis testae adcequans, lunata. Axis 6 ; lat.
25 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

CoLUMBELLA (Auachis) DORSUOSA. T. parva, elongata,
ovato-fusiformis, nitida, cerina, vitta rufa praesuturali, altera ros-
trum circumambiente variegata, plicis 7 et striis tenuibus trans-

334

versis ornata ; anfr. 8 convexiusculis postice abruptis : apertura
lunata antrorsum angustata ; labro acuto. Axis 7 ; lat. 3 millim.
Inhabits Hono^ Konsr. W. S.

CoLUMBELLA (Anachis) minuta. T. minuta, ovata, tur-
rita, straminea, plicis acutis (12) apud strias rostrum cingentes
repente terminantibus insculpta ; anfr. 6 bene discretis : apertura
trientem longitudinis testae pene adaequans, satis lata ; labro intus
modice gibboso. Axis 2.5 ; diam. 1 millim. Inhabits China Seas.
W. S.

Allied to C parva, Sowb., which is less slender, and has a
brown sutural band.

CoLUMBELLA (Anachis) ZONATA. T. minuta, fusiformis,
nitida, cerina, vitta subsuturali castanea et altera basali latiori
cincta, plicis flexuosis 10-12 ornata ; anfr. 6 postice instrictis,
ultimo ad rostrum elongatum subito contracto : apertura angusta ;
columella valde arcuata ; labro acuto, simpUci. Axis 3 ; diam. 2
millim. Inhabits Kagosima. W. S.

CoLUMBELLA (Anachis) fulminea. T. parvula, ovato-lan-
ceolata, nitida, castanea lineis angulatis flavidis varie dispositis,
et plicis flexuosis demum disparentibus ornata ; anfr. 6 convexis
ultimo antice striis cincto : apertura angusta, dimidiam longitudi-
nis testae vix adaequans, postice rotundata ; labro simplici postice
leviter incrassato, intus laevi ; fauce purpurascente. Axis 7 ; diam.
3 millim. Inhabits St. Simon's Bay. W. S.

The folds are unusually distinct and prominent.

Columbella (Anachis) atrata. T. minuta, crassa, ovato-
lanceolata, anthracina, antice striis cincta ; plicis acutis ad 1 2 an-
tice obsolescentibus ; anfr. 6 tumidis, modice tabulatis : apertura
angusta postice acuta; labro simplici postice sinuoso, intus vix
denticulato ; fauce atrata. Axis 5 ; diam. 2 milUm. Inhabits
Hong Kong Harbor. W. S.

Columbella (Anachis) minuscula. T. minuta, crassa,
elongata, acuminata, fusca ; anfr. 7 convexiuscuHs vix discretis,
plicis tenuibus rectis interdum antice obsoletis clathrata : apertura
perangusta, dimidiam longitud. testee adaequans, postice acuta ;
labro arcuato, acuto, sirapHci, intus granulato ; columella arcuata,

335

callo modico induta. Axis 4; diara. 1.5 millim. Inhabits Ousi-
ma. W. S.

Though so small, its characters are well marked. A variety is
thinner, horn-colored, with two dark revolving threads.

CoLUMBELLA ALTERNATA. T. minuta, clongato-ovata, nitida,
straminea maculis elongatis rufis interrupte vittata, ad anfractum
ultimum duplicatis ; anfr. 5, plicis ad 12 eminentibus obtusis et
striis anticalibus volventibus ornatis : apertura curta, angusta ;
labro incrassato intus crenato. Axis 3 ; diam. 1.5 millim. In-
habits Hong Kong. W. S.

Sufficiently designated by its stripes of elongated spots arranged
on alternate folds.

CoLUMBELLA viRGiNEA. T. minuta, rhomboideo-fusiformis,
lactea, plicis (14) et antice striis paucis munita ; anfr. 6 tabulatis
et linea subsuturali insculptis, ultimo f longitud. testae adoequante
antrorsum angustato et admodum recurvo : apertura perangusta,
flexuosa ; labro edentato ; columellse callo erecto. Axis 4 ; diam.
1 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

This small species has the principal characters of the genus
Pyrene, Bolten.

CoLUMBELLA BiciNCTA. T. parva, ovata, turrita, tenuis, levis,
cinerascens fulvo bicincta ; anfr. 8 convexiusculis ; sutura im-
pressa : apertura lunata ; labro arcuato, acuto intus denticulato ;
columella violacea, callo tenui, antice tuberculato. Axis 10 ;
diam. 4-|- millim. Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor, 10 fathoms,
shelly sand. W. S.

This species and the three succeeding belong to the genus
Amycla, H. & A. Adams, more especially to the subgenus As-
tyris.

CoLUMBELLA LiNEOLATA. T. parva, ovato-lanccolata, crassa,
polita, straminea fills 4 fulvis cincta (ad anfr. ult. 8) ; anfr. 8 con-
vexis, apicalibus plicatulis, ultimo | longitud. testae adaequante
antice striis cincto : apertura lunata ; labro tenui postice sinuato,
intus denticulato ; callo columellari copioso ; canali curto, lato.
Axis 10 ; diam. 4 millim. Inhabits Hong Kong.

Very closely resembles (7. lactea, Sowb.

336

CoLUMBELLA DECOLOR. T. parva, ovato-lanceolata, polita,
straminea ferrugineo interdum maculata ; anfr. 6-|- convexis,
apicalibus concinne plicatis, ultimo antice striate : apertura satis
ampla ; labro tenui antice subito incurvato intus denticulate ; colu-
mella concava denticulo acuto postice munita ; canali curto, an-
gusto. Axis 9 ; diam. 4 miUim. Inhabits Loo Choo. W. S.

CoLUMBELLA ARANEOSA. T. parva, ovato-lanccolata, levi-
gata, fulva albido exiliter reticulata et hie illic maculata ; anfr. 8
convexiusculis subtabulatis, apicalibus inornatis, ultimo subangu-
lato antice striato : apertura angusta, postice rotundata ; labro
simplici, arcuato, violaceo tincto, intus denticulate ; callo columel-
lari copioso, everso, absque denticulo. Axis 10 ; diam. 4 millim.
Inhabits Kagosima Bay and China Coast. W. S.

Generally resembles G. austrina^ Gask., except in color.

CoLuiviBELLA (Strombina) pungens. T. parva, lanceolata,
polita, ex stramineo fulvescens antrorsum pallescens, plicis nume-
rosis ornata ; anfr. 10 conicis, ultimo gibboso subito constricto ibi
spiraliter striato ; sutura impressa : apertura angusta ; labro pos-
tice sinuato, incrassato, antrorsum attenuate ; columellse callo
in medio extruse, postice sinuate ; rostre lengo, recurve. Axis
10 ; diam. 4 millim. Inhabits Port Lloyd, Benin Islands, com-
mon. W. S.

A miniature representation of G. angularis, Sowb.

Drillia vallata. T. parva, lanceolata, lurida ; anfr. 10
postice abruptis, quisque carinam marginalem et fila (1-2) inter-
currentia gerens ; interspatiis concinne clathratis ; anfr. ultimo
subventricoso, filis ad 10 cincto, additis duebus minoribus in sinu
terminantibus : apertura I tetius longitudinis, angusta ; labro ex-
stante, sinu late, prefundo ; columella laevi ; rostre brevi, late.
Axis 9 ; diam. S miUim. Inhabits vicinity of Hong Kong, in
10 fathoms, shelly mud. W. S.

Allied to D. violacea.

Drillia reciproca. T. parva, lanceolata, flavescens retror-
sum lutescens et obscure stringata ; anfr. 10 convexiusculis, 4-5
carinatis (ult. anfr. 10-12) carina mediana eminentiore, interspa-
tiis clathratis, clathris intervalli postici alteris contrarie ebhquis :
apertura ^ tetius longitudinis ; labro valde preducte ; sinu late,

337

profundo ; rostro brevi, lato, contorto. Axis 12 ; diam. 4 millim.
Inhabits Oiisiraa. W. S.

Much like the preceding ; but the color and relative size of ca-
rinai are different.

Drillia eborea. T. parva, solida, lanceolata, ex eburneo
lutescens, striis exilissimis transversis ubique insculpta ; anfr.
8-f- supernis plicatulis, ultimo ^ totius longit. testae : apertura lu-
nata ; labro siraplici, crasso, antice angulato ; sinu crescentico ;
columella callo erecto munita ; rostro brevi, reflexo ; canali an-
gusto fere clauso.

Shell small, solid, lanceolate, yellowish white, everywhere
densely and faintly grooved by transverse lines, most so near the
sutures, apicial whorls longitudinally folded; whorls 8-|-, the last
quite half the length of the shell : aperture narrow, lunate,
placed somewhat laterally ; lip thick, simple, with a slight sinus
near its posterior junction ; pillar with a thick, erect callus, quite
thick posteriorly ; rostrum reflexed. Axis 14 millim. ; diam.

4 millim. Inhabits Kikaia Island. AY. S.

This is a singular species, in structure much like Clavatula
felina^ Hinds, but in its aperture and canal approaching to Klein's
section Epidromus of the genus Triton.

Bela turgida. T. parva, crassa, ovata, lactea, epidermide
corneo fugaceo induta, sulcis numerosis (28) longitudinaliter arata,
interspatiis duplo latioribus et striis confertis transversis insculptis ;
anfr. 6 curtis, ventricosis ; sutura profunda: apertura ovata di-
midiam totius longitudinis brevior ; labro simplici arcuato ; colu-
mella planulata, porcellana ; rostro angusto, curto. Axis 10 ; diam.

5 millim. Inhabits Kamtschatka. W. S.

Clathurella peregrina. T. ovato-fusiformis, solida, obscure
fulva, plicis obtusis ad 18, fills transversis (ubi plicas decussanti-
bus dilatatis) ornata ; anfr. 6-|- ventricosis : apertura f totius lon-
gitudinis lunata, postice rotundata ; labro acuto intus lamellato ;
canali brevi, angusto abrupte incepto. Axis 12 ; diam. 5 millim.
Inhabits Sydney Harbor.

Closely allied to C. assimiUs, but less colored, and the strise
less crowded.

proceedings B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 22 OCTOBER, 1860.

338

Clathurella aspersa. T. parva, lanceolata, gracilis, cine-
rea ferrugineo-maculata, plicis 15-18 flexuosis filis ad 6 transeun-
tibus clathrata ; anfr. 8 perobliquis, convexis postice paullum con-
strictis, ultimo ^ totius longitudinis antrorsum acuminato, plicis et
filis omnino ornato : apertura lanceolata ; labro incrassato, inflecto,
intus l^vi ; sinu lato, profundo ; rostro elongato. Axis 14 ; diam.
4 millim. Off Hong Kong, in 15 fathoms, shelly sand. W. S.

G, Guildingii, Rv. may be the same described from a small
specimen.

Clathurella filosa. T. ovata, turrita, tenuis, cinerea lineis
rufis cincta, plicis flexuosis ad 1 6 suturam postice baud attigentibus,
et filis trans versis 6 ad plicas dilatatis ornata; anfr. 10 ventricosis,
tabulatis, ultimo antice constricto : apertura late lunata ; labro
admodum arcuato ; sinu juxta suturam, baud profundo ; columella
nuda. Axis 20 ; diam. 10 millim. Inhabits Ousima. W. S.

Clathurella rubicunda. T. minuta, crassa, ovato-turrita,
dilute rosacea filis pallidioribus linea saturatiori divisis et vitta
subsuturali pallidiori ornata ; anfr. 6-|- ventricosis cito crescenti-
bus, undulis 10 et filis trans versis (ad anfr. penult. 6) clathratis:
apertura curta, angusta ; labro tumido intus denticulato ; sinu an-
gusto, profundo ; columella flexuosa ; canali brevi. Axis 5 ; diam.
2 millim. Inhabits Loo Choo. W. S.

Clathurella lacunosa. T. minuta, crassa, ovata, testacea,
clathris et filis transversis eminentioribus cancellata, cancellis quad-
ratis profundis ; spira obtusa, anfr. 6 angulatis postice excavatis :
apertura dimidiam totius longitudinis, anguste lunata ; labro in-
crassato intus lasvi ; sinu minime profundo ; columella flexuosa.
Axis 5 ; diam. 2.5 millim. Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor, in 10
fathoms, shelly bottom. W. S.

Clathurella amplexa. T. parva, fusiformis, albida fusco
(ad anfractum ult.) fasciata, plicis acutis flexuosis ad 10 et striis
numerosis confertis (quorum duES juxta suturam majoribus) in-
sculpta ; anfr. 10 convexiusculis, declivibus, ultimo rhomboideo ;
sutura profunda, crenulata : apertura late lunata ; labro tenui ;
sinu lato, minime profundo. Axis 9 ; diam. 3 millim. Inhabits
Simon's Bay, in 12 fathoms, sandy bottom. W. S.

Possibly G. lirata, which it certainly resembles.

339

Daphnella deluta. T. parva, tenuis, fusiformis, flavescens
maculis ferrugineis zonata, striis elevatis exigue reticulata, trans-
versis aliquid majoribus ; anfr. 7-\- convexiusculis elongatis :
apertura longa angusta postice acuta ; labro inflecto intus denticu-
late ; sinu valde prof undo ; canali brevi, lato ; columella protracta
in medio tumida. Axis 20 ; diam. 5 millim. Inhabits China
Seas. TV. S.

Ctthara lota. T. parva, ovato-rhomboidea, crassa, alba,
plicis acutis ad 12 lyrata et striis profundis (pra^suturali aliis ma-
jori) cincta ; anfr. 4 spiram abbreviatam efFormantibus, ultimo
antrorsum declivi : apertura angusta, dimidiara totius longitudinis
excedens ; labro crasso, inflecto, intus dentato ; sinu profundo ;
columella sulcis obliquis ad 7 insculpta. Axis 5 ; diam. 3 millim.
Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Clavatula pungens. T. parva, fusiformis, cinerea, plicis
acutis ad 20 antice evanescentibus et liris 10-12 (quarum post-
suturali majori) plicas undulatim supereuntibus ornata ; anfr. 7-j-
rotundatis, ultimo in rostrum gracilem desinente : apertura parva,
pyriformis ^ totius longitudinis testse ; labri sinu angusto, minime
profundo. Axis 9 ; diam. 3 millim. Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor,
in 10 fathoms, shelly sand. W. S.

This shell has the aspect of Clavatula, and is very like to G.
debilis, Hinds ; but as the operculum principally characterizes that
genus, the generic place must be uncertain.

Mangelia pura. T. parva, subgibbosa, fusiformis, lactea fills
exilissimis confertis versus apicem subgranulatis cincta ; anfr. 6-|-
convexiusculis, ultimo maximo rhomboideo, elongato ; sutura line-
ari: apertura angusta, ovalis; sinu profundo fere clauso; labro
simplici quadrato ; canali recto ; rostro sine constrictione. Axis
7 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor. W. S.

This might perhaps come under the genus Cythara.

Mangelia intaminata. T. parva, solida, fusiformis, corallina,
plicis tenuibus acutis ad 12 lyrata, et fills ad 5 quorum mediani
crassiori cincta ; anfr. 6-|- convexiusculis, ultimo rhomboideo, ^
totius testae superante, antice constricto, fills 10 (quorum uno post
constrictionem majori) cincto : apertura angusta ; labro incrassato.

340

crenulato, antice excurvato ; sinu parvo. Axis 7 ; diam. 3 millim.
Inhabits Cliiiia Seas. W. S.

Mangelia albicincta. T. minuta, elongata, ovato-turrita,
dilute rosacea, ad 11-imdulata et filis ubique cincta (4 ad anfr.
ultimum quorum tertio albo) ; anfr. 7 rotundatis, apicalibus inorna-
tis : apertura angusta, sigmoidea ; labro varicoso intus 4-denticu-
lato ; sinu angusto, minime profundo ; rostro brevi. Axis 4;
diam. 2 millim. Inhabits Loo Choo Seas. W. S.

Mangelia glareosa. T. minuta, rhomboidea, turrita, crassa,
calcarea, plicis elevatis ad 12 et liris transversis ordinatis quicquid
minoribus ornata, inde granulata ; anfr. 5-\- tabulatis : apertura
angusta, postice acuminata, ^ totius longitudinis vix brevior ; labro
crasso, crenulato ; sinu minime profundo. Axis 5 ; diam. 2 millim.
Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor, in 10 fathoms, shelly bottom. W. S.

Mangelia lutea. T. minuta, acicularis, aurantiaca, plicis 8
conspicuis postice suturam haud attigentibus, et striis minime
impressis ad interspatia ornata ; anfr. 7 planulatis postice tabula-
tis, apicalibus inornatis, ultimo rhomboideo ^ totius longitudinis
adaequante : apertura anguste ovalis ; labro simplici, incrassato,
quadrato ; sinu lato, brevissimo. Axis 5 ; diam. 2 — millim. In-
habits Loo Choo Seas. W. S.

Mangelia dempsta. T. minuta, brevis, rhomboideo-fusifor-
mis, lactea, plicis conspicuis ad 8, et filis volventibus crassis ornata ;
anfr. 6 castellatis postice angulatis, ultimo ^ totius longitudinis
gequante : apertura linearis ; labro acuto postice incrassato ; sinu
brevi, lato. Axis 3 ; diam. 1 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Remarkable for its elongated rhomboidal form and coarse
sculpture.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following list
of letters recently received, viz. : —

From the K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, February
24, 1859 ; Verein fur Naturkunde, Wiesbaden, December 23,
1859, acknowledging the receipt of the Society's publications ;
Societe de Physique, &c., de Geneve, November 5, 1859 ; Lin-

341

nnean Society, London, May 5, 1859, acknowledging the same, and
presenting their own publications ; A^erein fiir Natiirkunde, Wies-
baden, December 23, 1859 ; K. K. Akademie, Wien, December
17 and July 7, 1859 ; Academic Royale, &c., Stockholm, Novem-
ber 25, 1859, presenting various publications ; Joseph Hyrtl, Vi-
enna, May 4, 1860, acknowledging his election as Honorary
Member; and Jules Marcou, Salins, May 23, acknowledging his
election as Corresponding Member.

Mr. F. W. Lincoln, Jr., of Boston, was elected a Resi-
dent Member.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

April 4, 1860. Two specimens of Gobio Jtuviaiilis, and one each of Phoxinus
varius, Leuciscus rodens, L. praxinus, L. dobula., Tinea chrysithys, Perca Jluviatilis,
Esox lucius, and Coregonu$ marenula^ from Lake Neufcliatel; and Salmo fario
from the rivers of Switzerland; by the Museum of Coinparative Zoology,
Cambridge. An extensive collection of fishes, crustaceans, mollusks, and radi-
ates, from Maui, Sandwich Islands ; by Dr. C. F. Winslow. Skeletons of male
gray wolf from Wisconsin ; of male and female cross fox, and of porcupine, from
Portage Lake, Michigan ; by Dr. S. Kneeland, Jr. Canada lynx, entire speci-
men; by Mr. John Sears. Specimens of Astacus from Lake Neufchatel; by the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. West Indian crocodile ( Croco-
dilus acutus, Geoffr.); by Dr. J. N. Borland.

April 18. Skull of an Indian from Fox Eiver, Appleton, Wisconsin; by Dr.
M. Tompkins. A lump fish {Cyclopterus lumpus) from Holmes Hole; by Dr.
D. H. Storer. A red-bellied terrapin {Emys rubriventns) from Virginia; by Mr.
J. A. Cutting.

May 2. 160 of the grasses of the northern United States; by Mr. C. J.
Sprague. An agouti, wolf fish, and iguana; by Mr. J. A. Cutting.

May 16. Florida rat, embryos of egi'et, trachete of birds, brain of tur-
key-buzzard, fractured jaw of Ursus Americanus^ from Florida; by Dr. H.
Bryant. Skins of California squirrel (Sciurus fossor) and prairie squirrel
( Cynomys Ludovicianus) ; by the Smithsonian Institution. Two human brains ;
by Dr. C. Ellis. Skulls of monkey ( Cercopiihecus) from Africa, and of skunk
{Mephitis ^nephitica); by Mr. W. B. Gibson. Several fishes, crustaceans of the
genera Cambarus, Gelasimus, and Chlorodius, two myriapods, and the pupa of a
dragon-fly, from Florida; by Dr. H. Bryant. A living horned lizard (Phryno-
soma) from Texas ; by Mr. H. J. Doniphan. Specimen of shale with adhering
coal from the Albert mine, New Brunswick ; by Prof. W. B. Rogers.

June 6. Horns of the hartebeest {Boselaphus caavia^ Gray) from Africa:
by C. J. Sprague. Skulls of a female deer ( Cervus Virginianus)^ fox ( Vulj^es
fuhms), and great white heron {Ardea occidentalis), land and fresh-water shells,

342

and a living ophisaurian reptile, from Florida ; by Dr. H. Bryant. Skeleton of
a monkey { Semnopithecm) ; by W. B, Gibson. Egg of the New Holland emu;
by Dr, S. Durkee. Cysticercus form of the Tcenia crassicoUh, in the liver of a
rat; by D. Mack. A white, living Gordius, from S. Natick, Mass.; by W. Ed-
wards.

June 20. A young seal; by S. N. Chamberlain. Foetal dog-fish; by. D.
Mack. Star-nosed mole from Massachusetts ; by A. Durant.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING JUNE 30, I860-

J. J. Anthony. Descriptions of new species of American Fluviatile Gaster-
opods. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

W. Stimpson. Prodromus descriptionis Animalium evertebratorum, &c.
Pars VIII. From the Author.

Twelfth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of New Yoi'k. 8vo.
Pamph. Albany. From the Regents.

H. Wagner. Cryptogamen — Juncaceee, Cyperaceje, Gramineae. 12mo.
Bielefeld, 1854. From S. Urbino.

Nettle, R. Salmon Fisheries of the St. Lawrence. 12mo. Montreal. From
the Author.

Institutes of Medicine. By Martyn Paine, LL. D., M. D. 8vo. New York,
1859. From the Author.

Griffith, J. W., and Henfrey, H. Micrographic Dictionary. 8vo. London,
1856. From Dr. S. Durkee.

Forty-second Annual Report of the Trustees of the New York State Library.
8vo. Pamph. Albany, 1860. From the Trustees.

Beitrage zu der Insekten Geschichte herausgegeben. Von Ludwig Gottl.
Scriba. Parts 1, 2, 3. 4to. Frankfurt, 1790-93.

Kennzeichen der Insekten. Von J. H. Sulzer. 4to. Zurich, 1761. From
Dr. Algernon Coolidge.

Sketches of Washoe Silver Mines. By H. Degroot. 8vo. Pamph. San
Francisco, 1860.

Review of Darwin on the Origin of Species. By John Amory Lowell. 8vo.
Pamph. Boston, 1860. From C. K. Dillaway.

J. Jonstonus. History of the Wonderful Things of Nature. 8vo. London,
1657. From Dr. C T. Jackson.

Dr. Jeffries. Narrative of two Aerial Voyages of Dr. Jeffries with Mons.
Blanchard. 4to. London, 1786. From Dr. B. J. Jeffries.

Vegetable Structures in Coal. By J. W. Dawson, LL. D. 8vo. Pamph.
London, 1860.

Silurian and Devonian Rocks of Nova Scotia. By J. W. Dawson, LL. D., &c.
8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

343

Durand, E. Biographical Notice of the late Thomas Nutt all. 8vo. Pamph.
Sketch of the Botany of the basin of the Great Salt Lake of Utah. 4to
Pamph. From the Author.

L. R. Gibbes. Botany of Edings's Bay. Description of Ranilia mm'icata. On
a convenient form of Aspirator. Past and Present Condition of Niagara Falls.
8vo. Pamph. 1860.

Rules for accentuation of names in Natural History. By the same. 4to.
Pamph. Fro7n the Author.

Denkschriften der K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Math.-Naturw.
Classe. Sechszehn. Band. 4to.

Sitzungsberichte der K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Math.-Natur.
Classe. Band XXXIII., No. 27-29, XXXIV.-VII., No. 1-20. 8vo.

Sitzungsberichte Math.-Naturw. 1858. No. 27-29. 1859. No. 1-9.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. IV. No. 1.
8vo.

Memoirs of the Geological Society of India. Vol. 1. Part 3. 8vo. Pamph.

Annual Report of the Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India. 8,vo.
Pamph. Calcutta, 1858-9.

Jahrbucher des Vereins fiir Naturkunde. Dreizehntes Heft. 8vo. Wiesba-
den, 1858.

Canadian Journal of Industry, &c. No. 29, for May, 1860. Toronto.

Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenics, &c. Zoologi III. 4to.

M^moires de la Society de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve. 4to.
Tome XV. Premiere Part. Geneve.

Journal of the Proceedings of the Linneean Society of London. 8vo. Vol. II.,
Nos. 7, 8, III., 9-15. Supplement, Nos. 1, 2, (Botany.) Also IL, 7, 8, III.,
9-15, (Zoology.) List of Members for 1858-9. 8vo. Pamph. Addresses by T.
Bell, F. R. S. 8vo. Pamph.

Transactions of the LinnEcan Society of London. Vol. XXII. Parts 3, 4.

Jahrbiicher der K. K. Central- Anstalt fiir Meterologie und Erdmagnetismus.
Von Karl Kreil. VI. Band. Jahr. 1854. 4to. Wien.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 3, 4. 1859.

M^moires de la Socidte Royale des Sciences de Lidge. Tome 14.

Entomologische Zeitung. 6 Vols. 8vo. Stettin, 1854-9.

Catalogus Coleopterorum Europee. 12mo. Pamph. Stettin, 1859.

Catalogus Hemipterorum. 12mo. Pamph. Stettin, 1859.

Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1859. X. Jahrgang. No. 2.
April, May, June. 8vo. Wien.

Ansprache gehalten an Schlusse des ersten Decenniums der K. K. Geolo-
gischen Reichsanstalt. Von W. Haidinger. 8vo. Pamph. Wien, 1859.

Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar. Ny Foljd Andra Bandet.
Forsta Haftet. 1857. 4to.

Ofversigt af Kong. Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandlingar. 8vo. Femtonde Ar-
gangen. 1858.

Gelehrte Anzeigen. Vols. 47, 48. 4to. Miinchen, 1858-9.

Dr. C. F. P. von Martins. Eine Rede zur Feier des Akad. Ssecularfestes.
4to. Pamph. Miinchen, 1859.

L. Seidel. Untersuchungen iiber die Lichtstarke der Planeten Venus, Mars,
Jupiter, und Saturn. Nebst einem Anhange enthaltend die Theorie der Lichter-
scheinung des Saturn.

344

Wurtt. Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. 1. 1860. 8vo. Stuttgart.

Special Meeting of the American Geographical and Statistical Society. 8vo.
Pamph. New York, 1860.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. XXIX. No. 87, for
May, 1860.

Mdmoires de 1' Academic Impdriale des Sciences, &c., de Dijon. Deuxifeme
Serie. Tome VII. 8vo. 1859.

Actes de I'Acad^mie Imperiale des Sciences, &c.,de Bordeaux. 8vo. Pamph.
Vingt-Unieme annde. 2e Trimestre. Paris, 1869.

Malakozoulogische Blatter. 5 Nos. 8vo. Pamph.

Pfeiffer, L., Dr. Mouographia Heliceorum viventium. Vol. IV. Lipsise,
1859.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. With Illustrations. 8vo.
1859.

American Geology. By Eben. Emmons. Part 1. 8vo. Albany, 1854.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society'". Vol. XI. Part 3. 4to.
Philadelphia, 1860.

Proceedings of the same. Vol. VII. No. 63. 8vo. Pamph.

Laws, List of Members, &:c., of the same. 8vo. Pamph.

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. 8vo. Pamph. June,
1860. Boston.

American Medical Times. 4to. No. 1, Vol. 1. New York.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia. Sigs. 6-
12. 8vo.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, for April, 1860. Vol. V. No. 2.

Journalof the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. VIIL Part 2. 1859.

New York Journal of Medicine. No. 102, for May, 1860. Received in Ex-
change.

Annals and Magazine of Natural Histoiy. Vol. V. Nos. 27, 28, and 29, for
March, April, and iMay, 1860.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. XVI. Part 2. London.
Fro7)i the Courtis Fund.

Diary of the American Revolution. By Frank Moore. 8vo. New York,
1860.

James Savage. Genealogical Dictionary of the First Settlers of New England.
Vols. 1 and 2. 8vo. Boston.

History of the Republic of the United States of America. By John C. Ham-
ilton. Vols. 3, 4, 5, 6. 8vo. New York, 1859.

History of the United States. By George Bancroft. Vol. VIII. Boston,
1860. Deposited by the Republican Institution.

345

September 5, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

Dr. A. A. Hayes, on presenting a " Report on Supply-
ing the City of Charlestown, Mass., with Pure Water,"
made some additional observations on the analyses of
the water, and on the phenomena connected with the
tides at Mystic Pond.

Mr. Temple Prime, of New York, presented a paper
entitled :

Synonymy of the species of Cyrenella, a genus of

MOLLUSCA belonging TO THE FAMILY OF THE LuCINl-

TiM. By Temple Prime.

Cyrenella, Deshayes.

Venus, Desh. Coq. Foss. Par. 1824. Cyrenella, Desh.
Soc. Philom. 1833. Cyrenoida, Joannis. Mag. Zool. 1835.
Cyrenella, Desh. Loc. sup. cit. 1835. Cyclas. Per. Cat.
20, 1837. Cyrenoides, Morelet. Test. Cub. 1851.

1. Cyrenella alata, Adams.

Cyrenoida alata, Adams and Reeve. Voy. Samarang, 80, pi.
xxiv. f. 12, 1850. Hab. Corean Archipelago.

2. Cyrenella Americana, Morelet.

Cyrenoides Americanus, Morelet. Test. Nov. Cub. pt. 2d, 26,
1851. Hab. Central America.

3. Cyrenella Corei^nsis, Adams.

Cyrenoida Coreensis, Adams and Reeve. Voy. Samarang, 80,
pi. xxiv. f. 14, 1850. Hab. Corean Archipelago.

4. Cyrenella Cumingi, Sowerby.

Cyrenoida Cumingi, Sowb. Hani. Wood's suppl. Cat. pi. xv.
f. 5, 1854. Hab. Philippines.

346

5. Cyrexella Dupontia, Joannis. Desh. Mag. Zool., class.

V. 70, 1835.

Cyrenoida Dupontia, Joannis. Loc. sup. cit. class, v. pi. 64,
f. 1-3, 1835.

Cyclas Dupontia, Ferussac. Cat. 20, 1837. Hab. Senegal.

6. Cyrenella lenticularis, Desh. Proc. Zool. Soc. xxii.

341, 1854.

Cyrenoida lenticidaris, Adams. Rec. Gen. ii. 452, 1858.
Hab.?

7. Cyrenella lucinoides, Desh. Trait, elem. Conch, ii.

818, pi. xiv. bis f. 10-12, 1853.

Venus lucinoides, Desh. Desh. Coq. Foss. Par. 1, 146, pi.
xxiii. f. 12, 13, 1824. Hab. France, (fossil.)

8. Cyrenella Moretonensis, Desh. Proc. Zool. Soc. xxii.

341, 1854. Hab. Moreton Bay, Australia.

9. Cyrenella oblonga, Sowerby. Proc. Zool. Soc. xxii.

341, 1854.

Cyrenoida ohlonga, Sowb. Hani. Wood, suppl. Cat. pi. xv. f.
6, 1854. Hab. PhiHppines.

10. Cyrenella Phil ippin arum, Sowb. Proc. Zool. Soc.

xxii. 340, 1854. Hab. Philippines.

11. Cyrenella pisiformis, Desh. Proc. Zool. Soc. xxii.

341, 1854. Hab. Philippines.

12. Cyrenella Senegalensis, Desh. Proc. Zool. Soc. xxii.

341, 1854.

Cyrenoida Senegalensis, Desh. Adams, Rec. Gen. ii. 452, 1858.
Hab. Senegal.

13. Cyrenella sph^rioula, Desh. Proc. Zool. Soc. xxii.

340, 1854. Hab. Moreton Bay, Australia.

347

14. Ctrenella tumida ?

Mysia tumida, Nutt.

Cyrenoida tumida. Jay's Cat. iv. ed. 33, 1850. Hab. ?

Mr. Temple Prime presented also the following paper :

Synonymy of the known species of Rangia, a genus of

THE FAMILY MaCTRACEA.

Rangia, Desraoulins.

Clathrodon, Gray, MSS. Rangia, Desmoul. Soc. Linn.
Bord. V. 1831. Conrad, Marine Conch. 1831. Clathrodon,
Gray. Conrad, Araer. II. xxiii. 1833. Mactra. Conrad,
Amer. II. xxiii. 1833. Gnathodon. Rang. Ann. Mus. n. ser.
iii. 1834. Gray, London Mag. N. Hist. n. ser. i. 1837.

1. Rangia Cyrenoides, Desm. Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. v. 48,
pi. 1, 1831. Conrad, Marine Conch. 57, pi. 13, 1831. Adams,
Rec. Gen. ii. 380, 1858. Conrad, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil. 232,
1860.

Clathrodon cuneata, Gray. Conrad, Amer. 11. xxiii. 340,
1833.

Gnathodon cuneatus, Gray. Lond. Mag. N. Hist. n. ser. i.
77, f. 34, 1837. Hab. N. America.

2. Rangia clathrodonta, Conrad. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil.

232, 1860.

Mactra clathrodonta, Conrad. Amer. II. xxiii. 340, 1833.
Gnathodon Grayi, Conrad. , Foss. Test. form. 23, pi. 13, f. 1.
Hab. N. America (fossil.)

3. Rangia flexuosa, Conrad. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil. 232,

1860.

Ghiathodon flexuosa^ Conrad. Amer. II. xxxviii. 92, 1840.
Hab. N. America.

Rangia Grayi, Conrad. Foss. Test. form. 23, pi. 13, f. 1, is
Rangia clathrodonta, Conrad.

348

4. Rangia Lecontei, Conrad. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil. 232, 1860.

Gnathodon Lecojitei, CoDrad. II. Ac. N. S. Phil. 1853.
Hab. N. America.

5. Eangia mendica, Gould. Conrad, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil.

232, 1860.

Mactra mendica, Gould. Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iv. 88, 1851.
Gnathodon trigonum, Petit. II. Conch, iv. 84, 1853.
Gnathodon mendica, Gould. Proc. Zool. xxiv. 200, 1856.
Rangia trigona^ Petit. Adams, Pec. Gen. ii. 380, 1858. Hab.
N. America.

6. Pangia minor, Conrad. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil. 232, 1860.

Gnathodon minor, Conrad. Foss. Test. form. 69, pi. 39, f. 6.
Hab. N. America.

7. Pangia parva. Petit. Adams, Pec. Gen. ii. 380, 1858.

Conrad, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil. 232, 1860.

Gnathodon parvum, Petit. II. Conch, iv. 358, pi. 13, f. 9, 10,
1853. Hab. New Holland.

8. Pangia rostrata. Petit. Adams, Pec. Gen. ii. 380, 1858.

Gnathodon rostratum, Petit. II. Conch, iv. 84, 1853.

Rangia Jlexuosa, Conrad. Proc. Ac. N. S. Phil. 232, 1860.
Hab. N. America.

Rangia trigona, Petit. Adams, Pec. Gen. ii. 380, 1858, is Ran-
gia mendica, Gould.

While preparing this paper, there appeared in the June num-
ber of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia Mr. Conrad's Synopsis of the genus Rangia. It
will be seen, however, that the views here taken are not always
the same as those of Mr. Conrad.

Dr. A. A. Hayes exhibited a very fusible white mineral
from Lake Superior, containing boracic acid ; it was a
silicate and borate of lime, and was obtained from the
region of the Minnesota copper mine.

349

Dr. Kneeland observed that the same substance is
abundant in the Portage Lake region, and exhibited
from the Cabinet of the Society a large specimen ob-
tained by him from the Isle Royale Mine.

A letter from Dr. W. H. Myers, of Fort Wayne, Ind.,
proposing to exchange shells for the Society's Proceed-
ings, was referred to the Curator of Conchology and the
Committee on Publications.

Dr. Kneeland presented a small framed engraving of
J. J. Audubon, as he appeared in the later years of his
life.

Mr. Paul B. Du Chaillu was elected a Corresponding
Member ; and Messrs. Nathaniel L. Hooper and J. H.
Woodbury, of Boston, Resident Members.

September 19, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

Dr. Henry Bryant gave an account of a recent visit to
the coast of Labrador.

He found Briinnich's guillemot ( Uria Brunnicliii, Sab.) and
the bridled guillemot {Uria marmorata, Lath.) breeding abun-
dantly on Gannet Rock, a locality considerably farther south than
they have been generally supposed to breed.

Dr. C. T. Jackson gave an account of a visit to some
old mines in the vicinity of Franconia, N. H., which
had been recently reopened, viz. : the Franconia iron
mine, one of rich argentiferous galena at Warren, and
a copper mine at Bath.

Dr. Jackson announced that he had discovered anda-

350

lusite made in an altered argillaceous slate, in place, on
the road recently made on the side of Mt. Washington.

At Boar's Head, near Rye, N. H., are boulders containing this,
which must have come from this locality on the easterly side of
the mountains. It is interesting to be able to add another to the
few localities in the United States where these beautiful crystals
are found.

Dr. White exhibited the fungous growth commonly
called California beer seed undergoing its development
in a solution of molasses and water ; much carbonic acid
is evolved from this, and an excellent beer may be made
from it if properly flavored.

The growth is very rapid, and consists of the spores of a fun-
gus, somewhat resembling, though they are larger and rounder,
those of the yeast plant {Torula). The spores, by their aggrega-
tion, form masses of the size and shape of popped corn. It is said
to grow upon a tree in California.

The President exhibited a fossil from the southwest
frontier of the United States.

The matrix was calcareous, and imbedded in it was a portion
of the skull of the Capybara, the largest of the rodents, now con-
fined to South America. Its principal interest consisted in its
showing the narrowing down of the geographical distribution of
this species, as the animal has never been found living in North
America nor in the vicinity of the Isthmus in South America.

Messrs. William N. Eayrs and John McKay, of Bos-
ton, and William EUery Copeland, of Roxbury, were
chosen Resident Members.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

September 5, 1860. An African monkey ( Cohbus satanas) and a sacred ibis;
by Paul B. Du Chaillu. A South American boa; by Wm. A. Lerow. A green
snake {Coluber vernalis) from the White Mountains; by S. D. Crane. An echi-
nus {Encope subclausa) from the head of the Gulf of California; by Lieut. C. H.
B. Caldwell, U. S. N. Three injected bull-frogs; by E. Samuels. Three centi-
pedes and a large scorpion from Singapore, an echinus from the Cape of Good
Hope, portions of the spines of the halibut and blue-fish, and a large beetle from

351

Brookline; by Dr. S. Kneeland, Jr. A Florida lobster and two European gold-
finches; by James A. Cutting. A mud eel (Siren laceriina) ; by Dr. A. S. Bald-
win, of Jacksonville, Fla. A paper-like web, said to have been made by a fig
worm; by j\Iiss Lydia B. Felt.

September 19. A complete skeleton of a young seal {Phoca vitulina) and a
skull of the same, 7 skulls of the harp seal {P. Groenlandica), the skull of a larg-
er species of seal, 4 teeth of tlie killer (grampus), some univalve shells {Buccinum),
and rocks containing fossils, all from Labrador; by Dr. Henry Bryant. A
young snake, and an egg containing an embryo snake (probably of the black
snake), from Scituate; by Dr. John Bacon. A large boa constrictor and 2 pipe
fishes {Syngnathus)] by James A. Cutting.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING SEPT. 30, 1860.

Catalogue of Lepidopterous Insects at East India House. By Thomas Hors-
field, F. R. S., &c., and Fred. Moore. 8vo. Vol. 2. London, 1858-9. From
the Secretary of State of India.

Bulletin of the Wisconsin Agricultural and Mechanic Association. 8vo.
Pamph. Vol. 1. pp. 1-16. 1860. F^-om I. A. Lopham, Secretary.

New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Sept. 1860. 8vo. Pamph. pp.
609-624. From Dr. B. Dewier.

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science.
13th meeting. 8vo. Cambridge, 1860. From the Association.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Nos. 21, 22. New series. (Vol. XI.
Nos. 1, 2.) From Prof. H. D. Rogers.

Report of the Commissioner of Patents for 1859. Agriculture. 8vo. Wash-
ington. From the Commissioner.

A. Kolliker." Ueber die Beziehungen der Chorda dorsalis zur Bildung der
Wirbel der Selachier und einiger andern Fische. Svo. Pamph. Wiirzburg,
1860. From the Author.

Annual of Scientific Discovery for 1850, 1851. 2 vols. 12mo. From Dr.
Samuel A. Green.

The same for 1859. Boston. From Dr. A. A. Gould.

Mining Magazine. Edited by Wm. P. Blake. Vol. 1. Nos. 1 to 6. Nov. 1859
to July, 1860. New Haven. From the Editor.

Catalogue of Phgenogamous and Filicoid Plants. By Edward Tatnall. 8vo.
Pamph. Wilmington, Del., 1860. From the Author.

Report on Supplying the City of Charlestown with Pure Water. By G. R.
Baldwin and C. L. Stevenson. Svo. Pamph. Boston, 1860. From Dr. A.
A. Hayes.

Engraved portrait of John J. Audubon. From Dr. S. Kneeland^ Jr.

Check list of the Shells of North America. Terrestrial Gasteropoda. By W.
G. Binney. 8vo. Pamph.

Catalogue of the Terrestrial and Fluviatile Gasteropods inhabiting North
America. By W. G. Binney. Svo. Pamph. From the Author.

J. Watts de Peyster. Life of Leonard Torstenson. 8v o. Poughkeepsie,
1855.

352

History of Carausius, &c. 8vo. 1858.

The Eclaireur, A Military Journal. Vols. 1, 2, 3. 8vo. 1853-55.

The Dutch at the North Pole and the Dutch in Maine. 8vo. Pamph.

The Dutch Battle of the Baltic. 8vo. Paraph.

Proofs considered of the early Settlement of Acadie by the Dutch. 8vo.
Pamph.

Description of medals presented to J. Watts de Pej'-ster. 8vo. Pamph.
From the Author.

Draper, L. C. School Reports. 8vo. Wisconsin.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. IV. pp.
249 to end. 8vo. Boston.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Sigs. 12-24.
1860.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. V. Nos. 3 and 4, for June and
August, 1860. Montreal.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. XI. 4to. Washington, 1860.

Catalogue of the Library of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Vols. 1, 2.
8vo. Boston, 1860.

J. D. Morris. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of North America. 8vo. Pamph.
Washington, 1860.

Check lists of the Shells of North America, prepared for the Smithsonian Insti-
tution by Isaac Lea, &c. 8vo. Pamph. 1860.

Canadian Journal of Industry, &c. No. 28. July, 1860. Toronto.

Transactions, &c., of the American Antiquarian Society. Vol. IV. 8vo.
1860.

Transactions of the Wisconsin State Agricultural Society. 2 vols. 8vo.
1854-59.

Wisconsin Historical Collections. Vols. 3, 4. 8vo. 1856, 1858.

Silliman's American Journal of Science, »&:c. Vol. XXX. Nos. 88 and 89,
for July and September, 1860. 8vo. New Haven.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. V. 8vo. Berlin, 1859.

Actes de I'Acaddmie Impdriale des Sciences, &c. 21^ annde. 3^ Trimestre.
8vo. Paris, 1859.

Der Zoologische Garten. Dr. D. F. Weinland. 1 Jahrgang. Heft 1 bis 6.
8vo. Frankfurt am Main, 1860.

Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereins der Preussischen Rheinlande
und Westphalens. Bogen 1-28. 8vo. Bonn.

Sitzungsberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Math.-Natur. Classe.
Band XXX VU., Nos. 21, 22, XXXVIIL, Nos. 23-28, XXXIX., Nos. 1, 2.
8vo. Wien.

M^moires de 1' Academic Imp^riale des Sciences de St. P^tersbourg. 7« Serie.
Tome L Nos. 1-15. Bulletin, &c. Tome I. Feuilles 1-9. 4to.

Physik. Abhandlungen der Konig. Akademie der Wissenschaften. 1858.
Math. Abhand. &c. 1858. 4to. Berlin. Monatsberichte, &c. 1859. 8vo.
Berlin. Received in Exchange.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. X^^. Part 3. Aug. 1860.
C. M. Diesing. Systema Helminthum. Vol. I. 8vo. Vindobonse, 1850.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. V, No. 30, and Vol. VI, Nos. 32,
33, for June, August, and September, 1860. London. From the Courtis Fund.

Encyclopgedia Britannica. Vol. XX. 4to. 1860. Deposited by the Republi-
can Institution.

353 ^

October 3, 1860.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Prof. Edward Hitchcock, of Amherst, made a commu-
nication on the conglomerate of Vermont, which contains
elongated, flattened, and curved pebbles of quartzose
nature, and sometimes of pure hyaline quartz ; this sub-
ject had been formerly presented to the Society by his
son (see meeting of Jan. 4, 1860.)

His observations had been made at Newport, wliere these dis-
torted pebbles were first noticed, and at Wallingford and Plym-
outh, Vt., in the Green Mountains. He exhibited diagrams,
showing the size, shape, and relation of these pebbles to the con-
glomerate enclosing them, and the gradual passage of the rounded
and water-worn masses into the folia of the schists. At Newport
the greatest elongation is in the direction of the strike, but in Ver-
mont in the direction of the dip ; in Plymouth he had found the
pebbles of one surface continuous with the schistose lamince of
another. In some localities this quartzose conglomerate is inti-
mately associated with gneiss, and seemingly a variety of it ; he
had no direct proof of this, but believed that there is a continuous
series of changes from these quartzose elongated pebbles, through
the talcose and micaceous schists, to the gneiss, — that all are
varieties of the same rock. The gneiss of the Green Mountains
has these conglomerates and schists on the east and west sides,
the former being the uppermost. He drew a section of the moun-
tains from Wallingford to Plymouth, embracing an extent of sur-
face of about eleven miles, where these rocks occupy similar posi-
tions on each flank ; according to appearances here presented, the
dip of the strata indicates an immense amount of denudation.

He adhered to the opinion that these pebbles have been bent
since their deposition, and while they were in a plastic state ; they
are not only elongated, but indented and curved around each other
in some localities ; the simple curvature of the strata might explain
the elongation in the line of strike, but not the other phenomena
presented. Some of these pebbles in Vermont are pure quartz.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 23 NOVEMBER, 1860.

354

To explain this he invoked the aid of chemistry, and the well-
known action of hot water containing alkalies in solution in soften-
ing and decomposing silicates, extracting some ingredients and
combining others, the form of the rock remaining unchanged.

Prof Hitchcock exhibited some very distinct specimens of grap-
tolite, a coralline fossil, from the rocks of Vermont.

Dr. C. T. Jackson expressed the same opinion as on a former
occasion, that the pebbles found at Newport and in this State, as
at Roxbury, were formed mechanically by being rolled upon
beaches by the surf ; even the distortions and indentations might
be accounted for in this way, their parallels being now in process
of formation on the beaches of this State and of Maine. But in
regard to these Vermont pebbles, he believed that they might have
been formed from the rock, but not the rock from the pebbles as
Prof. Hitchcock maintains. In support of this view, he referred
to the experiments of M. Daubree, showing how siHcates become
soluble under moderately hot water in presence of alkalies, the
quartz being separated and crystallized. In contrast with the
immense denudation which has taken place in the North, he men-
tioned that in some places at the South, as at Dahlonega, Ga., the
rocks are so decomposed and soft as to allow of being shovelled to
a depth of 80 to 100 feet, none of the surface having been sub-
jected to drift or denuding agencies.

Dr. A. A. Hayes, in reference to the mineral from Lake
Superior containing boracic acid, mentioned at the first
September meeting, observed that it presented two points
of special interest : one is that, though very compact, it
shows the composition of datholite better than the crys-
talline form of this substance ; the other is its econom-
ical value ; as it contains 22^ per cent, of boracic acid, if
abundant, it might be collected with commercial advan-
tage.

In reply to a question of Mr, Kidder in relation to the
animals which eat the piles in Boston Harbor, Dr. A. A.
Gould replied that, though popularly called worms, they
are minute crustaceans, the Limnoria terebrans; they
are about /o of an inch long.

355

The Treasurer reported that the note to the Corre-
sponding Secretary read at the last meeting was intended
as a notice of the bequest of Mr. Phillips, and that the
Executors were waiting the action of the Society.

It was, therefore, voted " that the Society accept the bequest of
the late Hon. Jonathan Phillips."

It was also voted " that the Treasurer be authorized to receive
the amount in behalf of the Society, and to give to the Executors
of his estate a satisfactory discharge for the same."

Dr. Christopher Johnston, of Baltimore, Md., was
elected a Corresponding Member, and H. P. Binney, of
Boston, a Resident Member.

October 17, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

A letter was read from Mr. H. D. Thoreau, of Concord,
Mass., in reference to a Canada lynx [Lynx Canadensis)
killed in Carlisle, Mass., Sept. 9, 1860.

This animal was a female, as large as any of«its kind described,
and had naked soles. Audubon and Bachman, in the Quadrupeds
of North America, and Emmons, in the Massachusetts Reports,
give hairiness of the soles as a specific character of the Canada
lynx, as distinguishing it from the bay lynx (X. rufiis), which has
naked soles. Baird, in his Report on the Mammals of North
America, mentions having received a specimen of the Canada
lynx in summer pelage, in which the pads of the feet were dis-
tinctly visible, not being overgrown as in winter specimens. It
appears from these specimens that hairiness of the soles is not a
specific character in the Canada lynx. In Mr. Thoreau's animal
there is a distinct black line commencing at the eye and terminat-
ing in the black portion of the ruff; he believes that some of the

356

specimens killed in this vicinity of late years, and called bay lynx,
were the Canada lynx.

Mr. S. H. Scudder gave an account of a recent visit to
Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchawan River, having
ascended the latter about one hundred and fifty miles.

Near Red River, not far from Dayton, Minn., the limit between
the rolling and the level prairie is very abrupt ; this river is very
crooked, with a general current of 1^ miles an hour, and with
occasional rapids ; the streams opening into it, though small, all
have names, being important on account of the growth of timber
which is found along the banks, even of the smallest, and nowhere
else. The navigation is not impeded by fallen trees, as they stand
back 40 to 60 feet from the water ; they are principally aspen, oak,
and elm ; the reason of this jDOsition of the trees is that the river
flows to the north, and the ice breaks up soonest at the source ; the
ice not being floated down by the current below forms high dams
which go alon^ slowly, grinding down all the trees on the sides
of the stream within the reach of high water ; there is a level
prairie on each side.

The west shore of Lake Winnipeg is a sandy beach, 20 to 30
yards wide, and beyond this is a vast marsh of tamarack and spruce ;
the eastern shore is granitic, rising into low mounds covered with
trees, the western being limestone with some sandstone ; in some
places are large collections of rounded stones, larger than paving
stones, often thirty feet high, thrown up by the waves of this narrow
lake. It is shallow,' and rendered turbid by very slight winds; the
northern portion, above Cape Kitchinashi, is clear ; near Gull
Island the shore was lined with the cast-off skins of EpIiemeridcEy
forming a kind of windrow miles in length, concealing the sand,
and at least a* foot in width ; the flying Ephemeridce were very
abundant and the mosquitoes, as seen at a distance, appeared
like small clouds.

The Saskatchawan River is very rapid, and its banks are for
the most part vast marshes ; the same marshy character prevails
as far as he went, for one hundred and fifty miles or more west of
the lake, rendering the country unfit for cultivation.

Prof. Agassiz made a communication on the age

357

of some of the sandstones of North America, generally
considered as the Old Red Sandstone.

Some of these had heen designated hy Mr. Marcou as Triassic,
and he showed by characteristic calamites that the strata so named
by the latter in New Brunswick were properly so called. The
calamites exhibited from the strata of southern New Brunswick
had a more elongated stem, fewer vertical furrows, and a greater
distance between the joints, than the Carboniferous and Devonian
forms, and had the aspect of Triassic calamites. He thought the
New Brunswick fossils were different from the C. arenaceus of
the Trias of Europe.

Mr. Marcou made a communication on the black slate
of Braintree, Mass., containing Paradoxides, and on simi-
•lar strata in Newfoundland, near Lake Champlain, and
in the vicinity of Quebec.

The Braintree slate contains trilobites, and a Conocephalus has
been discovered in the same formation in Newfoundland ; here are
two remotely separated points in North America, whose fossils
indicate an age anterior to the Silurian, belonging to what Bar-
rande calls the faune primordiale. Prof. James Hall found near
Lake Champlain three trilobites in strata which he referred to
the Hudson River group, or to the second fauna of Barrande ;
others obtained near Quebec were referred to the same group by
Mr. Logan ; and this whole chain of rocks has been referred by
these and other geologists to the Hudson River group. Emmons
long ago discovered these rocks in Vermont, and called them the
"Taconic System;" this is equivalent to the primordial fauna of
Barrande, and Emmons's name, given in 1846, four years before
that of Barrande, should be substituted ^ov faune primordiale.

The trilobites found near Quebec were obtained from the rocks
at the Falls of Montmorenci ; at the surface here is a horizontal
limestone belonging to the Trenton group, and the rock which
forms the falls is gneiss ; below the falls are the black shales, very
much upheaved, going back fifteen or twenty miles into the country,
and indicating an immense thickness ; Mr. Marcou had no doubt
that the fossils were found in these shales, which are anterior to
the limestone. The Potsdam sandstone, in New York, had until

358

recently yielded only a fossil Lingula ; afterward a Conocephalus
was discovered in it ; Mr. Marcou considers this not the first fos-
siliferous stratum, but the last of a series containing the primordial
fauna. These primordial forms have been found also in Wisconsin
and Minnesota, and in Spain.

Mr. Marcou read extracts from letters of M. Barrande in refer-
ence to this subject.

The Corresponding Secretary read the following list of
letters recently received :

From Mr. P. B. Du Chaillu, accenting Corresponding Mem-
bership ; from the Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society,
July 13 ; the K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, Jnne 25 ;
Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, Wien ; Gesellschaft der Wis-
senschaften, Gottingen, June 3 ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft,
Emden ; Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und-Heilkunde,
Giessen, June 2 ; the London Geographical Society, July 24 ;
and the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester,
May 31, acknowledging the reception of the Society's pub-
lications, or sending theirs in return.

Messrs. A. S. Bickmore, of Cambridge, and Robert T.
Edes, of Dorchester ; and Drs. A. D. Sinclair, of Boston,
and J. H. Stickney, of Newton; were elected Resident
Members.

November 7, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

Mr. Du Chaillu presented descriptions of mammals
from equatorial Africa, collected by himself, and believed
to be undescribed, as follows : —

( Continued from page 304.)

Troglodytes Kooloo-Kamba. This chimpanzee-like ani-
mal was discovered by me in the mountains of the interior, situated

359

near the head waters of Ovenga River, known by the natives
under the name of Ashankolo; these mountains are hardly at
all inhabited.

Immediately after killing the animal I was struck by the fol-
lowing outward characters, which led me to^ believe that it was a
new species.

The general color of the hair black. The head rounded,
the frontal ridge prominent, but less so than in the gorilla ; the
eyes wide apart ; cheek-bones very prominent, and the cheeks
hollow; nose very flat; mouth wide, the lips black, of uniform
thickness, when shut not showing the mucous membrane ; the
muzzle not very prominent, and the chin rounded ; the ears very
large, in their form resembling much those of man, but larger ;
the round, black face surrounded by whiskers, commencing from
the hair of the head and uniting under the chin, this appendage
giving a very human look to the animal ; the chest broad ; the
arms long, reaching below the knee, and indicating great mus-
cular strength ; the hand long and narrow, black and callous ;
the thumb very short, the back of the middle phalanx of the fin-
gers callous, showing that the mode of progression is on all-fours,
resting anteriorly on the knuckles ; abdomen large, and rounded
on the sides ; the legs short, destitute of a calf ; feet black, shorter
than the hand ; toes free like the fingers, showing the arboreal
habits of the animal.

Length of the animal, measured from the dry skin, 4 feet 2
inches, but this may not be the exact length. Length of the hand,
ll-l in.; length of the foot from the hairy part of the heel, lOf ;
length of the thumb, 2 in. ; of the second finger, 2f ; of the
middle finger, 4|- ; of the fourth finger, 4^ ; of the little finger, 3f ;
circumference of thumb, 2^ ; of second finger, 3f ; of middle, 4 ;
of fourth, 3^ ; of little finger, S^ ; length of great toe, 2f ; of sec-
ond toe, 3^; of middle toe, 3| ; of fourth toe, 3|; of little toe,
2|- ; circumference of great toe, 3| ; of second toe, 2^ ; of middle
toe, 2|- ; of fourth toe, 2^ ; of little toe, 2^.

The chief external characteristic differences between this species
and the Troglodytes calvus are the want of baldness, the more
rounded face, the whiskers round the face, the less prominent
muzzle, the higher cheek-bones, and the more hollow cheeks.

360

It differs from the adult chimpanzee in a rounder face, more
prominent cheek-bones, and more hollow cheeks, larger ears, less
prominent muzzle, and the whiskers round the face ; and, it is im-
portant to add, the different name which the natives give to this
animal.

The cry of the Kooloo-Kamba is very different from that of
the T. calvus and chimpanzee, resembling the syllables " Kooloo,"
which I have heard, and from which it derived its name among the
natives, — " Kamba " meaning " to speak," among one tribe ; other
tribes give to the animal only the name of " Kooloo."

This ape was killed by me in the Ashankolo Mountains. As
I was returning to our camp, I heard the cry of " Kooloo, Koo-
loo," and asked my guide what it was ; he said that it was a kind
of " man of the woods," which I had not seen before, called Kooloo-
Kamba. It was then too dark to go in search of the animal, but
a little before daylight the next morning we got up and went
toward the place where the ape had retired for the night. Day-
light had nearly appeared, and I began to fear that the animal
had left, when I was suddenly started by the cry of " Kooloo,
Kooloo." I looked above, and saw the animal on the tree on
which it had spent the night, and there killed it.

It is very seldom that this animal comes so near the coast, and
as we brought it to the camp it was a gi'eat object of wonder to
the men. It is said to live in the country much farther toward
the mountains of the interior. The stomach contained nothing but
vegetable food.

Cercopithecus nigripes. The black-footed Guenon, called
" Ponday " by the natives. The general color was iron gray, each
hair tipped and ringed with yellowish white on the sides, and with
rufous on back of the neck and shoulders ; lower half of the back,
outside of fore legs, and feet of hind legs black; thighs cine-
reous gray, tipped and ringed with whitish ; all the lower parts,
and inside of fore-legs and thighs light rufous yellow. On the
forehead a patch shaped like a horse-shoe of a yellowish white,
terminating behind on a level with the ears ; between and to the
outside of the arms of the horse-shoe, black ; near the tip of the
ears on the inside a pencil-like tuft of yellowish rufous hair ; face
black, almost naked ; cheeks hairy, yellowish rufous. Tail : basal

361

half above, blackish mixed with yellowish rufous ; terminal half,
above and below, black ; under surface of basal half of tail, and
round the anus, rufous chestnut. Female like the male, the under
parts of a lighter tint.

Length to root of tail, 21 inches ; tail, 27 inches.

This beautiful species of guenon is found on the banks of the
Ofoubour River, and in the mountainous regions of that country ;
it is one of the least common of the numerous species which in-
habit those immense forests.

Otolicnus apicalis. The hair is very soft and woolly, mouse-
colored or slaty at base, tipped on the upper parts with various
shades of rufous, tinged with cinereous on the head, brightest and
with an orange tint on the back and upper part of tail ; dorsal
median line deep chestnut brown ; outside of limbs like back,
fading toward the feet ; below, mouse-colored, tinged, especially
on the interior of hind limbs, with yellowish white ; tail rufous
for the first half above, the rest of upper and whole lower surface
wood brown, with the terminal inch and a half, above and below,
dirty yellowish white ; hands and feet above hairy to fingers and
toes, palms and soles naked ; end of nose and chin yellowish
white.

Length from nose to base of tail, 10 inches ; tail to end of hair,
14 inches. It may well be called the Rufous-backed Galago.

It is called " Abolo " by the natives. It lives in the forests, re-
tiring by day to holes in trees, coming out at night in search of
food, which consists of fruit and insects ; the male and female
commonly dwell together; I kept one for some time, and it
throve well, being very fond of cockroaches, bananas, and corn.
It is found in the mountains of the interior, near the equator.

Cynogale velox. This resembles the Asiatic Cynogale
Bennettii (Gray). I have now nothing but the skin of the animal,
the skull having been destroyed by fire.

The teeth resemble those of the above genus of Gray, as well
as the general appearance, but the size of the animal, the length
and characters of the tail, and the habitat, indicate a distinct
species.

Description, Head long, very flat ; the nose sharp, eyes very

362

small ; ears also small, and sparingly clothed with hair ; whiskers
very stiff and bristly, most of them white ; a few bristles of the
same character on the cheeks, behind the eyes ; neck thick ; body
stout and depressed ; extremities small, the first joint enclosed with-
in the skin of the body ; feet five toed, plantigrade behind ; soles
bare ; claws curved and sharp ; fore claws very slightly if at all
webbed ; hind claws partially webbed, and the external border of
the tarsus fringed with a membrane ; tail stout, compressed later-
ally, the terminal three fourths sharp above and at the end below,
terminating in a point.

Fur short, dense, and soft, near the skin and on the under parts
downy, like the under fur of the otter ; some coarser hair mixed
with the fine fur above ; fur extending about one fourth the
length of the tail, ending in a point above, and less extended on the
under part, the rest of the tail covered with very short, bristly, and
closely applied hairs, forming a short crest along the upper edge ;
the tail in the living animal very shiny, from the shortness of the
hair.

Color above, dark, shining brown, lighter on the sides, pale yel-
lowish white below, almost pure white on the throat and chin and
along the edge of the upper lip.

Length of the body from tip of the nose to base of tail, 15 inches ;
length of tail, 8f in. ; length from tip of nose to ears, 2^ in. ;
length of fore limbs to end of claws, 1^ in. ; length of hind limbs,
2 inches.

I have killed three of these animals, two of which were de-
stroyed by fire ; all were of the same size.

This extraordinary animal is found in the mountains of the inte-
rior, or in the hilly country explored by me north and south of
the equator. It is found along the watercourses of limpid and
clear streams, where fish are abundant ; it hides under rocks
along these streams, lying in wait for fish. It swims through the
water with a rapidity which astonished me ; before the fish has
time to move, it is caught ; on account of the rapidity of its
movements I have given it the specific name of velox. The animal
returns to land with its prey almost as rapidly as it started from
its place of concealment. The great motive power of the animal
in the water seems to be in its tail.

363

Only a single species of Gynogale being described, and that a
native of Asia, I thought the different shape and proportions
of the tail, with its African habitat, were sufficient to make this
the representative of a different genus, for which I proposed the
name of Potamogale ; preferring, however, to wait until I
can procure the skull and skeleton, I have placed it in the genus
Cynogale, to which it certainly bears a close resemblance.

SciURUs NoRDHOFFi. General color above, on the back
black, tipped and ringed with orange rufous, on the head and tail
tipped with white ; last two thirds of tail obscurely ringed with
black and white, almost hoary below ; anterior limbs outside like the
head, hind limbs like the back. Under surface scantily furnished
with light rufous hair, grayish toward and on the throat and
breast ; inside of limbs light rufous ; abrupt line of termination
between the long hair of the sides and the scanty hair of the ab-
domen ; feet black ; whiskers long ; teeth deep reddish orange.
General character of hair rather harsh.

Length from the tip of the nose to base of tail, 13 inches ;
length of tail, 13^ inches. It is called "Ncongo" by the na-
tives.

I take great pleasure in naming this species in honor of my friend
Charles Nordhoff, Esq., of New York.

This species resembles the aS'. camceps, (Temm.) but has not
the lateral whitish band, nor the rufous spot behind the ears, and
has, moreover, the lower parts and the inside of the limbs light
rufous, and the tail more hoary beneath. It comes near, also, to
the *S'. Stangeri, (Waterh.,) from Fernando Po, but has not the
abdomen barred with black.

This squirrel is one of the largest and one of the rarest I have
met with in Africa. It is found in the mountainous country situated
near the Ashira prairies, at a distance of one hundred and fifty
miles from the coast, and one degree south of the equator.

SciURUS EBORivORUS. General color above shining black
and bright rufous, arising from the hairs being black, ringed with
the latter and tipped with the former, the rufous on the head
becoming whitish. Lower parts scantily furnished with hair, gray-
ish on the throat and breast, and brownish on the abdomen ; feet

364

bright reddish rufous. Tail long, of four different colors, first 2^
inches lil^e the back, next 5 inches bright rufous, mixed with a
few shining black hairs, next 5 inches indistinctly ringed with
black and white, and last 2^ inches black. Abrupt line of ter-
mination between hair of sides and abdomen, grayish along this
line ; blackish about and behind the ears, which are slightly tufted ;
hair rather harsh. Length from the tip of the nose to base of
tail, 11^ inches; length of tail, 15 inches.

It is called " Mboko " by the natives, and may properly be styled
the " ivory-eater."

This species of squirrel is one of the most remarkable animals
I have met in western equatorial Africa. The Mboko is known
in that region as the great ivory-eater. It shows a curious par-
tiality for ivory, and loves to feed on the newly fallen tusks of the
elephant, but does not touch them after they have lain on the
ground long enough to lose the animal matter ; many tusks are
found with the marks of its teeth.

The fame of the Mboko has gone out even among the tribes inhab-
iting the country where it is not found, and, though it is not met
with on the sea-shore between two degrees north and south of the
equator, all the tribes know the animal by reputation. The por-
cupine of this part of Africa is said by the natives to feed some-
times on the tusks of the elephant.

This species was discovered by me in the mountains of the
interior, where the Ovenga River takes its source, at a distance
of about one hundred and forty miles from the coast, and one de-
gree south of the equator.

SciURUS WiLSONi. General color above mixed rufous and
black, the rufous prevailing on the outside of the limbs ; lower
parts scantily furnished with yellowish rufous hair ; throat yellow-
ish white ; tail very bushy and silky, with a purplish red tinge,
tipped with whitish ; whiskers black ; teeth reddish orange ; ab-
rupt line of termination between hair of the sides and abdomen.
Length from the tip of the nose to base of tail, llf inches;
length of tail, 11 J- inches.

I propose the name of Wilsoni for this species in honor of my
good and dear friend. Rev. John Leighton Wilson, D. D., of New

365

York, find formerly missionary in Western Africa. I have not
the native name of this animal.

The only squirrel that I find described in any way resembling
this is the S. rufohrachiatus, (Waterh.,) from Fernando Po ; but
in the latter, the inside of the limbs is reddish rufous instead of
yellowish white, and the tail is ringed with blacli and rufous,,
instead of purplish red tipped with white.

This squirrel is also one of the rarest I have found in Africa.
It is found in the mountainous country situated on the head waters
of the Ovenga River, and lives among the trees.

SciURUS SUBALBIDUS. In this animal the hair is thicker,
shorter, and softer, and the under parts are more densely covered
than in most other squirrels of tropical Africa.

The general color above is a mixed rufous, yellowish, and
black, darkest and brightest in the middle of the back ; each hair
is mouse-colored at the base, then ringed with yellowish, yellowish
rufous, and black, and tipped with the latter. The yellowish be-
comes nearly white on the forehead ; the lower parts from chin to
vent, the inside of fore-arms and thighs, yellowish white, whitest on
lower portion of throat ; sides more brownish than back, this color
encroaching on the lower parts, especially on the anterior half of
the abdomen, which is considerably tinged with it ; about nose and
lips light brown ; whiskers long and black ; narrow yellowish white
circle around eyes ; outer side of limbs like the back, more tinged
with rufous, and bright bay on the posterior edge of fore and hind
limbs, forming a ring just above wrist and heel ; the hair reaches
above to the beginning of toes, extending beyond the claws ; the
soles and palms naked ; no line of separation between hair of upper
and under surfaces of the body ; tail much like the middle of back,
each hair yellowish rufous at base, and then ringed alternately with
black and yellowish rufous, the tip being yellowish white, and
almost white near the end of the tail ; terminal brush browner ;
under surface of tail barred with bright bay instead of yellowish
rufous ; tail distichous ; incisors deep orange. Length to base of
tail, 10 inches; tail, 11 inches.

From Fernando Po.

It comes near the S. rufohrachiatus, (Waterhouse,) but has not
the interior of the limbs of a rufous color, which Temminck says

366

is characteristic of the latter species, and the upper incisors are
not longitudinally grooved.

SciURUS RUBRiPES. General color slate tipped with yellow ;
from the shoulder backward an indistinct yellowish white stripe,
fading away before reaching the thighs ; lower parts and inside of
limbs yellowish white, tinged on the latter with chestnut ; head
dark chestnut ; whiskers black ; outside of limbs bright chestnut ;
tail black, tipped with white above, and chestnut on the under
surface ; teeth orange yellow. Length from tip of the nose to
base of the tail, 9^ inches ; length of the tail, 5 1 inches.

This resembles the S. -pyrrhopus, (F. Cuv.,) from the Guinea
coast ; but the tint is not greenish, the lateral band is yellowish
white, the tail differs in its chestnut lower surface and whiter
tips, and the head and outside of limbs are chestnut instead of
tawny.

This beautiful red-legged squirrel is found in the country wa-
tered by the rivers Nazareth, Ogobai, Fernand-Vaz, Rembo, and
Ovenga, running through a country situated two degrees south of
the equator. It inhabits the forests of equatorial Africa, and is
found in the interior as far as I have been. It is called by the
natives " Ngori."

SciURUS MiNUTUS. Color bright ferruginous above, beneath
tawny ; tail with alternate black and rufous bands ; base of the
fur, above and below, plumbeous ; whiskers long and black ; muz-
zle yellowish white ; ears scantily furnished with yellowish white
hair ; teeth whitish yellow, lower incisors diverging at the points ;
well clothed with hair on the lower parts. Length from tip of
the nose to base of tail, 3 inches ; length of tail, 2 inches.

This beautiful little squirrel, which is thus far the smallest
known, is called by the native tribes inhabiting the head waters of
the Ovenga River " KendoT It is always found on the trees of
the forest, and to get a sight at it is most difficult, not only on ac-
count of its small size, but of its constant and rapid movements.

It is found on the mountainous range or table-lands situated in
the interior from" the western coast of Africa, between two degrees

367

north and two degrees south of the equator. I did not meet it in
the maritime plains situated between these mountains and the sea.

Mr. Du Chailhi also exhibited the skull of a manatee from West-
ern Africa, called " Manga " by the natives of the Camma country.
Thinking it to be a new species, he had proposed for it the name of
Manatus Oiveni, but it probably belongs to the M. Vogelii, (Owen,)
from the rivers of Central Africa, if that be specifically different
from 31. Senegalensis (Cuv.). The molars are f:|, of which six
are in use on each side of each jaw.

General color dark plumbeous. Skin smooth, on which is
scattered all over the body single bristly straight hairs from, half
an inch to an inch long ; eyes very small ; paddles without nails.
The largest seen by him measured 10 feet in total length ; length
of paddle from below, 14 inches; greatest width of the tail, 23
inches.

It is found in the Nazareth, Mexias, Fernand-Vaz, Npoulou-
nay, Ogobai, Rembo, Niembai, and Ovenga rivers, and also in the
Anengue Lake. It frequents places where the water is still, or
where the current is not strong. It feeds on the leaves of some of
the trees growing on the banks of these rivers, whose branches fall
into the stream, or on the grass growing in the water. During
the rainy season, when the amount of fresh water coming from
the interior prevents in the rivers mentioned the water of the sea
from mixing with that of the river, this manatee is often found but
a few miles above the mouth of the river. During the dry sea-
son, the amount of fresh water from the interior being less, and
the sea-water flowing with the tide up these rivers to a certain
distance, the manatee ascends higher up, in order to be in fresh
water. It is very fat, and the skin is very thick, by drying becom-
ing black and granulated.

Dr. Bryant communicated the following notice of a
visit to Green Island, some ten miles out at sea, off the
mouth of Chester Bay, Nova Scotia, by the Rev. I. Am-
brose, M. A., Halifax, in a letter to J. Matthew Jones,
Esq.

On June 28, 1860, he landed on the north side of the island.
Not a puffin or any other kind of bird was to be seen, save a large

368

number of " steering " gulls and some " mackerel " gulls flying
overhead, whilst the whole island under foot was perforated and
undermined by the petrels. He says :

" I first took a tour all around the grassy edge of the cliffs to look
for gulls' eggs. I got two dozen of the ' steering gulls ' ' eggs, and the
men eight dozen. Tore up the turf with my hands, following the little
galleries with my fingers, and soon secured four dozen and a half of
petrels' eggs, and two of the parent birds as specimens. I could have
obtained, I suppose, a thousand dozen of the eggs if I had wished, and
every mother bird with them, as the poor little things crowd back into
their holes, making not the slightest noise or resistance whilst they be-
hold the roof rudely torn from their dwelling, and their eggs taken away.
In no instance, except one, did I find more than one egg in a nest, and
in that there were but two ; and yet some of the birds were hatching,
as some of the eggs contained the embryo with its head and body so far
developed as to clearly identify the species. The smell of the birds is
at first very offensive ; indeed we perceived it at a distance of two miles
from the island. This smell is not occasioned by any decayed fish or
other extraneous matter, as the nests and surrounding turf are invaria-
bly very clean, the nest itself being lined at the bottom with a very
little dry fine grass. The odor is peculiar to the bird and its egg, and
is particularly perceptible in the dark brown oily fluid which, seemingly
in self-defence, these birds eject from their bills.

" The sun was just rising when we landed on the island, and although
we had seen several petrels flying about the boat in the night and at
dawn of day on our passage, yet on the island not one was to be seen.
All were underground, where at first you could hear their twittering,
as if arranging about nests and accommodations; but soon after sunrise
they became almost entirely silent, at least so far as the screaming of
the gulls, which was always about the same, would allow you to judge.
On taking a petrel out of its nest, it would not on being set down
attempt to fly at first, but would endeavor to dig its way down into
some of the broken holes. Most of the nests seemed to be old ones
newly fitted up, and I found several such where the bird had brought
quite a sprinkling of fresh dirt out to the surface. They seem to form
their galleries not so much by carrying out the surplus dirt, however,
as by pressing themselves through the soft turfy soil. A great many
ants had made their nests among the galleries, but did not seem to in-
commode the birds ; perhaps, indeed, they serve them for food at
times.

" I saw no traces of mice or rats on the island, and but few insects,
but a dead gull had been torn to pieces and eaten by something, so that

o

69

only the head and bill were left. I found several dead sheep, but noth-
ing seemed to have touched them. Probably hawks frequent the place.

" Green Island is about the size of ' George's Island ' in Halifax har-
bor, and is almost round in shape, being, however, a little longer in its
east and west diameter than in that running north and south. It is com-
posed of a blue slate rock thickly barred with grayish veins, and cov-
ered with a light, brown, turfy soil. A good deal of grass grows on the
place — hence its name. And there is a small pond of half stagnant
rain-wator on the top of it in a little valley, bordered with the wild flag.
Not a tree or shrub grows on it. The only flowers I saw were the flag
blossoms, white violets, and a small plant with a leaf like that of the
wild rose and a blossom like the buttercup. The rock of which the
island is composed is fireproof, and is the same as that at the ' Raggeds,*
— some scattered islets and points lying about northwest from Green
Island, and near Lunenburrj.

" I had not time to examine the shore for shells as thoroughly as I
wished, as the men were pressed for time ; but I fear the sea soon
smashes all that are washed ashore, as the beach is more than half com-
posed of small fragments of shells. Large masses of stone are to be
seen, which have evidently been split off by the frost, but the rock
not being liable, like granite, to disintegrate by rain, retains its square
shape."

The following is the full report on the subject referred
to by Mr. Marcou at the preceding meeting : —

ON THE PRIMORDIAL FAUNA AND THE TACONIC SYSTEM, BY
JOACHIM BARRANDE ; WITH ADDITIONAL NOTES, BY JULES
MARCOU.

The discovery of Paradoxides Harlani at Braintree, and that
of Paradoxides Bennetti and Conocephalites at St. Mary's Bay,
Newfoundland, in slates until then regarded as Azoic and placed
among the crystalline and primary rocks, show plainly that the
Primordial fauna is represented also on the Atlantic coast of
North America. These are not isolated facts, but rather two
landmarks showing the existence of strata occupying an impor-
tant place in the system of stratified rocks.

In a letter dated Paris, 29th May, 1860, M. Barrande
says : —

" If you see Prof. W. B. Rogers I beg you to thank him for his three
beautiful photographs of Paradoxides Harlani (Green,) which he was

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 24 DECEMBER, 1860

370

so kind as to send me. They were very interesting to our Geological
Society (of France) where I showed them, stating that this species is
identical with P. spinosus of Bohemia. This is a very important fact, and
should have a happy result, that of establishing the relative age of the
most ancient formations on the two continents."

In his note " On the Primordial Fauna^'' (see " Bui. de la Soc.
Geol. de France,^' vol. XVII. p. 551,) M. Barrande gives it as his
opinion that the P. Bennetti, though differing, from the P. spinosus
of Bohemia, belongs to the same group of fossils.

This being established, let us proceed a little farther and see
if previous discoveries and published records permit the exten-
sion of the Primordial fauna over some other portions of North
America.

Prof E. Emmons in his geological survey of Lake Champlain,
as far back as 1838, recognized below the Potsdam sandstone a
series of strata, which he described at length in 1844, and named
the Taconic System. The fossils then found by Prof. Emmons
were few in number and so badly preserved that some doubts
may have been entertained at that time as to their determination
and value as characteristic fossils. Nevertheless, his Eliptocepha-
lus asaphoides was a Trilobite form so different from those known
in the other strata of New York, that a skilful paleontologist would
not have let it pass without further inquiry.

The principal argument of Prof. Emmons was based on strati-
graphical and lithological grounds, and the numerous sections
and descriptions of rocks accompanying his Taconic system are
certainly conclusive, so far as geognostical characters are con-
cerned. The paleontologist of the State of New York rejected
the Taconic system, and, siding with other opponents of Prof. Em-
mons's discovery, in his first volume of the '' Paleontology of New
York," (1847,) Mr. James Hall assigns the age of the Hudson
River group to the strata of the Taconic system, explaining the
difference of lithological characters by metamorphisms, the dis-
cordance of stratification and the different thickness of the strata
by folding and faults ; the fossils he regards as badly determined.
His opinions are not supported by detailed sections, but he refers
to the Introduction of his work for explanation, which Introduction
as yet remains unpublished.

371

Since 1844 Prof. Emmons has continued his observations and
discoveries on those bottom rods, and in 1855 he gave a more
complete account of Ills Taconic system in the second part of his
" American Geology." This book has unfortunately escaped M.
Barrande's inquiries, for his attention would be strongly drawn to
the new Taconic fossils it contains. It is evident from the new
specimen o^ EUptocephahis asajihoides, from the shales of Washing-
ton County, New York, figured PI. I, fig. 18, that this trilobite
is a Paradoxides related to the group of P. spinosus, perhaps
identical with the P. Harlani of Braintree. Besides, the tri-
lobite figured PI. I, fig. 16, and called Atops trilineatus, is a true
Sao, which genus is among the most characteristic of the Primor-
dial fauna of Bohemia and Scandinavia. Prof. Emmons has thus
found at least two trilobites of the Primordial fauna in slates form-
ing part of his Taconic System. Trilobites are the most impor-
tant fossils for the determination of the age of the oldest strata ;
the labors of M. M. Barrande and Angelin have shown with what
certainty geologists can rely upon them. Other less significant
fossils have been found by Emmons, such as Graptolites, Lingulce^
and Oholi, Sections and very detailed descriptions of strata show
that the Taconic system, as defined by its discoverer, is composed
of shales, slates, limestones, dolomites, conglomerates, sandstones,
and iron breccia, whose combined thickness is between 25,000 and
30,000 feet, always resting on granite, gneiss, quartzite, and other
crystalline rocks ; that it lies at the base of the Silurian (such as
the Silurian was first established in England and in America) ;
and that this bottom formation extends, according to Emmons
himself, from Newfoundland to Maine, Canada, Vermont, Massa-
chusetts, Rhode Island, and along the Alleghanies to Georgia.

A discovery made some time since, but only published last
year, has brought before the scientific world new forms of fossils,
which, according to M. Barrande, unquestionably belong to the
Primordial fauna. The following is the statement of M. Bar-
rande, contained in a letter to Prof Bronn of Heidelberg, to be
published in the German Geological Journal : " JSfeues Jahrbuchfur
Geologie und Petrefahten Kunde^

'' Paris, July 16, 1860.

" I have recently received, thanks to the kindness of M, E.

Billings, the learned paleontologist of the Geological Survey of Canada,

372

a very interesting pamphlet entitled ' Twelfth Annual Report of the
Regents of the University of the State of New York, 1859.' If you
possess this publication, you will find there, at page 59, a memoir of
Prof J. Hall, entitled ' Trilobites of the Shales of the Hudson River
Group.' This savant there describes three species under the names
Olenus Thompso7iij Olenus Vermontana, and Peltura {Olenus) holopyga.
The well-defined characters of these trilobites are described with the
clearness and precision to be expected from so skilful and experienced
a paleontologist as James Hall.

" Although the specimens are incomplete, their primordial nature can-
not admit of the least doubt, when the descriptions are read, accom-
panied with wood engravings which the large dimensions of these three
species render sufiiciently exact. The first is 105 millim. long by 80
broad, the other two are somewhat smaller.

" The heads of the two Oleni being deteriorated, the furrows of the
glabella cannot be recognized. The thorax has a common and re-
markable character, which consists in the greater development of the
third segment, the point of which is stronger and longer than in all the
other pleura. This is a striking resemblance to the Paradoxides, the
second segment of which has the same peculiarity. Besides, there is an
intimate relation between these two primordial types, and we should
not be surprised if America furnished us with forms uniting most of their
characteristics. The pygidium of 0. Thompsoni, the only one that is
known, shows no segmentation, and attests by its exiguity its relation
to a primordial trilobite. P. holopyga, by its whole appearance, resembles
the species of Sweden so well known by the name of P. Scarabceoides.

" Thus all the characters of these three trilobites, as they are recog-
nized and described by J. Hall, are those of the trilobites of the primor-
dial fauna of Europe. This is so true, that I think I may say without
fear, if M. Angelin, or any other paleontologist practised in distinguish-
ing the trilobites of Scandinavia, had met with these three American
forms in Sweden or Norway, he would not have hesitated to class them
among the species of the Primordial fauna, and to place the schists
enclosing them in one of the formations containins: this fauna. Such
is my profound conviction, and I think any one who has made a serious
study of the trilobitic forms and of their vertical distribution in the old-
est formations will be of the same opinion.

" Besides, all who have seriously studied paleontology know well that
each geological epoch, or each fauna, has its proper and characteristic
forms, which once extinct reappear no more. This is one of the great
and beautiful results of your immense researches, which have general-
ized this law, recognized by each one of us within the limits of the
strata he describes.

373

" The great American paleontologist arrived long since at the same
conclusion, for in 1847 he wrote the following passage in the Introduc-
tion to the first volume of the Monumental Work consecrated to the
Paleontology of New York.

" ' Every step in this research tends to convince us that the succession
of strata, when clearly shown, furnishes conclusive proofs of the existence
of a regular sequence among the earlier organisms. We are more and
more able, as we advance, to observe that the Author of nature, though
always working upon the same plan and producing an infinite variety
of forms almost incomprehensible to us, has never repeated the same
forms in successive creations. The various organisms called into ex-
istence have performed their parts in the economy of creation, have
lived their period and perished. This we find to be as true among the
simple and less conspicuous forms of the paleozoic series, as in the
more remarkable fauna of later periods.' — J. Hall, ' Pal. of New York,'

Lp.XXUL"

" When an eminent man expresses such ideas so eloquently, it is be-
cause they rise from his deepest convictions. It must then be conceived
that J. Hall, restrained by the artificial combinations of stratigraphy
previously adopted by him, has done violence to his paleontological doc-
trines, when, seeing before him the most characteristic forms of the Pri-
mordial fauna, and giving them names the most significant of this first
creation, he thinks it his duty to teach us that these three trilobites
belong to a horizon superior to that on which the second fauna is extin-
guished.

" In eff'ect, according to the text of J. Hall, the three trilobites in ques-
tion were found near the town of Georgia, Vermont, in schists which are
superior to the true Hudson River group. In his works J. Hall does
not go beyond indicating the horizon of certain fossils, and no one
would think of asking a guaranty for such indications. But on this
occasion the great American paleontologist thinks it necessary to sup-
port his stratigraphical determination by another authority, chosen
from the most respectable names in geology. The following is the note
which terminates his Memoir.

" ' Notp:. In addition to the evidence heretofore possessed regarding

the position of the shales containing the Trilobites, I have the testi-
mony of Sir W. E. Logan, that the shales of this locality are in the
upper part of the Hudson Eiver group, or forming a part of a series of
strata which he is inclined to rank as a distinct group, above the Hud-
son River proper. It would be quite superfluous for me to add one
word in support of the opinion of the most able stratigraphical geologist
of the American continent.'

" Now, when a savant like J. Hall thinks himself obliged to invoke

374

testimony to guarantee the exactness of the position of a few fossils, it
is clear that the determination of this position is difficult.

" In order to understand these difficulties I have consulted the maps
and documents relating to the State of Vermont and the country in which
the town of Georgia is situated, and, although the library of our Geo-
logical Society does not contain all that one could wish on this subject,
I recognized easily that Georgia is placed in the region where the order
of succession of the deposits is the most obscured by foldings and dislo-
cations ; so that the position of the schists in question could not have
been determined by the incontestable evidence of direct superposition.
Besides, the physical appearance of these schists is not that of the rocks
constituting the typical group of Hudson River. This is verified
by the Note of J. Hall, for it tells us that Sir W. E. Logan is inclined
to make a distinct group of these schists superior to that of the Hudson,
and which consequently would crown the whole Lower Silurian division of
the continent.

" For the above reasons, the geological horizon on which the three
Oleni of Georgia were found appears to me to have been but uncer-
tainly determined at first view, and even in complete opposition to
paleontological documents.

" I do not think, then, that I weaken in the least degree the respect
and confidence justly inspired by the labors of the American savants
whose names have just been mentioned, when I ask them in the name
of science to make new researches and new studies, that may lead to a
final and certain solution of this important question.

" Doubtless, thanks to the progress of our knowledge, we are now no
longer bound by the ancient conception of the simultaneous extinction
and the total renovation of the faunae. For myself, in particular, it
would not be possible to accuse me of similar views at the moment when
I pubhsh the explanation of my doctrine of colonies. But you will j)er-
ceive that the facts which I invoke in support of this doctrine are far
from sustaining the reappearance of a fauna after the extinction of the
following fauna, which the three trilobites of Georgia would do, if they
had really lived after the deposit of the Hudson River group.

" This reappearance would be still more astonishing, as among the
three great Silurian faunae the second fauna occupies the greatest ver-
tical space and is probably the one which enjoyed the longest existence.
Thus, to verify such a reapj)earance, the most incontestable proofs are
required, for such a decision would oblige the entire re-formation of one
of our most important scientific creeds.

" Yours very truly,

"J. BARRANDE."

375

Prof. Emmons has always regarded these black slates of Geor-
gia as part of his Taconic system, and more, he refers them to
the base of the upper division of the Taconic rocks (see " Amer-
ican Geology,^' part II. p. 49). The strata are dislocated and
upheaved at Georgia, and as far as my knowledge of the geology
of the vicinity of Burlington, Isle La Motte, Chazy, and Rouse's
Point extends, acquired in an ex[)loration of a few days in 1849,
I am far from agreeing with the statement made by Messrs. Logan
and Hall that the strata of Georgia are of the age of the Hudson
River group. Mr. Emmons, I think, rightly refers them to the
Taconic system, and the discovery of the three primordial trilobites
confirms the view arrived at by him only through their strati-
graphical and lithological characters.

In another letter, dated Paris, 14th August, 1860, M. Barrande
says : —

" You will easily perceive the interest and importance of the question,
even if it were only raised on account of the three Oleni of Georgia ;
but it takes in now a much wider field, owing to a letter I have just
received from Mr. Billings, official paleontologist of the Geological Sur-
vey of Canada, who informs me that he has found lately, in the schists
and limestones near Quebec, considered as being the prolongation of
those in question in Vermont, nearly one hundred species, almost all
new. Twenty-six of these come from a white limestone, and seem to
him to be the true representatives of the Primordial fauna, and he cites
among them Conocephcdites, Ai'ionellus, Dikelloceplialus, etc., that is,
very characteristic forms of this fauna.

" In another limestone, which is gray, he finds thirty-nine species, all
difierent from the first, and representing, on the contrary, the most dis-
tinct types of the second fauna. Finally, the black schists furnish him
with Grapiolites, Lingulce, etc., etc., fossils which at first sight cannot
determine a horizon, because they are found upon several Silurian
horizons.

" While waiting for the very obscure stratigraphical relations to be
disentangled, and without engaging in any manner Mr. Billings, who
should preserve the independence of his opinion, I may yet express to
you my view wholly personal, and of which at this moment I take the
entire responsibility. I think, then, that this region of schists and lime-
stones of Vermont, in other words the Taconic sijstem, will reproduce
in America that which took place in England as to the Malvern Hills
and in Spain for the Cantabrian chain, — that is to say, the Primordial

376

fauna, after having been disregarded, will regain its rights and its place,
usurped by the second fauna.

" You see it is a great and noble question, whose final solution will
complete the imposing harmonies existing already between the series of
paleozoic faunae of America and that of the contemporaneous faunae of
Europe, leaving to each the imprint peculiar to its continent.

" I can well imagine, from the position previously taken by our learned
American brothers on the subject of the Taconic system, that the final
solution of which I speak will not be obtained without debate, and per-
haps some wounding of self-love, for some opinions that appear to be
dominant must be abandoned.

" But experience has taught me that in such cases the most elevated
minds turn always first to the light, and put themselves at the head of
the movement of reform. Thus, when in 1850 I recognized the Primor-
dial fauna in the Malvern Hills, where the second fauna only had been
found. Sir Henry de la Beche and Sir Roderick Murchison were the first
to adopt my views, to which little by little the other official geologists
agreed ; Ed. Forbes ranged himself publicly on my side in 1853 in ' The
Geological Survey,' while others still hesitated, and now there is no
longer any opponent.

" I think it will be nearly the same in America, and that in some years
from now the opinions of your savans will have undergone a great
change as regards this question.

" It is a fine opportunity for Dr. Emmons to reproduce his former ob-
servations and ideas with more success than in 1844.

" Yours very truly,

"J. BARRANDE."

I would add to the above letter a few words on the geology of the
vicinity of Quebec. Twelve years ago I passed a few days in that
region, and my opinion, formed from my own observations made at
that time, ditfers wholly from the publications of Mr. Logan and Dr.
Bigsby on the subject. Dr. Bigsby ( On the Geology of Quebec and
its environs, " Quart. Journ. of the Geol. Soc. of London" vol. IX.
p. 82, 1853,) refers all the strata, except a narrow band of limestone
north of Quebec, to the Hudson River group ; the limestone band
extending from Montmorency to Indian Lorette is determined by
him as Trenton limestone. The fossils upon which he relies for
placing the Quebec strata in the Hudson River group are only a
few Graptolites. Dr. Bigsby admits that the Hudson River group
is enormously developed in that part of North America, that it is
composed of rocks almost azoic, and that he does not understand

377

clearly how what he calls the Hudson River group came to be
conformable to the gneiss, with two unconformable and widely
different strata of great thickness interposed. Mr. Logan is of the
same opinion as Dr. Bigsby on the age of the strata in the vicinity
of Quebec, and moreover he gives an explanation of what puzzled
the Dr. so much. In his " Report of Progress for the year 1852-3,"
p. 35 and 36, Mr. Logan explains the discordance of stratification
between the Trenton limestone and the Quebec bituminous black
and gray slates, by an anticlinal axis complicated by a fault. It
must be observed that Mr. Logan admits that he cannot give any
precise facts by which to determine the position of the anticlinal.
I quote his description of the Montmorency Falls section.

" The details of the fault are well displayed at Montmorency Falls ;
here the channel of the river is cut down through the black limestone
beds of the Trenton formation to the gneiss of the anticlinal ridge, and
the water at and below the bridge flows down and across the gneiss,
and leaps at one bound to the foot of a precipice, which, immediately
behind the water, is composed wholly of this rock. At the summit of
the cascade, the Trenton beds on each side have a thickness of almost
fifty feet, and they are marked by Trinucleus concentricus, Calymene
senaria, Conularia quadrisulcaia, Leptcena sericcea, L. delloidea, Orthis
testudinai'ia, and Lingida. The dip of these beds is down the stream at
a very small angle ; but at the foot of the precipice, and in immediate
contact with the gneiss, about the same thickness of limestone is tilted
up to an angle of fifty-seven degrees ; it is followed by a similar amount
of black bituminous shale with the same slope ; in this attitude these
rocks climb up the face of the precipice, presenting their edges to the
chasm on each side. They are followed by about eight feet of strong
hard gray sandstone, weathering brown, in beds of ten to eighteen
inches, interstratified with black shales, to which again succeed gray
arenaceous-argillaceous shales, composing the sides of the chasm, out to
the waters of the St. Lawrence. The limestones belong to the Trenton,
the black shales to the Utica formation, and the gray to the Loraine
shales."

When at Montmorency Falls, 28th Sept. 1849, I made the fol-
lowing notes. The fall is formed by a quartzite rock passing to
mica-schist (gneiss of Messrs. Logan and Bigsby) with traces of
substratification, and running east 20° north, to west 20"^ south ;
at the foot of the fall and in contact with the quartzite there is a

378

series of black bituminous slates, with intercalations now and then,
more especially near the base of the fall, of small beds of lime-
stone. This system of slate is strongly upheaved, the beds dipping
east east south at an angle of 60°, and near the foot of the fall
they are almost vertical. They form a sort of amphitheatre around
the falls and are prolonged toward the St. Lawrence River, dis-
appearing beneath the water and reappearing at the Isle of Or-
leans. I find no fossils in this system. The upper part of the
fall is formed by a series of blue limestone 40 or 50 feet in thick-
ness, almost horizontal near the bridge, but inclined from 10° to
15° east east south, on the left side of the fall near the chasm.
This limestone, which is a little marly, rests directly on the
quartzite rocks ; it contains immense numbers of ramose corals,
which were submitted in 1850 to Milne Edwards and Jules
Haime, and were identified by those learned paleontologists with
the Alveolites repens (Fougt.) of the Upper Silurian of Dudley
and Wenlock in England and of Gothland in the Baltic, and
nearly related to, if not identical with, a ramose coral of the
jNia""ara »roup at Lockport. The Alveolites repejis was the
only fossil found by me at Montmorency, and was noted with
the suo-o-estion that the limestone belongs to the Trenton or

"oo

perhaps the Niagara group. The quartzite and mica-schist have
upheaved the hituminous black slates, and the almost horizontal
strata of limestone have been deposited after the dislocation. This
description of Montmorency Falls ditFers widely from the de-
scription published by Mr. Logan, and, now that the question of
the Primordial fauna and the Taconic system is brought forward,
I have no doubt that those black slates at the foot of Montmo-
rency Falls, the strata of the Isle d'Orleans, the city of Quebec,
the Plains of Abraham, Point Levi, all the south shore of the St.
Lawrence going up the Chaudiere River as far at least as the
Chaudiere Falls, which are all strongly elevated, dislocated, and
follow the general direction east 20° north to west 20° south, be-
lono- to the Taconic system of Vermont and Eastern New York,
and that in this system the fossils belonging to the Primordial
fauna have been found. I did not see the anticlinal axis with
fault, described by Mr. Logan, and I explain the relations of the
rocks by a discordance of stratification, caused by upheaval an-

379

terior to tlie deposit of the IMontmorcncy Bridge limestone. At
Indian Lorettc the section is ahnost identical \Yith that of the Mont-
morency Falls. In the direction of Bean})ort I picked up in some
limestone quarries several brachiopoda which resemble Trenton
brachiopoda, but they were never determined in a regular way
They are now in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris,
with my other gatherings in North America during the years 1848,

'49, and '50.

Mr. Salter, wdio has examined the fossils picked up by Dr.
Bigsby at Montmorency, Beauport, and Indian Lorette, regards
them as indicating the Trenton limestone, and Mr. Logan gives a
list of fossils indicating for the limestone at the summit of the
cascade the Trenton age. In accordance with these two geolo-
gists, I regard those horizontal beds of limestone as representing
the Trenton limestone of New York, although I think the pres-
ence of the Alveolites repens, an Upper Silurian coral, in those
rocks, requires further inquiry before arriving at a final conclusion
on all the rocks found at Montmorency.

The fifty feet of limestone pointed out by Mr. Logan at the foot
of the fall, and in immediate contact with the gneiss, I did not see,
and it is difficult for me to believe that fifty feet of limestone could
have escaped my notice when my attention was entirely fixed on
the stratigraphical phenomena of the section of Montmorency Falls.
But it is such a celebrated place for excursions and of such easy
access, that the verification of the question by a geologist can readily
be made. Even if these fifty feet of limestone are there, it is to be
proved that they contain Trenton fossils, which Mr. Logan does
not say.

Messrs. Logan and Hunt, in previous works, (^^ Report of Prog-
ress of the Geological Survey of Canada, for the year 1847-48,"
and, '•'' Esquisse Geologique du Canada^avec une Carte Geologique
du Canada,'^ Paris, 1855,) have described and colored all the
country east of Montreal, between Lake Champlain and Quebec,
as occupied exclusively by strata of the age of the Hudson River
group and Oneida sandstone^ or Richelieu slates and Sillery for-
mation, with some patches of Trenton limestone. It is certain that
the Taconic system occupies the main part of the country, and
that the geological map of Lower Canada is to be greatly modi-
fied to be put in harmony with the Primordial fauna formation.

380

I have been informed lately that Messrs. Logan, Hunt, and
Hall maintain the age of the Hudson River group for the strata
of Quebec and Georgia on stratigraphical grounds, which to Mr.
Logan are very clear ; and that they are disposed to think the
so-called Primordial fauna extends much higher in Canada than in
Europe, and has reajp'peared after a first extinction. Such a de-
cision should not be reached without the most decisive proofs, for
it breaks through the laws of paleontology, and annihilates almost
all the results arrived at by the labors of Smith, Cuvier, Brongniart,
De Buch, D'Orbigny, Agassiz, Barrande, etc., for the last fifty
years. Nor is this the first attempt of geologists recognizing Mr.
James Hall as their leader against the recognized laws of pale-
ontology. During the last six years they have placed an Oligocene
flora helow the cretaceous rocks, a Triassic flora among what they
call Jurassic rocks, Jurassic fossils in cretaceous rocks, the moun-
tain limestone fauna ahove the coal-measures, cretaceous fossils in
Triassic rocks, etc. etc.

There is at least one proof that Messrs. Hall, Logan, and Hunt
can give, to show that the Primordial fauna extends over the second
fauna, — it is to show, in those parts of New York where the strata
are without dislocation and succeed regularly, such as Utica,
Loraine, Pulaski, and the neighborhood of Rome, that the Pri-
mordial fauna is ahove the second fauna.

There is only one point on which I differ from Prof. Emmons, —
it is as to the propriety of placing the Potsdam sandstone as the
base of the Silurian. Until now not a single fossil of the Calcifer-
ous sandrocks, of the Black River group, or of the Trenton group,
has been found in the Potsdam of the State of New York ; on the
contrary, it contains the Primordial fauna, such as Conocephalites,
Dihellocephalus, Orthis, and Lingula. Thus, the Potsdam group
is paleontologically entirely independent of the Lower Silurian,
while it possesses fossils belonging to the Taconic system. I
am not sufliciently acquainted with its distribution and position
as regards the Taconic and the Calciferous sandrocks to give
a decided opinion based on stratigraphical grounds, but from
the description of Prof. Emmons in his Taconic system, and
from what I have seen at Little Falls, the Calciferous sand-
rocks are certainly very differently distributed from the Pots-
dam, and a dislocation and disturbance of strata have taken

381

place between the two groups. Instead of regarding the Potsdam
as the first term of the Silurian rocks, I think it is the last one of
the Taconic system, which changes its place of bottom rocks con-
taining fossil remains into that of cover, capping a system of 30,000
feet of fossiliferous strata, containing at different levels, especially
the upper half, the remains of organic beings left by the Primor-
dial fauna.

The Taconic system, contrary to the other members of the
Paleozoic series of North America, has been subjected to dislo-
cations on a vast scale, and presents almost always strata up-
heaved, broken up, and in the most disturbed state, with the
exception of the upper portion or Potsdam group. Generally,
along the Alleghany range, the Lower Silurian rocks follow imme-
diately ; although in Canada, Vermont, and New York, patches
of Hudson River group, Utica slate, Trenton limestone, Chazy
limestone, and Calciferous sandrocks, indicate that the Lower
Silurian strata have recovered in discordance of stratification
some parts of the country where the Taconic strata were up-
heaved and dislocated. In Pennsylvania, Virginia, and North
Carolina, New Red Sandstone covers the Taconic strata, proba-
bly, also, in Maine and New Brunswick. In the elevation of
land comprised between the Upper Mississippi, Lake Superior,
and Lake Michigan, the Taconic system is well developed, resting
on granite ; it is formed of slates, mica-schists, quartzites, lime-
stones, iron breccia, and is terminated by what D. D. Owen has
called Lower sa7idstone of the Upper Mississippi, or formation. I.
Until now, fossil remains have only been found in the upper part
of the system, on the St. Croix River, where Mr. Owen has indi-
cated and described Trilobites and Lingul^e, indicating the Pri-
mordial fauna. Fragments of Primordial Trilobites, and Lingulse,
have also been found near Lake Michigan, and on the Menomonee
and Escanaba rivers. On the southern part of the elevation of
land alluded to, the Taconic strata are followed and recovered by
the Silurian rocks, while on the northern part, that is to say, in the
Lake Superior direction, they are covered in discordant stratifica-
tion, as in North Carolina, by the Triassic strata of the Lake
Superior sandstone formation. Taconic strata exist also on the
northern shore of Lake Superior, especially near the Pic and

382

Gros Cap, where slates are found intercalated between granite
and gneiss rocks.

Farther west, in the Black Hiils of Nebraska, Dr. Hayden
has recognized the Primordial fauna in a series of sandstone rocks,
resting on slates, mica-schists, and azoic rocks. Dr. Ferdinand
Roemer, in his exploration of Texas (" Die KreideUldungen von
Texas und Hire organisclien Einschlilsse " Bonn, 1852), has de-
scribed trilobites from the San Sabaz, which M. Barrande refers
to the Primordial fauna ; and Dr. B. F. Shumard has since discov-
ered in the same region of Texas, trilobites of the genus Arionel-
lus, Lingulce, Obolus, and Ortkis, which leave no doubt of the
existence of the Taconic system in Texas (" Trans, of the Acad, of
St. Louis,'' p. 673, 1860). Even from the small notice of Dr.
Shumard, it appears that the Primordial fauna of Texas is almost
identical with the one just discovered in the Cantabrian Chain of
Spain by Casiano de Prado, {^\Bull. de la Soc. Geol. de France,'' p.
516,vol. XVIL, 1860).

Dr. A. A. Gould presented the following descriptions of
new shells collected by the North Pacific Exploring Ex-
pedition : —

Mangelia semiassa. T. rhomboideo-fusiformis, crassa, nitida,
albida antice livida, 8-plicata et striis exilissimis volventibus
insculpta ; anfr. 6 angulatis ; sutura impressa : apertura ^ totius
longitudinis, pyriformis, antice acuminata-; labro simplici incras-
sato ; sinu vix notato ; columella recta, Uvida. Axis 8 ; diam.
3 millim. Inhabits ?

Mangelia tetragona. T. acicularis, turrita, quadrangu-
laris, (angulis compressis),lactea, striis subtilissimis confertis trans-
versis insculpta ; anfr. 6 pyramidatis, apicali mamillato : apertura
4- totius longitudinis, satis ampla ; labro incrassato postice angu-
lato. Axis 6 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Mangelia concinna. T. tenuis, elongato-ovata, turrita, ni-
tida, striis exilissimis transversis insculpta, straminea maculis
quadratis ferrugineis juxta suturam, deinde vitta angusta alba,
denique fasciis et lineis rufescentibus picta ; anfr. 8 postice decli-
vibus, supernis strigatis : apertura ^ totius longitudinis, angusta ;

383

labro tenui ; sinu fere desiderato ; columella rotundata, polita ;
canali lato brevissimo. Axis 10 ; diam. 4 millim. Inhabits
Loo Choo. W. S.

Olivella spreta. T. parvula, elongato-ovata, livida, strigis
flexnosis longitudinalibiis flavidis picta : spira admodum elevata ;
anfr. 4 ; sutuni canaliculata, : apertiira f totius longitudinis cito
dilatata ; columella plicis eminentibus bifidis rufis munita. Axis
6 ; diam. 3 millim. Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor, in 10 fathoms,
shelly sand. W. S.

Most like 0. mutica, but the pillar lip differs.

Genus ^sofus. Animal albidum ; solea antice emarginata,
postice obtusa operculum corneum flabelliforme gerente ; capite
parvo ; vibraculis curtis obtusis ; oculis externis medianis ; siphone
lato, brevissimo. Testa fusiformis, gibbosa, antice late truncata ;
apertura lunata, angulo postico callo impleto ; columella simplici
vitreo induta ; sutura prope aperturam abnormaliter arcuata.

The curious curve of the suture near the posterior angle of the
aperture, as if it had been drawn backward, thereby pulling
back this angle and curving the last whorl downward, is very pe-
culiar. The form and aspect of the shell, and the structure of
the animal, indicate its place to be intermediate between Mitra
and Columhella.

^. jAPONicus. T. parva, solidula, castanea, prope suturam
pallescens, striis volventibus incisa ; anfr. 7 tumidulis, posticis
plicatulis, ultimo ovali, late truncato, | totius long. testa3 ade-
quante : apertura lunata ; peritremate reflexo ; columella lamina
vitrea lata suberecta induta. Axis 7 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits
Kagosima Bay, at 5 fathoms, sandy bottom. W. S.

The only species as yet found, but quite peculiar enough to
distinguish it from all other shells.

This very distinct genus, both as to shell and animal, plainly
belongs to the family Amphiperasidce, having the form and lip of
Ovula, while the base is traversed by sharp transverse ridges, as
in Cyprcea, passing over the pillar into the aperture. The broad
and short tentacles, the position of the eyes, and the long, obtuse
foot of the animal, are quite peculiar.

384

Genus Crithe. Animalis discus elongatus, antice truncatus,
ano-ulis vix productis, postice obtusus ; collum dimidiam latitudinis
disci, antice bifurcatum ; tentaculis brevibus triangularibus, oculis
minutis externis, basalibus. Testa porcellana, convoluta, utrinque
rostrata : apertura angusta, arcuata; labro simplici ; ventre laminis
transversis acutis totus arato.

Crithe atomaria. T. minutissima, lactea, ovularis, levigata :
apertura coarctata, laminis ventralibus ad octo. Axis 0.5 ; diam.
0.3 millim. Inhabits the China Seas. W. S.

Shell very minute, milk-white, glossy, ovate, somewhat acute
at extremities, most so at summit, where there is a delicate groove ;
aperture very narrow and uniformly so ; rostrum short, slightly
recurved; ventral'laminae directly transverse, about eight in num-
ber, and, as the pass into the aperture, giving the appearance of
coarse denticles on the pillar.

This peculiar little shell is the only one of the genus yei ob-
served. The animal is citron -colored, the viscera slate-colored,
the eyes reddish black, very small.

Persicula tantilla. T. minuta, oliviformis, Candida, polita :
spira occulta : apertura linearis antice vix dilatata ; labro apicem
paullo superante, simplici acuto ; columella plicis obliquis acutis 5
munita. Axis 3 ; lat. 1.5 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

It has the form of P. imbricata.

Marginella (Glabella) lepida. T. minuta, ovato-trigona,
tenuis, polita, lactea : spira elevata lateribus concavis ; anfr. 3 :
apertura angusta ; sinu postice parvo ; labro incrassato concinne
crenulato ; columella denticulis acutis 4, postico minimo, et plica
siphonem circumambiente instructa. Axis 3 ; diam. 2 millim.
Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Allied to M. Icevis.

Marginella seminula. T. minuta, ovoidea, polita, tenuis,
lactea : spira obtusa, vitro cooperta : apertura antrorsum dilatata,
postice rotundata ; labro simplici postice subsinuato et in plicam
posticam columellee desinente ; plicis 4 perobliquis ; columella
nuda. Axis 4 ; diam. 3 millim. From a Gorgonia in False Bay,
Cape of Good Hope. W. S.

385

Foot of the animal twice as long as the shell, truncate in front,
dilated at sides, lanceolate and carinate posteriorly; mantle not
enveloping the shell ; tentacles long subulate ; eyes lateral near
the base of vibracula. The shell belonsjs to the section Prunum
of Martini.

VoLVARiNA PUELLA. T. parva, ovato-cylindracea, subflex-
uosa, polita, ex eburneo flavescens : spira depresso-conica ; anfr.
4, ultimo elongato-ovato ; sutura vitrea : apertura antrorsum dila-
tata ; labro tenui, infiecto, postice callo modico suffulto ; columella
4-phcatri. Axis 12; diam. 6 millim. Inhabits Simon's Bay, in
18 fathoms, gravelly bottom. TV. S.

Resembles V. zonata, but is much larger ; possibly the shell
given by Sowerby as a variety, though no traces of bands are
visible. Like V. tceniata in form and size, but with a different
lip. The animal is very active, of a pale lemon-color, with
blotches of flake-white and very numerous crimson points ; mar-
gin of mantle dark chocolate. Generally like the animal of Per-
sicula.

Amphiperas bullatus. T. tenuis, ovato-globosa, rubicun-
dula, lineis incrementi et postice striis volventibus insculpta :
apertura linearis ; labro angusto vix crenulato, porcellano, utroque
pariter producto, postice can ale m contortam obliquam callo cir-
cumdatam efformante, antice una cum plica, columellari canalem
brevem angifstam definiente.

Closely resembles A. umhilicatiis and margarita^ but wants the
perforation and triply dentate callus of the former, and is much
less acuminated, with a less distinct canal and a denser and more
crenulated lip, than the latter.

Planaxis inepta. T. minuta, glabra, ovato-lanceolata, albi-
do-lutescens, apice, linea subsuturali, et lineis alteris minoribus
nigris, postice et ad basin sulcis cincta ; anfr. 8-10 convexis: aper-
tura angusta; labro simplici, tessellato ; columella modice exca-
vata ; callo postico copioso. Axis 4 ; diam. 2.5 millim. Inhabits
Kikaia Bay, at low-water mark. W. S.

Allied to P. succincta.

Planaxis cingulata. T. parva, crassa, ovato-turrita, glabra,

proceedings B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 25 JANUARY, 1861.

386

fusco-rufa flavido alternatim zonata, stria intercurrente ; anfr.
7 convexiusculis, apicalibus granulosis, ultimo magno: apertura
anguste ovata ; labro obliquo intus 7 denticulato et fasciato ; colu-
mella excavata, rufa. Axis 12 ; diam. 6 millim. Inhabits Ou-
sima, under stones, at low-water mark. W. S.

TuRRiTELLA GRACILLIMA. T. parva, gracillima, acicularis?
tenuis, dilute fulva, fascia pallida cincta ; anfr. 18-20 convexi-
usculis, filis volventibus tribus et antrorsum nonnullis minoribus
sculptis ; basi convexo, nitido : apertura circularis. Axis 20 ;
diam. 4 millim. Inhabits Kagosima Bay. Very common. W. S.

One of the most delicate of species, looking hke a young shell ;
but the number of specimens and of the whorls would indicate this
as the usual aspect of the shell.

Cerithium lacertinum. T. turrita, fusiformis, tenuis, cine-
rea fusco maculata ; anfr. 10 convexiusculis bene discretis, posticis
plicatis et filis granulosis 4 ad anfractum ultimum demum sim-
plicibus cinctis, minoribus plerumque intervenientibus : apertura
semihmaris ; labro acuto ; rostro abbreviato. Axis 13; diam.
4 milhm. Inhabits Sydney Harbor. W. S.

Exceedingly like C. lima, Brug. It has no varices however,
is less slender, and differently colored. It is also like C. grana-
rium, Kiener.

Cerithium stigmosum. T. elongato-conica, albida, granu-
lata, granulis fuscescentibus in seriebus tribus dispositis quorum
mediana ad anfractus anticos bipartita; anfr. 8-|- convexiusculis,
ultimo varicoso: apertura rotundato-ovata ; columella arcuata,
callosa ; rostro bievissimo, obliquo. Axis 7 ; diam. 2-|- millim.
Inhabits Bonin Is. AV. S.

A minute species with the characters of (7. lacteiim and C. pa-
pillosum.

Cerithium placidum. T. minuta, elongata, acute conica,
lactea (apice rufo), crassa ; anfr. 11 convexiusculis, fihs 5-6 cinc-
tis, posticis plicatis etiam granulatis ; sutura impressa : apertura ^
totius longitudinis, rotundato-ovata ; rostro brevissimo. Axis 8 ;
diam. 2 millim. Inhabits China Seas. "W. S.

Another small species of the same group.

387

BiTTiuM CRATicuLATUM. T. parva, subulata, fusca, plicis
circ. 20 et liris acutis volventibus majoribus 4 siipereuntibus alve-
olata ; anfr. 10 ad modum convexis, ultimo varice munito et plicis
antice privato : apertura parva, rhomboideo-ovata, ^ totius longi-
tudinis jiequans ; rostro brevissimo. Axis 6 ; diam. 2 millim.
Inhabits Hong Kong ; laminarian zone. W. S.

Similar to JB. glareosum, but less slender, the aperture smaller,
and the sculpture not beaded.

BiTTiUM GLAREOSUM. T. conica, elevata, turrita, leviuscula,
dilute rufa ; anfr. 10-[- planulatis,filis granulosis 4 cinctis et longi-
tudinaliter ad 20-plicatis, ultimo varicoso et antice constrictor
apertura ovato-rotundata, postice acuta ; labro simplici ; colu-
mella, late arcuata. Axis 6 ; lat. 2 millim. Inhabits Port Lloyd,
Bonin Is., and Loo Choo Is. W. S.

BiTTiUM PARCUM. T. parva, ovato-turrita, cinerea ad apicem
vitrea, undulis ad 10 antice evanescentibus et fills G (ad anfr.
ult. 10-}-), filo minori pleruraque interposito, ornata ; anfr. 7-j-
rotundatis, duobus anticis nonconformibus : apertura rotundato-
ovata, -g- totius longitudinis ^quans ; labro vix incrassato ; colu-
mella, callo copioso induta. Axis 5 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits
Loo Choo Is. W. S.

BiTTiUM ALUTACEUM. T. parva, elongato-ovata, acuminata,
fusca ; anfr. 8-j- planulatis bene discretis, singulis gemmularum
seriebus tribus hie nigris illic cornels instructis, ad anfr. ultimum
in liras articulatas (filo interjecto) mutatis : apertura subcircu-
laris ; canali brevissimo. Axis 7 ; diam. 3 millim. Inhabits
China Seas. W. S.

Much in the style of O. granarium, but much smaller. The
granules are very distinct and well rounded, being separated
by longitudinal furrows.

Cerithiopsis laqueata. T. elongato-conica, rufa ; anfr.
13-f- planatis eleganter bicarinatis ; carinis acutissimis, remotis,
postica majore, altera ad peripheriam, quinta anteriori ; interstitiis
latis tenue clathratis ; basi planata radiatim striolata : apertura
quadrata ; labro a carinis 5-crenato. Axis 8 ; diam. 2 millim.
Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

388

Most nearly related to C assimilata, C. B. Ad., but its form is
more tapering and its posterior keel larger.

Cerithiopsis aurantiaca. T. minuta, ovata, flavido-auran-
tia ; anfr. nucleosis lineis spiralibus et radiantibus decussatis ; anf.
normalibus 5 planatis carinatis ; carinis quoad spiram duabus vali-
dis obtusis baud remotis ; altera infra peripheriam ; altera denique
circa basin ; laminis longitudinalibus circ. 16 carinas decussanti-
bus, tuberculosis ; sutura inconspicua : apertura? (fracta). Axis
2 ; diam. l-f- millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Resembles C. pupiformis from Mazatlan, but differs in the de-
tails of sculpture.

Cerithiopsis se3IIpicta. T. minuta, crassa, ovata, albida,
bizonata ; anfr. 7 bicarinatis, carinis obtusis, tuberculatis, quarum
posterior albida, anterior balaustina sunt; tuberculis circ. 16 vali-
dis elongatis ; carina ante peripheriam, altera denique ad basin :
apertura quadrata ? (fracta). Axis 2.5 ; diam. 1 millim. Inhabits
China Seas. W. S.

Resembles C. sorex from Mazatlan, except in sculpture.

Cerithiopsis rugosa. T. turrito-conica, rudis, cinerea ; anfr.
12-[- carina mediana et altera anticali cinctis, interspatio concavo
et laminis ad carinas dilatatis clathrato ; intervallo postico convexo
obverse clathrato ; basi lineis incrementalibus solum insculpto ;
sutura inconspicua : apertura subquadrata ; rostro abbreviato ;
columella contorta. Axis 15 diam. 4 millim. Inhabits China
Seas. W. S.

Allied in form and size to C. terebellum, C. metula, and C. punc-
tatum, but very differently sculptured.

Triforis intercalaris. T. alba, subulata ; anfr. nucleosis
5, primo IsBvi ceteris unicarinatis ; normalibus 16 planatis, carinis in
spira cinctis, primum duabus remotis rotundatis, dein altera minori
intermedia sensim crescente donee alteris sequante ; ad peripheriam
denique quarta ; clathris ad 20 carinas decussantibus, intersection-
ibus tuberculosis ; carinis duabus circa basin et canalem parum
tuberculosis : apertura parum expansa ; canalibus apertis, brevi-
bus. Axis 6; diam. 1.5 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Triforis interfilatus. T. conico-cylindrica, dilute rufo-

389

fusca ; anfr. 10-(- bicarinatis ; carinis acutis, tertia ad suturam ;
inter carinas leves, tota superficie clathrata, clathris radiantibus
circ. 30 rotundatis, interstitiis angustis ; super clathras, inter carinas
spirales, filo parvo spirali ; circa basin carinis duabus rotundatis
baud clathratis ; basi radiatim rugoso : apertura expansa, suborbi-
cularis ; labro a carinis 4 et aliis intercalantibus eleganter undato ;
canalibus apertis, antico elongato, tortuoso, postico brevi, satis pro-
fundo. Axis .3 ; diani. .06+ poll. Inhabits Hong Kong Harbor.
W. S.

Resembles T. corrugatus, Hinds, but the canal and basal sculp-
ture are different.

Triforis calculiferus. T. conico-turrita, albida, sub-cyl-
indracea ; anfr. 12 planulatis, seriebus duabus quasi calculorura
tertia quoque minore terminali ornatis, interstitiis spiraliter stri-
ulatis ; carina in basi baud tuberculata ; suturfi inconspicua : aper-
tura (fracta) ? canalibus clausis, antico tortuoso, postico parvo.
Axis 6 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits Loo Choo. AY. S.

Triforis clathratus. T. dilatato-subulata, alba ; anfr. 9
convexiusculis, carinis spiralibus cinctis, in spira 3 (postica mi-
nore), ad peripheriam quarta, circa basin duabus minoribus, a
clathris circ. 16 decussatis, juncturis gemmatis ; sutura distincta :
apertura (fracta)? canalibus brevibus, apertis. Axis 4; diam.
1.5 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Prof. William B. Rogers presented to the Society, in
the name of Mr. Norman Easton, of Fall River, a mass
of silicious slate containing the imprints of shells, and
gave an account of the discovery of these fossils in some
of the pebbles of the conglomerate of that region.

He stated that, some two or three years ago, Mr. Easton had
found a fossiliferous pebble on the beach at Fall River, which
he at first naturally regarded as a mere fraorment of ballast and
of no geological importance ; but, finding afterward other speci-
mens of like character, not only on the shore but inland at a high
level, he concluded that they must have been derived from some
of the rocky masses of the neighborhood, and resolved to trace
them to their source.

390

On the river bank, and elsewhere in this vicinity, are many
loose boulders, some of them of large dimensions, composed of
a very coarse conglomerate similar in aspect to the solid ledges
which have their outcrop in Somerset, Dighton, and other tracts
toward the North. Sagaciously pursuing the inquiry, Mr. Easton
recognized the identity in lithological characters of the fossilifer-
ous fragments with many of the pebbles included in these con-
glomerate boulders, and at length succeeded in detecting the
fossils themselves in some of these imbedded pebbles.

In a visit to the neighborhood early in the summer. Prof.
Rogers, in company with Mr. Easton and Mr. Shove, collected
specimens from the loose stone heaps and boulders at Fall River,
and, on a brief examination of the ledges of conglomerate in
Dighton, found similar fossiliferous pebbles in the massive rock
in place at that locality.

The fossil forms distinctly recognized in these specimens are
Lingulce of probably two species, resembling L. prima and L.
antiqua of the Potsdam (Primal white) sandstone more nearly
than any others with which they have thus far been compared.
More perfect specimens and a wider comparison may, however,
be necessary to give entire certainty to their determination.

This discovery is obviously but a first, though a most encourag-
ing, step in our inquiries. The question is at once suggested,
Where are we to look for the parent rock from which these peb-
bles were derived? And to answer this it will be necessary
to make a thorough examination of the sedimentary masses of
adjacent and perhaps somewhat remote regions, of which un-
fortunately so large a part is concealed by the covering of
drift.

The coal measures of Rhode Island and the contiguous parts
of Massachusetts have afforded a sufficient number of well-
determined fossils to leave no doubt in the minds of geologists
as to their general correspondence in period with the great Car-
boniferous system of this and other countries. But in regard to
the age of most of the other rocky masses of Rhode Island and
eastern Massachusetts we are yet without the means of forming
any definite conclusion. The locality in Braintree in the latter
region, signalized by the occurrence of that superb fossil Para-
doxides spinosus {Harlani)^ presents us with a specimen of one

391

of the earliest paleozoic formations, but between this and the coal
we have as yet been unable to intercalate any one of the vast suc-
cession of formations which in the full geological series occupies
a place between them.

The original rock from which the lingula-pebbles were derived,
w'hether it shall be brought to light in the neighborhood or may
have been buried seaward by an ancient submergence, will most
probably connect itself closely in time with the period of the
Braintree fossil. But we may hope that further research, aided
by the local observation of such zealous inquirers as Mr. Easton,
will enable us to supply for this region many other missing rec-
ords of the paleozoic ages.

As regards the age of the conglomerate rock above referred to.
Prof. Rogers remarked that, while it was undoubtedly a part of
the Carboniferous series, he did not think that its position in the
group had as yet been satisfactorily determined. In some locali-
ties it was seen overlying sandstones referable to this series, and
could not therefore be regarded as the general floor-rock of these
deposits, although probably occupying a low position among
them.

Prof. Rogers also made the following communication
on the causes which gave rise to the generally elon-
gated form and parallel arrangement of the pebbles.

Referring to the characters of the conglomerate as presented at
Purgatory and other places in the vicinity of Newport, and indeed
generally throughout its outcrop, he commented on the hypothesis
by which it has lately been proposed to explain the elongated
form and parallel arrangement of the pebbles in the massive
strata of the rock. He described the steep and alternating dips of
these thick beds of conglomerate at and near Purgatory, as made
apparent by the occasional layers of interposed sandstone, and
pointed out the general parallelism there and elsewhere of the
flat sides of the pebbles to the planes of deposition, as well as the
prevailing uniformity of direction of their longer axes.

He urged that such an arrangement of the pebbles corresponds
precisely with the eifects of wave and current action on water-
worn and partially water-borne fragments during their accumula-

392

tion. The large proportion of pebbles of elongated shape met
with in these beds is, he considered, the natural consequence of
the mode of disintegration of the original metamorphic rocks from
which the pebbles were derived. Such rocks, in virtue of sharply-
intersecting joints and cleavage planes, are prone in many locali-
ties to break up in long, irregular, somewhat rhombic figures,
which, by the wearing action of streams and tides, are easily con-
verted into oblong pebbles like those of the Newport conglomerate.
Examples of this mode of disintegration are common in the more
altered belts of the Appalachian region, especially among the
silicious and argillaceous slates along its southeastern border, and
may be seen at various points among the similar altered rocks of
New England.

To the hypothesis of Prof. Hitchcock that these elongated peb-
bles owe their peculiar shape and position to the action of power-
ful pressure upon the strata while the pebbles were in a soft con-
dition from intense heat or other causes. Prof. Rogers urged the
following objections.

1. The effect of pressure upon a plastic solid, as shown by
Sorby and Tyndal, is in all cases to develop more or less dis-
tinct cleavage planes throughout the mass, these planes being
uniformly at right angles to the direction of the pressing force.
Such an action, applied on a large scale to the strata of con-
glomerate, must therefore have had the effect not only of flatten-
ing the plastic pebbles in a uniform direction, but of developing a
cleavage or lamination in them all, parallel to their flat sections as
they lie in the mass. But this is so far from being the fact, that
we find the cleavage planes of different pebbles running in wholly
different directions, sometimes across, sometimes parallel, and
sometimes oblique to the general bedding, just as might be ex-
pected from the preservation of the original cleavage-structure of
the rock from which they were derived.

2. Such a moulding of the pebbles b}^ pressure would either
enormously distort or entirely obliterate any fossil forms or im-
pressions which may have existed upon or within the pebbles at
the time of their deposit. But an inspection of the Lingulce from
the Taunton River conglomerate, and of a similar fossil found
subsequently by Mr. Easton in the conglomerate of Newport,

393

shows that no such violence could possibly have operated on the
mass.

3. While in the localities referred to the majority of the peb-
bles have the oblong shape and parallel arrangement above
described, there are many scattered through the mass which
are either nearly round or have their longer dimensions more or
less transverse or even perpendicular to the general direction.
As these could not have escaped the enormous all-pervading
softening action and pressure which the hypothesis assumes, their
presence in these discordant conditions seems of itself a sufficient
refutation of the theory.

In regard to the curved form and close adaptation observed in
some of the pebbles, Prof. Rogers thought that accidental peculi-
arities of shape in the original fragment, and the effects of attrition
and the close packing of the accumulated deposit, furnished an
adequate explanation both of the bent form sometimes met with
and the accurate fitting of the contiguous pebble to the concave
surface.

As an example of the formation of flattened pebbles by the
action of the shore waves, Prof. Rogers referred to the paving-
stones of slaty trap recently imported from Newfoundland, which
are remarkable for their very uniform circular outline, their
smooth, slightly convex faces, and a thickness rarely exceeding
one third of their breadth. If we suppose a great mass of these,
as they lie piled along the shore with their broad sides horizontal,
to be hereafter cemented together as a stratum of conglomerate
rock, would not the argument founded on their shape and position
be even stronger than in the case of the Newport conglomerate ?
Yet nothing is more certain than that they owe their shape and
arrangement to the peculiar movement and attrition to which
they have been subjected by the action of the waves.

Thus, as regards the Newport rocks and most other conglomer-
ates which had fallen under his notice. Prof. Rogers saw no diffi-
culty in referring the form and arrangement of the pebbles to the
familiar agencies above indicated. He does not, however, doubt
that in some highly metamorphic districts conglomerate rocks are
to be found which have sustained great internal changes through
the effects of heat, chemical action, and violent pressure. Such

394

he has long thought must have been the conditions in sonoe parts
of the Bkie Ridge and South Mountain Chain in the Middle
States, and such perhaps were the influences which operated on
the gneissoid conglomerates of the Green Mountains, to which
Prof. Hitchcock has referred in his recent communication to
the Society.

Prof. Rogers next made some remarks upon the group
of rocks constituting the base of the Paleozoic series in
the United States.

He stated that the Potsdam sandstone, as exhibited in New-
York, forms one of a group of deposits which were long since
recognized, in the Virginia and Pennsylvania surveys, as forming
together the lowest assemblage of formations in this series. Tiiese
Primal rocks, as they have been named in the surveys referred
to, begin, where most developed, with a coarse conglomerate, fol-
lowed by a great mass of grits and slates, and then by the sand-
stone with ScoUtlios and Lingulce corresponding to the Potsdam
in New York, and the group terminates above with a formation
of argillaceous slate, which toward the southwest has great thick-
ness and a predominance of red coloring.

These several members of the Primal series follow each other
in a perfectly conformable sequence, resting at their base, more or
less discordantly, on the still more ancient metamorphic schists,
and other rocky masses, which form the southeastern margin of
the Appalachian area. Although no unequivocal marks of fossils
have as yet been found lower in the group than the Potsdam sand-
stone, it is far from impossible that in the less altered portions of
the belt the inferior slates and sandstones of the group may dis-
close distinguishable traces of organized existence.

As the Primal series here described, of which the Potsdam
sandstone is the chief fossiliferous representative, occupies the
base of the Paleozoic series in this country, and the Primordial
group of Barrande has a like position in Bohemia and other
parts of Europe, and as the two are found to agree in certain
paleontological features, they may be regarded as geologically
correspondent, although not in their details necessarily equivalent
or contemporaneous.

395

The red argillaceous portion of the Primal series Prof. Rogers
regarded as having its counterpart in the remarkable mass of red
argillaceous shales and conglomerates occupying part of the south-
ern shore of Lake Superior. lie thought that the occurrence of
rocks thus characterized, in direct association with the Potsdam
sandstone, in regions where the stratigraphical relations are un-
equivocal, was a confirmation of the generally accepted opinion as
to the age of the Lake Superior cupriferous shales. In the pres-
ence of this fact, the argument for the Triassic age of these shales,
from their texture and color, is entirely valueless. Neither does
their cupriferous character furnish evidence, as has been supposed,
of their Triassic relationship. Throughout a great extent of the
Blue Ridge chain in Virginia, and its prolongation toward the
southwest, metallic copper and its ores are of very common occur-
rence, within and contiguous to the basement rocks of the Paleo-
zoic series. Referring to the systematic tracing of the rocks in
question by Foster and Whitney, by Owen, and by the Canadian
geolo";ists and others, and considering; the clear evidence afforded
bj the continuity of the deposits as well as the presence at dif-
ferent points of characteristic fossils. Prof. Rogers could see
no reason for questioning the conclusion now almost univer-
sally accepted by American geologists, that the Lake Superior
sandstones and shales belong to the lowest of the paleozoic de-
posits.

In thus maintaining, in common with nearly all American
geologists, that this Primal group of rocks forms the lowest
member of the Paleozoic series in the United States, — the
lowest group in w^hich any traces of organic life have been dis-
covered, — Prof. Rogers would not be understood as asserting
that, in some yet unexplored part of the continent, a still low^er
group may not be found conformably beneath it. As, however,
the extensive explorations along its outcrop in the Appalachian
belt, the Canadas, and the Upper Mississippi, and observations
in the Rocky Mountains and elsewhere, have shown the Primal
group, even where most developed, to be limited to a few thou-
sand feet of strata resting discordantly on the so-called Azoic
rocks, it would seem highly improbable that any great down-
ward extension of our Paleozoic series will hereafter be brought
to light.

396

Prof. Roofers exhibited a cast taken from the surface
of a block of red sandstone, containing the impressions
of bones, apparently of an ornithic character.

The rock was found near the landing at Fort Adams, New-
port, along with many others brought there for building purposes.
It is stated to have come originally from the quarry in Portland,
Conn., and evidently belongs to the Mesozoic sandstone formation
of the Connecticut valley. Through the liberal kindness of Capt.
George W. Cullum, of the U. S. Top'l Engineers, Prof. Rogers
has been allowed to remove the valuable part of the block, which
at an early day will be placed in the Cabinet of the Society.
The specimen is unique, and it is hoped that, when duly ex-
amined, it will help us to a more definite knowledge of some of
the animals whose footprints are so abundant in this group of
rocks.

Dr. C. T. Jackson said that all the localities referred to by
Prof. Rogers were familiar to him, most of them having been
carefully examined by him in his public geological surveys.

He had at first regarded the red sandstone of Perry, Maine, as
New Red or Triassic, but has since been disposed to consider it
Devonian. It should be observed that the Devonian series of
rocks were not set apart under that name at the time of the geo-
logical survey of Maine, but Dr. Jackson had traced the strata
of these red sandstones until he found them resting upon rocks
now regarded as Upper Silurian, if not Devonian, at Trescott and
at Machias. Fossils recentlv discovered seemed to indicate that
his first conjecture, that these rocks are Triassic, was well founded.

As to the age of the red sandstones of Nova Scotia, they were
originally described by Dr. Jackson and Mr. F. Alger as New Red,
and from comparison of those rocks with those of Connecticut
River, Prof. Hitchcock, from mineralogical resemblances alone,
first declared the Connecticut River sandstones to be Triassic.

The Albert coal-mine of New Brunswick was regarded as
belonging to the lower Nova Scotia coal-measures, but owing to
disconnection of the strata and great disturbance of the rocks, it
has been impossible for any geologist to demonstrate their true
position stratigraphically. The fossil fishes seem to belong mostly

397

to the Carboniferous o;roup of rocks, and are of the genus Paleonis-
cus, and similar to those found in the European coal formations ;
but there are no fossil fishes in the coal-mines of the Joggins
in Nova Scotia, and hence no local comparisons could there be
made.

As to the geological age of the sandstones of Keweenaw Point,
Lake Superior, Dr. Jackson, in his Report to the United States
Government in 1849, had presented all the facts and considera-
tions then known, to solve the question, and in his arguments
rather favored the idea that they were of Triassic age, and that
they were certainly coeval with the sandstones of Nova Scotia,
Connecticut River, and New Jersey, as proved by their paral-
lelism on De Beaumont's system, — identity of composition, —
mode of disruption, — characters of associated minerals, and,
above all, by the fact that they rest upon . Devonian limestones,
exactly as do those of Maine and Nova Scotia. Still, since some
difference of opinion on this subject was known to exist among
geologists who had visited Lake Superior, Dr. Jackson, in his
geological maps of the copper regions of that country, had simply
denoted those rocks as Red Sandstone of Lake Superior.

The discovery of an Orthoceratite at the Copper Falls mine,
and of a Pentamerus in the underlying limestones of Sturgeon
River, absolutely demonstrate that the sandstones of Keweenaw
Point are not Potsdam, and the occurrence of pebbles of Pitch-
stone Porphyry in the conglomerate of Isle Royale indicates, so
far' as mineral components can be relied upon, that those conglom-
erates are more recent than those of the Isle of Arran in Scot-
land, set down as Triassic by Prof. Sedgwick, and now regarded
as Devonian.

The strong geological and mineralogical resemblance between
the copper regions of Lake Superior and those of Nova Scotia,
New Jersey, and Connecticut, cannot fail to strike every one who
has compared them. The identity of the concomitant minerals in
the amygdaloid and trap breccias, and in the native copper veins
of all these localities, proves similarity of conditions in their
formation and of the rocks which produced them. Direct com-
parisons between the Lake Superior sandstones and the copper-
bearing sandstones and t^hales of Germany by Mr. Marcou seem
to have set the question of the geological age of these rocks

398

at rest, at least so far as concerns the copper region of the lake
country.

Dr. Jackson said, in so wide an area as the south shore of
Lake Superior, hundreds of miles in extent, it is probable that
there may be sandstones of a lower series, and he was not disposed
to include the Pictured Rocks in the same formation with those of
Keweenaw Point and Isle Royale ; but thus far no paleontological
evidence has been discovered to indicate the geological age of
these sandstones, and no one has ever traced out their stratigraph-
ical relations and order of superposition, beyond what was done
by Dr. Jackson and his assistants in his public surveys, the wil-
derness state of that region rendering the work at present imprac-
ticable.

Prof. Agassiz reiterated the opinion expressed at the last meet-
in"-, that the sandstones of New Brunswick then referred to are
Triassic ; whether those of Lake Superior are of the same age he
was not prepared to say. He thought that in the instances cited
by Prof. Rogers the paleontological facts contradicted the strati-
graphical relations, but his experience had taught him to place
implicit confidence in fossils ; and from the examination of these
he wished to put on record his opinion that the fossil fishes of the
Albert coal belong to a period more recent than all the coal
deposits of the Old World, and that the sandstones found in con-
nection with it belong to the Trias and to the New Red,

Prof Rogers could not admit the Triassic age of the sandstones
of the St. Croix in New Brunswick, and the neighboring region
of Perry in Maine. These rocks had furnished, at one locality in
the latter district, impressions of a plant to which he had formerly
called the attention of the Society as closely resembling the Cy-
clopteris (^Sphenopteris) HihernicuSy so characteristic of the Upper
Devonian rocks of Scotland and Ireland. Since then he had been
confirmed in his opinion as to the aflinities of the fossil by the high
authority of Prof. Newberry.

As regards the New Brunswick rocks, it cannot be doubted
that while most of the belt extending along the northern shore of
the Bay of Fundy belongs to Silurian and probably Devonian
periods, a large area in the interior is occupied by deposits of

399

Carboniferous age, which, spreading southeastward around the
head of the bay, coalesce with the Carboniferous rocks of Nova
Scotia. Tiie group of strata including the asphaltic shales and
Albert coal are seen by their stratigraphical relations to form the
lowest division of this series. Underlying the gypsiferous shales
and limestone, which are succeeded above by the true coal meas-
ures of New Brunswick, they occupy precisely the same position
as the analogous fossiliferous rocks of Horton and Gaspereau in
Nova Scotia, and correspond with the Vespertine group of the
Appalachian system. Prof. Rogers illustrated by a section on the
blackboard his own observations in regard to the geological place
of these rocks, and appealed to the more ample investigations of
Prof. Robb and Prof. Dawson to the same effect, showing that
so far from being Triassic, these asphaltic fish-beds belong to
a period even more ancient than that of the Carboniferous
limestone.

Prof. Agassiz invited the members of the Society to
be present at the Inauguration of the Zoological Museum
at Cambridge, on Tuesday, Nov. 13.

Some specimens of Mallotus villosus from Labrador
were presented by Dr. Bryant.

Prof. Agassiz drew attention to the remarkable differ-
ence in the size of the anal fin in the male and female
of the Mallotus villosus^ it being much the larger in the
former ; this fish was also very interesting to him, as it
at one time was supposed to be the only fossil fish iden-
tical with living species, an exception to a great paleon-
tological rule ; this supposed fossil Mallotus he afterward
ascertained was taken from a clay-stone of modern for-
mation.

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Dr.
Christopher Johnston, of Baltimore, accepting Corre-
sponding Membership; from the Bavarian Academy and
the Verein fijr Naturkunde at Wiesbaden, acknowledg-
ing the reception of the Society's publications.

400

November 21, 1860.

The President in the Chair.

Dr. A. A. Gould presented the following descriptions
of shells collected by the North Pacific Exploring Expe-
dition :

Alaba puncto-striata. T. alba, hyalina, ubiqiie spiraliter
tenuissime striata, striis punctulatis ; anfr. 4 convexiusculis, posti-
cis leevibus, viridioribus, alteris plerumque tervaricosis, varicibus
rotundatis niveis : apertura ovata, antice parum effusa ; labro
acuto; columella aurantiaco tincta. Axis .18; diam. .07 poll.
Inhabits Loo Choo Is. W. S.

The generic place of this beautifully transparent and delicately
sculptured shell is somewhat doubtful.

RissoiNA TROCHLEARis. T. parva, crassa, cinerea, ovoidea ;
anfr. nucleosis tribus levibus, normalibus 4 convexiusculis, ultimo
carinis 7 elevatis acutis cincto, quarum 2-4 (plerumque 3) spiram
ascendunt; interstitiis late excavatis, stepe clathratis : apertura
ovalis; peritremate continuo vel in juniorem effuso. Axis .16;
diam. .073 poll. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Resembles Parthenia exarata ; and possibly may be a Rissoa.

RissoiNA IMBRICATA. T. ovato-lanccolata, porcellana, nitida ;
anfr. 8 planulatis, tabulatis, liris imbricantibus numerosis cinctis :
apertura ovata, effusa ; peritremate expanso, simplici ; columella
torta. Axis 7 ; diam. 3 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

RissoiNA FLEXUOSA. T. fusiformis, turrita, straminea ; anfr.
7 convexiusculis, plicis obtusis flexuosis circ. 15 clathratis, et
lineis volventibus numerosis cinctis : apertura satis magna, semi-
circularis ; peritremate simplici, expanso, antice etfuso. Axis 6 ;
diam. 2 milUm. Inhabits Sydney Harbor. W. S.

RissoiNA NiTiDULA. T. acicularis, vitrea, nitida ; anfr. 9 ad
suturam profunde declivibus, plicis inconspicuis ad 18 et fills vol-
ventibus circ. 4 insculptis : apertura ovata, vix effusa ; peritre-
mate acuto, fills crenato. Axis 5 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits
Cliina Seas. W. S.

401 .

RissoiNA viLLiCA. T. elevato-coiiica, turrita, alba ; anfr. 9
tabiilatis, clatliris ad 20 obtusis et liris 4-5 sensim antrorsum de-
crescentibus decussatis. Apertura modica vix antice sinuosa ;
peritremate siraplici expanse, vix incrassato. Axis 6 ; diam. 3
iiiillim. Inhabits Loo Choo and Kikaia. W. S.

EissoiNA MODESTA. T. fusifomiis, ventricosa, solida, alba ;
anfr. 9 convexis, sulcis numerosis longitudinalibus minutis et striis
volventibus exilibus decussatis ; apice acuminato. Apertura
obliqua, antice effusa ; peritremate simplici, expanso, incrassato.
Axis 0 ; diam. 2.25 millim. Inhabits Loo Choo. W. S.

RissoiNA STRiGiLLATA. T. fusiformis, turrita, vitrea, lactea ;
anfr. 8. convexiusculis ; sutura profunda ; anfr. ultimo clatliris
elevatis circ. 22, et costis volventibus sensim remotioribus ad 10
cancellato, et ad decussationes gemmato. Apertura parva, vix
efFusa; peritremate crenato; sulco postsiphonali profundo, et in
rimam umbilicalem producto. Axis 5 ; diam. 2.20 millim. In-
habits Loo Choo Is. W. S.

This and the three following species, having an acute elevated
ridge with an adjacent constriction around the beak, and with a
predominance of longitudinal folds, constitute a well-defined sub-
genus which may be called Rissolina.

RissoiNA PLICATULA. T. fusiformis, turrita, cinerascens ;
anfr. 8 -|- convexiusculis, plicis acutis rectis 15 ornatis, carinam
postsiphonalem amplectentibus ; interspatiis lineis volventibus in-
sculptis. Apertura ovoidea ; peritremate incrassato. Axis 6 ;
diam. 2 millim. Inhabits Port Lloyd, Bonin Is. ; Loo Choo Is. ;
Kikaia. W. S.

RissoiNA LYRATA. T. lanccolata, acuminata, albida; anfr. 10
convexiusculis costas acutas flexuosas circ. 23 gerentibus, ad inter-
spatia striis tenuibus volventibus, insculptis, ultimo dimidiam
longitudinis test^ subaequante ; costa basali elevata acuta. Aper-
tura angusta, efFusa. Axis 6 ; diam. 2.5 millim. Inhabits Kikaia
and Ousima. W. S.

RissoiNA TORNATiLis. T. subulata, acuminata, straminea;
anfr. 9 -f- convexis, clathris acutis longitudinalibus circ. 22, fills
elevatis volventibus 4—5 insignibus. Apertura modica, antice vix

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. VII. 26 FEBRUARY, 1861.

402

effusa ; peritremate acuto, extus valde incrassato, crenato. Axis

5.5 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits Loo Choo. W. S.

Alvania acuminata. T. gracilis, turrita, straminea; anfr.
nucleosis 3 laevibus, dein duobus bicarinatis, denique 4 normalibus,
tumidis plicis subacutis et carinis (3) eleganter cancellatis. Aper-
tura ovata ; labro tenui ; columella aurantiaco tincta. Axis 3 ;
diam., 1 millim. Inhabits Bonin Is. W. S.

Closely allied to A. excurvata, Cpr.

Alvania fenestrata. T. minuta, conica, lucida ; anfr.
uucleosis 2 helicoideis ; normalibus 4 ventricosis, antice aurantia-
cis, postice albidis, eleganter fenestratis (clathris angustis circ. 15,
liris spiralibus 2, quarta vel quinta circa basin baud decussatis)
interstitiis quadratis, laevibus. Apertura suborbicularis ; labro
continuo, acuto ; columella aurantiaco tincta. Axis 2 ; diam. 1 -|-
millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Broad in proportion to its length, and exquisitely sculptured.

Alvania quadrata. T. minutissima, alba, lanceolata ; anfr.
4 quadratim decussatis, clathris circ. 16, liris spiralibus 3, circa
basin tribus additis. Apertura subovalis ; labro incrassato. Axis

1.6 ; diam. .8 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

The apex is not perfect enough to decide the genus positively,
but the aspect is essentially Alvanoid.

Alvania pura. T. elongata, acuta, lactea, nitida, clathris
circ. 24 et filis volventibus {o-Q) decussata, ad anfr. ultimum fills
10 quorum tribus anticis moniliferis et constrictione alteris sejunc-
tis ; anfr. 8 convexis. Apertura semicircularis, obliqua, effusa ;
labro acuto, varice externo suflfulto. Axis 6 ; diam. 2 millim.
Inhabits Simoda. W. S.

Alvania ligata. T. solida, acute ovata, subperforata,
epidermide rufa induta et carinis circ. 4 (ad anfr. ult. 7) cincta,
sulcis concavis sejunctis ; anfr. 5 -\- ventricosis. Apertura rotun-
dato-ovalis, peritremate integro antice vix sinuato ; labro crasso,
expanso, carinis dentato, extrorsum varicoso. Axis 4; diam.
1 -{- millim. Dredged in Hong Kong Harbor. W. S.

Curious for its dusky exterior and prominent keels like a mi-
nute Planaxis.

403

Alvania fusca. T. crassa, ovato-acuminata, riifa, fills vol-
ventibus (8) et fills longltudinallbus majorlbus (20) cancellata
intersectioiilbus gemmulatls ; anfr. 8 convexls, ultimo antlce con-
stricto. Apertura angusta, ovata, efFusa; peritremate continuo;
labro acuto, extrorsum varlcoso. Axis 5 ; dlam. 1.5 millim.
Dredged in Hong Kong Harbor. W. S.

Resembles the preceding in color, but is more elongated and
differently sculptured.

CiNGULA (?) ATOMARIA. T. mlnutlssima, solida, conica,
flavido-aurantia, apice obtuso ; anfr. 5 planulatis, suturis impressis ;
ultimo ad peripheriam subangulato. Apertura suborbicularis,
labro postice incumbente. Axis 1.5 ; diam, 1 millim. Inhabits
China Seas. W. S.

The apex decides it to be a Rissoid, though its general aspect is
that of AuricuUna, and by the contraction of the aperture it ap-
proaches Nematura.

Obeliscus ornatus. T. parva, solida, nitida, elongato-con-
ica, exalbida vel carneola, linea rufa postsuturali et striis confer-
tis exilissimis cincta; anfr. 14 planulatis; sutura canaliculata.
Apertura rotundato-ovata antice angulata ; columella plica post-
ica et plica mediana inconspicua munita. Axis 16; diam. 6
millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Characterized by its numerous whorls and brown thread. It
has the form and size of 0. reticidatus, A. Ad., and if not new,
must be a variety of that species.

Obeliscus buxeus. T. crassa, acute conica, buxea ; anfr. 10
planulatis, ultimo ad peripheriam angulato ; sutura profunda, an-
gulata. Apertura subquadrata ; labro acuto ; columella plica
solitaria subparietali munita. Axis 6.5 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhab-
its China Seas. W. S.

Known by its peculiar color and solitary plait.

Syrnola subula. T. valde acuta, solida, polita, alba;
anfr. 9 planatis (linea rufa cincta ?) ; sutura impressa ; basi pro-
ducta. Apertura ovalis ; peritremate continuo ; columella plica
unica acuta, declivi instructa. Axis 4 ; diam. 1 millim. Inhabits
China Seas. W. S.

404

It has the continuous peritreme of Eulimella, and the plait of
Odostomia. Not uncommon amonoj fossil forms. The genus has
recently been established by A. Adams, and may be his S. cinctella.

EuLi^iA CARNEOLA. T. elevata, conica, suvdiaphana, incarnes-
cente nitidissima ; anfr. apicalibus 3 stylinis primo globoso, dein 2
conicis, denique 5 planatis ; sutura vix notata ; basi rotundata :
labro baud sinuato ; labro incrassato. Operculum tenue, parum
spirale, aperturam asquans. Axis 4-|- ; diam. 1.5 millim. Inhabits
Ousima. W. S.

An unusually broad conical species of peculiar yellowish flesh
color.

Odostomia bullula. T. minuta, ovata, margaritacea, lu-
cida; nucleo parvo, immerso ; anfr. 5 tumidis ; sutura impressa,
marginata ; basi ovata, imperforata. Apertura rotundato-ovalis ;
labro baud sinuato ; columella acuta, plica inconspicua, declivi.
Axis. 2 -j- ; diam. 1 -\- millim. Inhabits Loo Choo. W. S.

Odostomia planata. T. elongata, pyraniidalis, tenuis, lac-
tea, polita ; nucleo nutante, immerso ; anfr. 8 planatis sutura
vix instrictis ; basi perforata, protracta. Apertura ovalis ; labro
postice sinuato ; plica columellari conspicua, acuta. Axis Q.b ;
diam. 2 millim. Inhabits Hong Kong. W. S.

Well marked by its pyramidal form, perforate axis, and close
approach to Oheliscus.

Odostomia sctbplanata. T. tenuis, elongato-ovata, Isevis,
flavo-albida ; nucleo parvo, laterali, immerso ; anfr. 4 vix con-
vexis, tabulatis ; basi producta, imperforata. Apertura ovata ;
labro baud sinuato ; phca columellari conspicua, acuta. Axis
2.7 : diam. 1 -|- millim. Inhabits Hong Kong. lY. S.

Distinguished from the preceding by its less flattened whorls
and imperforate column.

Odostomia lirata. T. majuscula, albida, acicularis ; nucleo
minuto, laterali, effbsso ; anfr. 6 rotundatis, liris quadratis (5-7)
cinctis, interstitiis 'eleganter clathratis ; basi producta, perforata.
Apertura ovalis, parum effusa ; labro concinne serrulato ; colu-
mella flexuo^a, vitrea, plica [)arva, obtusa, parum declivi. Axis
8.5 ; diam. 4 + millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

405

This beautifully sculptured shell has the general aspect of
Mono pt 11 (J ma ^ but the columellar twist of Odostomia.

Odostomia scalarina. T. elongata, acicularis, albida ; nu-
cleo parvo, laterali, celato ; anfr. 7 tumidis, postice subangulatis
longitudinaliter oblique clathratis, clathris circ. 18 subcontinuis.
Apertura ovata ; columella tenuissima, plica inconspicua, declivi.
Axis 4 ; diara. 1 -j- millim. Inhabits Loo Clioo. W. S.

Odostomia obtusa. T. oblonga, ovata, crassiuscula, albida ;
nucleo parvo, dislocato ; anfr. 5 convexiusculis, sulcis circ. 8
remotis cinctis, sutura impressa. Apertura ovata ; labro incrassa-
to; columella tenui, plica parva acuta. Axis 2 -j- ; diam. 1
millim. Habitat Port Lloyd, Bonin Is. W. S.

Odostomia viridescens. T. minuta, solida, conica, viridans ;
nucleo celato ; anfr. 5, carinis 3 (5 ad anfr. ult.) conspicuis, per-
obtusis, cinctis, interstitiis angustis. Apertura ovata ; labro in-
crassato ; plica columellari eminente, peracuta, transversa. Axis
3 ; diam. .7 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. 8.

Remarkable for its pea-green color.

Odostomia physoides. T. solida, Igevis, elongato-ovata,
alba; nucleo magno, physceformi, trivolvi, nutante ; anfr. 5 con-
vexiusculis; sutura impressa; basi rotundata. Apertura ovalis ;
plica columellari erecta, acutiore. Axis 3 -|- ; diam. 2 millim.
Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Distinguished from other species by its minute physa-like apex.

Odostomia soluta. T. lanceolata, tenuis, alba, spiraliter
tenuissime striata ; apice helicoideo eminente ; anfr. 8 convex-
iusculis, perobliquis, tabulatis ; sutura bene impressa ; basi acu-
minata. Apertura angusta, lunata ; labro acuto ; plica columel-
lari, modica, perobliqua. Axis 4.5 ; diam. 1 -\- millim. Inhabits
Loo Choo. W. S.

MoNOPTYGMA PUNCTicuLATA. T. ovato-conica, acuta, lucida,
cerea ; nucleo satis magno vix nutante ; anfr. 7 spiraliter tenuis-
sime striatis, striis (circ. 7) plerumque minutissime puncticulatis ;
basi protracta. Apertura ovata ; labro acuto ; plica columellari
inconspicua, obtusa. Axis 10 ; diam. 3.5 millim. Inhabits China
Seas. W. S.

406

MoNOPTYGMA ACUMINATA. T. parva, subulata, tenuis, polita,
ex albo viridescens ; nucleo lateral! ; anfr 10, ultimo dimidiam totius
longitudinis jequante, subangulari ; sutura lineari, linea subsuturali
comitante. Apertura anguste ovata ; plica columellari modica.
Axis 6 ; diara. 2 millim. Inhabits Ousima. W. S.

MoNOPTTGMA siNUATA. T. ovato-conica, tenuis, albida ;
vertice declivi, celato ; anfr. 6 rotundatis, striulis incrementi, et
striis volventibus tenuissimis rugulatis. Apertura ovata ; labro
acuto postice sinuato ; plica columellari acuta, declivi. Axis 18 ;
diam. 4 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

Has an Odostomoid look, and in growth is like Limnea trun-
catula.

TuRBONiLLA OBELiscus. T. satis magna, solida, elongata,
albida; nucleo trivolvi, lucido, nutante ; anfr. 12 planatis, clathris
20-36 obtusis, interdum interruptis ornatis, interstitiis parum im-
pressis antrorsum sensim evanescentibus ; basi subglobosa. Aper-
tura ovato-quadrata ; labro tenui ; columella parum intorta.
Axis 10.5 ; diam. 3 millim. Inhabits Simon's Bay, at low water,
under stones. W. S.

TuRBONiLLA c^LATA. T. ovato-turrita, obtusa, solida, alba,
nucleo bivolvi, helicoideo, nutante ; anfr. 9 planatis, tabulatis,
clathris 20-24 rectis plerumque continuis, angustis ; interstitiis
sequantibus, striis 10-12 spiraliter exaratis ; basi rotundata minus
insculpta ; columella valde intorta. Axis 6.7 ; diam. 1.7 millim.
Inhabits Hong Kong. W. S.

Well marked by its obtuse point, deep sculpture, and strongly
twisted pillar.

TuRBONiLLA ORNATA. T. gracilis, ochracca, fascia pr^esuturali,
et basali albida cincta ; anfr. 8 -j- planatis, clathris rectis validis
obtusis omnino munitis ; interstitiis vix aequantibus profundis, striis
10-14 spiraliter insculptis ; sutura impressa ; basi ovata. Aper-
tura ovata ; columella baud valde intorta. Axis 6.7 ; diam. 1.5
millim. Inhabits Hong Kong. W. S.

Similar to T. interrupta. Prettily ornamented by its pale base
and suture with orange band shading into pink.

Chemnitzia iota, T. minima, gracillima, lactea; nucleo

407

helicoideo, bivolvi, inclinato ; anfr. 6-8 subplanatis, tabulatis,
clathris rectis conspicuis 14-16 et striis volventibus (6-10) ad
interstitia quadratim omnino decussatis. Apertura ovalis ; colu-
mella vix intorta. Axis 2 -|- ; diarn. .7 millim. Inhabits ?

Two somewhat worn specimens vary a good deal in size and
form.

Chemnitzia circumdata. T. ovato-conica, polita, straminea
vitta aurantiaca cincta ; anfr. 8 vix convexis et sutura vix indi-
catis, posticis plicis numerosis indistinctis ornatis, ultimo baud
insculpto et vittis 5 ornato. Apertura angusta ; peritremate
acuto. Axis 5 ; diam. 2 millim. Inhabits Sydney Harbor. W. S.

Chemnitzia trachealis. T. pyramidalis, solida, alba;
nucleo parvo, valde declivi; anfr. 8 costis rotundatis validis 4
cinctis, quaram una tenuiore seepe in suturam celata ; interstitiis
omnino tenuissime clathratis. Apertura ovata ; columella vix
intorta. Axis 5.7; diam. 1.7 millim. Inhabits Simon's Bay.

w. s.

In the deficiency of the columellar fold it differs from the
Chemnitziae generally, as well as from Chemnitzia proper, in the
absence of bars and in the spiral sculpture. For these peculiari-
ties Mr. P. P. Carpenter * proposes a sub-generic distinction under
the name of s. g. Polyspirella. It is intermediate between Aclis
and Parthenia.

Dunkeria effusa. T. valde protracta, gracillima, albida ;
anfr. 10 tumidis, posticis sejunctis, lirulis rectis circ. 30 saepe con-
fluentibus clathratis, interstitiis tenuissime decussatis. Apertura
ovata ; columella parum intorta. Long. 6 ; lat. 1 -f- millim.
Habitat Loo Choo. W. S.

This elegant little shell connects Chemnitzia with Aclis, from
which it differs in its fine bars and slightly twisted columella.

CoECUM GRACiLE. T. valde teres, parva, alba, annulis circ.
24, approximatis, subacutis ornata. Apertura baud contracta, nee
declivis, annulo crasso cincta ; margine lateral! subplanato ; oper-
culo ? Long. 2 ; diam. .3 millim. Inhabits China Seas. W. S.

* To Mr. Carpenter I am greatly indebted for working out the diagnoses of
very many of the smaller shells described in this paper.

408

The only specimen found is worn and defective, but clearly-
distinct from any yet described. It is most like G. pulcherrimum,
but is more slender and has the rings closer. It belongs to
the group Anellum of Carpenter, the best authority on this genus,
and to whom I am obligated for determining this species.

Another species closely resembling G. elongatum, but too
young and imperfect for description, was obtained. These are the
only specimens yet noted from the Japan or China seas, where
they seem to be much more rare than in tropical American waters.

Hyala abnokmis. T. pupseformis, hyalina, tenuissima, stra-
minea, valde distorta ; nucleo celato, declivi ; anfr. 4 nonconformi-
bus, posticis cito crescentibus subangulatis, ultimo cylindrico, elon-
gato antice contracto ; sutura profunda, quasi incisa. Apertura
subrotunda, effusa ; columella plica postice munita. Long. 1.7 ;
lat. .Gmillim. Inhabits China Sea; coral regions.

This very curious little shell, so remarkable for its short, dis-
torted spire and deep suture, if not a distinct genus, is allied to
Stylifer, and may for the present be assigned to this genus or to
the subgenus AuricuUna, Gray, which seems to be equivalent to
Jeffreysla or RissoeUa, Odostomoid shells without a folded lip ;
though I think a distinct posterior fold is to be made out in this
specimen. The animal alone can settle its true position.

Cheletropis globosa. T. minutissima, pellucida, laevis,
tenuissima ; nucleo declivo, celato ; anfr. 4 tumidis ; sutura per-
spicua. Apertura ovata (?) ; peritreraate continuo ; columella
valde sinuata (forsan plicata). Axis 1 -\- ; diam. 8 millim. In-
habits China Seas. W. S.

Two specimens of this very minute shell, quite fresh, were
obtained, both having the aperture somewhat fractured. Its gen-
eric place is doubtful. The somewhat beak-like prolongation and
its tenuity seems to attach it to this genus, which is considered to
be a Pteropod. If it does not belong here, it must be allied to
the preceding shell.

Carixaria cornucopia. T. parva, hyalina, elongata, sub-
triangularis, compressa, plicis angulatis reclivibus ad cristam
retrorsum inclinatis ornata ; apice spirali anfractus 4 dextrorsum,

409

unicum sinistrorsnm volventes monstrante ; crista elevata, lunata,
spiram baud attijiente. Apertura angusta, ovata. Long. 10;
diaiii. maj. 5 ; diam. min. o millim. Taken at sea south of the
Caroline Is. W. 8.

The unusual length of the shell, the very elevated crest, equal-
linir half the major diameter, and the waved, almost plicate surface
make this a strongly marked species.

Prof. Rogers presented some fine impressions of fossil
shells from an island in Saco River, obtained from a
boulder two hundred feet above the level of the sea.

This boulder, if boulder it be, is very large, buried at the base,
and crowded with Devonian fossils. The rock is like that at
Dennis River, and perhaps there may be an outlying patch at the
mouth of Saco River.

Dr. Jackson confirmed the opinion of Prof. Rogers that it is a
boulder ; he was well acquainted with this region, where a band
of this rock crops out on the Aroostook River, to north of Moose-
head Lake, from which boulders are scattered even to the outer
islands of Penobscot Bay. He observed that this is an ex-
ceedingly interesting region to the geologist on account of the
extent and perfection of the drift phenomena.

Mr. Marcou exhibited a young growing cactus, the
Cereus ^isroMteus. from the river Gila.

a "o

Prof. Rogers presented the following account of observa-
tions on the coiling of the tendrils of the winter squash.

These statements are selected from a number of observations
intended to mark the rapidity, force, and other particulars of the
coilincr movement. Thev were made during the last ten days of
August, 1859, the appearances being noted at 3 p.m. of each suc-
cessive day while the observation lasted.

1. Aug. 20, 3 p. M. A smooth, round stake, one fifth of an
inch in diameter, was planted in contact with the inner side of a
tendril, about an inch from its shghtly incurved extremity. A
similar stake was placed behind, and touching the thick, trailing
stem from which the tendril issued, for the purpose of marking

410

the distance through which the tendril might pull the plant in the
progress of coiling. In a few minutes after placing the first stake
the end of the tendril was seen to have moved perceptibly tow-
ards the stake, but in this case no note was taken of its rate of
bending.

Auff. 21. The tendril had made two turns around the stake,
and had besides formed two close spires next to it, and two large
open ones towards the stem. The plant had been drawn away
from the second stake nearly one inch.

Aug. 22. Six close coils had been formed next the first stake,
and the same number of open ones towards the stem. The plant
had been moved two inches.

Aug. 23. There w^ere eight coils next the stake, wound so
tightly as to touch, and eight larger and opener towards the stem.
The plant had been pulled away from its first position between
two and a half and three inches.

Compared with other like observations, this is an average ex-
ample of the rate of formation of the coils, and of the force
which they exert in moving or bracing the stem.

The form assumed by the tendril is that which would be pro-
duced by a coiling force applied in a uniform direction midway
on a flexible line with fixed ends ; that is, the number of turns is the
same for the outer and the inner half of the tendril, but the direction
is opposite, making the one a dextral and the other a sinistral spi-
ral, and leaving between the two a comparatively straight space or
a loop at which the transition occurs. Where two or three such
pairs of coils are formed in the same tendril, as sometimes hap-
pens, the aggregate of the right hand turns is still always the
same as that of the sinistral.

2. One extremity of a short thread was tied around the curv-
ing end of a young tendril, and the other fastened to a stake.
On the following day the tendril was found to have made one
close turn around the thread, and after this it formed itself into a
coil of several turns, all in one direction, the thread being twisted
to correspond with the opposite spiral.

3. As in the preceding cases the whole length of the tendril
shared in the coiling movement, it became interesting to deter-
mine if any one section of it when fixed at the ends would act in
the same way.

411

With this view a lono; tendril was bent at an anffle of 60
degrees around a stake placed midway in length, and was con-
fined in this position by a second stake placed near its curving
end, and in contact with the opposite surface.

Soon after this adjustment was made the free curved extremity
began to close upon the stake. In twenty-four hours this end had
made two and a half turns around the stake, and the portion be-
tween the two stakes had begun to twist, but no spire had yet
formed. The day following it showed an imperfect open spire,
and on the third day it had formed two strong coils adjoining each
of the stakes, the turns as before being oppositely directed, and
having a nearly straight segment between them.

4. In many cases the motion of the curving end of the ten-
dril was sufficiently rapid to carry it through a sensible angle in
the first five or ten minutes. Even when the tendril appeared
quite unimpressible when thus watched, it was usually found by
the next day to have moved through a considerable space. This
capacity of motion would seem to be greatest at a particular stage
of growth and afterwards to decline.

The following experiment exemplifies the great activity of the
tendril in favorable circumstances :

A tendril four inches long, which had bent itself into a wide
hook at the free end, was brought in contact by its concave sur-
face with a smooth, round stake, leaving about three-fourths inch
of the outer part of the hook projecting on one side. The coil-
ing action began at once, and could easily be followed by the eye.
In fifteen minutes the outer part of the hook had worked through
half a circle, and the stake was clasped in a close coil.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE HABITS OF A SPECIES OF HORNET
( Vespa), WHICH BUILDS ITS NEST IN THE GROUND. BY
PROF. JEFFRIES WTMAN.

The colony of hornets which is the subject of the following
observations, was first noticed towards the end of August, while
they were making a nest in the slope of a bank in Cambridge.
The process of excavation was still going on, as was obvious from
the fact that each worker came out with a pellet of earth in its
jaws. As long as they were not interfered with they allowed any
one to approach quite near to the nest and watch their movements

412

unmolested. The earth which they brought out was always car-
ried to a considerable distance. On leaving the nest they gener-
ally rose eight or ten feet in the air, and on running beneath them
and watching them till they were lost sight of, which was usually
at the distance of one or two hundred feet from the nest, they
were never seen to drop their load. The earth was not carried
in any particular direction, but to all points of the compass.
Sometimes they brought out a heavier load than they could rise
with on the wing ; when this was the case, after making several
ineffectual efforts to fly away, they always carried it back again
into the hole. When there was a strong wind they were fre-
quently blown into the grass, from which they found it difficult to
disengage themselves, but under such circumstances they never
abandoned their load.

The number of arrivals and departures at the entrance was
sometim.es only five in a minute, and at others as many as forty-
five. The rain did not materially interfere with their work.
Occasionally those going in opposite directions near the nest met
i« the air, when the one going out was almost always knocked
down by the one returning, the first having the disadvantage of
just starting as well as the incumbrance of a load.

Some sugar which was placed near the entrance was not
touched by them, and was eventually carried away by the ants,
who were not molested. Fruit was also left without being eaten
by the hornets. Insects thrown down near the hole were at once
seized and carried in. A dragon-fly, which after several attempts
proved too heavy for one of them to move, was cut in two by a
few strokes of the jaws, and the hinder part of the abdomen car-
ried off.

Death was an occasional visitor among the larva3, for their dead
bodies were frequently brought out, and like the loads of earth,
were carried off to a long distance.

Sometimes one, and at others four or five, stood at the entrance,
performing no work nor moving about, but keeping their wings con-
stantly vibrating. The object of this did not appear. The bees
have a somewhat similar habit for ventilatins: their hives, but
then a much larger number are associated for the purpose.

AVhen the entrance to the excavation was accidentally injured
it was repaired, or if an additional opening was made, it was

413

walk'd up. If a small one, only a single worker was occupied
on it at the same time. Such a hole, which had been nearly
walled up, was reopened by one of their number, the newly made
barrier broken down, and the materials scattered about, for no
obvious reason.

On the 21st of September, during a storm, the walls at the
entrance of the excavation fell in, exposing the top of the nest,
which was about three inches below the inlet. Five or six work-
ers at once commenced repairing the injury wdth material brought
from the excavation. Each builder, as he came out with a pel-
let of earth in his mouth, walked about in different directions,
seeming to hesitate where to begin. At length having determined
upon a place, the earth was passed from the jaws to the fore
pair of legs, and there held while successive portions were bitten
off and fitted into place by the jaws. A sharp ridge was first
constructed on the borders of the entrance, and gradually strength-
ened by additions to its sides. A net-work of ridges was built
outside of this, and the interstices gradually filled up.

While performing their tasks the workers were trodden upon
and most unceremoniously walked over by the others as they
came and went, but of all this they took no notice, and continued
at their labor as if unconscious of the presence of others.

On the 25th the repairs w^ere completed, and an opening which
would have admitted four fingers was so far contracted as to
be large enough to admit only one. The nest which had been
previously in sight through the entrance, soon disappeared from
view, and, as was afterwards shown, was undermined, and sunk
several inches deeper.

Oct. 5th. Some specimens were caught for preservation in
alcohol. Previously I had peered into the hole each day without
molestation. They had crawled over my clothes and hands, but
had shown no disposition to sting. After a few had been cap-
tured their temper began to change. Instead of flying in a direct
line, as they were ordinarily accustomed to do on leaving the hole,
they would w hen irritated move for a few seconds in a zigzag
course, making a louder sound than usual, and then charge with
force against some part of the body. One of them which stung
the finger, as it forced itself away tore off the sting and the poi-
son bag, which were left behind fastened in the wound.

414

Oct. 12th. Early in the morning some ether was poured into
the hole, and the entrance closed until they were all insensible.
A few only had gone abroad, and these were captured one by
one as they returned. On opening the cavity containing the nest,
the excavation was found to be a cylindrical pit about one foot in
depth and seven or eight inches in diameter. The nest was not
suspended, as is the case with that of an analogous species in
Europe, nor was there any evidence that it had been, but rested
on the bottom of the pit. It was five inches in its vertical and
six in its transverse diameter, and of a nearly spherical form. It
had an outer covering of paper, as in the case of the hornets
building under the eaves of houses or on trees, but was much
more frail, and could scarcely be touched without breaking to
pieces. The covering was not arranged in concentric layers, as in
the nest of the other species, but consisted of numerous convex
scales or plates which overlapped each other and adhered by the
edgres. Several stones were embedded in the walls. These had
been set free during the process of excavation, and as they were
too heavy to be removed, had fallen to the bottom, and were
eventually built into the walls of the nest as it was finished
below.

The combs consisted of four stories, each suspended by several
pillars from the one above it, and the first from the roof of the nest.
As in the more common species, the edges were not in any instance
attached to the walls. The three upper combs contained cells
measuring about 0.17 of an inch in diameter; but those in the
fourth and lowest, therefore the last built, were much larger and
deeper, varying from 0.21 to 0.23 of an inch in diameter. These
were for the use of female larvae and pup^e, while the others con-
tained those of males and workers. The larger portion of the
cells for the females had been used, and others were still occupied
by pupae, and the entrances were still sealed up. Those which
had been occupied had deposits of animal matter at the bottom of
them. Five queen cells were still occupied.

The adult population of the nest was nearly as follows :

Queens, or females 24

Males 236

Neuters, or workers 388

Total 648

415

There were also between one and two hundred larvae.

inch. grains.

The length of the females 0.82 Average weight, 3.90
" " males 0.70 « " 1.G8

« " neuters 0.50 " ** 0.87

When placed in alcohol the males all floated, but the females
and neuters sank to the bottom.

Females. The top of the head and eyes are black ; a narrow
yellow stripe descends along the sides of the head, behind the
eyes as far as the base of the jaws ; the forehead is yellow, as
also the clypeus and jaws, these last being bordered with black ;
the base of each antenna is surrounded by black ; a yellow spot,
rounded above and pointed below, occupies the emargination of
each eye, its point ending near the base of the antenna. On the
middle of the face a vertical black stripe extends from the fore-
head on to the clypeus, and on either side of the lower end of it is
a black dot. The whole face in covered with hairs, those on the
top of the head are black and long, the others shorter and of the
color of the surface on which they rest.

There are three ocelli on the top of the head, forming a trian-
gle with the apex forwards.

The antennae have thirteen joints ; * the first is short, the sec-
ond is long, and both are hairy. The end of the antenna is
club-shaped. The jaws are quadrangular and bordered with
black ; the cutting edge is obliquely truncated, three-toothed, the
teeth confined to the hinder half of the edge, and the hinder
angle being the most prominent.

The maxillary palpi are six jointed.

The lip consists of three parts ; the middle broadest, bilobed
at its free end ; the lateral pieces are much more slender, and
separated from the middle one by a deep cleft. There is a dark
spot (glandular ?) on each lobe of the middle piece, and on the
end of each lateral piece. The labial palpi are four jointed, the
points longer and more slender than those of the maxillary palpi.

* Westwood states that in the Vespidse, the antennae have twelve joints in
the females and neuters and thirteen in the males; by reference to his figures it
appears that he has overlooked the basal joint, which is very small and imbed-
ded in the surface of the face. See Introd. to Modern Classif. of Insects. Vol.
ii. p. 244. London: 1840.

416

The terminal joints and outer base of maxillis are hairy, as also
the base of the lip and the basilar joint of its palpi.

The thorax is black ; an oblique yellow stripe commences on
each side of the back, near the base of the wing, and the two con-
ver^inir meet near the head ; the raeso-and meta-thorax have each
a pair of yellow spots of a somewhat triangular shape ; there is
also a triangular spot on the side of the thorax under each wing.

Abdomen. The segments are yellow and somewhat differently
bordered with black on their anterior edge. In the middle of
the first segment a broad triangular black spot is united by a
narrow neck to the middle of the black border. In the second the
border extends backwards in a triangular form across nearly
the whole breadth of the segment ; in the succeeding segments this
i:)rojection is represented by a narrower and more pointed one.
Each segment has a pair of nearly square black spots, which
are much smaller near the last segment.

The legs are yellow, wdth the exception of the coxae and
base of the femora, which are black, as also the anterior border
of the femora of the first pair of legs.

Neuters. The head is the same as in the females. Antennce
have thirteen joints. Thorax as in the female. The black
bands of the abdomen are much broader on the back, covering
nearly the whole breadth of the segment, and have each three
projections, one median and two lateral, but not very strongly
marked ; these correspond with the central projections and the
pair of black spots of the female. The black bands are not so
broad on the abdomen as on the back.

Males. Head proportionally much smaller, jaws less power-
ful, and the abdomen more slender than in either of the preced-
ing. A small black spot exists on the forehead, but none on the
clypeus ; in other respects the distribution of the yellow and the
black markings is nearly the same as in the neuters.

The antennae are fourteen jointed ; the first and second joints
are hairy ; the second has a yellow spot on its base.

The external markings on the females and neuters, especially
those of the face, are liable to some variation in different indi-
viduals. The middle stripe of the face may be continued on
either side, so as to unite with the lateral dots, thus forming
an inverted T shaped mark ; or the stripe may become nearly

417

obsolete and reduced to a point, and this witli the other two dots
forming a triangle.

Although there are transitions from one of these varieties to
the other, yet the whole series of females and neuters is divided
into the three groups according to the types of markings just de-
scribed, and it is interesting to notice that those on the face corre-
spond very nearly with the more ordinary markings of some of
the other species ; the first, for example, with those of K vulgaris ;
the second, with those of V, Germanica ; and those of the third,
with the markings of V. arborea.

The species here noticed does not appear to have been de-
scribed ; certainly it does not agree with either of the European
species of similar habits described by Saussure in his admirable
monograph. As he is about pubHshing a memoir on the North
American Hymenoptera, with an abundance of materials, it is
hardly worth while to do anything more at present than to offer
general remarks.

A comparison of the habits of the European and American
wasps shows the existence of two distinct groups both in the Old
and in the New World ; one group constructing their nests in
the trees, or suspending them from the eaves of houses, and the
other making them in the ground. Those having the latter habit,
are the Vespa vulgaris, V. Germanica, and V. rufa. The details
of the construction of the two kinds of nests seem to be widely
different ; those hanging free in the air are usually provided with
an envelope composed of concentric layers of paper, the outer
ones being somewhat irregular. The only description of those
of the second group which is given by Reaumur, and copied by
all subsequent writers, represents the envelope as made up of
irregular pieces of paper, these being in the form of a bivalve
shell and fastened to each other by their edges, and overlapping
in an imbricated manner like tiles. The nest which I have here
described corresponds very well with Reaumur's description, which
relates to that of V. Germanica, except that the paper in the
American nest is much more brittle, and has not sufficient tenacity
to allow of its being handled without falling to pieces.

The American species also resembles one at least of those of
Europe, in the habit which it has of carrying away the earth

PEOCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII. 27 FEBRUARY, 1861

418

brought from its excavation, (see Westwood, Introd. to Classif. of
Insects, vol. ii. p. 247.)

The few experiments which I made show their carnivorous
propensities, but do not manifest the same tendencies to eat sugar
and fruits which are said to be so common in the species of
Europe.

At the end of the autumn, a large number of larvae still re-
mained, as well as a few pupge of females, which have not yet
matured. These now remain in a state of hybernation, and will
be preserved until the next spring, to await the effect of warm
weather. The pupae of the species whose habits have been here-
tofore described are all supposed to come to maturity in the au-
tumn ; while the queens in their perfect condition alone survive
the winter to begin a new colony in the spring.

Dr. C. T. Jackson announced that the andalusite
made, alluded to at a previous meeting as occurring at
Boar's Head and the White Mountains, has been found
at the intermediate position of South Berwick, Maine.

A halcyonoid polyp of the family Gorgonidce^ taken in
eighty fathoms of water, in the Bay of Fundy, thirty-
miles southeast of Mount Desert, was presented by Mr.
Lemuel Moore, of West Trenton, Maine.

The polyp was living when it was taken from the water, and it
required considerable force to detach it from the bottom ; other
specimens were obtained at the same time. This is the first time
that anything like this has been noticed on the American coast,
at any rate in that latitude.

Dr. Horace Richardson and Hugh Montgomery, Esq.,
of Boston, were elected Resident Members of the Society.

419

December 5, 18G0.

The President in the Chair.

Prof. W. B. Rogers made some remarks on the paleo-
zoic rocks of Dennis River in Maine, as compared with
those of certain parts of Nova Scotia recently described
by Prof. Dawson in the supplement to the Acadian
Geology.

Among the specimens from the former locality, Prof. Rogers
had found Galymene Blumenbachii, Discina tenuilamellata, Cor-
nulites Jlexuosus, Tentaculites distans, Atrypa reticularis, an
Avicula apparently identical with A. Honey mani, and a Chonetes,
closely resembling C. Nova Scotica, all of which are mentioned by
Prof. Dawson as occurring in the rocks at Arisaig and New
Canaan, in Nova Scotia. Along with these forms are Beyrichia
lata, Spirifer sulcatus, Leptcena rugosa, Orthis elegantula, Mbdio-
lopsis ovatus, and others, the whole constituting a group sugges-
tive of an Upper Silurian age. As the specimens at this locality
are mostly in the condition of casts more or less distorted by
cleavage, some of the above identifications may hereafter require
correction, but enough is clearly made out to show the near cor-
respondence of these Silurian groups of Maine with those of Nova
Scotia.

Viewing the different localities in connection with one another,
and with the recently discovered Trilobite beds of Eastern Mas-
sachusetts and Newfoundland, it would seem probable that we
have here parts of an extensive paleozoic area, of which the
greater portion is submerged beneath the adjacent expanse of
the Atlantic.

Prof. W. B. Rogers commented on the view recently put forth
by M. Barrande in regard to the existence of a primordial
fossiliferous group in North America extending through a great
thickness of strata below the Potsdam sandstone, and on the re-

420

vival in this connection of the Taconic system of Prof. Emmons.
He expressed the highest admiration for the labors of M. Bar-
rande in paleozoic geology, but felt sure that a more complete
knowledge of the conditions in which our lower fossiliferous rocks
occur would lead him to a different conclusion.

In considering this subject, it is important to bear in mind that
no question is made as to the existence in this country of what
M. Barrande would designate as his primordial series. This is
already recognized in the Potsdam or Primal group of our Ameri-
can geology. But the evidence of observations covering the
whole margin of the Appalachians, and ranging through Canada,
the Northwestern States, and the prolonged outcrop in the Black
Hills and Rocky Mountains, has concurred in proving that this
primordial fossiliferous group is not extended downward as claimed
by M. Barrande, but that it rests discordantly either on Plutonic
rocks or on ancient metamorphic schists in which hitherto no
unequivocal fossil forms have been discovered. As this Potsdam
group throughout most of its outcrop is confined to a thickness of
a few hundred feet, and even where most expanded does not ex-
ceed two or three thousand, there appears to be no reason for
considering the primordial series as extending farther below the
Potsdam sandstone proper than the same restricted limits.

Adopting the Taconic theory as formerly maintained by Prof.
Emmons, the Potsdam group would be included, from the oldest
system of fossiliferous rocks, and the latter would have to be
sought in the rocky masses on which the Potsdam is seen to have
been discordantly deposited. This severance of the Potsdam
group from these subjacent rocks is, however, not the view sug-
gested by M. Barrande, and maintained by Mr. Marcou in his
recent communications to the Society. On the contrary, they pro-
pose to leap over the great stratigraphical break which separates
them, and to unite the Potsdam group with these older supposed
fossiliferous rocks into a single system, the American equivalent
of the primordial series of Europe.

Were we assured of the occurrence of a Primordial fauna in
these discordantly subjacent rocks, we might with reason claim to
unite them with the Potsdam into a single paleozoic system as
here proposed. But until this downward extension of the primor-
dial fossils has been unequivocally proved, the universality of the

421

stratigrapliical break between the two sets of strata must furnish
the strongest presumption that they appertain to distinct geological
systems. In maintaining this as the natural inlerence from the
facts, it is by no means intended to imply that the subjacent so-
called azoic rocks have from the beginning contained no traces
of organic life, or even that in the progress of research distin-
guishable fossils may not be discovered in some of their divisions.
But, judging by the usual law which associates great changes of
fauna with great and wide-spread discordance of stratification, it
would seem most probable that the organic forms, should such be
found in these underlying rocks, instead of belonging to the Pri-
mordial fauna as heretofore defined, would form a separate group
equally marked and peculiar, and claiming for itself a distinctive
name.

In view of these considerations, and of the facts thus far known.
Prof. Rogers could not perceive any valid reason for maintaining
that the primordial series of deposits extends in this country below
the base of the Primal or Potsdam group. He knew of no satis-
factory evidence of the occurrence of fossils of any kind in the
rocks found unconformably below this group, notwithstanding the
vast extent through which its outcrop had been traced, and he
could, therefore, see no ground for the opinion expressed by Mr.
Marcou that the Potsdam sandstone is the cover rock " capping a
system of 30,000 feet of fossiliferous strata."

Referring to the fossils of primordial character discovered at
Georgia and Point Levi, Prof. Rogers alluded to observations
which he had made some years ago in Western Vermont, in
which he had traced the group of reddish arenaceous and cal-
careous rocks overlying the characteristic Hudson River strata,
northward from the flank of the Snake Mountain to near the
Canada line. Although he had not visited the spot in Georgia
where the trilobites are found, the uniform and moderate east-
ern dip in the belt bordering the lake and embracing this lo-
cality impressed him with the belief that these trilobite layers
are included in regular sequence in this upper group. The
observations of Prof Hall, and the recent sections of Prof. Hitch-
cock in the Vermont survey, had conducted to the same result.
As to the age of the Point Levi rocks and the true place of the
fossils contained in the conglomerates, he must rely upon the high
authority of Sir Wm. Logan's observations.

422

In regard to the bearing of this stratigraphical question upon
the generalizations of paleontology, Prof. Rogers admitted that the
discovery of primordial forms at so high a level would be a re-
markable and exceptional phenomenon. Such exceptions, how-
ever, have been recognized in a greater or less degree in other
parts of the paleozoic column. It should be kept in mind that
an induction to be true must be founded on all the facts. We
cannot, therefore, accept as an absolute law in paleontology the
principle that like organic types are excluded from reappear-
ing in a given region after having once, and for a long time,
disappeared. Indeed, the doctrine of colonies proposed and ad-
mirably illustrated by M. Barrande, in connection with some of
the Bohemian rocks, is itself a striking instance of departure
from such a law. Nor is it easy to place a limit to the interval
of such possible recurrence, in the face of the fact stated by M.
Barrande, that in one instance a certain group of fossils makes its
appearance in a given stratum, then vanishes, and after the accu-
mulation of three thousand feet of overlying deposits, reappears to
form part of a great characteristic fauna.

Such a precursory appearance of a fauna does not seem in any
way more probable than the repetition locally of fossil types, long
after the disappearance of the analogous forms which marked a
more ancient series of deposits. Emigration, in connection with
other considerations mentioned by M. Barrande, would explain
the one as readily as the other.

Mr. Marcou explained the Primordial fauna of Bohemia ac-
cording to Barrande ; he admitted the supremacy of stratigraphy,
and said that precisely what he wanted in regard to disputed
points in the Taconic system, was a section of the country under
consideration ; with such a section all geologists could judge for
themselves, and verify or disprove the assertions in regard to it.

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited a specimen of Boghead
coal, from Torbanehill, Scotland, containing a fine speci-
men of Stigmaria ; this he considers as the underground
stem of Slgi/lariaj and the scars of the surface as the
marks of buds.

Dr. Pickering remarked that the lateral impressions on this
specimen looked to him like those of leaves of some coniferous

423

tree, like picea, resembling the Dammara pine of New Zealand
and the Feejee Islands. The coal exhibited may be the product
of the resin of this pine, and, if so, might with advantage be
compared with the New Zealand gum-copal, which differs somewhat
from resin. He did not think the impressions bore any resem-
blance to those which would be made by roots.

Dr. Jackson also exhibited specimens of coal from the
Gulf of Chiriqui, between Costa Rica and Panama, dis-
covered by Dr. John Evans.

It contains about forty per cent, of bituminous matter, with
nine per cent, of ash ; it is well adapted for steam engines, for the
manufacture of gas, and for similar purposes, and, if existing in
large quantity, will be of immense value to this region. Judging
from the fossils which accompanied the specimens, such as Car-
dium, Cerithium, Area, Natica, Mytilus, and other shells, this coal
belongs to the upper Eocene period.

Mr. Marcou observed that all coal hitherto found within the
tropics has been Tertiary, and does not belong to the true coal meas-
ures ; the latter have always been formed and found either in
arctic or temperate zones, in swampy regions ; during the true
Carboniferous deposits the terra firma was found under the tropics.

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited a microscope recently-
made for him by R. B. Tolles, of Canastota, N. Y.

This is the inverted microscope of Prof. J. Lawrence Smith,
described by him in the American Journal of Science and Arts,
vol. xiv. p. 233, 1852. It is peculiarly adapted for the use of
the chemist, the object to be examined being placed above the
objective lens, while the tube is inclined at an angle of 45 '^.

Mr. Verrill exhibited some specimens of minerals.

The first was a piece of tin ore, from Mt. Mica, Paris, Me.,
and was part of a mass which weighed five pounds ; he had also
found several smaller specimens, some beautifully crystallized,
scattered through the mass of rock constituting the vein ; they
were generally in contact with albite or quartz.

A second specimen he supposed to be native arsenic, though it

424

may contain an admixture of other substances ; it occurred in a
vein about three inches wide, inclosed by felspar, of limited ex-
tent, and passmg through granite. It was found on the eastern
flank of Furlong Mountain in Greenwood, Me. In a neighbor-
ing locality he also found the same mineral disseminated through
the rock in small masses. At other localities on the same moun-
tains are found beryls of large size, black tourmaline, ilmenite,
and black garnets.

A third was a crystal of chrysoberyl, found on a hill near Norway
village. Me., in granite associated with large garnets and rose
quartz ; it was of unusually large size. In regard to the first
specimen, Dr. Jackson remarked that it was very interesting, as
the localities of tin ores in this country are very few.

A donation of several hundred specimens of shells of
the Indo-Pacific fauna, comprising nearly two hundred
and fifty species, was announced from the Smithsonian
Institution.

Though nearly all the species were already in the Society's
Cabinet, these will be valuable for exchanges. The thanks of the
Society were voted for the donation.

Mr. Theodore Lyman presented a description of a
new star-fish, as follows :

AsTROPHYTON Caryi, Lyman, (n. s.)
Special Marks. Disc very distinctly granulated above, without
spines. Finer granulation at the outer side of the mouth-angle
and along the edge of the genital slits.

Description of a specimen. Diameter of disc, 35 millim.
From outer side of madreporic shield to outer corner of opposite
mouth-slit, 16 millim. Width of arm, at base, from 9 millim. to
13 millim. Length of arm, measured along the branches, 116
millim. Distance from outer side of madreporic shield to inner
points of mouth papillae to that between outer corners of mouth-
slits, 11 : 5. Madreporic shield very indistinct, oval, irregular,
longer than broad. Teeth, tooth -papillas and mouth-papillae stout,
regular, conical ; about twenty-four in number ; those near the
outer corners of the mouth-slits rather smaller ; most of them are

425

clustered near the point of the mouth-angle. Arms covered
above and on the sides with fine grains, which are grouped near
the base of the arm in irregular, vertical ridges ; these ridges
become more regular and distinct toward the end of the arm,
and, on the smaller branches, take the form of a double vertical
row of grains ; along the middle line of the arm runs a very ob-
scure, narrow furrow, in which the grains are rather more scat-
tered. Under side of the arms covered with a smooth skin, beset
with fine, scattered, smooth grains ; the joints are indicated by
very faint cross lines. Interbrachial spaces above, and brachial
spaces between the radial ribs, sprinkled with a few fine grains,
like those of the arms, but coarser. The upper and lower sur-
faces are separated by a raised edge, which is slightly granulated.
Radial ribs extending quite to the centre, closely beset with
coarse, rounded grains ; length to breadth, 17 : 5. Interbrachial
spaces below covered with a very smooth skin which is sprinkled
with fine, rounded grains. Genital slits bordered, on the side
next the interbrachial space, by rows of fine grains. The granu-
lation of the interbrachial space extends to the base of the mouth-
angle. Arm-spines hooked, microscopic, the lowest one largest,
arranged in two vertical rows; they are abundant on the end
twigs, but are not found on the main trunks within the seventh
fork from the disc. Tentacle-scales three, sometimes four, and,
within the disc commonly two; spiniform like the teeth, but
blunter ; they extend within the inner end of the interbrachial
space. Color, in alcohol, above, light Vandyke brown ; inter-
brachial spaces darker ; below, under surface of arm nearly white ;
interbrachial spaces same as above. A single specimen has
been sent from San Francisco by Mr T. G. Gary to the Museum
of Comparative Zoology.

Astrophyton Caryi is distinguished from A. eucnemis, which it
resembles, by more regular granulation of the disc, by having
blunter tentacle-scales, and by close rows of grains along the
edge of the genital slits.

Mr. Norman Easton, of Fall River, was chosen a Cor-
responding Member of the Society, and Messrs. Rice,
Edward Pickering, Richard C. Greenleaf, and Wm. Eliot
Lamb, all of Boston, Resident Members.

426

December 19, 1860.

Dr. C. T. Jackson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. Brewer exhibited two nests of the humming-bird
— one from Massachusetts, the other from Georgia.

It has long been a matter of doubt as to what is the material of
which the nest is made. It is soft, white, cottony, homogeneous,
and shingled on the outside with lichens ; though evidently of
vegetable origin, the precise material was not known. In the
Massachusetts nest, it proves to be the down which protects the
buds of the oak tree in spring, and in this instance of the red oak ;
in the Georgia nest it was of a coarser character, but probably
obtained from a similar Southern oak.

He also exhibited two nests of the summer yellow-bird, one
from the island of Grand Manan, the other from Lynn, Mass.
The former was made almost entirely of the wool of sheep, many
of which are kept on the island ; the fabric is strengthened by a
few straws. In this State the nest is usually made of soft flaxen
fibres of decayed plants, and of cotton and threads ; the nest ex-
hibited was composed of the unusual material of the down of the
brake.

Mr. C. H. Hitchcock made a communication on the
geology of Vermont, chiefly in connection with the Ta-
conic system.

The rocks above and below this system are essentially the same
in Eastern Vermont and in New York ; the first five or six in the
series are exactly the same, commencing with the Laurentian de-
posits, and others above are a little different ; the rock containing
the trilobite^ of the Primordial fauna is the first which does not
conform paleontologically to the New York arrangement ; from
the Lower Silurian to the Hudson River group all are found in
Vermont, as also their junction one with the other ; over the Hud-
son River slates at St. Albans, on Lake Champlain, lies the equiva-
lent of the Oneida conglomerate, and over this the trilobitic rock.
Emmons considers that there is a fault between this and the rocks
to the east, in which Mr. Hitchcock differs from him, finding no

427

evidence of its existence as far as the geological survey has yet
been made ; on the contrary, he finds the junction of the coarse
grit and the overlying slates above the Hudson River group per-
fect. He drew a section from St. Albans, on the lake, eastward,
showing the order of superposition of the rocks, which all have a
small dip, not more than 20°, and the position in which the
trilobites have been found. With regard to the Olenus discovered
there. Prof. Hall is inclined to consider it as belonging to a new
genus of trilobites.

In reply to a question as to the age of the Braintree rock con-
taining Paradoxides, Prof. Rogers observed that the only in-
dication was to be derived from the fossils and their comparison
with the Primordial fauna of Bohemia. The age could not be
certainly pronounced upon, without accepting as a principle in
paleontology that fossils determine exactly the age of strata ; this
has many exceptions showing that the lines are not always pre-
cisely defined. He mentioned several instances in the Appala-
chian chain and elsewhere, where a mingling of fossils invalidates
the law of their strict limitation to determined strata.

Mr. Marcou reiterated his belief in the supremacy of strati-
graphy in paleontology. He regarded the instances cited by Prof.
Rogers as exceptional, and as what occasionally is found the world
over on the edges of a basin, where great disturbance has evidently
taken place, mixing together fossils of different strata ; but he
denied that similar mixtures are ever found in the middle of a
basin.

Dr. C. T. Jackson inquired if the Paradoxides of Braintree is
the same as the P. spinosus of Bohemia.

Mr. Ordway replied that from the examination of a considera-
ble number of specimens, he was satisfied that they are distinct
species, and he would soon make to the Society a communication
giving his reasons for this opinion.

Prof. Rogers stated that Barrande's means of solving this ques-
tion were scanty, consisting of a few casts in Paris and some pho-
tographs sent by himself. Barrande thinks them the same ; but
if this opinion should be reversed on full examination, and the two
be ascertained to be distinct species, or still better, strongly marked
varieties, it would coincide well with his present views on the
origin and modification of species.

428

A paper for publication in the Society's Journal was received
from Prof. James Hall, entitled " Descriptions of New Species of
Crinoidea and other Fossils from the Carboniferous Rocks of the
Mississippi Valley." It was referred to the Committee on Pub-
lication.

Dr. C. T. Jackson presented some fossil shells from the
coal formation at Chiriqui, which is of Eocene age and
apparently equivalent to the Paris basin.

The thickness of this coal is about 73^ feet, of which 30 feet
are so near together as to be worked in a single gallery. A broad
belt of this coal extends through British Guiana and Costa Rica,
the more southern portions having been examined by D'Orbigny,
Darwin, Wheelwright and other French and English naturalists ;
the true coal series, however, has never been discovered in South
America. This coal in quality is almost identical with cannel ;
in specimens analyzed from different localities, the carbon varied
from 39 to 43^- per cent., the gas from 41 1^ to 48^, the water
from 5 to 6, the ash from 6J- to 10, and the specific gravity from
1.316 to 1.341. In the elementary analysis of a specimen from
Cultivation Creek, we have :

Carbon 68.018

Hydrogen ...... 6.480

Oxygen ...... 17.858

Nitrogen ...... .855

Sulphur ...... .189

Ashes ...... 6.600

100.000

A microscopic examination of this coal shows that it was formed
from cellular and not from exogenous plants. Pope's Island coal
resembles some varieties of lignite, but contains bitumen ; its odor
in burning is like that of amber. This coal burns like the cannel
of Scotland, with an abundant yellow flame.

Mr. Robert Chambers, of Edinburgh, was elected a
Corresponding Member, and Dr. C. F. Crehore, of Boston,
and Mr. J. Haven Emerson, of Cambridge, Resident
Members.

429

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

October 3, 1860. Several Hindoo skulls; skulls and separated cranial bones
for anatomical study; and a finely shaped skull from the battle-field of Waterloo,
on whose exterior were traced the lines of demarcation of the phrenological
faculties by Spurzheim himself; by Dr. B. J. Jeffries. A specimen of coral
{Madrepora spicifera) from the East Indies; by Dr. S. Kneeland, Jr.

October 17. The teeth of a ray (Zygobaiis); by Dr. E. W. Blake. A hog-
nosed snake {Ileterodon platyrhinos), killed in Milton; by Master Fred. A. Gil-
more.

November 7. A young salmon from Sebago Lake; by ^Ir. Walter M. Brackett.
Eggs of loons and other marine birds, a large crab, large barnacles from the skin
of whales, and specimens of Mallotus vilhsus and Gasterosteus Cuvieri, from Lab-
rador; by Dr. H. Bryant. The following helminths, — Tricocephalus dispar, from
a human subject in Vienna; Trichina spii-alis, from pectoral muscles of man;
Filance^ immature, encysted in gluteal muscles of mandrill, which died in men-
agerie; Cephcdocotylean worms from large intestine of Odontaspis griseus, unde-
scribed; Agamonema capsularia, encysted in a coiled condition in the peritoneum
of Lophius Americanus ; Eustrongylus gigas, loose in peritoneal cavity of Phoca
vitulina ; Ascarides from stomach of P. vitulina ; worms from pericardial surface
of heart of P. vitulina ; by Dr. J. C. White. Tcenice from intestine of loon ; by
Mr. Edes. Dibothrium latum, lOi feet long, from an Irishman in America; by
Mr. N. C. Page. Skeleton of a Canada lynx ; by Mr. F. L. Lee. The body of a
female seal (P. vitulina), and a young flamingo; by Mr. J. A. Cutting. Verte-
brae of blue fish; by Dr. S. Kneeland, Jr.

November 21. A halcyonoid polyp of the family Gorgonidce, from the Bay of
Fundy; by Mr. Lemuel Moore. A myriapod (/Wws) from Memphremagog lake ;
by Mr. C. A. Browne.

Decembers. 241 species of shells of the Indo-Pacific fauna; by the Smith-
sonian Institution. A collection of minerals, chiefly ores of iron, from Nova
Scotia; by Mr. George W. Busteed. A large stuffed head of a moose, with fine
pair of horns ; by Drs. Dui-kee, Bacon, and Sprague, and Messrs. Binuey, Boss,
and Rogers.

December 19. Embryonic ray from San Francisco, Cal., probably Paia oculata
(Girard); by Dr. C. F. Winslow. Cast of the head of a Flathead Indian; by
Dr. S. Durkee. A cuttle fish { Onychoteuthis) from the Mediteranean; by Mr.
Lot Day. A sea swallow {Dactylopterus volitans, Cuv.) from New Bedford; by
Mr. W. H. Taylor. Specimens of Chinese caterpillar {Sphoeria Sinensis) -, by Mr.
William F. Gragg.

BOOKS RECEIVED DURING THE QUARTER ENDING DEC. 31, 1860.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Vol. VIII. Parti.
4to. Philadelphia. From the Author.

Conspectus Generum. Avium. Auctore C. L. Bonaparte. Tom. 2. 8vo.
Lugduni Batavorun, 1857. From Br. H. Bryant.

430

Report on the State House Well (Columbus, 0.)- By J. S. Newberry. 8vo.
Pamph. 1860. From the Author.

Address before the Essex Agricultural Society. By John L. Russell. 8vo.
Pamph. Newburyport, 1860. From the Author.

Minnesota: its place among the States. Being the First Annual Report of the
Commissioner of Statistics, for the year ending January 1st, 1860. Published
by Authority of Law. 8vo. Paraph, pp. 176. Hartford, 1860. From Dr.
S. Kneeland, Jr.

Chart of Geological Formations. By J?mes Hall. 4to. Folded. Also Key
to Chart. 12mo. Boston, 1852. From Dr. S. Durkee.

Chicago Sewerage. 8vo. Pamph. 1858.

Report of Sewerage Commissioners of Chicago. 8vo. Pamph. 1860. From
Dr. S. A. Green.

Rock Oils of Ohio. By J. S. Newberry. 8vo. Pamph. 1859. From the
Author.

Life beneath the Waters. By Arthur M. Edwards. l2mo. N. York, 1860.
From the Author.

Geological Survey of Canada. 8vo. Pamph. Montreal, 1859.

TJber die Wohnsitze der Brachiopoden. Von Prof. Edward Suess. Nos. 1, 2.
8vo. Pamph. Wien, 1859. Froin Dr. A. A. Gould.

Proceedings of the Twenty-First Annual Meeting of the Vermont Historical
Society. By Joseph Torrey. 8vo. Pamph. Burlington, 1860.

Experiments and Inferences in regard to Binocular Vision. By Prof. Wm. B.
Rogers. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1860. Fro7n the Author.

Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. Par le Comte de BufFon. 18 vols. 24mo.
Paris, 1770-1785. From Dr. Henry A. Ward.

Catalogue of Flowering Plants and Ferns of Ohio. By J. S. Newberry, M. D.
8vo. Pamph. Columbus, 1860. From the Author.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Vol. XIL No. 1. July, 1860. 8vo.
Edinburgh. From Prof. E. D. Rogers.

Catalogue of the Publications of Societies in the Library of the Smithsonian
Institution; also of the, Lepidoptera of North America; also of the Diptera of
North America. From the Smithsonian Institution.

Transactions of the Middlesex Agricultural Society for 1860. 8vo. Concord,
1860. From H. D. Thoreau.

Synonymy of the Family Cyclades. By Temple Prime. 8vo. Pamph. 1860.

Synonymy of the Species of Cyrenella. By the Same. 8vo. Pamph. Also
Description of two species of Genus Batissa. By the Same. 8vo. Pamph.
1859. From the Author.

Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. L No. 1. 8vo. 1857.
Boston Journal of Philosophy and Arts. No. 2. 8vo. 1823. From Dr. B. J.
Jeffries.

Descriptions of New Cretaceous Shells from Texas. By B. F. Shumard, M. D.
8vo. Pamph.

Observations upon the Cretaceous Strata of Texas. By the Same. 8vo.
Pamph. From the Author.

Observations on the Sea- or Pile- Worms. By Mr. Rousset. Bvo. Pamph.
London, 1733.

431

On the Correlation of Physical Forces. By W. R. Grove, F.R.S., &c. 8vo.
Pamph. London, 1846. From Dr. B. S. Shaw.

Gassics, J. B. Tablean Mdthodiqne et Descriptif des Mollusqi;es Terrestres et
d'Eau douce. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1849.

Catalogue Raisonnd des MoUusques Terrestres et d'Eau douce de la Gironde.
Par J. B. Gassies. Svo. Pamph, Paris, 1859. From the Author.

Jahrbuch der K.-K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1859. X. Jahrgang. Nos.-
3, 4. Juli. — December. Svo. Wien.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Wiegmann. Erichson. Sechstes Heft: 25 Jahr-
gang. ErstesHeft: 26 Jahrgang. Svo. Berlin, 1859-60.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. Parts 1-3. Svo. London,
1859-60.

Bulletin de la Society de Geographic. 4^ S(irie. Tome XIX. Svo. Paris,
1860.

Mdmoires de PAcademie Impdriale des Sciences, &c., de Lyon. Classe des
Sciences. Tomes VIIL and IX. Svo. Lyon, 1858-9.

Classe des Lettres. Nouvelle S^rie. Tome VII. 1858-9.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Sigs. 29-35.
1860.

Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. I. No. 4. Svo.
1860.

Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Vol. II. Part 2. 1857 to 1859. Svo.
Salem, 1860.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution. Svo.
Washington, 1860.

Verhandlungen der K.-K. Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien. Jahr-
gang, 1859.

Nachrichten von der G. A. LTniversitat und der K. Gesellschaft der Wissen-
chaften zu Gottingen. 1859. Nos. 1-20. Nebst Register. 12rao. Gottingen.

Achter Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und Heilkunde.
Svo. Giessen, 1860.

Denkschriften der K. Akademie der Wissenscbaften. Math.-Naturw. Classe.
4to. Vol. XVIII. Wien.

Sitzungsberichte. Math.-Naturw. Classe. 1860. 3-5, 7, 8, 10.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden. Jahresbericht fiir 1859.

Kleine Schriften. VI. VII. 4to. Pamph.

Bulletin de I'Acad^mie Irap^riale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg. Tome I.
Feuilles 10-36. 4to. 1860.

M^moires de PAcaddmie Impdriale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg. Tome
11. Nos. 1, 2, 3. 4to. 1859.

Actes de 1' Academic Imp^riale des Sciences, Belles Lettres, et Arts de Bor-
deaux. 3e Serie. 21^ Annee. 1859. 4^ Trimestre. Svo. Paris.

Joui-nal of the Royal Geographical Society. Vol. XXIX. 1859. Svo. Lon-
don.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society. Vol. IV. Nos. 2, 3. 1860.

Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh. 1854-8. Svo.
Vol. I.

Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester. Vol. XV.
2d Series. Svo. London, 1860.

432

Transactions of the Philosophical Institute of Victoria. Vol. IV. Part 1.
Melbourne, 1859.

Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of
Yorkshire. 1859. 8vo. Pamph. Leeds.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Report for 1859-60. 8vo.
Pamph.

Physical Condition of the People, &c. By R. Bickersteth. 8vo. Pamph.
1860.

Sensorial Vision. By J. F. W. Herschel. 8vo. Pamph. 1860.

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. No. 29, for September,
1860. 8vo. Toronto.

Actes de I'Acad^mie Imperiale des Sciences, &c. de Bordeaux. 3® Serie.
22e Ann^e. 1860. 2e Trimestre. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1860.

Der Zoologische Garten. Nos. 7-12. 8vo. Pamph. 1860. I. Jahrgang.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. V. No. 5, for October, 1860. Mon-
treal.

Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. XXX. No. 90, for
November, 1860. New Haven.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Sigs. 25-28.
for 1860.

Actes de la Society Linn^enne de Bordeaux. Tome XXII. 3^ Sdrie. Tome
IL 8vo. 1860.

Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. No. XIV.
8vo. 1860.

Bulletin de la Societe Paldontologique de Belgique. I. Feuilles, Nos. 4, 5.
8vo. Anvers. Pamph. 1860. Received in Exchange.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. No. 64, for November, 1860.
8vo. London.

Regne Animal dispose en Tableaux M^thodiques. Par J. Achille Comte. 87
plates. Elephant folio. Paris, 1840.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. V. No. 34 for October, and
No. 35 for November, 1860. 8vo. London.

Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of America. By
Louis Agassiz. Vol. III. 4to. Boston, 1860. From the Courtis Fund.

Result of Researches among the British Archives, relative to the Founders of
New England. By Samuel G. Drake. 4to. Boston. 1860. Deposited by the
Republican Institution.

INDEX TO VOL. VII.

N. B. New genera and species are in italics.

AcciPiTER fuscus, 105.
Acm^ea dorsuosa^ Gould, 162.
Actseon secale, Gould, 141.
Actinoid Polyps, new, Prof. Agassiz on,
23 ; three groups of, 24

Andalusite made in altered argillaceous
slate on Mt. Washington, N. H., 349;
in boulders which probably are from
the same locality, near Rye, N. H.,
350; at South Berwick, Me., 418.

Address, Annual, by Prof. W. B. Rogers, Anhinga, Gordiaceous worm from be-

289; vote of thanks for, 289.
^gialites melodus, 121.

semipalmatus, 121.

vociferus, 121.

Wilsonius, 121.

^sopus, nov. gen., Gould, 383.

jdponicus, Gould, 383.

Agelaius phoeniceus, 119.

Al?iha jJuncto-striata^ Gould, 400.

Albino children, 276.

Alligator, Parasite from, Prof. J. Wy-

man on, 278.
Alosa vulgaris, 76.
Alvania acuminata, Gould, 402.

fenestrata, Gould, 402.

fusca, Gould, 403.

ligata, Gould, 402.

pur a, Gould, 402.

neath dura mater of. Prof. Wyman

quadrata^ Gould, 402.

Americans, Table to determine the

question of the physical degeneracy

of, by Dr. B. J. Jeftries, 277.
American white ant, S. H. Scudder

on, 287; destructive to living grape

vines, 288.
Ammodi'omus Henslowi, with nest and

eggs, from Berlin, Mass., 137.
Amphiperas bullatus, Gould, 385.
Amphiura occidentalism Lyman, 194.
Pugetana, Lyman, 193.

xirtica, Lyman, 195.

Wurdemanii, Lyman, 196.

Riisei substituted for A. cor-

difera, 258.
Analysis of juice of leaf -stalks of Rheum

rhaponticum, by Dr. C. T. Jackson,

305.
Anas boschas, 122.
Ancylus gaulus, Gould, 40.

on, 278.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. VOL. VII.

Animals of West Yarmouth, Mass.,
Habits of, Theodore Lyman on, 75.

Annual Address, Committee on, 263.

Annual meeting adjourned, 289.

Anomalurus Beldeni, Du Chaillu, 303.

Anoiis stolidus, 134.

Anthreni, ravages of in poisoned objects
of Natural History, 5.

Antlers, dermal bones, 168 ; of Ameri-
can deer, observations on shedding of,
167.

Appropriation for illustrating Dr. Har-
ris's work on Lisects, 48.

Aramus scolopaceus, il; peculiar ar-
rangement of ti-achea in, 14,

Ai'dea candid issima, 120.

coerulea, 120.

egretta, 120.

herodias, 120.

virescens, 120.

Ardea occidentalis, 17; breeding place
of, 17.

Arsenic, native, from Greenwood, Maine.
423.

Arsenic, oreservation of animal tissues
by, 5. '

Assessment, annual, proposed to raise
from three to five dollars^ 279; pi'opo-
sition adopted, 283.

Assiminea debilis, Gould, 41.

rubida, Gould, 42.

Astrophyton Caryi, Lyman, 424.

Atherina notata, 76.

Atys muscaria, Gould, 138.

porcellana^ Gould, 138.

Audubon, J. J., Engraving of, pi'esented,
349.

28

434

Auricula (Leuconia, Gray,) opportuna,

Gould, 40.
Aytliya Americana, 122.

Bahamas, Birds of. Dr. H. Bryant on,
102; Fauna of, 103; Structure of,
103; Crustacea from, 136 ; Geological
structure of, 85 ; Fishes of, resembling
those of Sandwich Islands, 85; Gulf-
weed growing on rocks at, 85.
Baisley's Fond peat and List of Diatom-

aceae in, 287.
Beer seed, California, 350.
Bela turgida, Gould, 337.
Bequest of Hon. Jonathan Phillips, 355.
Bemis Lake earth, 283; Diatomacese in,

List of, 284.
Bicidium parasiiicum^ Agassiz, 24.
Birds of Chili, Notes on Nidification of,

by M. F. Germain, 308.
Birds of Cuba, List of, by Dr. John

Gundlach, 305.
Birds of E. Florida, Dr. H. Bryant on, 5.
Birds, Two species of, one of them new,

from Bogota, 225.
Bismuth, Telluret of, from Georgia,

22.
Bithynia divalis^ Gould, 41.
Bittium alutaceiim, Gould, 387.

craticulatum, Gould, 387.

glareomm^ Gould, 387.

parcum, Gould, 387.

Brazil, Dr. J. C, Reinhardt's donation
of objects of Natural History from,
25.
Brazilian bii-ds added to Collection,

245.
Breast supplementarj' in the human fe-
male, 22.
Breeding habits of Cormorants and Peli-
cans in Florida, 18.
Brookline earth and List of Diatomaceae

in, 285.
Bryant, Dr. H., his visit to Labrador,

349.
Bryttus, 3; B. fasciatus, 3; B. obesus,

34.
Bubo Virginianus, 8.
Buccinulus striyosus, Gould, 141.
Buccinum obsoletum, 78.

Rodgersi, Gould, 326.

iStimpso7ii, Gould, 325.

Bulla vernicosa, Gould, 138.
Burlington, Iowa, Geology and Paleon-
tology of, Chai'les A. White on, 319;
Prof. W. B. Rogers's remarks on,
319.
Buteo lineatus, 8.

Califoenia beer seed, 350.
California, tin ore discovered in, 152.
Cambridge earth, and list of Diatomaceas
in, 284.

Campephilus principalis, 11.
Capybara, fossil cranium of, found on

south-west frontier of the United

States, 350.
Caracara Eagle, probably two species

of, 21.
Carinaria cornucopia^ Gould, 408.
Cataract produced by injecting sugar

under skin of frogs. Dr. B. J. Jeffries

on, 183, 192.
Cathartes aura, 5 ; Notes on, 104.
Cecidomyiaj, transformations of, Dr. T.

W. Harris on, 179; not in accordance

with general law, 180.
Cercopithecus nigripes, Du Chaillu,

.360.
Cereus giganteus exhibited, 409.
Cerianthus, new species of, 24.
Cerithiopsis aurantiaca. Gould, 388.

Inqueala, Gould, 387.

rugosa, Gould, 388.

se7nipicta, Gould, 388.

Cerithium lacertinum, Gould, 386.
jilacidum^ Gould, 386.

stigviosum, Gould, 386.

Certhiola flaveola, Notes on and meas-
urement of, 117.

Ceryle alcyon, 108.
Chamjepelia passerina, 120.
Cheletropis globosa, Gould, 408.
Chemnitzia circmndaia, Gould, 407.

iota, Gould, 406. ,

trac/iealis, Gould, 407.

Chili, Birds of, Notes on Nidification of,

308.
Chimpanzee and Orang, are they gen-
eric terms'? 54.
Chiriqui coal, 423, 428.
Chiton (Acanthochaetes) achates, Gould,

165.
(Leptochitou) comptus, Gould,

163.
(Leptochiton) concinnus, Gould,

164.
(Leptochiton) craticulatus,Gonld,

164.
(Leptochiton) Jacobceus, Gould,

164.
(Lepidopleura) lepidus, Gould,

164.

(Lophyrus) lugubris, Gould, 163.

(Chsetopleura) plumosus, Gould,

165.
( Molpalia ) Stimpsoni, Gould,

165.
Chordeiles popetue, 108.
Chorizanthe (Mucronea ) perfoliata,

Gray, 148.
Chrysoberyl from Norway, Maine, 424.
Cicmdela Hentzii, Dr. T. \V. Harris on,

185.
Cingula ( ?) atomaria, Gould, 403.
Clarkia Xaniiana^ Gray, 146.

435

Clathiirella amplexn, Gould, 338.

aitpersn, Gould, 338.

flosa, Gould, 338.

Incunosn, Gould, 338.

peref/rina, Gould, 337.

riibicunda, Gould, 338.

Clavatula pu»(/en$, Gould, 339.

Coal of Albert mine, New Brunswick,
Geological position of, Prof. W. B.
Rogers on, 294.

Coal," bituminous and anthracite, in
Rocky Mountains, 68; ditto, Boghead,
containing Stigmaria, from Torbane-
hill, Scotland,422 ; Dr. Charles Picker-
ing on, 422 ; ditto, Cannel, from Boone
Countv, Kentucky, 151; Paraffine,
from, 151 ; ditto, Cannel, from Vir-
ginia, 32; description of deposit, 32;
ditto, from Gulf of Chiriqui, Dr. C.
T. Jackson on, 423, 428; iMr. Marcou
on, 423; Fossil shells from, 428; coal-
bearing rocks of Maine, 86; coal, in-
dications of, in Maine, 75.

Cocoa-nut pearl, 229, 290, 291.

God, fishes in abdominal cavity of, 4.

Coecum gracile, Gould, 407.

Coiling of tendrils of winter squash,
Prof. W. B. Rogers's observations on,
409.

Colors of Nacre of freshwater bivalves,
cause of, Dr. James Lewis on, 245.

Columba leucocephala. Notes on, 119.

Columbella alternaia, Gould, 335.

araneosn, Gould, 336.

(Anachis) atrata, Gould,

334.

balteata, Gould, 333.

bidncta, Gould, 335.

decolor, Gould, 336.

(Anachis) dorsuosa, Gould,

333.

{ Ansichis) fulminea, Gould,

334.

Uneolata, Gould, 335.

■ (Anachis) minuscula, Gould,

334.
(Anachis ) minuta, Gould,

334.
(Anachis) nebulosa, Gould,

333.
(Strombina)/)«n^ens, Gould,

336.

virginea, Gould, 335.

- (Anachis) zonata, Gould,

334.

Committees, Standing, for 1859-60, 73;
for 1860-61, 295.

Communications, Verbal, by
Agassiz, Prof. Louis, 23, 166, 191,231,

241, 250, 271, 356.
Brewer, Dr. T. M., 426.

Brv-ant, Dr. H., 85, 349.
Dii Chaillu, P. B., 276.
Field, Rosvvell, 316.
Haves, Dr. A. A., 345.
Hitchcock, C. H., 426.
Hitchcock, Pres. Edward, 353.
Hitchcock, Edward, Jr., 208.
Jackson, Dr. C. T., 29, 30, 31, 45, 54,

75, 136, 160, 349, 396, 423, 428.
Jeffries, Dr. B. J., 183, 192, 226.
Kneeland, Dr. Samuel, Ji-., 276.
Marcou, Jules, 357, 422.
Rogers, Prof. W. B., 47, 58, 84, 168,

170, 176, 227, 240, 246, 273, 294,

317, 389, 391, 394, 419.
Samuels, E., 136.
Scudder, S. H., 356.
Verrill, A. E., 423.
Warren, Dr. J. M., 53.
White, Dr. J. C, 136, 174, 350.
Winslow, Dr. C. F., 190, 229.
Wyman, Prof. J., 167, 211, 278, 293,

317, 350.

Communications, Written, by
Ambrose, Rev. L, 367.
Bacon, Dr. John, 290.
Bailey, L. W., 322.
Bouv^, T. T., 49.
Blake, John H., 81.
Blake, W. P., 64.
Brewer, Dr. T. M., 21, 305.
Bryant, Dr. H., 5,, 102, 226.
Curtis, George, 159.
Du Chaillu, P. B., 296, 358.
Edwards, Arthur M., 79, 89, 283.
Edwards, William, 153.
Germain, M. F., 308.
Gould, Dr. A. A., 40, 138, 161, 323, 382,

400,
Gray, Prof. Asa, 142, 145.
Gundlach, Dr. John, 305.
Harris, Dr. T. W., 179, 185, 235.
Hayes, Dr. A. A., 209, 249.
Jackson, Dr. Charles T., 81, 305, 428.
Jeffries, Dr. B. J., 277.
Lewis, Dr. James, 245.
Lvman, Henry M., 38.
Lyman, Theodore, 75, 193, 252, 424.
Marcou, Jules, 369.
Prime, Temple, 345.
Rand, Edward S., Jr., 154.
Rogers, Prof. W. B., 59, 238.
Scudder, S. H., 213.
Stodder, Charles, 27, 841.
Storer, F. H., 1.
Thoreau,H. D.,355.
Wells, David A., 176.
White, Charles A., 319.
White, Dr. J. C, 175, 222, 240.
Whittemore, T. J., 28, 150.
Winslow, Dr. C. F., 159.

486

Conchology, Nathan Farraiid elected
Curator of, 316.

Conglomerate of Roxbury, thought to
belong to New Red Sandstone period,
by Jules Marcou, 183; ciiange from,
into almost jaspery rock, li>3.

Conglomerate, Vermont, Edward Hitch-
cock on distorted pebbles in, 208;
Dr. C. T. Jackson on, 209.

Connecticut River sandstone, fossil foot-
marks of, probably not made by bii'ds,
316.

Consecutive Faunee, &c., Prof. Agas-
siz's second communication on, 250.

Copper and silver of Lake Superior,
native, theory of formation of, 31.

Copper mine at Bath, N. H., 349.

Cordiceps Carolinensis, growing from
under surface of caterpillar, 79.

Cormorants, breeding habits of, in Flori-
da, 18.

Corj-nactis albida, Agassiz, 24.

Crania and casts of Gorilla, Chimpan-
zee, and Orang, 53.

Crepidula foi'nicata. Note on, 78.

Crinoidea and other fossils from the
Carboniferous rocks of the Mississippi
Yalley, by Prof. J. Hall, 428.

Crithe, nov. gen., Gould, 384.

atoinaria^ Gould, 384.

Crotophaga Ifevirosfris, Bryant, 105.

Cuba, List of birds of, by Dr. John
Gundlach, 305.

Cm"atorship of Conchologv, resigned by
Mr. A. T. Lyman, 293. "

Cyanocitta Floridana, 9.

Cj'clostrema viodeshmi^ Gould, 142.

Cylichna consohrina., Gould, 141.

ellipsoidea, Gould, 140.

IcBta, Gould, 140.

melampoides, Gould, 140.

operosa, Gould, 140.

protracta, Gould, 140.

regularise Gould, 140.

tubulosa, Gould, 140.

villica, Gould, 139.

Cynogale velox, Du Chaillu, 361.
Cyprinodon ovinus, 76.

Cyrenella, Synonymy of species of,

by Temple Prinie, 345.
Cythara lota, Gould, 339.

Dams, vibrating, Wm. Edwards's ex-
planation of, 153.

Danais Berenice, Svnonymv of, by
Dr. T. W. Harris, 189.

Daphnella deluta, Gould, 339.

Darwin's theory of the origin of Spe-
cies, Prof.Agassiz on, 231, 233, 235,
241; Prof. W. B. Rogers on, 232, 234,
242 ; G. B. Emerson on, 234.

Datholite from Lake Superior, Eco-
nomic vahie of, 354.

Deer, American, observations on shed-
ding their antlers, by Prof. J. Wyman,
167.

Dendrocygna ai'borea, 122.

Dennis River, Me., Stratification near,
Prof.. W. B. Rogers on, 227 ; fossilif-
erous sandstone from, 227 ; slate, 227.

Dentalium nciculum, Gould, 165.

buccinulian, Gould, 166.

clavatum, Gould, 166.

hexanonum, Gould, 166.

intercalatum, Gould, 166.

jJOJ'catiim, Gould, 166.

strigatum, Gould, 166.

Dermestes, ravages of in poisoned ob-
jects of Natural History, 5.

Derry earth, list of Diatomacese in, 286.

Devonian gradually passing into a Car-
boniferous Fauna, 320.

Devonian fossils from Saco River, 409.

Diatomacece from Bemis Lake earth,
and from Cambridge, list of, 284;
from Bi'ookline, 285; from ]\Iaidstone,
Derry, and Hingham, 286; from Bais-
ley's Pond peat, 287; from intestines
of Echini, 136; from North Provi-
dence, Mr. L. \V. Bailey on, 322; in
peat marl from Milwaukee, list of, 79;
some sub-peat deposits of, by A. M.
Edwards, 283; distorted specimens of,
more common than normal ones, 81 ;
list of, from \V. Roxbury, Mass., 26;
methods of collecting, preparing, and
mounting, Arthur M. Edwards on, 89.

Discina stella, Gould, 324.

Dolichonyx orizyvora, 119.

Drillia ehorea, Gould, 337.

reciproca, Gould, 336.

vallata, Gould, 336.

Dryotoraus pileatus, 11.

Dunkeria effusa, Gould, 407.

Eagle, Caracara, perhaps two species
of, 21.

Earth's crust, circumstances affecting
the method of determining its thick-
ness by law of increasing temperature,
Prof. W. B. Rogers on, 47.

Echinoderms, relations among and gra-
dations in their various orders. Prof.
Agassiz on, 272.

Elephants, numbers of destroyed in a
swamp, 175.

Emarginula (Clvpidina) aliilis, Gould,
162.

jjileata, Gould, 162.

(Clypidina) radiata, Gould,

162.

(Clvpidina) textilis, Gould,

162.

Empidonax BaJuanensis, Bryant, 109.

Entomology, Samuel H. Scudder elected
Curator of, 35.

437

Ephialtes asio, 8.

Erlsmatuia rubida, 122.

Esox fosciatus distinct from E. reticula-

tus, 3, 156; E. ornatus synonymous

with E. fasciatus, 3, 34.
Eulima cnnteula, Gould, 404.
Eupagurus longicarpus, 77 ; E. pollica-

ris, Note on, 76.
Euthi-ya lacertina, Gould, 327.

Falco anatum, 105.

Fall River, !Mass., impi*ints of shells in
silicious slate of, 389; Lingulse in,
390.

Fauna, primordial, and the Taconic sys-
tem, Joachim Barrande and Jides
Marcou on, 369.

Fauna of Sandwich Islands, specimens
representing, 275.

Faunse, consecutive, arguments against
Darwin's theory. Prof. Agassiz on,
241; Prof. W. B. Rogers in reply,
242.

Faunae, distinctness of, Prof. Agassiz
on, 271.

Feldspar, gi-een, Crystals of found at
Mount Desert, Me., 160.

Ferns, tree, silk ft-om, 48.

Finch, Bachman's, in Massachusetts, 21 ;
proved to be Henslow's Bunting, 74.

Fishes in abdominal cavity of Cod, 4 ;
ditto, of Pollock, 4.

Fishes, colors of, preserved by glycerine
and water, 156 ; geographical distribu-
tion of. Prof. Agassiz on, 167 ; from
Sandwich Islands, 236 ; from Switzer-
land resembling American species,
275 ; dead, shoals of, during eruption
of Mauna Loa, 39.

Florida, E.. Birds of, Dr. H. Bryant on, 5.

Flv, larvee of, infesting human nostrils
175.

Food, Preservation of, in air-tight ves-
sels, 33.

Footmarks, fossil, of Connecticut River
sandstone, Mr. Roswell Field on, 316;
priority of description of, T. T. Bouve
on, 49.

Fossar tornatilis, Gould, 44.

Fossil bones in the hollows of fossil trees,
173.

Fossils, Devonian, from a boulder on an
island in Saco River, 409 ; from Den-
nis River, Maine, Prof. W. B. Rogers
on, 419.

Fossils, identity of not always necessary
to prove identity of geological periods.
Prof. Agassiz on, 271.

Fracture, laws of, in a thick glass tube,
240.

Fresh-water fishes of United States,
Remark on, 4.

Frog, Experiment of injecting honey

into dorsal sac of, 226; Cataract
produced in, by injecting sugar be-
neath the skin. Dr. B. J. Jeffries on,
183, 192.

Fulica Americana, 122.

Fulix collaris, 122.

marila, 122.

Fundulus pisculentus, 76.

Fusus modestus, Gould, 327.

Galena, argentiferous, at Warren,
N. H., 341.

Gallinago Wilsonii, 15, 121.

Gallinula galeata, 122.
Martinica, 122.

Gelasimus vocans, Habits of, 77.

Gena dilecta, Gould, 44.

Genetta Fieldiana, Du Chaillu, 302.

Geode from Uraguay, 293.

Geographical distribution of Unios, 167 ;
of Fishes, 167.

Geological deposits, distant, synchroniz-
ing of, 321 ; Prof. W. B. Rogers on, 321.

Geological position of Albert coal, 294;
of thermal springs, 45.

Geology of neighborhood of St. John,
N. B., Prof. Rogers on, 176; of Ver-
mont, Mr. C. H. Hitchcock on, 236;
Prof. W. B. Rogers on, 237; ditto and
Paleontology of Burlington, Iowa,
Mr. Charles' A. White on, 319; Prof.
W. B. Rogers's remarks on, 319.

Gold field of New Mexico, 65; Mexican
method of mining, 65 ; of Rocky Moun-
tains, 64.

Gold rocks of Georgia, 22.

Gordius said to have passed from the
human body, 175.

Gordius trifurcatus, White, 175.

Gorgonidse, family of. Polyp of, taken
from depth of eighty fathoms in Bay
of Fundy, 418.

Gorilla collection, B. P. Du Chaillu's,
Prof. J. Wyman on, 211.

Gorilla and other anthropoid apes, hab-
its and distribution of, B, P. Du
Chaillu on, 276.

Graculus Floridanus, 128.

Grape, Henshaw, amount of saccharine
matter in, 152; Grapes, American,
malic and tartaric acid in, 30.

Graptolite from Vermont rocks, 354.

Grasses of United States, donation of
by C. J. Sprague, 283.

Grus Canadensis, 14.

Guano, Mexican, corrosive, Dr. C. T.
Jackson on, 29.

Gulf-weed, growing on rocks at the Ba-
hamas, 85.

H^MATOPUS palliatus, 121.
Haliaetus leucocephalus, 8.
Haminea angusta, Gouid, 139.

438

Harris, Dr. T. W., Chronological Index
to his Entomological writings, by S.
H. Scudder, 213; Report on his col-
lection of insects, 72.

Harris Library, donation of, 210 ; Cata-
logue of, 266.

Helix aspersa from France, living spec-
imens of, 32,

Helix milium, Morse, 28.

Henslow's Bunting, with nest and eggs,
from Berlin, Mass., 137.

Hitnantopus nigricollis, 15, 121.

Hingham earth and list of Diatomaceae
in, 286.

Hippopotamus, cranium of, gift of,
262.

Hirundo cyaneoviridis, Bryant, 111.

Hornet, observations on the habits of a
species of, perhaps new, which builds
in the ground, by Prof. J. Wyman,
411.

Humboldt, Notice of decease of, 70 ; res-
olutions on, 71.

Humming-bird's nest, material of which
it is composed, 426.

Hyala abjiormis, Gould, 408.

Hydractinia, 79.

Hydrargira flavula, 76.

Hydrometridse in mid ocean, 45.

Ibis alba, 15.

Icehouses, natural, in Virginia, 84.

Idotea coeca, (?) 77.

Index, Chronological, to the Entomolog-
ical writings of Dr. T. W. Harris, bv
S. H. Scudder, 213.

Indian bread, or Tuckahoe, composi-
tion of, 48; botanical character of,
48.

Infusorial earth from Tertiary of Vir-
ginia and Maryland, and its geologi-
cal relations, Prof. W. B. Rogers on,
60.

Insects injurious to vegetation, Report
on republication of Dr. T. W. Harris's
work on, 26.

Iron mountain in Oregon, 191.

Iron, native, supposed to be found in
Africa, Dr. A. A. Hayes's correction
of former statement on, 249.

Iron ore, specular, from Phillipsburg,
N. J., 136.

Iron, oxide of, at the Bahamas, explana-
tion of, 85.

Itacolumite from Georgia, 22.

Lanivikeo crassirostris, Bryant, 112.

Larus atricilla, 134.

Larvae said to have been ejected from
the human stomach, 174.

Larvffi of flies consume flesh impreg-
nated with arsenic with impu-
nity, 1.

Letters from

Acad«5mie des Sciences, &c., de Di-
jon, 152.

Academic Imp^riale des Sciences de
Russie, 152.

Academic Royale, &c., de Belgique,
35.

Academic Royale des Sciences de
Stockholm, 73, 341.

Akademie K. Bayerische,73,231, 263,
399.

Akademie K. Preussische, 73, 185.

Akademie K. der Wissenschaften,
Wien, 153, 340, 341, 358.

Association, American, for the Ad-
vancement of Science, 73.

Blake, J. H., 135.

Blake, W. P., 73.

Boyden, U. A., 71.

Brocklesby, Prof. J., 135.

College, Bowdoin, Librarian of, 73. ,

Davis, H., 35, 73, 153.

Du Chaillu, P. B., 358.

Drouet, H., 228.

Edwards, William, 153.

Evans, Dr. John, 231, 263, 279.

Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Got-
tingen, 358.

Gesellschaft; Naturforschende, Em-
den, 73, 358.

Gesellschaft K. Russ. Mineralogische,
153.

Gesellschaft Oberhessische fiir Natur
und-Heilkunde, 35, 153, 358.

Gill, Theodore, 231, 263.

Hartt, Charles F., 290.

Hayden, F. V., 137.

Henrv, Prof. Joseph, 279.

Hill, Hon. Richard, 152.

Hulman, Cliarles W., 245, 263.

Humooldt Foundation, Committee of,
231.

Hyrtl, Joseph, 341.

India, Geological Survey of, 137,
290.

Institution, Smithsonian, 290.

Johnston, Christopher, Dr., 399.

Laporte, J. L., 35.

Lewis, Dr. James, 33,

Lyceum, New York, 73.

Lyman, H. M., 134.

Marcou, Jules, 341.

Morse, Edward S., 35.

Myers, Dr. W. H., 349.

Norton, Edward, 263.

Packard, Alpheus S., Jr., 231.

Piggot, Dr. A. Snowden, 185.

Riddell, J. L., 229.

Sharswood, William, 73, 185.

Sloan, Wihiam J., 263.

Society Imp^riale, &c., de Lyon, 35.

Societe Linneene de Lyon, 35.

Soci^t^ Royale, &c., de Liege, 35, 200.

439

Soci^t^ de Geographie, 73, 153.
Soci(5te de Physique et d'Histoire

Naturelle de Geneve, 153, 340.
Soci^te des Sciences Naturelles de

Neuchatel, 185.
Society, Cambridge Philosophical, 73.
Society, Elliott, 228.
Society, Geological, Dublin, 137.
Society, Leeds Philosophical and Lit-
erary, 358.
Society, Linnsean, London, 341.
Society, Literary and Philosophical

of Manchester, 358.
Society, Natural History, of Bonn,

35, 185.
Society, Natural History, of Emden,

185.
Society, Royal Dublin, 35.
Society, Royal Geographical, 35, 185,

229, 358.
Society, Royal, of Sciences of Gottiu-

gen,'l85. * ■

Society, Yorkshire Philosophical, 137.
Stimpson, William, 73.
Suckley, Dr. George, 73.
Thoreau, H. D.,355.
Tuttle, Charles M., 137.
Tuttle, C. W., 73.
University, New York, Regents of

228.
University Royal, of Christiania, 290.
Verein Entomologischer zu Stettin,

290.
Verein filr Naturkunde in Nassau,

73.
Verein fiir Naturkunde, Wiesbaden,

340, 341, 399.
Verein fiir Naturkunde in Wiirttem-

berg, 35, 73, 153, 290.
Verein Naturhistorischer, Bonn, 35,

185.
Verein Zoologisch-Botanischer, Wien,

35, 73, 185, 358.
Wael, Emilien de, 161.
Waterston, Rev. R. C, 229.
Wyman, Prof. Jeffries, 45.

Libinia canaliculata, 76.

Library, Donations to by

Academic Imp^riale, &c., de Bor-
deaux, 88, 206, 344,431, 432.

Academic Imp^riale des Sciences,
&c., de Dijon, 158, 344.

Academic Imp^riale des Sciences,
&c., de Lyon, 431.

Academic Imneriale des Sciences,
&c., Paris, 207, 352.

Academic Imp^riale des Sciences de
St. Petersbourg, 352, 431.

Academy, American, of Arts and
Sciences, 157, 266, 352.

Academy, Royal Irish, 266.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia, 37, 88, 157, 207, 266, 344,
352, 431, 432.

Academy of Natui-al Sciences, St.
Louis,' 206, 431.

Adams, H. and A., 37.

Akademie K. Bayerische, 158, 343.

Akademie K. Preussische, 88, 158,
207, 252,

Akademie K. K. der Wissenschaften,
Wien, 158, 207, 343, 352, 431.

Akademien K. Vetenskaps, 88, 343.

Anthony, J. J., 342.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Editor
of, 37, 88, 158, 207, 343, 352, 431.

Association, American, for the Ad-
vancement of Science, 37, 351.

Association, Dublin University Zoo-
logical and Botanical, 266.

Association, Wisconsin Agricultural
and Mechanic, 351.

Bache, Prof. A. D., 87, 265.

Bellardi, L., 264, 265, 266.

Binney, W. G., 36, 351.

Blake, W. P., 351.

Branston, Prof. J., 87.

Brevoort, J. C, 206.

Bryant, Dr. H., 429.

Canadian Journal of Industry, &c.,
Editor of, 37, 88, 157, 207, 266, 343,
352, 432.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist,
Editor of, 37, 88, 157, 207, 266, 344,
352, 432.

Coolidge, Dr. Algernon, 342.

Cooper, Dr. J. G., 157.

Corda, A. C. J., 158.

Courtis Fund, 38, 89, 158, 207, 266,
344, 352, 432.

Gushing, John P., 210, 266.

Dana, Prof. J. D., 36, 157.

Daniels, E., 265.

Daubr^e, M. A., 264.

Dawson, J. W., 88, 342.

De Peyster, J. Watts, 351, 352.

Dillaway, C. K., 342.

Dowler, Dr. B., 351.

Draper, L. C, 352.

Durand, E., 343.

Durkee, Dr. S., 87, 342, 430.

Edwards, Arthur M., 430.

Emmons, Ebenezer, 344.
Gassies, J. B., 431.

Gesellschaft Naturforschende in Em-
den, 207, 431.
Gesellschaft Oberhessische fiir Nat-

ur-und-Heilkunde, 158, 431.
Gesellschaft K. Russ. Mineralogische,

89.
Gibb, Dr. George D., 157.
Gibbes, L. R., 343.
Gill, Theodore, 265.
Gould, Dr. A. A., 351, 430.

440

Green, Dr. S. A., 351,430.
Greene, Dr B. D., 87, 264.

Hal], Prof. James, 87.

Hayden, Dr. F. V., 36, 206.

Hayes, Dr. A. A., 351.

Hayes, Dr. I. I., 265.

Hernandez, Don J. de la Luz, 264.

Higgins, Frank., 36.

Hill, Hon. Richard, 157.

Hitchcock, Edward, 36.

Hope, Rev. F. W., 266.

Houghton, G. F., 206.

"Ibis," Editor of the, 265.

India, Geological Survey of, 158, 266,
343.

India, Secretary of State of, 351,

Institute, Essex, 431.

Institute, Philosophical, of Victoria,
432.

Institution, Republican, 38, 89, 159,
207, 208, 266, 344, 352, 432.

Institution, Royal, of Great Britain, 88,
266.

Institution, Smithsonian, 36, 207,352,
430, 431.

Jeftries, Dr. B. J., 265, 342, 430.

Jones, J. M., 157.

Journal, American, of Science and
Arts, Editors of, 37, 89, 157, 207,
266, 344, 352, 432.

Kemplay, C, 157.

Kneeland, Dr. S., Jr., 349, 351, 430.

Kolliker, A., 351.

Kurtz, J. D., 265.

Lapham, I. A., 351.

Latour, Capt., 87, 206.

Lawson, G., 206.

Lea, Isaac, 37, 206, 265, 352, 429.

Leidv, Prof. Joseph, 206.

Lesley, J. P., 87.

Librarian of Astor Library, 264.

Library, Boston, Trustees of, 157.

Lil)rarv, New York State, Trustees of,
158, 342.

Library, Public, New Bedford, Trus-
tees of, 158, 206.

Lyceum of Natural History, New
York, 37.

Marcou, J., 37, 87, 183, 206.

McChesnev, J. H., 264.

Nettle, R., 342.

Newberry, J. S., 430.

New York Journal of Medicine, Edit-
or of, 37, 88, 157, 207, 266, 344.

Nisser, P., 265.

Osborn, A., 36.

Owen, Richard, 264.

Paine, Dr. Martyn, 342.

Patent Office, 87\ 351.

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., 344.

Prime, Temple, 87, 430.

Review, Natural History, Editor of,
88, 266.

Rogers, Prof. Henry D., 36, 64, 88,

206,264, 351, 430.
Rogers, Prof. W. B., 264, 430.
Russell, John L., 430.
Scudder, S. H., 206.
Sharswood, William, 150, 157.
Shaw, Dr. B S., 430.
Shepard, C. U., 36.
Shumard, Dr. B. F., 430.
Soci^te Linndene de Bordeaux, 88,

432.
Soci^t^ Pal^ontologique de Belgique,

157, 432.

Soci^te Rovale, «&c., de Liege, 343.
Soci^t(5 de'Geographie, 88, 266,431.
Society de Phvsique, &c., de Geneve,

158, 343.

Societe des Sciences Natm-elles de
Neuchatel,206.

Society, American Antiquarian, 264,
352."'

Society, American Geographical and
Statistical, 344.

Society, American Philosophical, 37,
158,"207, 344.

Society, Cambridge Philosophical,
88.

Society, Elliott, of Natural History,
88, 157.

Society, Geological, of Dublin, 88,
344.

Society, Geological and Polytechnic,
of West Riding of Yorkshire, 158,
206, 432.

Society, Leeds Literary and Philo-
sophical, 158, 207, 432.

Society, Linnsean of London, 343.

Society, Literary and Philosophical of
Liverpool, 207, 432.

Society, Literary and Philosophical of
Manchester, 431.

Society, Massachusetts Historical,
352.

Society, Massachusetts Horticultural,
37.

Society, Royal Dublin, 88, 157, 266.

Society, Royal Geographical of Lon-
don,'88, 158, 207, 343, 431.

Society, Royal Physical of Edinburgh,
431.

Society, Wisconsin State Agricultu-
ral, 352.

Society, Zoological, 157, 207, 344,
431.

Sowerby, G. B., 157.

Stimpson, William, 36, 342.

Storer, Dr. D. H., 36.

Suckley, Dr. G., 206.

Sumner, Charles, 37, 265.

Swallow, G. C, 36, 206.

Tatnall, Edward, 351.

Taylor, Alexander S., 206.

Thoreau, H. D., 430.

441

Times, American Medical, Editor of,

344.
Universitat Georg-Augusts, 158, 431.
University, New York, Regents of,

342.
University, Royal, of Christiania, Nor-
way, 265.
Urbino, S., 293, 342.
Verein Entomologischer zu Stettin,

343.
Verein Naturhistorischer der Preus.

Rheinlande, &c., 207, 352.
Verein fiir Natm*kunde, Wiesbaden,

88, 343.
Verein fiir Natnrkunde in Wiirttem-

berg, 158, 266, 344.
Verein Zoologisch-Botanischer, Wien,

37, 207.
Ward, Dr. H. A., 430.
Warren, Dr. J. M., 152, 206.
Weinland, Dr. D. F., 265, 352.
Whitney, J. D., 87.

Library, Harris, Catalogue of, 266 ; do-
nation of, 210.

Lime, action of peat water on, 151; Sil-
icate and Borate of, from region of
Minnesota copper mine, 348; from
Portage Lake region and Isle Royale
mine, 349.

Limenitis Misippus, Dr. T. W. Harris on
synonymy of, 189.

Limestone, Encrinal, from near Daven-
port, Iowa, 72.

Limestone and subjacent sandstone of
Vermont belong to period of Levant
rocks or Medina group, 238.

Limn^ea oUulu, Gould, 40.

Limnoria terebrans in Boston harbor,
354.

Linguatula from portal veins of the
Alligator, 278.

Linguia in Slate of Bay of Fundy, 176 ;
two species of in slate of Fall River,
Mass., 390.

Linnseus, Engraving of, Gift of, 150.

Lioness, dissection of, 174.

Liotia asteriscus, Gould, 142.

Jidyens, Gould, 142.

loculosa^ Gould, 141.

solidula, Gould, 141.

Littorina vidua, Gould, 138.

Lynx, Canada, some peculiarities in a
specimen of, killed in Carlisle, Mass.,
H. D. Thoreau on, 355.

Maidstone earth,

286.

list of Diatomacese

m.

Maine, Coal-bearing rocks of, 86.

Mallotus villosus from Labrador, 399;
supposed fossil, from a modern clay-
stone, 399; difference of size of anal
fin in male and female, 399.

Mammalia, new species fi-om Western
Africa, xAIr. P. B. Du Chaillu on, 296,
358.

^lanatns Owe?u, Du Chaillu, 367.

Mangelia (ilbicinctn, Gould, 340.

concinna, Gould, 382.

dempsta, Gould, 340.

f/lareosa, Gould, 340.

intaminata, Gould, 339.

lutea, Gould, 340.

pura, Gould, 339.

semiassa, Gould, 382.

teiragona, Gould, 382.

Marginella (Glabella) lepida, Gould, 384.

seminula, Gould, 384.

Marine deposits, Stratigraphical rela-
tions of. Prof Rogers on, 246, 249;
Prof. Agassiz on, 248.

Mauna Loa, eruption of, in 1859, 38, 134.

Melampes (Conovulus) bidentatus (?),
78.

Melania dolorosa, Gould, 42.

gracilina, Gould, 42.

libertina, Gould, 42.

ME3IBERS, Corresponding, elected,
Avequin, Dr. J. B., 185. .
Bernstein, Dr., 236.
Blake, William P., 5.
Chambers,- Robert, 428.
Du Chaillu, Paul B., 349.
Easton, Norman, 425.
Edwards, Arthur M., 153.
Eschweiler, Charles F., 245.
Gill, Theodore, 213.
Harrison, Edwin, 30.
Hayden, Dr. F. V.,55.
Johnston, Dr. Christopher, 355.
Kennicott, Robert, 55.
Meek, F. B., 72.
Norton, Edward, 236.
Packard, A. S., Jr., 213.
Piggott, Dr. A. Snowden, 156.
Reinhardt, Dr. Jos^ C, 31.
Riddell, Prof. J. L., 185.
Rogers, Prof. Robert E., 317.
Sharswood, William, 153.
Smith, Prof. Hamilton L., 275.
Stimpson, William, 55,
Suckley, Dr. George, 55.
Tuttle, Dr. Charles M., 55.

Members, Honorary, elected,
Daubr(^e, M. A., 81.
Delesse, M. A., 81.

Members, Resident, elected,
Allen, Joseph H., 55.
Allen, Rev. J. H., 317.
Allen, Nathaniel T., 231.
Amory, C. L., 30.
Baker, W. E., 28.
Bickmore, A. S., 358.

442

Binney, H. P., 355.
Bowditch, Nathaniel, 317.
Brewster, Charles G., 276.
Briggs, George N., 236.
Browne, C. Allen, 48.
Browne, Edward I., 213.
Clark, Randolph M., 279.
Codman, Edward VV., 236.
Comstock, John C, 35.
Copeland, \V. E., 350.
Cowing, Cornelius, 137.

Cowing, Walter

H., 55.

Crehofe, Dr. C. F., 428.
Cummings, John, 23.
Cutting, James A., 35.
Dalton, Dr. J. C, 276.
Eavrs, W. N., 350.
Edes, Robert T., 358.
Edwards, William, 205.
Emerson, J. Haven, 428.
Emerson, Lincoln F., 276.
Foley, J. L., 205.
Gookin, Samuel H., 35.
Hay, Dr. Gustavus, 231.
Hepworth, Rev. George H., 48.
Homans, John, Jr., 156.
Hooper, N. L., 349.
Hyatt, Alpbeus, 231.
Leonard, Dr. Marcus B., 86.
Lincoln, F. W., Jr., 341.
Loring, David, 289.
Lowell, Augustus, 263.
McKay, John, 350.
Montgomery, Hugh, 418.
Mooi-e, Joseph, 279.
Moore, Thomns S., 317.
Morris, Charles W., 281.
Morse, Charles H., 48.
Morse, E. S., 205.
Murray, Dennis, 35.
Nash, Frank P., 137.
Nichols, Dr. G. H., 317.
Perkins, Benjamin, Jr., 30.
Putnam, William, 31.
Richardson, Dr. Horace, 418.
Ritchie, Edward S., 205.
Ropes, F. C, 263.
Ross, M. D., 30.
Russell, Dr. George, 245.
Samuels, Emanuel, 31.
Shaler, N. S., 185.
Sheldoii, W. E., 185.
Sinclair, Dr. A. D., 358.
Slade, Dr. D. D., 213.
Smith, H. Farnum, 263.
Snellmg, George H., 317.
Sprague,Dr. F. P., 317.
Stearns, Joseph B., 64.
Stickney, Dr. J. H., 358.
Tobev, E. S., 55.
Tafts^ J. Brooks, 205.
Tuttle, C. W., 23.
VerrUl, A. E., 205.

Waterston, Rev. R. C, 213.
Webster, Dr. J. R., 276.
Wells. Samuel, Jr., 213.
Wilder, Burt G., 185.
Wing, Charles H., 176.
Woodbury, J. H., 349.

Memorial in behalf of the Society, W.
E. Baker's, 23; Report on, 26; in rela-
tion to Oregon meteorite, 289.

Menobranchus raaculatus found in Mo-
hawk River, N. Y., 33.

Metamorphism in geology, Dr. C. T.
Jackson on, 30.

Meteor of August 11th, 1859, David A.
Wells on, 176 ; fragment of, found, 177.

Meteorite, Oregon, 174, 175, 279 ;
Committee on Memorial concerning,
279 ; Memorial in relation to, 289 ;
resembling Pallas meteorite, 161.

Microscope of R. B. Tolles, 423.

Microscope slides presented, 161; Re-
port on, 184.

Mimus Bahamensis, Bryant, 114.

Mimus rubripes, 114.

Mineral resources of Rocky Mountains
near Santa F^, and probable extent
southward of the Rockv Mountain
gold field, William P. Blake on, 64.

Minerals, artificial, of !^L Daubree, ex-
hibited, 160; zeolite, formed from
"waters of springs at Plombieres, 45;
conditions for formation of, 46 ; on
shores of Bay of Fundy, 46 ; on south,
shore of Lake Superior, 46.

Mines, old, recently reopened near
Franconia, N. H., 349.

Witrajaculanda, Gould, 332.

russa, Gould, 333.

secalina, Gould, 333.

Mniotilta varia, 110.

Mohawk, N. Y., Tooographical notes of,

150.
Monoptygma acuminata, Gould, 406.

puncticulata, Gould, 405.

slnuata, Gould, 406.

Murex (Ocinebra) improbus, Gould, 328.

Museum, Donations to, by
Adams, Alvin, 205.
Agassiz, Prof Louis, 151, 156, 157.
Anderson, W. P., 263.
Andrews, C. L., 87.
Atwood, N. E.,36, 228,263.
Bacon, Dr. John, 351, 429.
Baldwin, Dr. A. S., 351.
Barnard, J. M., 205, 262, 264.
Barry, George H., 87.
Bates, Joseph L., 263.
Binnev, Amos, 429.
Blake; Dr. E. W., 429.
Borland, Dr. J. N., 262, 264, 341.
Bowditch, Dr. H. L, 175.

443

Brackett, Walter M., 429.

Brazer, John H., 191, 205.

Brewer, Dr. T. M., 156.

Browne, C. A., 429.

Bryant, Dr. H., 85, 87, 156, 263, 264,
341, 342, 351, 399, 429.

Busteed,G. W.,429.

Caldwell, Lieut. C. H. B., 350.

Cliampney, J., 156.

Choate, F. W., 222, 263.

Clark, Samuel, 205.

Cool id ge, Mrs. Joseph, 264.

Crane, S. D., 350.

Cutting, J. A., 205, 341, 351, 429.

Dav, Lot, 429.

Davis, A. C, 36.

Devens, Thomas M., 263.

Doniphan, H. J., 341.

Du Chaillu, Paul B., 350.

Durant, A., 342.

Durkee, Dr. S., 135, 342, 429.

Easton, Norman, 389.

Edes, R. T. , 429.

Edwards, A. M., 264.

Edwards, John F., 36.

Edwards, W., 342.

Ellis, Dr. C, 341.

Emerson, G. B., 264.

Fay, J. S., 156, 264.

Felt, Lydia B., 351.

Flint, Charles L., 263, 264.

Folser, George H., 205, 222.

Forbes, J. M., 264.

Forbes, R. B., 293.

Gibson, W. B., 341, 342.

Gilmore, F. A., 429.

Gould, Dr. A. A., 36, 87.

Gragg, W. F., 429.

Hildreth, Dr. C. H., 205.

Homans, John, Jr., 263.

Institute, Essex, 87.

Institution, Smithsonian, 341, 424, 429.

Jackson, Dr. C. T., 36, 48, 54, 75, 87.

Jeffries, Dr. B. J., 429.

Jenks, J. W. P., 205.

Kneeland, Dr. S., Jr., 36, 79, 87, 161,

156, 157, 264, 341, 344,351, 429.
Landis, C. K., 48.
Lawrence, A. A., 262, 264.
Lawrence, James, 262, 264.
Lawrencej W. R., 262, 264.
Lee, F. L., 429.
Lehmann, Lewis, 156.
Lenn, W. A., 350.
Lewis, Dr. James, 86, 156.
Lyman, Theodore, 86.
Mack, D., 342.
McKay, S., 264.
Miller, Lieut, 205.
Moore, Lemuel, 418, 429.
iMurray, Dennis, 36.
Museum of Comparative Zooloffv.
264,341. ^•^'

Ordway, Albert, 156.

Page, kilby, 156, 263.

Page, N. C.', 429.

Purdie, H. A., 264.

Reinhardt, Dr. Jose C, 36.

Renouf, Edward, 87.

Richardson, Joshua W., 36.

Rogers, Prof. W. B., 59, 87, 205, 294,

341, 429.
Ross, M. D., 429.
Samuels, E., 136, 156, 161, 350.
Sargent, Dr. L. M., 87.
Sears, John, 341.
Shaw, Dr. B. S., 264.
Shurtleff, Dr. Simeon, 156.
Shute, James G., 36.
Sprague, Charles J., 155, 156, 205,

283, 341.
Sprague, Dr. F. P., 429.
Stevens, B. F., 87.
Storer, Dr. D. H., 167, 205, 264, 341.
Taylor, W. H., 429.
Tompkins, Dr. M., 341.
Tyler, P. S., 157.
Walker, James, 205.
Webb, Dr. T. H., 156.
Wheatland, Dr. R. H., 86.
Wheeler, E. S., 136. 156.
White, Dr. J. C, 429.
Whittemore, T. J., 36, 87, 156.
Winslow, Dr. C. F., 36, 86, 156, 190,

205, 236, 263, 264, 275, 341, 429.

Museum, Zoological, Prof. Agassiz's
plan of arrangement of, 191.

Mya arenaria, 79.

Mystic Pond water, Dr. A. A. Hayes on,
345.

Nacre, superabundant on Unio from
Michigan, 278; ditto, of freshwater
bivalves, cause of color of, 245.

Nassa beata, Gould, 330.

dermestina, Gould, 331.

mustelina, Gould, 331.

opiata, Gould, 331.

pediculina, Gould, 332.

plebecula, Gould, 332.

quaniida, Gould, 331.

reposta, Gould, 331.

spurca, Gould, 332.

sufflata, Gould, 330.

Nassaria curia; Gould, 328.

Natica heros, 79.

puerilis, Gould, 44.

russa, Gould, 43.

severa, Gould, 43.

Native copper and silver of Lake Supe-
rior, Dr. C. T. Jackson's theory of
their formation, 31; specimens in il-
lustration, 32.

Native iron not found in Africa, state-
ment in a letter from Liberia, 249.

444

Nauclerus furcatus, 8.

Naucrates captured at Provincetown,

Mass., 4.
Neptunea arata^ Gould, 326.

cestuosa, Gould, 326.

{s. g. Sipho) terebrans, Gould,

826.
Nerita pica, Gould, 43.
Neritella (Clithon) penicillaia, Gould,
43.

puella, Gould, 43.

Nettion, Carolinensis, 122.

New species of Ophiuridae, Descriptions

of, by Theodore Lyman, 193, 252.
Newfoundland, Geological Survey of,

86.
New Mexico, gold field of, 65.

NiDIFICATION IN ChILI OF

Agelaius theleus, 311.
Agriornis lividus, 311.
Anas cristata, 314.

melanocephala, 315.

Ardea egretta, 313.
Buteo erythronotus, 309.
Chlorospiza alaudina, 312.
Cinclodes nigrofumosus, 310.
Columbina picui, 312.
Craxirex unicinctus, 309.
Culicivora parvulus, 311.
Cyanotis omnicolor, 310.
Cygnus nigricollis, 315.
Cypselus leucopygius, 309.
Dafila Bahamensis, 314.
Falcinellus guarauna, 313.
Falco sparverius, 309.
Fulica Chilensis, 314.
Gallinago paraguia, 313.
Gallinula crassirostris, 314.
Glaucidium nanura, 309.
Gracixlus Brasilianus, 315.

cristatus, 315.

Gainsardii, 315.

Magellanicus, 315.

Grithagra brevirostris, 312.
Haematopus palliatus, 314.
Himantopus nigricollis, 313.
Ibis melanopis, 313.

Larus Dominicanus, 314.

glaucodes, 314.

Leichenops erythropterus, 311.
Micropterus cinereus, 315.
Milvago chi mango, 309.
Mimus thenca, 311.
Muscisaxicola nigra, 311.
Myiobius albiceps, 311.
Nothura perdicaria, 312.
Nycticorax Gardenii, 313.
Pei'istera auriculata, 312.
Phrygilus diuca, 312.
Phytotoma rara, 312.

Picus lignarius, 312.
Podilymbus antarcticus, 314.

Polyborus tharus, 809.

Pontoaetus melanolencus, 309.

Psarocolius Cureeus, 812.

Pterotoclms albicollis, 311.

Rallus bicolor (cgesius, Spix?), 314.

Rhynchcea semicollaris, 313.

Scytalopus fuscus, 310.

Stenopsis parvulus, 309.

Sterna aranea, 314.

Strix perlata, 309.

Sturnella militaris, 312.

Synallaxis dorsomaculata, 310.

segythaloides, 310.

sordida, 310.

Tsenioptera pyropa, 311.

Troglodytes platensis, 310.

Turdus fuscater, 311.

Vanellus Ca3fennensis, 313.

Zonotrichia matutina, 312.
Nomenclature of Ophiurid^, corrections

iu, b}-^ Theodore Lyman, 202.
Nomenclature, Zoological, Prof. Agassiz

on, 204.
Nosti'ils, human, infested by larv«, 175.
Notes on Nidification of Birds of Chili,

by M. F. Germain, 308.
N'tchego same as Troglodytes niger,

298.
Nycticorax violaceus, 120.

Obeliscus buxeus, Gould, 403.

ornatus, Gould, 403.

Odontaspis griseus, 167.
Odostomia bullula, Gould, 404.

lirata, Gould, 404.

obtusa, Gould, 405.

physoides, Gould, 405.

planata, Gould, 404.

scalarina, Gould, 405.

soluta, Gould, 405.

subplanata, Gould, 404.

viridescens, Gould, 405.

Officers for 1859-60, 57 ; for 1860-61, 282.
Oil wells of Pennsylvania, 295.
Olivella spreta, Gould, 383.
Omphalotropis stricius, Gould, 40.
Ophiocoma Alexandri, Lyman, 256.
Ophioderma, proper generic name for

Ophiura, 197.
Ophioderma virescens, Liitken, identical

with Ophiura appressa. Say, 184.
Oj)hioglt/pha, nov. gen., Lyman, 197.

Liitkenii, Lyman, 197.

Ophionereis jjorrecia, Lyman, 260.

Xantusli, Lyman, 258.

Ophiopholis Caryii, Lyman, 261.

Kennerlyi, Lyman, 200.

Ophiothrix dumosa, Lyman, 252.

Uneaia, Lyman, 201.

magnijica, Lyman, 254.

Ophiura appressa. Say, identical with

Ophioderma virescens, Liitken, 184,

202.

445

Ophhira brevispina, 258.

Jlolmesii, Lyman, 255.

teres, Lyman, 198.

Ophiuridre, corrections in nomenclature
of, by Tlieodore Lyman, 202; new
species of, by Theodore Lyman, 193,
252 ; additions and corrections, 257 ;
Say's Synonyms of, 258.

Optical apparatus, by Dr. Ludwig,229.

Oregon, Iron mountain in, 191.

Ornithic bones, impressions of, in sand-
stone, 396.

Ornithological visit to Green Island, off
Nova Scotia, 367.

Ortyx Virgmianus, 120.

Osteo-dentine, growth of in elephant's
tusii, 240.

Otolicnus apicalis, Du Chaillu, 361.

Pachyma cocos, 48.

Pacific Railroad, Natural geological
route for, 70.

Palemon vulgaris, 76.

Paleozoic rocks of Dennis River, Maine,
as compared with those of Nova Sco-
tia, Prof. W. B. Rogers on, 419 ; ditto
of the United States, Prof. W. B.
Rogers on lowest group of, 394; dis-
cussion on, 396, 398.

Paludina histrica, Gould, 41.

Pandion Carolinensis, Notes on, 105.

Panop^a generosa, animal of, 32.

Paradoxides Harlani, identical with P.
spinosus, 370; P. noviapertus the
same as P. Harlani, 86; P. Harlani
from calcareous slate at St. Mary's
Bay, Newfoundland, 54, 75 ; measure-
ments of, 75; Paradoxides at Brain-
ti-ee, question of age of rock containing
it, 427 ; not identical with P. spinosus
of Bohemia, 427.

Parasite from Alligator, 278 ; from brain
of Anhinga, 27».

Patella grata, Gould, 161.

pallida, Gould, 162.

Paxillus lyratus, Gould, 138.

iantillus, Gould, 138.

Pearl, " cocoa nut," 229 ; report on, 290 ;
chemical composition of, 291; micro-
scopical characters of, 291.

Peat water, action of, on lime, 151.

Peat marl from Baisle^'^'s Pond, Long
Island, 80.

Pebbles, distorted, of Vermont con-
glomerate, Pi'of. Edward Hitchcock
on, 353 ; theory of their distortion,
353; Mr. Edward Hitchcock, Jr., on,
208 ; ditto, of Fall River conglomerate.
Prof. W. B. Rogers on the causes of
the form and arrangement of, 391.

Pecten concentricus, remarks on, 78.

Pelecanus Americanus,l8.

fuscus, 18 ; fishing habits of,

19; breeding-place of, 19; egg of, 20;

Notes on, 122.
Pelicans, breeding habits of, in Florida,

18.
Pentstemon breviflorus, 147.

loetus. Gray, 147.

ternalus, Gray, 147.

Fei'istern'mfenestrata, Gould, 327.

inculta, Gould, 328.

Persicula taniilla, Gould, 384.

Petrels, breeding-places of, on' Green

Island, otr Nova Scotia, 368.
Peucsea aestivalis, supposed, (see p. 21,)

stated to be Coturniculus Henslowi,

74; P. Bachmaiji, 9.
Phaeton flavirostris, Notes on, 128;

measurements of, 130.
Phoenicopterus ruber. Notes on, 121.
Philene aryentata, Gould, 139.

vitrea, Gould, 139.

Philhps, Hon. Jonathan, Bequest of,

355.
Pholas borings disproving Darwin's

statement that the edges of strata are

destroyed during upheaval, 275 ; ex-
planation of, by Prof. W. B. Rogers,

275.
Phy.seter macrocephalus. Dr. J. C.

White on jaw of, 222; diseased tooth

of, 225.
Pickerel, short or trout-nosed, 155; hab-
its of, Mr. G. Curtis on, 159.
Picus villosus, 106; P. varius, 106.
Pilumnus Harrisii, 77.
Pisania mollis, Gould, 327.
Planaxis cinyulata, Gould, 385.

inepta, Gould, 385.

Planorbis spirillus, Gould, 40.

Plants of Sonoma County, California,

142; ditto, from neighborhood of Fort

Tejon, Caiilbrnia, List of, collected by

L. J. Xantus, 145.
Platalea ajaja, 17, 21.
Platinum in black sand of Pacific coast,

191.
Platyonychus ocellatus, 76.
Pollock, fishes in abdominal cavitv of,

4.
Polyborus vulgaris, 6; measurements

of, 7.
Polynoe, 79.
Polyp of family of Gorgonidae, from the

depth of eighty fathoms in the Bay of

Fundy, 418.
Polvps, Actinoid, new. Prof. Agassiz on,

23.
Pomotis, forty-five species of in the

United States, 4; P. obesus, 3; ditto,

identical with P. guttatus, 34.
Potamochoerus albifrons, Du Chaillu,

301.
Potamogale, nov. gen., Du Chaillu,

363.

446

Preservation of animal tissues by arse-
nic, 5.

Preservation of food in air-tight vessels,
33.

President, letter from, 45; account of
his visit to South America, 137.

Puffinus obscnrus, Notes on, 132; meas-
urements of, 133; dissection, 134.

Pygorhyncus, living, found at Acapulco,
'262.

Pyrophyllite from Georgia, 22, 24.

Pyrula canaliculata, 79.

QuERQUEDULA discors, 122.
Quiscalus major, 9.

Rallus crepitans, 122.

Rangia. Svnonvmv of species of, by
Temple Prime, 347.

Rattlesnake, dissection of poison appa-
ratus of, by Prof. J. Wyraan, 293;
differing from published descriptions,
294; Rattlesnakes living with other
animals, 294.

Reduvius, 24; Coloring matter of, 29.

Reports, annual, of Curators of Ichthy-
ology and Comparative Anatomy,
Treasui-er and Librarian for 1859-60,
abstracts of, 280; of Entomology,
Crustacea, Botany, &c., 281.

Resignation of A. E. Agassiz as Curator
of Entomology, 32 ; of Dr. D. H. Stor-
er. Dr. S. Durkee, and Dr. J. X. Bor-
land, of their respective offices, 279 ;
and T. J. Whittemore, 281: vote of
thanks to, 283; of Dr. H. R. Storer
as Curator of Crustacea, 23.

Reversed bivalves. Prof. Agassiz on,
166.

Rhubarb, garden, Analvsis of juice of
leal-stalks of, by C. T. Jackson, 305.

Rhus succedaneum grown at Washing-
ton, 149; experiments with, by Mr.
Edward S. Rand, 155; wax from, 54;
Prof. W. B. Rogers's examination of,
58. _ ^

Rhynconella lucida^ Gould, 323.

Riiiiula echinata, Gould, 163.

Ringicula arrta^ri, Gould, 325.

'■ dentictdata, Gould, 325.

doUnvis, Gould, 325.

K\?'^o'm?i flexunsa, Gould, 400.

. imbricata, Gould, 400.

lyraia, Gould, 401.

modesia, Gould, 401.

nitidula, Gould, 400.

plicatida, Gould, 401.

striyillfita, Gould, 401.

tornatilis, Gould, 401.

irodilearis, Gould, 400.

Rocks, composition of, changed by sea-
water, 46.

Rocks, Lower Carboniferous, of Nova
Scotia and New Brunswick compared
with corresponding rocks of Appa-
lachian chain, by Prof. W. B. Rogers,
170.

Rocky Mountain coal, 68 ; ditto silver,
copper, and magnetic iron ores, 69;
ditto turquoise, garnets, chrysolites,
and diamonds, 70.

Rocky Mountain gold and Australian,
comparative value of, 68.

Rocky Mountains, gold field of, 64.

Roxbury conglomerate, supposed by
Mr. Jules Marcou to belong to New
Red Sandstone period, 183.

Rutile, crystals of, from Georgia, 22.

Sandstone containing impressions of
apparently ornithic bones, 396.

Sandstone, " Connecticut River, foot-
marks of, Mr. Roswell Field on, 316.

Sandstone, fossiliferous, from Dennis
River, Me., 227.

Sandstones, American, Prof. Agassiz on
the age of, 356.

Sandstones, North American, Dr. C. T.
Jackson on, 396.

Sandstones of N. Brunswick, Prof.
Agassiz's opinion that thej' are Trias-
sic, 398; Prof. W. B. Rogers's opinion
of, 398.

Sandwich Islands, specimens represent-
ing Fauna of, 236, 275.

Saskatcliawan River. (See Winnipeg
Lake.)

Saurothera vetula, 106.

Sciurus eborivonts, Du Chaillu, 363.
viinutus^ Du Chaillu, 366.

-- Nordhoffi, Du Chaillu, 363.

— rubripes, Du Chaillu, 366.

— subalhidus, Du Cliaillu, 365.
IVUsoni, Du Chaillu, 364.

~ villica, Gould, 401.

Rock, Gannet, Uria Briinnichii, and U.
ringvia breeding on, 349.

Scolopax Drummondii not S. Wilsonii,
33.

Screech-owl, color of young, 21.

Scutelliua scobinata, Gould, 162.

tinguijbrmis, Gould, 162.

Sea-water, action of in changing com-
position of rocks, 46.

Segmentina lucidd, Gould, 41.

usta, Gould, 41.

Selandria (Hoplocampa) rubi, Harris,
235.

Setophaga ruticilla, 111.

Shells, bivalve, reversed. Prof. Agassiz
on, 166; descriptions of new species
collected by North Pacific exploring
expedition, bv Dr. A. A. Gould, 40,
138, 161, 323, 382, 400; imprints of, in
slate from Fall River, Mass., 389.

447

Short-nosed Pickerel specifically dis-
tinct from the long-nosed, 3.

Sigillaria from South -Toggins, Nova
Scotia, 168; Prof. W. B. Kogers's ex-
planation of preservation of whole
trunks of, in an erect position, 168.

Silicate and Borate of Lime from Lake
Superior copper region, 348.

Silk from tree ferns, 48.

Siluroid, spine of, found in whale's blub-
ber, 228.

Siredon from Caiion Lake, 191.

S'xstrum pa )i'ulu7n, Gould, 328.

Skate, embryo, living, 152.

Slate, black, of Braintree, Mass., New-
foundland, near Lake Champlain, and
Quebec, Jules Marcou on, 357 ; ditto,
fossiliferous, from Dennis River, Me.,
227; ditto, silicious, from Fall River,
Mass., containing prints of shells,
discovery of, by Mr. Norman Easton,
389.

Specular iron ore in gold region of
Georgia, 22.

Sperm whale, jaw of, Dr. J. C. White
on, 222 ; diseased tooth of, 225 ; tooth
with abuornal growth of cementum,
183.

Spermophila bicolor, 119.

violacea, 119.

Spinax acanthias, 76.

Springs, thermal, geological position of,
45.

Squatarola Helvetica, 121.

Squid, new species of, 4.

Star-fish, new species of, 424.

Stauroneis Bnconiana^ Stodder, 27.

pellucida., Stodder, 27.

Sterna acuflavida, 21, 134.

Cayana, 20; nests and eggs of,

2i.

fuliginosa, 134.

regia, 134.

Wilsoni, 134.

Stone from centre of a tree at Honolulu,
190; examination of, by Di\ A. A.
Hayes, 209.

Stratigraphical relations of Marine de-
posits. Prof. W. B. Rogers on, 246,
273 ; Prof. Agassiz in reply, 248, 274 ;
Prof. Rogers's rejoinder, 249, 274.

Strepsilas interpres, 121.

Strychnine, tincture of, a protection
from the ravages of insects in objects
of Natural History, 5.

Subsidence and denudation. Prof. Agas-
siz on Prof. Rogers's theory of, 271.

Succinea lyrala, Gould, 40.

Sula dactylatra. Notes on, and measare-
ments of, 125.

Sula fiber, Notes on, 123.

fusca, 20.

Summer yellow-bird, Dr. T. M. Brewer
on the distribution and habits of, 2L

Summer yellow-bird's nest, material of
which it is made, 42t;.

Supposed fossiliferous rocks below Pots-
dam sandstone. Prof. \V. B. Rogers's
opinion on, 419.

Sylvicola Blackburnia?, 110.

Canadensis, 110.

coronata, 110.

discolor, Notes on, 110.

icterocephala, 110.

maculosa, 110.

maritima, 110.

palmarum, Notes on, 110.

striata, 110.

Symmetry of anterior and posterior

limbs in man and animals, 317.
Symphemia semipalmata, 122.
Syngnathus Peckianus, Habits of, 75.
Syrnola subula, Gould, 403.

Tachypetes aquilus. Notes on, 126.

Taconic system, Jules Marcou on, 422.

Tanagra zena. 111.

Tantalus loculator, 15; breeding-place
of, 15.

Tellurot of Bismuth, from Georgia, 22.

Tendrils, coiling of, Prof. W. B.' Rogers
on, 409.

Terebra arguta, Gould, 330.

bijjartita, Gould, 330.

prvlixa, Gould, 330.

Terebratella miniata, Gould, 323.

Terebratula transversa, Gould, 323.

Termes frontalis, S. H. Scudderon, 287;
destructive to living grape vines, 288.

Tetradymite from Georgia, 22.

Thalassidroma Wilsonii, 1.31.

Thermometer, self-registering, new, in-
vented by Dr. James Lewis of Mo-
hawk, N.'Y., 246 ; Prof. W. B. Rogers's
i-eport on, 317.

Tinnunculus sparvemus, 105.

Tin ore discovered at Los Angelos, Cal-
ifornia, 152; ditto, from Paris, Maine,
423.

Tooth of sperm whale, with abnormal
growth of cementum, 183.

Tornatina apicina, Gould, 139.

Tragelaphus albovirgalus, Du Chaillu,
299.

Trichas Marylandica, Notes on, 110.

Trichotropis (Iphinoe) coronata, Gould,
324.

eUipsoidea, Gould, 324.

Triforis calculiferus, Gould, 389.

dathratus, Gould, 389.

intercalaris, Gould, 388.

Tringa semipalmata, 121.

Wilsoni, 121.

Triton (Menople-K.) fossntum, Gould, 329.

448

Trochilus BaJiamensis, Dr. Brvant on,

106, 317.
Troglodytes calviis, Du Chaillu, 296.
Kooloo-Kamba, Du Chaillu,

358.
Trophon incompius, Gould, 329.

suppositus, Gould, 329.

Turbonilla ccelata, Gould, 406.
obelisciis, Gould, 406.

■ornata, Gould, 406.

Turdus minimus, 226.
Turritella gracillima, Gould, 386.
Tyrannus caudifasciatus. Notes on, 108.
Dominicensis, 8.

Ulna, human, encrusted with carbonate
of lime from cave in California, 135.

Unio ligamentinus, reversed. Prof. Agas-
siz on, 166.

Unios, geographical distribution of, 167.

Uraguay, Geodes abundant in, 293.

Vanicoro scalarina, Gould, 44.

Varieties do not exist in the animal
kingdom, Prof. Agassiz's statement,
271.

Vermont, rocks of, as related to the
Taconic system, Mr. C. H. Hitchcock
on, 426.

Vermont conglomerate, distorted peb-
bles in, Edward Hitchcock on, 208;
Dr. C. T. Jackson on, 209.

Vermont formations of same geological
period as those of New York and
Pennsylvania and Vii-ginia, 238.

Vireo Bogotensis, Bryant, 227.

Vireosylvia altiloqua, Note and meas-
urement of, 113.

Vision, Physiology of, 230.

Volvarina j3Me^7ffl, (jrould, 385.

Warken, Dr. J. C, Engraving of, pre-
sented, 152.

Wax, Japanese, 54; berries producing it,
54; results of Prof. W. B. Rogers's
examination of, 58.

Well frozen at Brandon, Vt., 71, 74, 135;
liberal offer of U. A. Boy den, 72;
other frozen wells, 74.

Whale, fin-back, of little value for oil,
226; sperm, food of, 226; yield of
spermaceti of, 226.

Winnipeg Lake and Saskatchawan Riv-
er, account of a visit to, by S. H.
Scudder, 356.

Zenaida amabilis, Notes on, 120.

Zeolite minerals, from Plombi^res
waters, 45; conditions for formation
of, 46 ; on the shores of Bay of Fundy,
46 ; on south shore of Lake Superior,
46.

Zoological nomenclature. Prof. Agassiz
on, 204.

ERRATA.

Page 186 line 12, for Hentzii read Heutzii.
" 204 " 22, " Rusei " Eusei.
u u u 28, " Eildojjs " uSlhinps.
" 349 " 20, " marmorata read ringvia. Briin.

t

mm

^x;^

^

>-.

/ 'H

^.

' 1

y""--

V

I

/

/h:^

^*^,

yc

"%

/

^

^7

V

y-

^

.^

,^

^ ■ V

-as

/-

.4.